As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 8, 2014
 
Securities Act File No. 333-_________
Investment Company Act File No. 811-22715

United States
Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM N-2


 
                  x Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933
                   o Pre-Effective Amendment No.
                   o Post-Effective Amendment No.
                                                                          and/or
                           x Registration Statement under the Investment Company Act of 1940
                           x Amendment No. 6
 
 

GUGGENHEIM CREDIT ALLOCATION FUND
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)


 
227 West Monroe Street
Chicago, IL 60606
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
 
Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (312) 827-0100
 
Amy J. Lee
Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC
227 West Monroe Street
Chicago, IL 60606
 
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

Copies to:
 
Michael K. Hoffman, Esq.
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
Four Times Square
New York, New York 10036
 
Approximate date of proposed public offering: From time to time after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
If any securities being registered on this form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box .  .  .  .   x
 
It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):
 
o   When declared effective pursuant to section 8(c).
 
If appropriate, check the following box:
 
o   This [post-effective] amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed [post-effective amendment] [registration statement].
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
o   This form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act and the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration. statement for the same offering is __________.
 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Title of Securities
Being Registered
Amount Being
Registered
Proposed Maximum
Offering Price Per Share
Aggregate Offering
Price
Amount of
Registration Fee
Common Shares of Beneficial Interest, par value $0.01 per share
(1)
(2)
$100,000,000(3)
$12,880(4)
 
(1)  
There are being registered hereunder a presently indeterminate number of common shares to be offered on an immediate, continuous or delayed basis.
 
(2)  
The proposed maximum offering price per share will be determined, from time to time, by the Registrant in connection with the sale by the Registrant of the securities registered under this registration statement.
 
(3)  
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
(4)  
Paid herewith.
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.
 
 
 

 
 
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion
Preliminary Prospectus dated September 8 , 2014
 
 
BASE PROSPECTUS
 
$100,000,000
 
Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund
 
Common Shares
_________________
 
 
      Investment Objective. Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund (the “Fund”) is a diversified, closed-end management investment company. The Fund’s investment objective is to seek total return through a combination of current income and capital appreciation. The Fund cannot assure investors that it will achieve its investment objective or be able to structure its investments as anticipated, and you could lose some or all of your investment.
 
      Investment Strategy. Under normal market conditions, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in fixed-income securities, debt securities and loans and investments with economic characteristics similar to fixed-income securities, debt securities and loans (collectively, “credit securities”). Credit securities in which the Fund may invest consist of corporate bonds, loans and loan participations, asset-backed securities (all or a portion of which may consist of collateralized loan obligations), mortgage-backed securities (both residential mortgage-backed securities and commercial mortgage-backed securities), U.S. Government and agency securities, mezzanine and preferred securities, convertible securities, commercial paper, municipal securities and sovereign government and supranational debt securities. The Fund will seek to achieve its investment objective by investing in a portfolio of credit securities selected from a variety of sectors and credit qualities. The Fund may invest in credit securities that are rated below investment grade, or, if unrated, determined to be of comparable quality (also known as “high yield securities” or “junk bonds”). The Fund may invest in credit securities of any duration or maturity. Credit securities in which the Fund may invest may pay fixed or variable rates of interest. The Fund may invest without limitation in securities of non-U.S. issuers, including issuers in emerging markets.
 
(continued on following page)
 
      Offering. The Fund may offer, from time to time, up to $100,000,000 aggregate initial offering price of common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Shares”), in one or more offerings in amounts, at prices and on terms set forth in one or more supplements to this Prospectus (each a “Prospectus Supplement”). You should read this Prospectus and any related Prospectus Supplement carefully before you decide to invest in the Common Shares.
 
      The Fund may offer Common Shares (1) directly to one or more purchasers, (2) through agents that the Fund may designate from time to time or (3) to or through underwriters or dealers. The Prospectus Supplement relating to a particular offering of Common Shares will identify any agents or underwriters involved in the sale of Common Shares, and will set forth any applicable purchase price, fee, commission or discount arrangement between the Fund and agents or underwriters or among underwriters or the basis upon which such amount may be calculated. The Fund may not sell Common Shares through agents, underwriters or dealers without delivery of this Prospectus and a Prospectus Supplement. See “Plan of Distribution.”
 
      Investing in the Fund’s Common Shares involves certain risks. The Fund intends to utilize leverage, which is subject to numerous risks. Credit securities of below investment grade quality are considered predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due. These risks may be more pronounced with respect to the Fund’s investments in securities rated Caa1/CCC+ or below or securities of distressed or defaulted issuers. The Fund may invest without limitation in non-U.S. issuers, including in emerging markets, which involve special risks, including foreign currency risk and the risk that the securities may decline in response to unfavorable political and legal developments, unreliable or untimely information or economic and financial instability. An investment in the Fund is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount that you invest. See “Risks” beginning on page 66 of this Prospectus. Certain of these risks are summarized in “Prospectus Summary—Special Risk Considerations” beginning on page 8 of this Prospectus. You should carefully consider these risks together with all of the other information contained in this Prospectus before making a decision to purchase the Fund’s common shares
 
      Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this Prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
(continued from previous page)
 
 
      The Fund may, but is not required to, use various derivatives transactions for hedging and risk management purposes, to facilitate portfolio management and to earn income or enhance total return. The Fund may use such transactions as a means to synthetically implement the Fund’s investment strategies. To the extent that the Fund invests in synthetic investments with economic characteristics similar to credit securities, the value of such investments will be counted as credit securities for purposes of the Fund’s policy of investing at least 80% of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in credit securities.
 
      In addition, as an alternative to holding investments directly, the Fund may also obtain investment exposure by investing in other investment companies. The Fund may invest in open-end funds, closed-end funds and exchange-traded funds. For purposes of the Fund’s 80% Policy, the Fund will include its investments in other investment companies that have a policy of investing at least 80% of their net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in one or more types of credit securities.
 
      Adviser. Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC serves as the Fund’s investment adviser and is responsible for the management of the Fund. Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC (the “Sub-Adviser”) serves as the Fund’s investment sub-adviser and is responsible for the management of the Fund’s portfolio of securities. Each of the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser is an indirect subsidiary of Guggenheim Partners, LLC (“Guggenheim Partners”). Guggenheim Partners is a diversified financial services firm with wealth management, capital markets, investment management and proprietary investing businesses, whose clients are a mix of individuals, family offices, endowments, foundation insurance companies and other institutions that have entrusted Guggenheim Partners with the supervision of more than $186 billion of assets as of June 30 , 2014. Guggenheim Partners is headquartered in Chicago and New York with a global network of offices throughout the United States, Europe, and Asia. The Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser are referred to herein collectively as the “Adviser.”
 
      Financial Leverage. The Fund may employ leverage through (i) the issuance of senior securities representing indebtedness, including through borrowing from financial institutions or issuance of debt securities, including notes or commercial paper (collectively, “Indebtedness”), (ii) the issuance of preferred shares (“Preferred Shares”) or (iii) engaging in reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and economically similar transactions (collectively with Indebtedness and Preferred Shares, “Financial Leverage”). The Adviser anticipates that the use of Financial Leverage will result in higher income to holders of Common Shares (“Common Shareholders”) over time; however, there can be no assurance that the Adviser’s expectations will be realized or that a leveraging strategy will be successful in any particular time period. Use of Financial Leverage creates an opportunity for increased income and capital appreciation but, at the same time, creates special risks. The costs associated with the issuance and use of Financial Leverage will be borne by the Common Shareholders. Under current market conditions, the Fund currently expects to utilize Financial Leverage through Indebtedness and/or reverse repurchase agreements, such that the aggregate amount of Financial Leverage is not expected to exceed 33 1/3% of the Fund’s Managed Assets (including the proceeds of such Financial Leverage) (or 50% of net assets). As of May 31, 2014, the Fund had reverse repurchase agreements outstanding representing Financial Leverage equal to approximately 25% of the Fund’s Managed Assets. In addition the Fund may engage in certain derivatives transactions that have economic characteristics similar to leverage. The Fund intends to earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities or otherwise cover such transactions in accordance with applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC, in which case the Fund’s obligations under such transactions will not be included in calculating the aggregate amount of the Fund’s Financial Leverage.
 
      “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Fund, including the assets attributable to the proceeds from Financial Leverage, including the issuance of senior securities representing indebtedness (including through borrowing from financial institutions or issuance of debt securities, including notes or commercial paper), the issuance of preferred shares, the effective leverage of certain portfolio transactions such as reverse repurchase agreements and/or dollar rolls, or any other form of Financial Leverage, minus liabilities, other than liabilities related to any Financial Leverage. Managed Assets includes assets attributable to Financial Leverage of any form. See “Use of Financial Leverage” and “Risks—Financial Leverage Risk.”
 
      Common Shares. The Fund’s currently outstanding Common Shares are, and the Common Shares offered by this Prospectus, will be, subject to notice of issuance, listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “GGM.” The net asset value of the Common Shares at the close of business on [● ], 2014 was $[ ] per share,
 
 
ii
 
 
 

 
 
and the last reported sale price of the Common Shares on the NYSE on such date was $[ ]. See “Market and Net Asset Value Information.”
 
      You should read this Prospectus, which contains important information about the Fund, together with any Prospectus Supplement, before deciding whether to invest, and retain it for future reference. A Statement of Additional Information, dated         , 2014, containing additional information about the Fund, has been filed with the SEC and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into this Prospectus. You may request a free copy of the Statement of Additional Information, the table of contents of which is on page 110 of this Prospectus, or request other information about the Fund (including the Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports) or make shareholder inquiries by calling (800) 345-7999 or by writing the Fund, or you may obtain a copy (and other information regarding the Fund) from the SEC’s website (www.sec.gov). Free copies of the Fund’s reports and the SAI will also be available from the Fund’s website at www.guggenheiminvestments.com.
 
      The Fund’s Common Shares do not represent a deposit or obligation of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.
 
 
iii
 
 
 

 

   
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
Page
Prospectus Summary
1
Summary of Fund Expenses
36
Senior Securities and Other Financial Leverage
39
The Fund
40
Use of Proceeds
40
Market and Net Asset Value Information
40
Investment Objective and Policies
41
The Fund’s Investments
43
Use of Financial Leverage
62
Risks
66
Management of the Fund
92
Net Asset Value
95
Distributions
96
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
97
Description of Capital Structure
98
Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Fund’s Governing Documents
100
Closed-End Fund Structure
101
Repurchase of Common Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund
101
Tax Matters
102
Plan of Distribution
106
Custodian, Administrator, Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent
108
Legal Matters
108
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
108
Additional Information
109
Privacy Principles of the Fund
109
Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information
110
 
 
      You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus. The Fund has not authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. The Fund is not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information in this Prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this Prospectus. The Fund’s business, financial condition and prospects may have changed since that date.
 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
      This Prospectus contains or incorporates by reference forward-looking statements, within the meaning of the federal securities laws, that involve risks and uncertainties. These statements describe the Fund’s plans, strategies, and goals and the Fund’s beliefs and assumptions concerning future economic and other conditions and the outlook for the Fund, based on currently available information. In this Prospectus, words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “expects,” “objectives,” “goals,” “future,” “intends,” “seeks,” “will,” “may,” “could,” “should,” and similar expressions are used in an effort to identify forward-looking statements, although some forward-looking statements may be expressed differently. The Fund is not entitled to the safe harbor for forward-looking statements pursuant to Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
 
 

 
 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
 
This is only a summary of information contained elsewhere in this Prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in the Fund’s Common Shares. You should carefully read the more detailed information contained in this Prospectus and any related Prospectus Supplements, especially the information set forth under the headings “Investment Objective and Policies” and “Risks.” You may also wish to request a copy of the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information,           , 2014 (the “SAI”), which contains additional information about the Fund.
 
   
The Fund
Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund (the “Fund”) is a diversified, closed-end management investment company.
 
Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (the “Investment Adviser”) serves as the Fund’s investment adviser and is responsible for the management of the Fund. Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC (the “Sub-Adviser”) serves as the Fund’s investment sub-adviser and is responsible for the management of the Fund’s portfolio of securities. Each of the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser is an indirect subsidiary of Guggenheim Partners, LLC (“Guggenheim Partners”). The Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser are referred to herein collectively as the “Adviser.”
 
The Offering
The Fund may offer, from time to time, up to $100,000,000 aggregate initial offering price of Common Shares, on terms to be determined at the time of the offering. The Fund will offer Common Shares at prices and on terms to be set forth in one or more supplements to this Prospectus (each a “Prospectus Supplement”).
 
The Fund may offer Common Shares (1) directly to one or more purchasers, (2) through agents that the Fund may designate from time to time, or (3) to or through underwriters or dealers. The Prospectus Supplement relating to a particular offering will identify any agents or underwriters involved in the sale of Common Shares, and will set forth any applicable purchase price, fee, commission or discount arrangement between the Fund and agents or underwriters or among underwriters or the basis upon which such amount may be calculated. The Fund may not sell Common Shares through agents, underwriters or dealers without delivery of this Prospectus and a Prospectus Supplement describing the method and terms of the offering of Common Shares. See “Plan of Distribution.”
 
Use Of Proceeds
Unless otherwise specified in a Prospectus Supplement, the Fund intends to invest the net proceeds of an offering of Common Shares in accordance with its investment objective and policies as stated herein. It is currently anticipated that the Fund will be able to invest substantially all of the net proceeds of an offering of Common Shares in accordance with its investment objective and policies within three months after the completion of any such offering. Pending such investment, it is anticipated that the proceeds will be invested in cash, cash equivalents or other securities, including U.S. government securities or high quality, short-term debt securities. The Fund may also use the proceeds for working capital purposes, including the payment of distributions, interest and operating expenses, although the Fund currently has no intent to issue Common Shares primarily for these purposes.
 
 
1
 
 
 

 

     
Investment Objective
The Fund’s investment objective is to seek total return through a combination of current income and capital appreciation. The Fund cannot assure investors that it will achieve its investment objective. The Fund’s investment objective may be changed by the Fund’s Board of Trustees on 60 days’ prior written notice to shareholders.
 
Investment Philosophy and
Investment Process
The Adviser will make investment selections based upon a rigorous credit selection process and a relative value investment philosophy, which seeks to identify segments of the credit securities markets as well as individual credit securities whose current prices or spreads are undervalued relative to the Adviser’s view of their long-term values and/or historical norms. The Adviser analyzes segments of the credit securities markets based upon various factors, including economic and market conditions and outlooks, securities valuations, investment opportunities, risk analysis, and credit market trends, to identify securities that the Adviser believes are undervalued or trading below historical norms. The Adviser has the flexibility to allocate the Fund’s assets across various asset classes within the credit securities market and may focus on particular countries, regions, asset classes and sectors to the exclusion of others at any time and from time to time. The Fund’s investment policy is predicated upon the belief that thorough and independent credit research combined with thoughtful credit allocation decisions are rewarded with the potential to outperform applicable benchmarks for long-term investors.
 
Investment Portfolio
Under normal market conditions, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in fixed-income securities, debt securities and loans and investments with economic characteristics similar to fixed-income securities, debt securities and loans (collectively, “credit securities”). Credit securities in which the Fund may invest consist of:
 
 
• 
corporate bonds;
 
 
loans (which may consist of senior secured floating rate loans (“Senior Loans”), second lien secured floating rate loans (“Second Lien Loans”), subordinated secured loans (“Subordinated Secured Loans”) and unsecured loans (“Unsecured Loans”), each with fixed and variable interest rates) and loan participations and assignments (collectively, “Loans”);
 
 
 
asset-backed securities (“ABS”) (all or a portion of which may consist of collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”));
     
 
mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) (both residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”) and commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”));
   
 
U.S. Government and agency securities;
 
 
mezzanine and preferred securities;
 
 
convertible securities;
 
2
 
 

 
 
  •  commercial paper;
     
  •  municipal securities; and
     
   •  sovereign government and supranational debt securities.
     
 
The Fund will seek to achieve its investment objective by investing in a portfolio of credit securities selected from a variety of sectors and credit qualities. The Fund’s investment portfolio may consist of investments in the types of securities described herein. There is no guarantee the Fund will buy all of the types of securities or use all of the investment techniques that are described herein.
 
The Fund may invest in credit securities rated below investment grade, or, if unrated, determined to be of comparable quality. A security is considered below investment grade quality if it is rated below investment grade (that is, below Baa3- by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or below BBB- by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”) or Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”) or comparably ranked by another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization (“NRSRO”)) or, if unrated, judged to be below investment grade quality by the Adviser. Below investment grade quality securities (commonly referred to as “high yield” or “junk” bonds) involve special risks as compared to securities of investment grade quality. Under normal market conditions, the Fund will not invest more than 25% of its Managed Assets in credit securities that are, at the time of investment, rated Caa1 or below by Moody’s or CCC+ or below by S&P or Fitch or, or that are unrated but determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality. The foregoing credit quality policy does not apply to investments in MBS and the Fund may invest in MBS without limitation as to credit quality. For purposes of applying the Fund’s credit quality policies, in the case of securities with multiple ratings (i.e., a security receiving two or more different ratings from two or more different NRSROs), the Fund will apply the highest of the applicable ratings.
 
The Fund may invest in credit securities of any duration or maturity and is not required to maintain any particular maturity or duration for its portfolio as a whole. Under current market conditions, the Advisor intends to maintain a shorter leverage-adjusted average portfolio duration of 1 to 4 years. However, the Adviser will dynamically adjust average portfolio duration based on market conditions. The Adviser may seek to adjust the portfolio’s duration or maturity based on its assessment of current and projected market conditions and all factors that the Adviser deems relevant. Any decisions as to the targeted duration or maturity of any particular category of investments or of the Fund’s portfolio generally will be made based on all pertinent market factors at any given time.
 
The Fund may invest in senior, junior, secured and unsecured credit securities including subordinated or mezzanine securities. Credit securities in which the Fund may invest may have fixed, floating or variable interest rates, interest rates that change based on multiples of changes in a specified index of interest rates or interest rates that change inversely to changes in interest rates, or may not bear interest.
 
 
 
 
 
3
 
 
 

 
 

 
 
The Fund may invest in credit securities of any types of issuers. Credit securities in which the Fund may invest may be issued by domestic and non-U.S. corporations and other non-governmental or business entities, operating in any industries or sectors; the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities and government sponsored entities; states, territories and possessions of the United States, including the District of Columbia, and their political subdivisions, agencies or instrumentalities; foreign governmental issuers; international agencies and supranational entities; and special purpose vehicles created for the purpose of issuing structured, collateralized or asset-backed securities. The Fund may invest in publicly offered credit securities and privately offered credit securities of both public and private issuers.
 
The Fund may invest without limitation in securities of non-U.S. issuers, including issuers in emerging markets.
 
The Fund may invest without limitation in unregistered securities, restricted securities and securities for which there is no readily available trading market or that are otherwise illiquid. Securities within any of the types of credit securities in which the Fund may invest may be unregistered, restricted or illiquid. The Fund may invest in privately issued securities of both public and private companies, which may be illiquid. Illiquid securities include securities legally restricted as to resale, securities for which there is no readily available trading market or that are otherwise illiquid. The Fund may acquire securities through private placements under which it may agree to contractual restrictions on the resale of such securities.
 
Under normal market conditions, the Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in ABS. Under normal market conditions, the Fund will not invest in ABS that are, at the time of investment, rated below investment grade, or, if unrated, judged to be below investment grade quality by the Adviser.
 
As an alternative to holding investments directly, the Fund may also obtain investment exposure to securities in which it may invest by investing up to 20% of its Managed Assets in other investment companies. The Fund may invest in open-end funds, closed-end funds and exchange-traded funds. For purposes of the Fund’s policy of investing at least 80% of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in credit securities (the “80% Policy”), the Fund will include its investments in other investment companies that have a policy of investing at least 80% of their net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in one or more types of credit securities. See “The Fund’s Investments—Other Investment Companies.”
 
“Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Fund, including the assets attributable to the proceeds from financial leverage, including the issuance of senior securities representing indebtedness (including through borrowing from financial institutions or issuance of debt securities, including notes or commercial paper), the issuance of preferred shares, the effective leverage of certain portfolio transactions such as reverse repurchase agreements and/or dollar rolls, or any other form of financial leverage, minus liabilities, other than liabilities
 
 
4
 
 
 

 
 

   
 
related to any financial leverage. Managed Assets includes assets attributable to financial leverage of any form.
 
The Fund may, but is not required to, use various derivatives transactions for hedging and risk management purposes, to facilitate portfolio management and to earn income or enhance total return. The use of derivatives transactions to earn income or enhance total return may be particularly speculative. Derivatives are financial instruments the value of which is derived from a reference instrument. The Fund may engage in a variety of derivatives transactions. The Fund may purchase and sell exchange-listed and over-the-counter put and call options, purchase and sell futures contracts and options thereon, and enter into swap, cap, floor or collar transactions. The Fund may utilize derivatives that reference one or more securities, indices, commodities, currencies or interest rates. In addition, the Fund may utilize new techniques, transactions, instruments or strategies that are developed or permitted as regulatory changes occur. The Fund has not adopted a maximum percentage limit with respect to derivatives transactions. See “The Fund’s Investments—Derivatives Transactions” in this Prospectus and “Investment Objective and Policies—Derivative Instruments” in the SAI for additional information about particular instruments and transactions that the Fund may enter into.
 
As an alternative to holding investments directly, the Fund may also obtain investment exposure through derivatives transactions intended to replicate, modify or replace the economic attributes associated with an investment in securities in which the Fund may invest directly. The Fund may be exposed to certain additional risks should the Adviser use derivatives as a means to synthetically implement the Fund’s investment strategies. Such transactions may expose the Fund to counterparty risk, lack of liquidity in such derivative instruments and additional expenses associated with using such derivative instruments. To the extent that the Fund invests in synthetic investments with economic characteristics similar to credit securities, the value of such investments will be counted as credit securities for purposes of the Fund’s 80% Policy.
 
The Fund may engage in certain investment transactions described herein. The Fund may enter into forward commitments for the purchase or sale of securities. The Fund may enter into transactions on a “when issued,” “to-be-announced” or “delayed delivery” basis, in excess of customary settlement periods for the type of security involved. The Fund may lend portfolio securities to securities broker- dealers or financial institutions and enter into short sales and repurchase agreements. The Fund may, without limitation, seek to obtain market exposure to the securities in which it primarily invests by entering into a series of purchase and sale contracts or by using similar investment techniques (such as buy backs or dollar rolls). See “The Fund’s Invesments—Certain Other Investment Practices.”
 
Leverage
The Fund may employ leverage through (i) the issuance of senior securities representing indebtedness, including through borrowing from financial institutions or issuance of debt securities, including notes or commercial paper (collectively, “Indebtedness”), (ii) the
 
 
5
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
issuance of preferred shares (“Preferred Shares”) or (iii) engaging in reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and economically similar transactions (collectively with Indebtedness and Preferred Shares, “Financial Leverage”).
 
The Fund may utilize leverage up to the limits imposed by the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”). Under the 1940 Act the Fund may not incur Indebtedness if, immediately after incurring such Indebtedness, the Fund would have asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) of less than 300% (i.e., for every dollar of Indebtedness outstanding, the Fund is required to have at least three dollars of assets). Under the 1940 Act, the Fund may not issue Preferred Shares if, immediately after issuance, the Fund would have asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) of less than 200% (i.e., for every dollar of Preferred Shares outstanding, the Fund is required to have at least two dollars of assets). However, under current market conditions, the Fund currently expects to utilize Financial Leverage through Indebtedness and/or reverse repurchase agreements, such that the aggregate amount of Financial Leverage is not expected to exceed 33 1 / 3 % of the Fund’s Managed Assets (including the proceeds of such Financial Leverage) (or 50% of net assets). As of May 31, 2014, the Fund had reverse repurchase agreements outstanding representing Financial Leverage equal to approximately 25% of the Fund’s Managed Assets.
 
With respect to leverage incurred through investments in reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and economically similar transactions, the Fund intends to earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities in accordance with applicable interpretations of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). As a result of such segregation, the Fund’s obligations under such transactions will not be considered indebtedness for purposes of the 1940 Act and the Fund’s use of leverage through reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and economically similar transactions will not be limited by the 1940 Act. However, the Fund’s use of leverage through reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and economically similar transactions will be included when calculating the Fund’s Financial Leverage and therefore will be limited by the Fund’s maximum overall Financial Leverage levels approved by the Board of Trustees and may be further limited by the availability of cash or liquid securities to earmark or segregate in connection with such transactions.
 
In addition, the Fund may engage in certain derivatives transactions that have economic characteristics similar to leverage. To the extent the terms of such transactions obligate the Fund to make payments, the Fund intends to earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the current value of the amount then payable by the Fund under the terms of such transactions or otherwise cover such transactions in accordance with applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC. As a result of such segregation or cover, the Fund’s obligations under such transactions will not be considered indebtedness for purposes of the 1940 Act and will not be included in calculating the aggregate amount of the Fund’s Financial Leverage. To the extent that the Fund’s obligations under such transactions are not
 
 
6
 
 
 

 
 

   
 
so segregated or covered, such obligations may be considered “senior securities representing indebtedness” under the 1940 Act and therefore subject to the 300% asset coverage requirement described above.
 
The Adviser anticipates that the use of Financial Leverage may result in higher total return to the holders of Common Shares (“Common Shareholders”) over time; however, there can be no assurance that the Adviser’s expectations will be realized or that a leveraging strategy will be successful in any particular time period. Use of Financial Leverage creates an opportunity for increased income and capital appreciation but, at the same time, creates special risks. The costs associated with the issuance of Financial Leverage will be borne by Common Shareholders, which will result in a reduction of net asset value of the Common Shares. The fee paid to the Adviser will be calculated on the basis of the Fund’s Managed Assets, including proceeds from Financial Leverage, so the fees paid to the Adviser will be higher when Financial Leverage is utilized. Common Shareholders bear the portion of the investment advisory fee attributable to the assets purchased with the proceeds of Financial Leverage, which means that Common Shareholders effectively bear the entire advisory fee. The maximum level of and types of Financial Leverage used by the Fund will be approved by the Board of Trustees. There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be utilized or, if utilized, will be successful. See “Risks—Financial Leverage Risk.”
 
Temporary Defensive
Investments
During periods in which the Adviser believes that changes in economic, financial or political conditions make it advisable to maintain a temporary defensive posture (a “temporary defensive period”), or in order to keep the Fund’s cash fully invested, including the period during which the net proceeds of the offering of Common Shares are being invested, the Fund may, without limitation, hold cash or invest its assets in money market instruments and repurchase agreements in respect of those instruments. The Fund may not achieve its investment objective during a temporary defensive period or be able to sustain its historical distribution levels. See “The Fund’s Investments—Temporary Defensive Investments.”
 
Management Of The Fund
Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC acts as the Fund’s investment adviser pursuant to an investment advisory agreement with the Fund (the “Advisory Agreement”). Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Investment Adviser is responsible for the management of the Fund and administers the affairs of the Fund to the extent requested by the Board of Trustees. As compensation for its services, the Fund pays the Investment Adviser a fee, payable monthly, in an annual amount equal to 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets.
 
Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC acts as the Fund’s investment sub-adviser pursuant to an investment sub-advisory agreement with the Fund and the Adviser (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”). Pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Sub- Adviser will be responsible for the management of the Fund’s portfolio of investments. The Investment Adviser pays a portion of the advisory fee received from the Fund to the Sub-Adviser.
 
 
7
 
 
 

 

   
Distributions
The Fund intends to pay substantially all of its net investment income to Common Shareholders through monthly distributions. In addition, the Fund intends to distribute any net long-term capital gains to Common Shareholders at least annually. The Fund expects that dividends paid on the Common Shares will consist primarily of (i) investment company taxable income, which includes, among other things, ordinary income, net short- term capital gain and income from certain hedging and interest rate transactions, and (ii) net capital gain (which is the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss). The Fund cannot assure you as to what percentage of the dividends paid on the Common Shares will consist of net capital gain, which is taxed at reduced rates for non-corporate investors. In certain circumstances, the Fund may elect to retain income or capital gain and pay income or excise tax on such undistributed amount, to the extent that the Board of Trustees, in consultation with Fund management, determines it to be in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During the Fund’s fiscal year ended May 31, 2014, the Fund paid excise tax of $45,730. See “Distributions” and “Tax Matters.”
 
The Fund reserves the right to change its distribution policy and the basis for establishing the rate of distributions at any time and may do so without prior notice to Common Shareholders.
 
If you hold your Common Shares in your own name or if you hold your Common Shares with a brokerage firm that participates in the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”), unless you elect to receive cash, all dividends and distributions that are declared by the Fund will be automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares of the Fund pursuant to the Plan. If you hold your Common Shares with a brokerage firm that does not participate in the Plan, you will not be able to participate in the Plan and any dividend reinvestment may be effected on different terms than those described above. Consult your financial advisor for more information. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
 
Listing And Symbol
The Fund’s currently outstanding Common Shares are, and the Common Shares offered by this Prospectus, will be, subject to notice of issuance, listed on the NYSE under the symbol “GGM.”
 
Special Risk Considerations
Investment in the Fund involves special risk considerations, which are summarized below. The Fund is designed as a long-term investment and not as a trading vehicle. The Fund is not intended to be a complete investment program. The Fund’s performance and the value of its investments will vary in response to changes in interest rates, inflation and other market factors. See “Risks” for a more complete discussion of the special risk considerations associated with an investment in the Fund.
 
Not a Complete Investment Program. An investment in the Common Shares of the Fund should not be considered a complete investment program. The Fund is intended for long-term investors seeking total return through a combination of current income and capital appreciation. The Fund is not meant to provide a vehicle for those who wish to play short-term swings in the stock market. Each Common Shareholder should take into account the Fund’s investment objective
 
 
8
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
as well as the Common Shareholder’s other investments when considering an investment in the Fund.
 
Investment and Market Risk. An investment in Common Shares of the Fund is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount that you invest. An investment in the Common Shares of the Fund represents an indirect investment in the securities owned by the Fund. The value of the securities owned by the Fund may fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably, which will affect the net asset value and may affect the market price of the Common Shares. The value of securities owned by the Fund may decline due to general market conditions that are not specifically related to a particular issuer, such as real or perceived economic conditions, changes in interest or currency rates or changes in investor sentiment or market outlook generally. At any point in time, your Common Shares may be worth less than your original investment, including the reinvestment of Fund dividends and distributions.
 
Management Risk. The Fund is subject to management risk because it has an actively managed portfolio. The Adviser will apply investment techniques and risk analysis in making investment decisions for the Fund, but there can be no guarantee that these will produce the desired results. The Fund’s allocation of its investments across various segments of the credit securities market and various countries, regions, asset classes and sectors may vary significantly over time based on the Adviser’s analysis and judgment. As a result, the particular risks most relevant to an investment in the Fund, as well as the overall risk profile of the Fund’s portfolio, may vary over time. The Adviser employs an active approach to the Fund’s investment allocation based upon a relative value philosophy, but there is no guarantee that such allocation will produce the desired results. It is possible that the Fund will focus on an investment that performs poorly or underperforms other investments under various market conditions. The flexibility of the Fund’s investment policies and the discretion granted to the Adviser to invest the Fund’s assets across various segments, classes and geographic regions of the credit securities market and in credit securities with various maturities and durations means that the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective may be more dependent on the success of its investment adviser than other investment companies.
 
Income Risk. The income investors receive from the Fund is based in part on the interest it earns from its investments in credit securities, which can vary widely over the short- and long-term. If prevailing market interest rates drop, investors’ income from the Fund could drop as well. The Fund’s income could also be affected adversely when prevailing short-term interest rates increase and the Fund is utilizing leverage, although this risk is mitigated to the extent the Fund invests in floating-rate obligations.
 
Credit Securities Risks. Credit securities are subject to certain risks:
 
Issuer Risk. The value of credit securities may decline for a number of reasons which directly relate to the issuer, such as management performance, financial leverage, reduced demand for the issuer’s
 
 
 
9
 
 
 

 
 
 
goods and services, historical and projected earnings, and the value of its assets.
 
Credit Risk. Credit risk is the risk that one or more debt obligations in the Fund’s portfolio will decline in price, or fail to pay interest or principal when due, because the issuer of the obligation experiences a decline in its financial status. A downgrade of the rating assigned to a credit security by an NRSRO may reduce the value of that security. See “Risks—Credit Securities Risks—Credit Risk.”
 
Interest Rate Risk. Interest rate risk is the risk that credit securities will decline in value because of changes in market interest rates. When market interest rates rise, the market value of credit securities generally will fall. These risks may be greater in the current market environment because interest rates are near historically low levels. The prices of longer-term securities fluctuate more than prices of shorter-term securities as interest rates change. The Fund’s use of leverage, as described below, will tend to increase common share interest rate risk. The Fund may utilize certain strategies, including taking positions in futures or interest rate swaps, for the purpose of reducing the interest rate sensitivity of credit securities held by the Fund and decreasing the Fund’s exposure to interest rate risk. The Fund is not required to hedge its exposure to interest rate risk and may choose not to do so. In addition, there is no assurance that any attempts by the Fund to reduce interest rate risk will be successful or that any hedges that the Fund may establish will perfectly correlate with movements in interest rates. The Fund may invest in variable and floating rate debt instruments, which generally are less sensitive to interest rate changes than fixed rate instruments, but generally will not increase in value if interest rates decline. See “Risks—Credit Securities Risks—Interest Rate Risk.”
 
Reinvestment Risk. Reinvestment risk is the risk that income from the Fund’s portfolio will decline if the Fund invests the proceeds from matured, traded or called securities at market interest rates that are below the portfolio’s current earnings rate. A decline in income could affect the Common Shares’ market price or the overall return of the Fund.
 
Prepayment Risk. During periods of declining interest rates, borrowers may exercise their option to prepay principal earlier than scheduled, forcing the Fund to reinvest in lower yielding securities. This is known as call or prepayment risk. See “Risks—Credit Securities Risks—Prepayment Risk.”
 
Liquidity Risk. The Fund may invest without limitation in unregistered securities, restricted securities and securities for which there is no readily available trading market or which are otherwise illiquid. Securities within any of the types of credit securities in which the Fund may invest may be unregistered, restricted or illiquid. The Fund may not be able to readily dispose of illiquid securities and obligations at prices that approximate those at which the Fund could sell such securities and obligations if they were more widely traded and, as a result of such illiquidity, the Fund may have to sell other investments or engage in borrowing transactions if necessary to raise cash to meet
 
 
 
10
 
 
 

 
 
 
its obligations. In addition, market, credit and other events may affect the prices of securities with limited liquidity held by the Fund to a greater extent than such events affect more liquid securities, thereby adversely affecting the Fund’s net asset value and ability to make distributions. See “Risks—Credit Securities Risk—Liquidity Risk.”
 
Valuation Risk. Because the secondary markets for certain investments may be limited, they may be difficult to value. Where market quotations are not readily available or deemed unreliable, the Fund will value such securities in accordance with fair value procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees. Valuation of illiquid securities may require more research than for more liquid investments. In addition, elements of judgment may play a greater role in valuation in such cases than for investments with a more active secondary market because there is less reliable objective data available. A security that is fair valued may be valued at a price higher or lower than the value determined by other funds using their own fair valuation procedures. Prices obtained by the Fund upon the sale of such securities may not equal the value at which the Fund carried the investment on its books, which would adversely affect the net asset value of the Fund.
 
Duration and Maturity Risk. The Fund has no set policy regarding maturity or duration of credit securities in which it may invest or of the Fund’s portfolio generally. The Adviser may seek to adjust the portfolio’s duration or maturity based on its assessment of current and projected market conditions and all factors that the Adviser deems relevant. Any decisions as to the targeted duration or maturity of any particular category of investments or of the Fund’s portfolio generally will be made based on all pertinent market factors at any given time. The Fund may incur costs in seeking to adjust the portfolio average duration or maturity. There can be no assurance that the Adviser’s assessment of current and projected market conditions will be correct or that any strategy to adjust the portfolio’s duration or maturity will be successful at any given time. Generally speaking, the longer the duration of the Fund’s portfolio, the more exposure the Fund will have to interest rate risk described above.
 
Below Investment Grade Securities Risk. The Fund may invest in securities rated below investment grade or, if unrated, determined by the Adviser to be of comparable credit quality, which are commonly referred to as “high-yield” or “junk” bonds. Investment in securities of below investment grade quality involves substantial risk of loss. Securities of below investment grade quality are considered predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due and therefore involve a greater risk of default or decline in market value due to adverse economic and issuer-specific developments. Issuers of below investment grade securities are not perceived to be as strong financially as those with higher credit ratings. These issuers are more vulnerable to financial setbacks and recession than more creditworthy issuers, which may impair their ability to make interest and principal payments. Securities of below investment grade quality display increased price sensitivity to changing interest rates and to a deteriorating economic environment. The market values for securities of below investment grade quality
 
 
 
 
11
 
 
 

 
 
 
tend to be more volatile and such securities tend to be less liquid than investment grade debt securities. To the extent that a secondary market does exist for certain below investment grade securities, the market for them may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods. Because of the substantial risks associated with investments in below investment grade securities, you could have an increased risk of losing money on your investment in Common Shares, both in the short-term and the long-term. To the extent that the Fund invests in securities that have not been rated by an NRSRO, the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objectives will be more dependent on the Adviser’s credit analysis than would be the case when the Fund invests in rated securities. See “Risks—Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.”
 
Corporate Bond Risk. The market value of a corporate bond may be affected by factors directly related to the issuer, such as investors’ perceptions of the creditworthiness of the issuer, the issuer’s financial performance, perceptions of the issuer in the market place, performance of management of the issuer, the issuer’s capital structure and use of financial leverage and demand for the issuer’s goods and services. There is a risk that the issuers of corporate bonds may not be able to meet their obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by an instrument. Corporate bonds of below investment grade quality are often high risk and have speculative characteristics and may be particularly susceptible to adverse issuer-specific developments. Corporate bonds of below investment grade quality are subject to the risks described herein under “Risks—Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.”
 
Senior Loans Risk. The Fund may invest in Senior Loans made to corporations and other non-governmental entities and issuers (a “Borrower”). Senior Loans typically hold the most senior position in the capital structure of the issuing entity, are typically secured with specific collateral and typically have a claim on the assets and/or stock of the borrower that is senior to that held by subordinated debt holders and stockholders of the borrower. Senior Loans in which the Fund will invest are generally rated below investment grade or unrated but believed by the Adviser to be of below investment grade quality and are considered speculative because of the credit risk of their issuers. The risks associated with such Senior Loans are similar to the risks of other lower grade securities, although Senior Loans are typically senior and secured in contrast to subordinated and unsecured debt securities. Senior Loans’ higher standing has historically resulted in generally higher recoveries in the event of a corporate reorganization. Although the Senior Loans in which the Fund will invest generally will be secured by specific collateral, there can be no assurance that liquidation of such collateral would satisfy the Borrower’s obligation in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal or that such collateral could be readily liquidated. In the event of the bankruptcy of a Borrower, the Fund could experience delays or limitations with respect to its ability to realize the benefits of the collateral securing a Senior Loan. In addition, because their interest payments are adjusted for changes in short-term interest rates,
 
 
12
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
investments in Senior Loans generally have less interest rate risk than other lower grade securities, which may have fixed interest rates. See “Risks—Senior Loans Risk.”
 
Second Lien Loans Risk. The Fund may invest in Second Lien Loans made to public and private corporations and other non-governmental entities and issuers for a variety of purposes. Second Lien Loans are second in right of payment to one or more Senior Loans of the related borrower. Second Lien Loans are generally subject to similar risks associated with investment in Senior Loans and other lower grade debt securities. However, Second Lien Loans are second in right of payment to Senior Loans and therefore are subject to the additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower and any property securing the Loan may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments and repayment of principal after giving effect to the senior secured obligations of the borrower. Second Lien Loans are expected to have greater price volatility and exposure to losses upon default than Senior Loans and may be less liquid. See “Risks—Second Lien Loans Risk.”
 
Subordinated Secured Loans Risk. Subordinated Secured Loans generally are subject to similar risks as those associated with investment in Senior Loans, Second Lien Loans and below investment grade securities. However, such loans may rank lower in right of payment than any outstanding Senior Loans, Second Lien Loans or other debt instruments with higher priority of the Borrower and therefore are subject to additional risk that the cash flow of the Borrower and any property securing the loan may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments and repayment of principal in the event of default or bankruptcy after giving effect to the higher ranking secured obligations of the Borrower. Subordinated Secured Loans are expected to have greater price volatility than Senior Loans and Second Lien Loans and may be less liquid.
 
Unsecured Loans Risk. Unsecured Loans generally are subject to similar risks as those associated with investment in Senior Loans, Second Lien Loans, Subordinated Secured Loans and below investment grade securities. However, because Unsecured Loans have lower priority in right of payment to any higher ranking obligations of the Borrower and are not backed by a security interest in any specific collateral, they are subject to additional risk that the cash flow of the Borrower and available assets may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments and repayment of principal after giving effect to any higher ranking obligations of the Borrower. Unsecured Loans are expected to have greater price volatility than Senior Loans, Second Lien Loans and Subordinated Secured Loans and may be less liquid.
 
Loan Participations and Assignments Risk. The Fund may acquire Loan assignments or participations. The purchaser of an assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations of the assigning institution and becomes a lender under the credit agreement with respect to the debt obligation; however, the purchaser’s rights can be more restricted than those of the assigning institution. A participation typically results in a contractual relationship only with the institution participating out the interest, not with the Borrower. In purchasing
 
 
 
13
 
 
 

 
 
 
participations, the Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the Borrower with the terms of the loan agreement against the Borrower and the Fund may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the debt obligation in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, the Fund will be exposed to the credit risk of both the Borrower and the institution selling the participation. See “Risks—Loan Participations and Assignments Risk.”
 
Mezzanine Investments Risk. The Fund may invest in certain lower grade securities known as “Mezzanine Investments,” which are subordinated debt securities that are generally issued in private placements in connection with an equity security (e.g., with attached warrants) or may be convertible into equity securities. Mezzanine Investments are generally subject to similar risks associated with investment in Senior Loans, Second Lien Loans and other below investment grade securities. However, Mezzanine Investments may rank lower in right of payment than any outstanding Senior Loans, Second Lien Loans and other debt instruments with higher priority of the borrower, or may be unsecured (i.e., not backed by a security interest in any specific collateral), and are subject to the additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower and available assets may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments and repayment of principal after giving effect to any higher ranking obligations of the borrower. Mezzanine Investments are expected to have greater price volatility and exposure to losses upon default than Senior Loans and Second Lien Loans and may be less liquid.
 
Preferred Securities Risk. In addition to equity securities risk, credit risk and below investment grade securities risk, with respect to preferred securities of below investment grade quality, there are special risks associated with investing in preferred securities: deferral, subordination, limited voting rights, special redemption rights and risks associated with new types of securities. See “Risks—Preferred Securities Risk.”
 
Convertible Securities Risk. The Fund may invest in convertible securities, which consist of bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks and other securities that entitle the holder to acquire common stock or other equity securities of the issuer. Convertible securities generally offer lower interest or dividend yields than non-convertible securities of similar quality. As with other credit securities, the market values of convertible securities tend to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, to increase as interest rates decline. Convertible securities also tend to reflect the market price of the underlying stock in varying degrees, depending on the relationship of such market price to the conversion price in the terms of the convertible security. Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in an issuer’s capital structure and consequently entail less risk than the issuer’s common stock.
 
Distressed And Defaulted Securities Risk. Investments in the securities of financially distressed issuers involve substantial risks. These securities may present a substantial risk of default or may be in default at the time of investment. The Fund may incur additional expenses to the extent it is required to seek recovery upon a default in the payment
 
 
 
14
 
 
 

 

 
 
 
of principal or interest on its portfolio holdings. In any reorganization or liquidation proceeding relating to a portfolio company, the Fund may lose its entire investment or may be required to accept cash or securities with a value less than its original investment. Among the risks inherent in investments in a troubled entity is the fact that it frequently may be difficult to obtain information as to the true financial condition of such issuer. The Adviser’s judgment about the credit quality of the issuer and the relative value and liquidity of its securities may prove to be wrong.
 
Structured Finance Investments Risk. The Fund’s structured finance investments may consist of RMBS and CMBS issued by governmental entities and private issuers, ABS, structured notes, credit-linked notes and other types of structured finance securities described in this Prospectus. Holders of structured finance securities bear risks of the underlying investments, index or reference obligation and are subject to counterparty risk. The Fund may have the right to receive payments only from the issuer of the structured finance security, and generally does not have direct rights against the issuer or the entity that sold the assets to be securitized. While certain structured finance investments enable the investor to acquire interests in a pool of securities without the brokerage and other expenses associated with directly holding the same securities, investors in structured finance securities generally pay their share of the structured finance security issuer’s administrative and other expenses. The prices of indices and securities underlying structured finance securities, and, therefore, the prices of structured finance securities, will be influenced by, and will rise and fall in response to, the same types of political and economic events that affect issuers of securities and capital markets generally. If the issuer of a structured finance security uses shorter term financing to purchase longer term securities, the issuer may be forced to sell its securities at below market prices if it experiences difficulty in obtaining short-term financing, which may adversely affect the value of the structured finance securities owned by the Fund. Certain structured finance securities may be thinly traded or have a limited trading market.
 
The Fund may invest in structured finance securities collateralized by low grade or defaulted loans or securities. Investments in such structured finance securities are subject to the risks associated with below investment grade securities. Such securities are characterized by high risk. It is likely that an economic recession could severely disrupt the market for such securities and may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities.
 
The Fund may invest in senior and subordinated classes issued by structured finance vehicles. The payment of cash flows from the underlying assets to senior classes take precedence over those of subordinated classes, and therefore subordinated classes are subject to greater risk. Furthermore, the leveraged nature of subordinated classes may magnify the adverse impact on such class of changes in the value of the assets, changes in the distributions on the assets, defaults and recoveries on the assets, capital gains and losses on the assets, prepayment on assets and availability, price and interest rates of assets.
 
 
15
 
 
 

 

 
 
 
Structured finance securities are typically privately offered and sold, and thus are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in structured finance securities may be characterized by the Fund as illiquid securities; however, an active dealer market may exist which would allow such securities to be considered liquid in some circumstances.
 
MBS Risks. MBS represent an interest in a pool of mortgages. MBS are subject to certain risks: credit risk associated with the performance of the underlying mortgage properties and of the borrowers owning these properties; risks associated with their structure and execution (including the collateral, the process by which principal and interest payments are allocated and distributed to investors and how credit losses affect the return to investors in such MBS); risks associated with the servicer of the underlying mortgages; adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances, which are more likely to have an adverse impact on MBS secured by loans on certain types of commercial properties than on those secured by loans on residential properties; prepayment risk, which can lead to significant fluctuations in the value of the MBS; loss of all or part of the premium, if any, paid; and decline in the market value of the security, whether resulting from changes in interest rates, prepayments on the underlying mortgage collateral or perceptions of the credit risk associated with the underlying mortgage collateral. The value of MBS may be substantially dependent on the servicing of the underlying pool of mortgages. In addition, the Fund’s level of investment in MBS of a particular type or in MBS issued or guaranteed by affiliated obligors, serviced by the same servicer or backed by underlying collateral located in a specific geographic region, may subject the Fund to additional risk.
 
When market interest rates decline, more mortgages are refinanced and the securities are paid off earlier than expected. Prepayments may also occur on a scheduled basis or due to foreclosure. When market interest rates increase, the market values of MBS decline. At the same time, however, mortgage refinancings and prepayments slow, which lengthens the effective maturities of these securities. As a result, the negative effect of the rate increase on the market value of MBS is usually more pronounced than it is for other types of debt securities.
 
The Fund may invest in sub-prime mortgages or MBS that are backed by sub-prime mortgages.
 
Moreover, the relationship between prepayments and interest rates may give some high-yielding MBS less potential for growth in value than conventional bonds with comparable maturities. During periods of falling interest rates, the reinvestment of prepayment proceeds by the Fund will generally be at lower rates than the rates that were carried by the obligations that have been prepaid. Because of these and other reasons, MBS’s total return and maturity may be difficult to predict precisely. To the extent that the Fund purchases MBS at a premium, prepayments (which may be made without penalty) may result in loss of the Fund’s principal investment to the extent of premium paid.
 
 
16
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
MBS generally are classified as either CMBS or RMBS, each of which are subject to certain specific risks.
 
Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities Risk. The market for CMBS developed more recently and, in terms of total outstanding principal amount of issues, is relatively small compared to the market for residential single- family MBS. CMBS are subject to particular risks. CMBS lack of standardized terms, have shorter maturities than residential mortgage loans and provide for payment of all or substantially all of the principal only at maturity rather than regular amortization of principal. In addition, commercial lending generally is viewed as exposing the lender to a greater risk of loss than residential lending. Commercial lending typically involves larger loans to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers than residential mortgage loans. In addition, the repayment of loans secured by income producing properties typically is dependent upon the successful operation of the related real estate project and the cash flow generated therefrom. Net operating income of an income-producing property can be affected by, among other things: tenant mix, success of tenant businesses, property management decisions, property location and condition, competition from comparable types of properties, changes in laws that increase operating expense or limit rents that may be charged, any need to address environmental contamination at the property, the occurrence of any uninsured casualty at the property, changes in national, regional or local economic conditions and/or specific industry segments, declines in regional or local real estate values, declines in regional or local rental or occupancy rates, increases in interest rates, real estate tax rates and other operating expenses, change in governmental rules, regulations and fiscal policies, including environmental legislation, acts of God, terrorism, social unrest and civil disturbances.
 
Consequently, adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances are more likely to have an adverse impact on MBS secured by loans on commercial properties than on those secured by loans on residential properties. Additional risks may be presented by the type and use of a particular commercial property. Special risks are presented by hospitals, nursing homes, hospitality properties and certain other property types. Commercial property values and net operating income are subject to volatility, which may result in net operating income becoming insufficient to cover debt service on the related mortgage loan. The exercise of remedies and successful realization of liquidation proceeds relating to CMBS may be highly dependent on the performance of the servicer or special servicer. There may be a limited number of special servicers available, particularly those that do not have conflicts of interest.
 
Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities Risk. Credit-related risk on RMBS arises from losses due to delinquencies and defaults by the borrowers in payments on the underlying mortgage loans and breaches by originators and servicers of their obligations under the underlying documentation pursuant to which the RMBS are issued. The rate of delinquencies and defaults on residential mortgage loans and the aggregate amount of the resulting losses will be affected by a number
 
 
17
 
 
 

 

 
 
of factors, including general economic conditions, particularly those in the area where the related mortgaged property is located, the level of the borrower’s equity in the mortgaged property and the individual financial circumstances of the borrower. If a residential mortgage loan is in default, foreclosure on the related residential property may be a lengthy and difficult process involving significant legal and other expenses. The net proceeds obtained by the holder on a residential mortgage loan following the foreclosure on the related property may be less than the total amount that remains due on the loan. The prospect of incurring a loss upon the foreclosure of the related property may lead the holder of the residential mortgage loan to restructure the residential mortgage loan or otherwise delay the foreclosure process. See “Risks—MBS Risks—Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities Risk.”
 
Sub-Prime Mortgage Market Risk. The residential mortgage market in the United States has experienced difficulties that may adversely affect the performance and market value of certain mortgages and MBS. Delinquencies and losses on residential mortgage loans (especially sub-prime and second-lien mortgage loans) generally have increased recently and may continue to increase, and a decline in or flattening of housing values (as has recently been experienced and may continue to be experienced in many housing markets) may exacerbate such delinquencies and losses. Borrowers with adjustable rate mortgage loans are more sensitive to changes in interest rates, which affect their monthly mortgage payments, and may be unable to secure replacement mortgages at comparably low interest rates. Also, a number of residential mortgage loan originators have experienced serious financial difficulties or bankruptcy. Largely due to the foregoing, reduced investor demand for mortgage loans and MBS and increased investor yield requirements caused limited liquidity in the secondary market for certain MBS, which can adversely affect the market value of MBS. It is possible that such limited liquidity in such secondary markets could continue or worsen. If the economy of the United States deteriorates further, the incidence of mortgage foreclosures, especially sub-prime mortgages, may increase, which may adversely affect the value of any MBS owned by the Fund.
 
The significance of the mortgage crisis and loan defaults in residential mortgage loan sectors led to the enactment of numerous pieces of legislation relating to the mortgage and housing markets. These actions, along with future legislation or regulation, may have significant impacts on the mortgage market generally and may result in a reduction of available transactional opportunities for the Fund or an increase in the cost associated with such transactions and may adversely impact the value of RMBS.
 
During the mortgage crisis, a number of originators and servicers of residential and commercial mortgage loans, including some of the largest originators and servicers in the residential and commercial mortgage loan market, experienced serious financial difficulties. Such difficulties may affect the performance of non-agency RMBS and CMBS. There can be no assurance that originators and servicers of mortgage loans will not continue to experience serious financial
 
18
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
difficulties or experience such difficulties in the future, including becoming subject to bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, or that underwriting procedures and policies and protections against fraud will be sufficient in the future to prevent such financial difficulties or significant levels of default or delinquency on mortgage loans. See “Risks—MBS Risks—Sub-Prime Mortgage Market Risks.”
 
Stripped MBS Risk. Stripped MBS may be subject to additional risks. The yield to maturity on an interest only class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on the Fund’s yield to maturity from these securities. Conversely, the principal only class securities tend to decline in value if prepayments are slower than anticipated. See “Risks—MBS Risks—Stripped MBS Risk.”
 
CMO Risk. There are certain risks associated specifically with collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”). CMOs are debt obligations collateralized by mortgage loans or mortgage pass-through securities. Under certain market conditions, such as those that occurred during the recent downturn in the mortgage markets, the weighted average life of certain CMOs may not accurately reflect the price volatility of such securities. CMOs issued by private entities are not obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities and are not guaranteed by any government agency, although the securities underlying a CMO may be subject to a guarantee. Therefore, if the collateral securing the CMO, as well as any third party credit support or guarantees, is insufficient to make payments when due, the holder could sustain a loss. Inverse floating rate CMOs are typically more volatile than fixed or floating rate tranches of CMOs. Many inverse floating rate CMOs have coupons that move inversely to a multiple of an index. The effect of the coupon varying inversely to a multiple of an applicable index creates a leverage factor. See “Risks—MBS Risks—CMO Risk.”
 
ABS Risk. ABS involve certain risks in addition to those presented by MBS. There is the possibility that recoveries on the underlying collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities. ABS do not have the benefit of the same security interest in the underlying collateral as MBS and are more dependent on the borrower’s ability to pay and may provide the ABS issuer (and indirectly the Fund) with a less effective security interest in the related collateral than do MBS. The collateral underlying ABS may constitute assets related to a wide range of industries and sectors, such as credit card and automobile receivables. See “Risks—ABS Risk.”
 
CLO, CDO and CBO Risk. In addition to the general risks associated with debt securities discussed herein, CLOs, collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”), and collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”) are subject to additional risks. CLOs, CDOs and CBOs are subject to risks associated with the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; and the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the
 
 
 
19
 
 
 
 

 

 
 
time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results. The credit quality of CLOs, CDOs and CBOs depends primarily upon the quality of the underlying assets and the level of credit support and/or enhancement provided. The underlying assets (e.g., debt obligations) of CLOs, CDOs and CBOs are subject to prepayments, which shorten the weighted average maturity and may lower the return of the securities issued by the CLOs, CDOs and CBOs. If the credit support or enhancement is exhausted, losses or delays in payment may result if the required payments of principal and interest are not made. The value of securities issued by CLOs, CDOs and CBOs also may change because of changes in market value, that is changes in the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the servicing agent for the pool, the originator of the pool, or the financial institution or fund providing the credit support or enhancement. Finally, CLOs, CDOs and CBOs are limited recourse and may not be paid in full and may be subject to up to 100% loss. See “Risks—CLO, CDO and CBO Risk.”
 
Structured Notes Risk. Investments in structured notes involve risks associated with the issuer of the note and the reference instrument. Where the Fund’s investments in structured notes are based upon the movement of one or more factors used as a reference for payments required on the note, including currency exchange rates, interest rates, referenced bonds or stock indices, depending on the use of multipliers or deflators, changes in the applicable factors may cause significant price fluctuations. Additionally, changes in the reference instrument or security may cause the interest rate on the structured note to be reduced to zero, and any further changes in the reference instrument may then reduce the principal amount payable on maturity. Structured notes may be less liquid than other types of securities and more volatile than the reference instrument or security underlying the note.
 
Foreign Securities Risk. The Fund may invest without limitation in securities of non-U.S. issuers, including issuers in emerging markets. Investing in foreign issuers may involve certain risks not typically associated with investing in securities of U.S. issuers due to increased exposure to foreign economic, political and legal developments, including favorable or unfavorable changes in currency exchange rates, exchange control regulations (including currency blockage), expropriation or nationalization of assets, imposition of withholding taxes on payments, and possible difficulty in obtaining and enforcing judgments against foreign entities. Furthermore, issuers of foreign securities and obligations are subject to different, often less comprehensive, accounting, reporting and disclosure requirements than domestic issuers. The securities and obligations of some foreign companies and foreign markets are less liquid and at times more volatile than comparable U.S. securities, obligations and markets. These risks may be more pronounced to the extent that the Fund invests a significant amount of its assets in companies located in one country or region and to the extent that the Fund invests in securities of issuers in emerging markets. The Fund may also invest in U.S. dollar-denominated securities of foreign issuers, which are subject to many of the risks described above regarding securities of foreign
 
 
20
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
issuers denominated in foreign currencies. See “Risks—Foreign Securities Risk.”
 
Emerging Markets Risk. Investments in securities the issuers of which are located in countries considered to be emerging markets are subject to heightened risks relative to foreign investing generally and are considered speculative. Investing in emerging markets involves certain heightened risks associated with: smaller market capitalization of securities markets, which may suffer periods of relative illiquidity; significant price volatility; restrictions on foreign investment; and potential restrictions on repatriation of investment income and capital. See “Risks—Emerging Markets Risk.”
 
Foreign Currency Risk. The Fund’s investment performance may be negatively affected by a devaluation of a currency in which the Fund’s investments are denominated or quoted. Further, the Fund’s investment performance may be significantly affected, either positively or negatively, by currency exchange rates because the U.S. dollar value of securities denominated or quoted in another currency will increase or decrease in response to changes in the value of such currency in relation to the U.S. dollar. See “Risks—Foreign Currency Risk.”
 
Financial Leverage Risk. The Fund currently intends to employ Financial Leverage through the issuance of Indebtedness and/or the use of reverse repurchase agreements. The Adviser anticipates that the use of Financial Leverage may result in higher income to Common Shareholders over time; however, there can be no assurance that the Adviser’s expectations will be realized or that a leveraging strategy will be successful in any particular time period. Use of Financial Leverage creates an opportunity for increased income and capital appreciation but, at the same time, creates special risks. Leverage is a speculative technique that exposes the Fund to greater risk and increased costs than if it were not implemented. There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be utilized or will be successful.
 
The use of leverage by the Fund will cause the net asset value, and possibly the market price, of the Fund’s Common Shares to fluctuate significantly in response to changes in interest rates and other economic indicators. As a result, the net asset value and market price and dividend rate of the Common Shares of the Fund is likely to be more volatile than those of a closed-end management investment company that is not exposed to leverage. In a declining market, the use of leverage may result in a greater decline in the net asset value of the Common Shares than if the Fund were not leveraged.
 
Financial leverage will increase operating costs, which may reduce total return. The Fund will have to pay interest on its Indebtedness, if any, which may reduce the Fund’s return. This interest expense may be greater than the Fund’s return on the underlying investment. Increases in interest rates that the Fund must pay on its Indebtedness will increase the cost of leverage and may reduce the return to Common Shareholders. This risk may be greater in the current market environment because interest rates are near historically low levels.
 
 
21
 
 
 

 

 
 
Certain types of Indebtedness subject the Fund to covenants in credit agreements relating to asset coverage and portfolio composition requirements. Certain Indebtedness issued by the Fund also may subject the Fund to certain restrictions on investments imposed by guidelines of one or more NRSROs, which may issue ratings for such Indebtedness. Such guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed by the 1940 Act. It is not anticipated that these covenants or guidelines will impede the Adviser from managing the Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies.
 
Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risks that the interest income earned on the investment of the proceeds will be less than the interest expense and Fund expenses associated with the repurchase agreement, that the market value of the securities sold by the Fund may decline below the price at which the Fund is obligated to repurchase such securities and that the securities may not be returned to the Fund. There is no assurance that reverse repurchase agreements can be successfully employed. Dollar roll transactions involve the risk that the market value of the securities the Fund is required to purchase may decline below the agreed upon repurchase price of those securities. Successful use of dollar rolls may depend upon the Adviser’s ability to correctly predict interest rates and prepayments. There is no assurance that dollar rolls can be successfully employed. In connection with reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls, the Fund will also be subject to counterparty risk with respect to the purchaser of the securities. If the broker/dealer to whom the Fund sells securities becomes insolvent, the Fund’s right to purchase or repurchase securities may be restricted.
 
During the time in which the Fund is utilizing Financial Leverage, the amount of the fees paid to the Adviser for investment advisory services will be higher than if the Fund did not utilize Financial Leverage because the fees paid will be calculated based on the Fund’s Managed Assets, including proceeds of Financial Leverage. This may create a conflict of interest between the Adviser, on the one hand, and the Common Shareholders, on the other hand. Common Shareholders bear the portion of the investment advisory fee attributable to the assets purchased with the proceeds of Financial Leverage, which means that Common Shareholders effectively bear the entire advisory fee. In order to manage this conflict of interest, the Board of Trustees will receive regular reports from the Adviser regarding the Fund’s use of Financial Leverage and the effect of Financial Leverage on the management of the Fund’s portfolio and the performance of the Fund.
 
In addition, the Fund may engage in certain derivatives transactions that have economic characteristics similar to leverage. To the extent the terms of any such transaction obligate the Fund to make payments, the Fund intends to earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the current value of the amount then payable by the Fund under the terms of such transaction or otherwise cover such transaction in accordance with applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC. To the extent the terms of any such transaction obligate the Fund to deliver particular securities to extinguish the
 
 
22
 
 
 

 
 
 
Fund’s obligations under such transactions, the Fund may “cover” its obligations under such transaction by either (i) owning the securities or collateral underlying such transactions or (ii) having an absolute and immediate right to acquire such securities or collateral without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, having earmarked or segregated cash or liquid securities). Securities so segregated or designated as “cover” will be unavailable for sale by the Adviser (unless replaced by other securities qualifying for segregation or cover requirements), which may adversely affect the ability of the Fund to pursue its investment objective.
 
The Fund may have Financial Leverage outstanding during a shorter-term period during which such Financial Leverage may not be beneficial to the Fund if the Fund believes that the long-term benefits to Common Shareholders of such Financial Leverage would outweigh the costs and portfolio disruptions associated with redeeming and reissuing such Financial Leverage. However, there can be no assurance that the Fund’s judgment in weighing such costs and benefits will be correct. See “Risks—Financial Leverage Risk.”
 
Equity Securities Risk. Common equity securities prices fluctuate for a number of reasons, including changes in investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer, the general condition of the relevant stock market and broader domestic and international political and economic events. The prices of common equity securities are also sensitive to general movements in the stock market, so a drop in the stock market may depress the prices of common equity securities to which the Fund has exposure. While broad market measures of common stocks have historically generated higher average returns than debt securities, common stocks have also experienced significantly more volatility in those returns. Common equity securities in which the Fund may invest are structurally subordinated to preferred stock, bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure in terms of priority to corporate income and are therefore inherently more risky than preferred stock or debt instruments of such issuers. Dividends on common equity securities which the Fund may hold are not fixed but are declared at the discretion of an issuer’s board of directors. There is no guarantee that the issuers of the common equity securities in which the Fund invests will declare dividends in the future or that, if declared, they will remain at current levels or increase over time. See “Risks—Equity Securities Risk.”
 
Mid-Cap And Small-Cap Company Risk. Investing in the securities of medium-sized or small market capitalizations (“mid-cap” and “small-cap” companies, respectively) presents some particular investment risks. Mid-cap and small-cap companies may have limited product lines and markets, as well as shorter operating histories, less experienced management and more limited financial resources than larger companies, and may be more vulnerable to adverse general market or economic developments. Securities of mid-cap and small-cap companies may be less liquid than those of larger companies, and may experience greater price fluctuations than larger companies. In addition, mid-cap or small-cap company securities may not be widely followed by investors, which may result in reduced demand.
 
 
23
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
Options Risk. There are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected events.
 
As the writer of a call option on a security held in the Fund’s portfolio (commonly known as a “covered” call option), the Fund forgoes, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the strike price of the call, but retains the risk of loss (net of premium received) should the price of the underlying security decline. As the Fund writes covered calls over more of its portfolio, its ability to benefit from capital appreciation becomes more limited.
 
As the writer of a call option on securities indices, exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) and baskets of securities, which may include securities that are not held by the Fund, the Fund may be subject to additional risks than writing covered call options. The purchaser of an index option written by the Fund has the right to any appreciation in the cash value of the index over the strike price on the expiration date. The purchaser of an index option written by the Fund has the right to any appreciation in the cash value of the index over the strike price on the expiration date. Therefore, as the writer of a covered index call option, the Fund forgoes the opportunity to profit from increases in the index over the strike price of the option. However, the Fund has retained the risk of loss (net of premiums received) should the price of the index decline. Similarly, as the writer of a covered call option on a security or basket of securities held in the Fund’s portfolio, the Fund forgoes, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security or securities covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the exercise price of the call but has retained the risk of loss (net of premiums received) should the price of the underlying security decline. As the writer of an uncovered call option, the Fund has no risk of loss should the price of the underlying security or index decline, but bears unlimited risk of loss should the price of the underlying security or index increase above the exercise price.
 
With respect to exchange-traded options, there can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when the Fund seeks to close out an option position on an options exchange. If the Fund were unable to close out a covered call option that it had written on a security, it would not be able to sell the underlying security unless the option expired without exercise.
 
The Fund may also write (sell) over-the-counter options (“OTC options”). Options written by the Fund with respect to non-U.S. securities, indices or sectors generally will be OTC options. OTC options differ from exchange-listed options in that they are entered into directly with the buyer of the option and not through an exchange or clearing organization that is interposed between the
 
 
 
24
 
 
 

 
 
 
Fund and the counterparty. In an OTC option transaction exercise price, premium and other terms are negotiated between buyer and seller. OTC options generally do not have as much market liquidity as exchange-listed options.
 
When the Fund writes covered put options, it bears the risk of loss if the value of the underlying stock declines below the exercise price minus the put premium. If the option is exercised, the Fund could incur a loss if it is required to purchase the stock underlying the put option at a price greater than the market price of the stock at the time of exercise plus the put premium the Fund received when it wrote the option. While the Fund’s potential gain in writing a covered put option is limited to distributions earned on the liquid assets securing the put option plus the premium received from the purchaser of the put option, the Fund risks a loss equal to the entire exercise price of the option minus the put premium. See “Risks—Options Risk.”
 
Sovereign Debt Risk. Investments in sovereign debt involve special risks. Foreign governmental issuers of debt or the governmental authorities that control the repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay principal or pay interest when due. In the event of default, there may be limited or no legal recourse in that, generally, remedies for defaults must be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party. Political conditions, especially a sovereign entity’s willingness to meet the terms of its debt obligations, are of considerable significance. The ability of a foreign sovereign issuer, especially an emerging market country, to make timely payments on its debt obligations will also be strongly influenced by the sovereign issuer’s balance of payments, including export performance, its access to international credit facilities and investments, fluctuations of interest rates and the extent of its foreign reserves. See “Risks—Sovereign Debt Risk.”
 
Real Estate Risk. To the extent that the Fund invests in real estate related investments, including real estate investment trusts (“REITs”), mortgage related securities, such as MBS, or real-estate linked derivative instruments, it will be subject to the risks associated with owning real estate and with the real estate industry generally. Real estate related investments may be subject to difficulties in valuing and disposing of real estate, the possibility of declines in the value of real estate, risks related to general and local economic conditions, the possibility of adverse changes in the climate for real estate, environmental liability risks, the risk of increases in property taxes and operating expenses, possible adverse changes in zoning laws, the risk of casualty or condemnation losses, limitations on rents, the possibility of adverse changes in interest rates and in the credit markets and the possibility of borrowers paying off mortgages sooner than expected, which may lead to reinvestment of assets at lower prevailing interest rates. To the extent that the Fund invests in REITs, it will also be subject to the risk that a REIT may default on its obligations or go bankrupt. By investing in REITs indirectly through the Fund, a shareholder will bear not only his or her proportionate share of the expenses of the Fund, but also, indirectly, similar expenses of the REITs. The Fund’s investments in REITs could cause the Fund to
 
 
25
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
recognize income in excess of cash received from those securities and, as a result, the Fund may be required to sell portfolio securities, including when it is not advantageous to do so, in order to make distributions. In addition, mortgage REITs must satisfy highly technical and complex requirements in order to qualify for the favorable tax treatment accorded to REITs under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and to maintain their exemption from the 1940 Act. No assurances can be given that a mortgage REIT in which the Fund invests will be able to continue to qualify as a REIT or that complying with the REIT requirements under the Code will not adversely affect such REIT’s ability to execute its business plan. See “Risks—Real Estate Risk.”
 
Inflation/Deflation Risk. Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income from investments will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the real value of the Common Shares and distributions can decline. In addition, during any periods of rising inflation, the dividend rates or borrowing costs associated with the Fund’s use of Financial Leverage would likely increase, which would tend to further reduce returns to Common Shareholders. Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the economy decline over time—the opposite of inflation. Deflation may have an adverse effect on the creditworthiness of issuers and may make issuer default more likely, which may result in a decline in the value of the Fund’s portfolio.
 
Privately Issued Securities Risk. The Fund may invest in privately issued securities of both public and private companies. Privately issued securities have additional risk considerations than investments in comparable public investments. Whenever the Fund invests in companies that do not publicly report financial and other material information, it assumes a greater degree of investment risk and reliance upon the Adviser’s ability to obtain and evaluate applicable information concerning such companies’ creditworthiness and other investment considerations. Certain privately issued securities may be illiquid. If there is no readily available trading market for privately issued securities, the Fund may not be able to readily dispose of such investments at prices that approximate those at which the Fund could sell them if they were more widely traded. Privately issued securities are also more difficult to value. Privately issued debt securities are often of below investment grade quality, frequently are unrated and present many of the same risks as investing in below investment grade public debt securities.
 
Other Investment Companies Risk. Investments in other investment companies present certain special considerations and risks not present in making direct investments in securities in which the Fund may invest. Investments in other investment companies involve operating expenses and fees that are in addition to the expenses and fees borne by the Fund. Such expenses and fees attributable to the Fund’s investments in other investment companies are borne indirectly by Common Shareholders. Accordingly, investment in such entities involves expense and fee layering. Investments in other investment companies may expose the Fund to an additional layer of financial
 
 
26
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
leverage. To the extent management fees of other investment companies are based on total gross assets, it may create an incentive for such entities’ managers to employ financial leverage, thereby adding additional expense and increasing volatility and risk. See “Risk—Other Investment Companies Risk.”
 
Derivatives Transactions Risk. The Fund may engage in various derivatives transactions for hedging and risk management purposes, to facilitate portfolio management and to earn income or enhance total return. The use of derivatives transactions to earn income or enhance total return may be particularly speculative. Derivatives transactions involve risks. There may be imperfect correlation between the value of derivative instruments and the underlying assets. Derivatives transactions may be subject to risks associated with the possible default of the other party to the transaction. Derivative instruments may be illiquid. Certain derivatives transactions may have economic characteristics similar to leverage, in that relatively small market movements may result in large changes in the value of an investment. Certain derivatives transactions that involve leverage can result in losses that greatly exceed the amount originally invested. Furthermore, the Fund’s ability to successfully use derivatives transactions depends on the Adviser’s ability to predict pertinent securities prices, interest rates, currency exchange rates and other economic factors, which cannot be assured. Derivatives transactions utilizing instruments denominated in foreign currencies will expose the Fund to foreign currency risk. To the extent the Fund enters into derivatives transactions to hedge exposure to foreign currencies, such transactions may not be successful and may eliminate any chance for the Fund to benefit from favorable fluctuations in relevant foreign currencies.
 
The use of derivatives transactions may result in losses greater than if they had not been used, may require the Fund to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Fund can realize on an investment or may cause the Fund to hold a security that it might otherwise sell. Derivatives transactions involve risks of mispricing or improper valuation. The documentation governing a derivative instrument or transaction may be unfavorable or ambiguous. Derivatives transactions may involve commissions and other costs, which may increase the Fund’s expenses and reduce its return. Various legislative and regulatory initiatives may impact the availability, liquidity and cost of derivative instruments, limit or restrict the ability of the Fund to use certain derivative instruments or transact with certain counterparties as a part of its investment strategy, increase the costs of using derivative instruments or make derivative instruments less effective. In connection with certain derivatives transactions, the Fund may be required to segregate liquid assets or otherwise cover such transactions. The Fund may earn a lower return on its portfolio than it might otherwise earn if it did not have to segregate assets in respect of, or otherwise cover, its derivatives transactions positions. Segregating assets and covering positions will not limit or offset losses on related positions. See “Risks—Derivatives Transactions Risk.”
 
 
27
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
Swap Risk. The Fund may enter into swap transactions, including credit default swaps, total return swaps, index swaps, currency swaps, commodity swaps and interest rate swaps, as well as options thereon, and may purchase or sell interest rate caps, floors and collars. If the Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates or currency exchange rates, the investment performance of the Fund may be less favorable than it would have been if these investment techniques were not used. Such transactions are subject to market risk, risk of default by the other party to the transaction and risk of imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets and may involve commissions or other costs. Swaps generally do not involve the delivery of securities, other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to swaps generally is limited to the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually obligated to make, or in the case of the other party to a swap defaulting, the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually entitled to receive. Total return swaps may effectively add leverage to the Fund’s portfolio because the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the full notional amount of the swap.
 
When the Fund acts as a seller of a credit default swap agreement with respect to a debt security, it is subject to the risk that an adverse credit event may occur with respect to the debt security and the Fund may be required to pay the buyer the full notional value of the debt security under the swap net of any amounts owed to the Fund by the buyer under the swap (such as the buyer’s obligation to deliver the debt security to the Fund). As a result, the Fund bears the entire risk of loss due to a decline in value of a referenced debt security on a credit default swap it has sold if there is a credit event with respect to the security. If the Fund is a buyer of a credit default swap and no credit event occurs, the Fund may recover nothing if the swap is held through its termination date. However, if a credit event occurs, the Fund generally may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity whose value may have significantly decreased. See “Risks—Swap Risk.”
 
Counterparty Risk. The Fund will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the derivative contracts entered into by the Fund. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract, the Fund may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding. The Fund may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances. If a counterparty’s credit becomes significantly impaired, multiple requests for collateral posting in a short period of time could increase the risk that the Fund may not receive adequate collateral. See “Risks—Counterparty Risk.”
 
Synthetic Investment Risk. The Fund may be exposed to certain additional risks should the Adviser uses derivatives transactions as a means to synthetically implement the Fund’s investment strategies. Customized derivative instruments will likely be highly illiquid, and it is possible that the Fund will not be able to terminate such derivative
 
 
 
28
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
instruments prior to their expiration date or that the penalties associated with such a termination might impact the Fund’s performance in a materially adverse manner. Synthetic investments may be imperfectly correlated to the investment the Adviser is seeking to replicate. See “Risk—Synthetic Investment Risk.”
 
Event-Linked Securities Risk. Event-linked securities (“ELS”) are a form of derivative issued by insurance companies and insurance-related special purpose vehicles that apply securitization techniques to catastrophic property and casualty damages. Unlike other insurable low-severity, high-probability events (such as auto collision coverage), the insurance risk of which can be diversified by writing large numbers of similar policies, the holders of a typical ELS are exposed to the risks from high-severity, low-probability events such as that posed by major earthquakes or hurricanes. A typical ELS provides for income and return of capital similar to other fixed-income investments, but involves full or partial default if losses resulting from a certain catastrophe exceeded a predetermined amount. No active trading market may exist for certain ELS, which may impair the ability of the Fund to realize full value in the event of the need to liquidate such assets. See “Risks—Event-Linked Securities Risk.”
 
Inflation-Indexed Securities Risk. Inflation-indexed debt securities are subject to the effects of changes in market interest rates caused by factors other than inflation, such as real interest rates. In general, the value of an inflation-indexed security, including Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities (“TIPS”), tends to decrease when real interest rates increase and can increase when real interest rates decrease. Thus generally, during periods of rising inflation, the value of inflation-indexed securities will tend to increase and, during periods of deflation, their value will tend to decrease. Interest payments on inflation-indexed securities are unpredictable and will fluctuate as the principal and interest are adjusted for inflation. There can be no assurance that the inflation index used (i.e., the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (“CPI”)) will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. Increases in the principal value of TIPS due to inflation are considered taxable ordinary income for the amount of the increase in the calendar year. Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed debt security will be considered taxable ordinary income, even though the Fund will not receive the principal until maturity. In order to receive the special treatment accorded to “regulated investment companies” (“RICs”) and their shareholders under the Code and to avoid U.S. federal income and/or excise taxes at the Fund level, the Fund may be required to distribute this income to shareholders in the tax year in which the income is recognized (without a corresponding receipt of cash). Therefore, the Fund may be required to pay out as an income distribution in any such tax year an amount greater than the total amount of cash income the Fund actually received, and to sell portfolio securities, including at potentially disadvantageous times or prices, to obtain cash needed for these income distributions.
 
Municipal Securities Risk. The amount of public information available about municipal securities is generally less than that for corporate
 
 
29
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
equities or bonds, and the investment performance of the Fund’s municipal securities investments may therefore be more dependent on the analytical abilities of the Adviser. The secondary market for municipal securities, particularly below investment grade municipal securities, also tends to be less well-developed or liquid than many other securities markets, which may adversely affect the Fund’s ability to sell such securities at prices approximating those at which the Fund may currently value them. In addition, many state and municipal governments that issue securities are under significant economic and financial stress and may not be able to satisfy their obligations. The ability of municipal issuers to make timely payments of interest and principal may be diminished during general economic downturns and as governmental cost burdens are reallocated among federal, state and local governments. Issuers of municipal securities might seek protection under bankruptcy laws. In the event of bankruptcy of such an issuer, holders of municipal securities could experience delays in collecting principal and interest and such holders may not be able to collect all principal and interest to which they are entitled. The Fund may invest in taxable municipal securities, which consist primarily of Build America Bonds (“BABs”). The issuance of BABs was discontinued on December 31, 2010. Under the sequestration process under the Budget Control Act of 2011, automatic spending cuts that became effective on March 1, 2013 reduced the federal subsidy for BABs. See “Risks—Municipal Securities Risk.”
 
Redenomination Risk. Continuing uncertainty as to the status of the Euro and the European Monetary Union (the “EMU”) has created significant volatility in currency and financial markets generally. Investing in Euro-denominated securities entails risk of being exposed to a currency that may not fully reflect the strengths and weaknesses of the disparate European economies. In addition, it is possible that the Euro could be abandoned in the future by countries that have adopted its use. The effects of the collapse of the Euro, or of the exit of one or more countries from the EMU, on the United States and global economy and securities markets could have a significant adverse impact on the value and risk profile of the Fund’s investments. If one or more EMU countries were to stop using the Euro as its primary currency, the Fund’s investments in such countries may be redenominated into a different or newly adopted currency. As a result, the value of those investments could decline significantly and unpredictably. In addition, securities or other investments that are redenominated may be subject to foreign currency risk, liquidity risk and valuation risk to a greater extent than similar investments currently denominated in Euros. To the extent a currency used for redenomination purposes is not specified in respect of certain EMU-related investments, or should the Euro cease to be used entirely, the currency in which such investments are denominated may be unclear, making such investments particularly difficult to value or dispose of. The Fund may incur additional expenses to the extent it is required to seek judicial or other clarification of the denomination or value of such securities.
 
 
30
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
U.S. Government Securities Risk. U.S. Government securities historically have not involved the credit risks associated with investments in other types of debt securities, although, as a result, the yields available from U.S. Government debt securities are generally lower than the yields available from other securities. Like other debt securities, however, the values of U.S. Government securities change as interest rates fluctuate. On August 5, 2011, S&P lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating on the U.S. to “AA+” from “AAA.” Any further downgrades of the U.S. credit rating could increase volatility in both stock and bond markets, result in higher interest rates and higher Treasury yields and increase the costs of all kinds of debt. These events could have significant adverse effects on the economy generally and could result in significant adverse impacts on securities issuers and the Fund. The Adviser cannot predict the effects of these or similar events in the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets or on the Fund’s portfolio.
 
Legislation And Regulation Risk. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), which was signed into law in July 2010, has resulted in significant revisions to the U.S. financial regulatory framework. The Dodd-Frank Act covers a broad range of topics, including, among many others; a reorganization of federal financial regulators; the creation of a process designed to ensure financial system stability and the resolution of potentially insolvent financial firms; the enactment of new rules for derivatives trading; the creation of a consumer financial protection watchdog; the registration and regulation of managers of private funds; the regulation of rating agencies; and the enactment of new federal requirements for residential mortgage loans. The regulation of various types of derivative instruments pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act may adversely affect the Fund or its counterparties. The ultimate impact of the Dodd-Frank Act, and regulation that has been enacted thereunder, is not yet certain and issuers of securities in which the Fund invests may also be affected in ways that are currently unknown and unforeseeable.
 
In connection with an ongoing review by the SEC and its staff of the regulation of investment companies’ use of derivatives, on August 31, 2011, the SEC issued a concept release to seek public comment on a wide range of issues raised by the use of derivatives by investment companies. The SEC noted that it intends to consider the comments to help determine whether regulatory initiatives or guidance are needed to improve the current regulatory regime for investment companies and, if so, the nature of any such initiatives or guidance. While the nature of any such regulations is uncertain at this time, it is possible that such regulations could limit the implementation of the Fund’s options strategy or other uses of derivatives, which could have an adverse impact on the Fund. The Adviser cannot predict the effects of these regulations on the Fund’s portfolio. The Adviser intends to monitor developments and seek to manage the Fund’s portfolio in a manner consistent with achieving the Fund’s investment objective, but there can be no assurance that they will be successful in doing so.
 
At any time after the date of this Prospectus, legislation may be enacted that could negatively affect the assets of the Fund or the
 
 
31
 
 
 

 
 
 
issuers of such assets. Changing approaches to regulation may have a negative impact on the Fund or entities in which the Fund invests. Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Fund itself is regulated. There can be no assurance that future legislation, regulation or deregulation will not have a material adverse effect on the Fund or will not impair the ability of the Fund to achieve its investment objective. See “Risks—Legislation and Regulation Risk.”
 
Market Discount Risk. Shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value, which is a risk separate and distinct from the risk that the Fund’s net asset value could decrease as a result of its investment activities. Although the value of the Fund’s net assets is generally considered by market participants in determining whether to purchase or sell Common Shares, whether investors will realize gains or losses upon the sale of Common Shares will depend entirely upon whether the market price of Common Shares at the time of sale is above or below the investor’s purchase price for Common Shares.
 
The Fund’s net asset value will be reduced immediately following an offering of the Common Shares due to the costs of such offering, which will be borne entirely by the Fund. The sale of Common Shares by the Fund (or the perception that such sales may occur) may have an adverse effect on prices of Common Shares in the secondary market. An increase in the number of Common Shares available may put downward pressure on the market price for Common Shares. The Fund may, from time to time, seek the consent of Common Shareholders to permit the issuance and sale by the Fund of Common Shares at a price below the Fund’s then current net asset value, subject to certain conditions, and such sales of Common Shares at price below net asset value, if any, may increase downward pressure on the market price for Common Shares. These sales, if any, also might make it more difficult for the Fund to sell additional Common Shares in the future at a time and price it deems appropriate.
 
Whether Common Shareholder will realize a gain or loss upon the sale of Common Shares depends upon whether the market value of the Common Shares at the time of sale is above or below the price the Common Shareholder paid, taking into account transaction costs for the Common Shares, and is not directly dependent upon the Fund’s net asset value. Because the market price of Common Shares will be determined by factors such as net asset value, dividend and distribution levels (which are dependent, in part, on expenses), supply of and demand for Common Shares, stability of dividends or distributions, trading volume of Common Shares, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the Fund, the Fund cannot predict whether Common Shares will trade at, below or above net asset value or at, below or above the public offering price for the Common Shares. Common Shares of the Fund are designed primarily for long-term investors; investors in Common Shares should not view the Fund as a vehicle for trading purposes.
 
Dilution Risk. The voting power of current Common Shareholders will be diluted to the extent that current Common Shareholders do not
 
 
 
32
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
purchase Common Shares in any future offerings of Common Shares or do not purchase sufficient Common Shares to maintain their percentage interest. If the Fund is unable to invest the proceeds of such offering as intended, the Fund’s per Common Share distribution may decrease and the Fund may not participate in market advances to the same extent as if such proceeds were fully invested as planned. If the Fund sells Common Shares at a price below net asset value pursuant to the consent of Common Shareholders, shareholders will experience a dilution of the aggregate net asset value per Common Share because the sale price will be less than the Fund’s then-current net asset value per Common Share. Similarly, were the expenses of the offering to exceed the amount by which the sale price exceeded the Fund’s then current net asset value per Common Share, shareholders would experience a dilution of the aggregate net asset value per Common Share. This dilution will be experienced by all shareholders, irrespective of whether they purchase Common Shares in any such offering. See “Description of Capital Structure— Common Shares—Issuance of Additional Common Shares.”
 
Portfolio Turnover Risk. The Fund’s annual portfolio turnover rate may vary greatly from year to year. Portfolio turnover rate is not considered a limiting factor in the execution of investment decisions for the Fund. A higher portfolio turnover rate results in correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transactional expenses that are borne by the Fund. High portfolio turnover may result in an increased realization of net short-term capital gains by the Fund which, when distributed to Common Shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income. Additionally, in a declining market, portfolio turnover may result in realized capital losses. See “Tax Matters.”
 
When-Issued And Delayed Delivery Transactions Risk. Securities purchased on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis may expose the Fund to counterparty risk of default as well as the risk that securities may experience fluctuations in value prior to their actual delivery. The Fund generally will not accrue income with respect to a when-issued or delayed delivery security prior to its stated delivery date. Purchasing securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis can involve the additional risk that the price or yield available in the market when the delivery takes place may not be as favorable as that obtained in the transaction itself. See “Risks—When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Transactions Risk.”
 
Short Sales Risk. The Fund may make short sales of securities. A short sale is a transaction in which the Fund sells a security it does not own. If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the Fund replaces the borrowed security, the Fund will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, the Fund will realize a capital gain. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss will be increased, by the transaction costs incurred by the Fund, including the costs associated with providing collateral to the broker-dealer (usually cash and liquid securities) and the maintenance of collateral with its custodian. Although the Fund’s gain is limited to the price at which it sold the security short, its potential loss is theoretically unlimited. The Fund may have to pay a premium to borrow the securities and must
 
 
33
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
pay any dividends or interest payable on the securities until they are replaced, which will be expenses of the Fund.
 
Repurchase Agreement Risk. A repurchase agreement exposes the Fund to the risk that the party that sells the security may default on its obligation to repurchase it. The Fund may lose money because it cannot sell the security at the agreed-upon time and price or the security loses value before it can be sold. See “Risks—Repurchase Agreement Risk.”
 
Securities Lending Risk. The Fund may lend its portfolio securities to banks or dealers which meet the creditworthiness standards established by the Board of Trustees. Securities lending is subject to the risk that loaned securities may not be available to the Fund on a timely basis and the Fund may therefore lose the opportunity to sell the securities at a desirable price. Any loss in the market price of securities loaned by the Fund that occurs during the term of the loan would be borne by the Fund and would adversely affect the Fund’s performance. Also, there may be delays in recovery, or no recovery, of securities loaned or even a loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially while the loan is outstanding.
 
Risk Of Failure To Qualify As A RIC. To qualify for the favorable U.S. federal income tax treatment generally accorded to RICs, the Fund must, among other things, derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from certain prescribed sources, meet certain asset diversification tests and distribute for each taxable year at least 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (generally, ordinary income plus the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss). If for any taxable year the Fund does not qualify as a RIC, all of its taxable income for that year (including its net capital gain) would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and such distributions would be taxable as ordinary dividends to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits.
 
Potential Conflicts Of Interest Risk. The Adviser and its affiliates provide a wide array of portfolio management and other asset management services to a mix of clients and may engage in ordinary course activities in which their interests or those of their clients may compete or conflict with those of the Fund. The Adviser and its affiliates may provide investment management services to other funds that follow investment objectives similar to those of the Fund. In certain circumstances, and subject to its fiduciary obligations under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”), the Adviser may have to allocate a limited investment opportunity among its clients. The Adviser and its affiliates have adopted policies and procedures designed to address such and other potential conflicts of interests. For additional information about potential conflicts of interest, and the way in which the Adviser and its affiliates address such conflicts please see “Management of the Fund—Potential Conflicts of Interest” in the SAI.
 
 
34
 
 
 

 
 

   
Anti-Takeover Provisions
In The Fund’s Governing
Documents
The Fund’s Certificate of Trust, as amended, the Fund’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration of Trust”) and the Fund’s By-Laws (collectively, the “Governing Documents”) include provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or convert the Fund to an open-end fund. These provisions could have the effect of depriving the Common Shareholders of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a premium over the then-current market price of the Common Shares. See “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Fund’s Governing Documents” and “Risks—Anti-Takeover Provisions in the Fund’s Governing Documents.”
 
Administrator, Custodian,
Transfer Agent And Dividend
Disbursing Agent
The Bank of New York Mellon serves as the custodian of the Fund’s assets pursuant to a custody agreement. Under the custody agreement, the custodian holds the Fund’s assets in compliance with the 1940 Act. For its services, the custodian will receive a monthly fee based upon, among other things, the average value of the total assets of the Fund, plus certain charges for securities transactions. Computershare Shareowner Services LLC serves as the Fund’s dividend disbursing agent, agent under the Fund’s Plan (the “Plan Agent”), transfer agent and registrar with respect to the Common Shares of the Fund.
 
Rydex Fund Services, LLC, an affiliate of the Adviser, serves as the Fund’s administrator. Pursuant to an administration agreement with the Fund, Rydex Fund Services, LLC provides certain administrative, bookkeeping and accounting services to the Fund.
 
 
35
 

 
 

 

 
SUMMARY OF FUND EXPENSES
 
      The following table contains information about the costs and expenses that Common Shareholders will bear directly or indirectly. The table is based on the capital structure of the Fund as of May 31, 2014 (except as noted below). The purpose of the table and the example below is to help you understand the fees and expenses that you, as a holder of Common Shares, would bear directly or indirectly.
 
Common Shareholder Transaction Expenses
   
Sales load paid by you (as a percentage of offering price)
 
—% (1)
Offering expenses borne by Common Shareholders (as a percentage of offering price)
0.60% (2)
Dividend Reinvestment Plan fees (3)
 
None
 
Percentage of Net Assets
 
Annual Expenses
Attributable to Common Shares (4)
 
Management fees (5)
1.23%
 
Interest expense (6)
0.24%
 
Other expenses (7)
0.32%
 
Total annual expenses
1.79%
 
 
 

(1)
If Common Shares to which this Prospectus relates are sold to or through underwriters, the Prospectus Supplement will set forth any applicable sales load and the estimated offering expenses borne by the Fund.
 
(2)
The Adviser has incurred on behalf of the Fund all costs associated with the Fund’s registration statement and any offerings pursuant to such registration statement. The Fund has agreed, in connection with any offering, to reimburse the Adviser for offering expenses incurred by the Adviser on the Fund’s behalf in an amount up to the lesser of the Fund’s actual offering costs or 0.60% of the total offering price of the Common Shares sold in such offering.
 
(3)
Common Shareholders will pay brokerage charges if they direct the Plan Agent to sell Common Shares held in a dividend reinvestment account. See “Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
 
(4)
Based upon average net assets applicable to Common Shares during the fiscal year ended May 31, 2014.
 
(5)
The Fund pays the Adviser an annual fee, payable monthly, in an amount equal to 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets (net assets plus any assets attributable to Financial Leverage). The fee shown above is based upon outstanding Financial Leverage of 19% of the Fund’s Managed Assets. If Financial Leverage of more than 19% of the Fund’s Managed Assets is used, the management fees shown would be higher. Management fees calculated based on management fees earned for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2014 divided by average net assets attributable to Common Shareholders for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2014.
 
(6)
Interest expense is based on the Fund’s outstanding reverse repurchase agreements as of May 31, 2014, and assumes the use of leverage in the form of reverse repurchase agreements representing 25% of the Fund’s Managed Assets at an annual interest rate cost to the Fund of 0.72%. The actual interest expense will vary over time in accordance with the amount of reverse repurchase agreement transactions and variations in market interest rates.
 
(7)
Other expenses are estimated based upon those incurred during the fiscal year ended May 31, 2014.
 
 
36
 
 
 

 
 
Example
 
      As required by relevant Securities and Exchange Commission regulations, the following example illustrates the expenses that you would pay on a $1,000 investment in Common Shares, assuming (1) “Total annual expenses” of 1.79% of net assets attributable to Common Shares and (2) a 5% annual return*:
 
 
1 Year
3 Years
5 Years
10 Years
Total Expenses paid by Common Shareholders (1)
$18
$56
$97
$211
 
 

* The Example should not be considered a representation of future expenses or returns. Actual expenses may be higher or lower than those assumed. Moreover, the Fund’s actual rate of return may be higher or lower than the hypothetical 5% return shown in the example. The example assumes that all dividends and distributions are reinvested at net asset value.
 
(1)
The example above does not include sales loads or estimated offering costs. In connection with an offering of Common Shares, the Prospectus Supplement will set forth an Example including sales load and estimated offering costs.
 
 
37
 
 
 

 
 
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
 
 
      The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance. The information in this table is derived from the Fund’s financial statements audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund, whose report on such financial statements, together with the financial statements of the Fund, are included in the Fund’s annual report to shareholders for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2014, and are incorporated by reference into the SAI.
 
       
   
For the Period
 
   
June 26, 2013*
 
Per share operating performance
 
through
 
for a share outstanding throughout the period
 
May 31, 2014
 
Net asset value, beginning of period
  $ 23.82  
Income from investment operations
       
Net investment income (a)
    1.64  
Net realized and unrealized gain on investments and unfunded commitments
    0.71  
       Total from investment operations
    2.35  
Distributions to Shareholders
       
From net investment income
    (1.46 )
Net asset value, end of period
  $ 24.71  
Market value, end of period
  $ 24.68  
Total investment return (b)
       
Net asset value
    10.12 %
Market value
    5.08 %
Ratios and supplemental data
       
Net assets, end of period (thousands)
  $ 163,815  
Ratios to Average Net Assets:
       
Total expenses, including interest expense (f)
    1.73 % (c)
Net investment income, including interest expense
    7.28 % (c)
Portfolio turnover rate (d)
    54 %
Senior Indebtedness:
       
Total Borrowings outstanding (in thousands)
  $ 53,344  
Asset Coverage per $1,000 of indebtedness (e)
  $ 4,071  
 
*
Commencement of investment operations.
 
(a)
Based on average shares outstanding during the period.
 
(b)
Total investment return is calculated assuming a purchase of a share at the beginning of the period and a sale on the last day of the period reported either at net asset value ("NAV") or market price per share. Dividends and distributions are assumed to be reinvested at NAV for NAV returns or the prices obtained under the Fund's Dividend Reinvestment Plan for market value returns. Total investment return does not reflect brokerage commissions. A return calculated for a period of less than one year is not annualized.
 
(c)
Annualized.
 
(d)
Portfolio turnover is not annualized for periods of less than one year.
 
(e)
Calculated by subtracting the Fund's total liabilities (not including borrowings) from the Fund's total assets and dividing by the total borrowings.
 
(f)
Excluding interest expense, the annualized operating expense ratio for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2014 would be 1.55%.
 
 
38
 
 
 

 
 
SENIOR SECURITIES AND OTHER FINANCIAL LEVERAGE
 
      The following table sets forth information about the Fund’s outstanding Financial Leverage as of the end of each fiscal year since its inception:
 
       
     
Asset Coverage
   
Total Principal
Per $1,000 of
Fiscal Year Ended
Title of Security
Amount Outstanding
Principal Amount
 
May 31, 2014
Total Leverage
$53,344,075
$4,071
 
Borrowings
$0
$0
 
Reverse Repurchase Agreements (1)
$53,344,075
$4,071
 
(1)
As a result of having enrolled or segregated cash or liquid assets to collateralize the transactions or otherwise having covered the transactions, in accordance with releases and interpretive letters issued by the SEC and its staff, the Fund does not treat its obligations under such transactions as senior securities representing indebtedness for purposes of the 1940 Act.
 
 
39
 
 
 

 
 
THE FUND
 
      Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund (the “Fund”) is a diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”). The Fund was organized as a statutory trust on June 7, 2012, pursuant to a Certificate of Trust, and is governed by the laws of the State of Delaware. The Fund commenced operations on June 26, 2013. Its principal office is located at 227 West Monroe Street, Chicago, IL 60606, and its telephone number is (312) 827-0100.
 
      Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (the “Investment Adviser”) serves as the Fund’s investment adviser and is responsible for the management of the Fund. Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC (the “Sub-Adviser”) is responsible for the management of the Fund’s portfolio of securities. Each of the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser is an indirect subsidiary of Guggenheim Partners, LLC (“Guggenheim Partners”). The Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser referred to herein collectively as the “Adviser.”
 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
      Unless otherwise specified in a supplement to this Prospectus (each a “Prospectus Supplement”), the Fund intends to invest the net proceeds of an offering of Common Shares in accordance with its investment objective and policies as stated herein. It is currently anticipated that the Fund will be able to invest substantially all of the net proceeds of an offering of Common Shares in accordance with its investment objective and policies within three months after the completion of such offering. Pending such investment, it is anticipated that the proceeds will be invested in cash, cash equivalents or other securities, including U.S. government securities or high quality, short-term debt securities. The Fund may also use the proceeds for working capital purposes, including the payment of distributions, interest and operating expenses, although the Fund currently has no intent to issue Common Shares primarily for this purpose.
 
MARKET AND NET ASSET VALUE INFORMATION
 
      The Fund’s currently outstanding Common Shares are, and the Common Shares offered by this Prospectus, will be, subject to notice of issuance, listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”). The Fund’s Common Shares commenced trading on the NYSE on June 26, 2013.
 
      The Common Shares have traded both at a premium and at a discount in relation to the Fund’s net asset value per share. Although the Common Shares recently have traded at a premium to net asset value, there can be no assurance that this will continue after the offering nor that the Common Shares will not trade at a discount in the future. The continued development of alternative vehicles for investment in a portfolio of securities of MLP entities (as defined in this Prospectus), including other publicly traded investment companies and private funds, may reduce or eliminate any tendency of the Common Shares to trade at a premium in the future. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount to net asset value. The Fund’s net asset value will be reduced immediately following an offering of the Common Shares due to the costs of such offering, which will be borne entirely by the Fund. The sale of Common Shares by the Fund (or the perception that such sales may occur) may have an adverse effect on prices of Common Shares in the secondary market. An increase in the number of Common Shares available may put downward pressure on the market price for Common Shares. See “Risks—Market Discount Risk.”
 
      The following table sets forth, for each of the periods indicated, the high and low closing market prices for the Common Shares on the NYSE, the net asset value per Common Share and the premium or discount to net asset value per Common Share at which the Common Shares were trading. Net asset value is generally determined on each
 
 
40
 
 
 

 
 
Tuesday that the NYSE is open for business and the last business day of each calendar month. See “Net Asset Value” for information as to the determination of the Fund’s net asset value.
 
     
Net Asset Value
   
     
per Common Share on
Premium/(Discount) on
 
NYSE Market
Date of Market Price
Date of Market Price
 
Price Per Share
High and Low (1)
High and Low (2)
During Quarter Ended
High
Low
High
Low
High
Low
May 31, 2014
$24.93
$23.38
$24.68
$24.64
1.01%
(5.11)%
February 28, 2014
$23.39
$22.06
$24.65
$24.33
  (5.11)%
(9.33)%
November 30, 2013
$24.01
$21.92
$23.91
$24.22
0.42%
(9.50)%
August 31, 2013(3)
$25.40
$23.66
$23.83
$24.00
6.59%
(1.42)%
 
(1)
Based on the Fund’s computations.
(2)
Calculated based on the information presented. Percentages are rounded.
(3)
Period from June 26, 2013 (commencement of trading of the Common Shares) to August 31, 2013.
 
      The last reported sale price, net asset value per Common Share and percentage premium to net asset value per Common Share on [ ], 2014 was $[ ], $[ ] and [ ]%, respectively. The Fund cannot predict whether its Common Shares will trade in the future at a premium to or discount from net asset value, or the level of any premium or discount. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount from net asset value. As of [ ], 2014, [ ] Common Shares of the Fund were outstanding.
 
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES
 
Investment Objective
 
      The Fund’s investment objective is to seek total return through a combination of current income and capital appreciation. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective or be able to structure its investments as anticipated. The Fund’s investment objective may be changed by the Fund’s Board of Trustees on 60 days’ prior written notice to shareholders.
 
Investment Philosophy And Investment Process
 
      The Adviser will make investment selections based upon a rigorous credit selection process and a relative value investment philosophy, which seeks to identify segments of the credit securities markets as well as individual credit securities whose current prices or spreads are undervalued relative to the Adviser’s view of their long-term values and/or historical norms. The Adviser analyzes segments of the credit securities markets based upon various factors, including economic and market conditions and outlooks, securities valuations, investment opportunities, risk analysis, and credit market trends, to identify securities that the Adviser believes are undervalued or trading below historical norms. The Adviser has the flexibility to allocate the Fund’s assets across various asset classes within the credit securities market and may focus on particular countries, regions, asset classes and sectors to the exclusion of others at any time and from time to time. The Fund’s investment policy is predicated upon the belief that thorough and independent credit research combined with thoughtful credit allocation decisions are rewarded with the potential to outperform applicable benchmarks for long-term investors.
 
Investment Policies
 
      Under normal market conditions, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in fixed-income securities, debt securities and loans and investments with economic characteristics similar to fixed-income securities, debt securities and loans (collectively, “credit securities”).
 
 
41
 
 
 

 
 
The Fund will seek to achieve its investment objective by investing in a portfolio of credit securities selected from a variety of sectors and credit qualities. Credit securities in which the Fund may invest consist of:
 
corporate bonds;
   
loans (which may consist of senior secured floating rate loans (“Senior Loans”), second lien secured floating rate loans (“Second Lien Loans”), subordinated secured loans (“Subordinated Secured Loans”) and unsecured loans (“Unsecured Loans”), each with fixed and variable interest rates) and loan participations and assignments (collectively, “Loans”);
   
asset-backed securities (“ABS”) (all or a portion of which may consist of collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”))
   
mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) (both residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”) and commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”));
   
U.S. Government and agency securities;
   
mezzanine and preferred securities;
   
convertible securities;
   
commercial paper;
   
municipal securities; and
   
sovereign government and supranational debt securities.
 
      The Fund’s allocation of its investments among specific sectors and types of credit securities may vary significantly over time based on the Adviser’s analysis and judgment. The percentage of the Fund’s total assets allocated to any category of investment may at any given time be significantly less than the maximum percentage permitted pursuant to the above referenced investment policies. The overall credit quality, duration and maturity of the Fund’s portfolio may vary significantly over time. As a result, the particular risks most relevant to an investment in the Fund, as well as the overall risk profile of the Fund’s portfolio, may vary over time. The Adviser employs an active approach to the Fund’s investment allocation, but there is no guarantee that such allocation will produce the desired results. It is possible that the Fund will focus on an investment that performs poorly or underperforms other investments under various market conditions.
 
      The Fund may invest in credit securities rated below investment grade, or, if unrated, determined to be of comparable quality. A security is considered below investment grade quality if it is rated below investment grade (that is, below Baa3- by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or below BBB- by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”) or Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”) or comparably ranked by another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization (“NRSRO”)) or, if unrated, judged to be below investment grade quality by the Adviser. Below investment grade quality securities (commonly referred to as “high yield” or “junk” bonds) involve special risks as compared to securities of investment grade quality. Under normal market conditions, the Fund will not invest more than 25% of its Managed Assets in credit securities that are, at the time of investment, rated Caa1 or below by Moody’s or CCC+ or below by S&P or Fitch or, or that are unrated but determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality. The Fund foregoing credit quality policy does not apply to investments in MBS, and the Fund may invest in MBS without limitation as to credit quality. For purposes of applying the Fund’s credit quality policies, in the case of securities with multiple ratings (i.e., a security receiving two or more different ratings from two or more different NRSROs), the Fund will apply the highest of the applicable ratings.
 
      The Fund may invest in credit securities of any duration or maturity and is not required to maintain any particular maturity or duration for its portfolio as a whole. Under current market conditions, the Advisor intends to maintain a shorter leverage-adjusted average portfolio duration of 1 to 4 years. However, the Adviser will dynamically adjust average portfolio duration based on market conditions. The Adviser may seek to adjust the portfolio’s duration or maturity based on its assessment of current and projected market conditions and all factors that the Adviser deems relevant. Any decisions as to the targeted duration or maturity of any particular category of investments or of the Fund’s portfolio generally will be made based on all pertinent market factors at any given time.
 
 
42
 
 
 

 
 
      The Fund may invest in senior, junior, secured and unsecured credit securities. Credit securities in which the Fund may invest may have fixed, floating or variable interest rates, interest rates that change based on multiples of changes in a specified index of interest rates or interest rates that change inversely to changes in interest rates, or may not bear interest.
 
      The Fund may invest in credit securities of any types of issuers. Credit securities in which the Fund may invest may be issued by domestic and non-U.S. corporations and other non-governmental or business entities, operating in any industries or sectors; the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities and government sponsored entities; states, territories and possessions of the United States, including the District of Columbia, and their political subdivisions, agencies or instrumentalities; foreign governmental issuers; international agencies and supranational entities; and special purpose vehicles (“SPVs”) created for the purpose of issuing structured, collateralized or asset-backed securities. The Fund may invest in publicly offered credit securities and privately offered credit securities of both public and private issuers.
 
The Fund may invest without limitation in securities of non-U.S. issuers, including issuers in emerging markets.
 
      Under normal market conditions, the Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in ABS. Under normal market conditions, the Fund will not invest in ABS that are, at the time of investment, rated below investment grade, or, if unrated, judged to be below investment grade quality by the Adviser.
 
      “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Fund, including the assets attributable to the proceeds from financial leverage, including the issuance of senior securities representing indebtedness (including through borrowing from financial institutions or issuance of debt securities, including notes or commercial paper), the issuance of preferred shares, the effective leverage of certain portfolio transactions such as reverse repurchase agreements and/or dollar rolls, or any other form of financial leverage, minus liabilities, other than liabilities related to any financial leverage. Managed Assets includes assets attributable to financial leverage of any form.
 
      Percentage limitations described in this Prospectus are as of the time of investment by the Fund and could thereafter be exceeded as a result of market value fluctuations of the Fund’s portfolio. These policies may be changed by the Board of Trustees, but no change is currently anticipated.
 
THE FUND’S INVESTMENTS
 
      The Fund’s investment portfolio may consist of investments in the following types of securities. There is no guarantee the Fund will buy all of the types of securities or use all of the investment techniques that are described herein.
 
Credit Securities
 
      In the capital structure of an issuer, credit securities can be senior debt or junior debt. A senior credit security has priority over other types of security in a company’s capital structure as to the payment of any promised income (typically denoted as interest) and principal from the issuer, and as to payout of the proceeds of the bankruptcy or other liquidation of the company. Depending on the nature of the seniority provisions, a senior credit security may be junior to another senior credit security. For example, all senior unsecured credit securities are junior to all secured credit securities to the extent of the collateral provisions. At times, the issuer will have pledged specific assets or revenues to secure the rights of the holder of the credit security to payments of interest and principal such that the proceeds of the specific assets or revenues must be used to satisfy these credit securities prior to being applied to any of the issuer’s other obligations in a bankruptcy or other liquidation. In the event that the assets securing the credit security are not sufficient to fully satisfy such obligations in a bankruptcy or other liquidation, the remainder of such obligations will generally have the same priority as an issuer’s trade creditors and other general obligations, but still have priority of payment relative to the issuer’s junior debt securities, preferred shares and common shares. Sometimes referred to as subordinated or mezzanine debt, junior debt stands behind the senior debt as to its rights to receive promised income payments (again, typically denoted as interest) from the issuer, and payouts of the proceeds of bankruptcy or other liquidation, but will have priority of payment relative to the issuer’s preferred shares and common shares. The Fund may invest in senior, junior, secured and unsecured credit securities.
 
      Corporate Bonds. Corporate bonds are debt obligations issued by corporations and other business entities. Corporate bonds may be either secured or unsecured. Collateral used for secured debt includes real property, machinery, equipment, accounts receivable, stocks, bonds or notes. If a bond is unsecured, it is known as a debenture.
 
 
43
 
 
 

 
 
Bondholders, as creditors, have a prior legal claim over common and preferred stockholders as to both income and assets of the corporation for the principal and interest due them and may have a prior claim over other creditors if liens or mortgages are involved. Interest on corporate bonds may be fixed or floating, or the bonds may be zero coupons. Interest on corporate bonds is typically paid semi-annually and is fully taxable to the bondholder. Corporate bonds contain elements of both interest-rate risk and credit risk. The market value of a corporate bond generally may be expected to rise and fall inversely with interest rates and may also be affected by the credit rating of the corporation, the corporation’s performance and perceptions of the corporation in the marketplace. Corporate bonds usually yield more than government or agency bonds due to the presence of credit risk. Depending on the nature of the seniority provisions, a senior corporate bond may be junior to other credit securities of the issuer.
 
      Below Investment Grade Securities. Below investment grade securities are those rated below Baa3- by Moody’s or below BBB- by S&P or Fitch or, if unrated, judged to be of below investment grade quality by the Adviser. A significant portion of the Fund’s portfolio may consist of below investment grade securities. Below investment grade quality securities (commonly referred to as “high yield” or “junk” bonds) involve special risks as compared to securities of investment grade quality. Below investment grade securities may be subject to certain risks with respect to the issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than certain lower yielding, higher rated securities. The retail secondary market for below investment grade securities may be less liquid than that of higher rated securities. Adverse conditions could make it difficult at times for the Fund to sell certain securities or could result in lower prices than those used in calculating the Fund’s net asset value.
 
      The prices of credit securities generally are inversely related to interest rate changes; however, the price volatility caused by fluctuating interest rates of securities also is inversely related to the coupon of such securities. Accordingly, below investment grade securities may be relatively less sensitive to interest rate changes than higher quality securities of comparable maturity, because of their higher coupon. This higher coupon is what the investor receives in return for bearing greater credit risk. The higher credit risk associated with below investment grade securities potentially can have a greater effect on the value of such securities than may be the case with higher quality issues of comparable maturity, and may be a substantial factor in the Fund’s relative net asset value volatility.
 
      The ratings of NRSROs represent their opinions as to the quality of the obligations which they undertake to rate. Ratings are relative and subjective and, although ratings may be useful in evaluating the safety of interest and principal payments, they do not evaluate the market value risk of such obligations. Although these ratings may be an initial criterion for selection of portfolio investments, the Adviser also will independently evaluate these securities and the ability of the issuers of such securities to pay interest and principal. To the extent that the Fund invests in below investment grade securities that have not been rated by an NRSRO, the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective will be more dependent on the Adviser’s credit analysis than would be the case when the Fund invests in rated securities.
 
      Debtor-In-Possession Financings. In addition to pre-existing outstanding debt obligations of below investment grade issuers, the Fund may also invest in “debtor-in-possession” or “DIP” financings newly issued in connection with “special situation” restructuring and refinancing transactions. DIP financings are loans to a debtor-in-possession in a proceeding under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code that has been approved by the bankruptcy court. These financings allow the entity to continue its business operations while reorganizing under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. DIP financings are typically fully secured by a lien on the debtor’s otherwise unencumbered assets or secured by a junior lien on the debtor’s encumbered assets (so long as the loan is fully secured based on the most recent current valuation or appraisal report of the debtor). The bankruptcy court can authorize the debtor to grant the DIP lender a claim with super-priority over administrative expenses incurred during bankruptcy and all other claims, thus a DIP may constitute senior debt even if not secured. DIP financings are often required to close with certainty and in a rapid manner in order to satisfy existing creditors and to enable the issuer to emerge from bankruptcy or to avoid a bankruptcy proceeding.
 
      Distressed And Defaulted Securities. The Fund may invest in the securities of financially distressed and bankrupt issuers. Such debt obligations may be in covenant or payment default. Such investments generally trade significantly below par and are considered speculative. The repayment of defaulted obligations is subject to significant uncertainties. Defaulted obligations might be repaid only after lengthy workout or bankruptcy proceedings, during which the issuer might not make any interest or other payments. Typically such workout or bankruptcy proceedings result in only partial recovery of cash payments or an exchange of the defaulted obligation for other debt or equity
 
 
44
 
 
 

 
 
securities of the issuer or its affiliates, which may in turn be illiquid or speculative. The Fund will not invest more than 5% of its Managed Assets in interest-bearing investments that, at the time of purchase, are not current on their interest payment obligations.
 
      Senior Loans. Senior Loans generally hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a business entity (the “Borrower”), are typically secured with specific collateral and have a claim on the assets and/or stock of the Borrower that is senior to that held by subordinated debt holders and stockholders of the Borrower. The proceeds of Senior Loans typically are used to finance leveraged buyouts, recapitalizations, mergers, acquisitions, stock repurchases, refinancings and to finance internal growth and for other corporate purposes. Senior Loans typically have rates of interest which are redetermined daily, monthly, quarterly or semi-annually by reference to a base lending rate, plus a premium or credit spread. These base lending rates are primarily the London InterBank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) and secondarily the prime rate offered by one or more major U.S. banks and the certificate of deposit rate or other base lending rates used by commercial lenders.
 
      Senior Loans typically have a stated term of between five and nine years, and have interest rates which typically are redetermined daily, monthly, quarterly or semi-annually. Longer interest rate reset periods generally increase fluctuations in the Fund’s net asset value as a result of changes in market interest rates. The Fund is not subject to any restrictions with respect to the maturity of Senior Loans held in its portfolio. As a result, as short-term interest rates increase, interest payable to the Fund from its investments in Senior Loans should increase, and as short-term interest rates decrease, interest payable to the Fund from its investments in Senior Loans should decrease.
 
      Because of prepayments, the Adviser expects the average life of the Senior Loans in which the Fund invests to be shorter than the stated maturity.
 
      Many Senior Loans in which the Fund will invest may not be rated by an NRSRO, will not be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), or any state securities commission, and will not be listed on any national securities exchange. The amount of public information available with respect to Senior Loans will generally be less extensive than that available for registered or exchange-listed securities. In evaluating the creditworthiness of Borrowers, the Adviser will consider, and may rely in part on, analyses performed by others. Borrowers may have outstanding debt obligations that are rated below investment grade. Certain of the Senior Loans in which the Fund will invest will have been assigned below investment grade ratings by an NRSRO. In the event Senior Loans are not rated, they are likely to be the equivalent of below investment grade quality. Because of the protective features of Senior Loans, the Adviser believes that Senior Loans tend to have more favorable loss recovery rates as compared to more junior types of below investment grade debt obligations. The Adviser does not view ratings as the determinative factor in its investment decisions and relies more upon its credit analysis abilities than upon ratings.
 
      Although the risks associated with Senior Loans are similar to the risks of below investment grade securities, Senior Loans are typically senior and secured in contrast to other below investment grade securities, which are often subordinated and unsecured. Senior Loans’ higher standing has historically resulted in generally higher recoveries in the event of a corporate reorganization. In addition, because their interest rates are typically adjusted for changes in short-term interest rates, Senior Loans generally are subject to less interest rate risk than other below investment grade securities, which are typically fixed rate.
 
      No active trading market may exist for some Senior Loans, and some loans may be subject to restrictions on resale. A secondary market may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods, which may impair the ability to realize full value and thus cause a material decline in the Fund’s net asset value. In addition, the Fund may not be able to readily dispose of its Senior Loans at prices that approximate those at which the Fund could sell such loans if they were more widely-traded and, as a result of such illiquidity, the Fund may have to sell other investments or engage in borrowing transactions if necessary to raise cash to meet its obligations. During periods of limited supply and liquidity of Senior Loans, the Fund’s yield may be lower.
 
      Although changes in prevailing interest rates can be expected to cause some fluctuations in the value of Senior Loans (due to the fact that floating rates on Senior Loans reset only periodically), the value of Senior Loans is substantially less sensitive to changes in market interest rates than fixed rate instruments. As a result, to the extent the Fund invests in floating-rate Senior Loans, the Fund’s portfolio may be less volatile and less sensitive to changes in market interest rates than if the Fund invested in fixed rate obligations. Similarly, a sudden and significant increase in market interest rates may cause a decline in the value of these investments and in the Fund’s net asset value. Other
 
 
45
 
 
 

 
 
factors, including rating downgrades, credit deterioration, a large downward movement in stock prices, a disparity in supply and demand of certain securities or market conditions that reduce liquidity, can reduce the value of Senior Loans and other debt obligations, impairing the Fund’s net asset value.
 
      The Fund may purchase and retain in its portfolio a Senior Loan where the Borrower has experienced, or may be perceived to be likely to experience, credit problems, including involvement in or recent emergence from bankruptcy reorganization proceedings or other forms of debt restructuring. Such investments may provide opportunities for enhanced income as well as capital appreciation, although they also will be subject to greater risk of loss. At times, in connection with the restructuring of a Senior Loan either outside of bankruptcy court or in the context of bankruptcy court proceedings, the Fund may determine or be required to accept equity securities or junior debt securities in exchange for all or a portion of a Senior Loan.
 
      Second Lien Loans. Second Lien Loans have many of the same characteristics as Senior Loans, except that Second Lien Loans are junior in priority to first lien obligations. Second Lien Loans typically have variable floating rate interest payments. Accordingly, the risks associated with Second Lien Loans are higher than the risk of loans with first priority over the collateral. In the event of default on a Second Lien Loan, the first priority lien holder has first claim to the underlying collateral of the loan. It is possible that no collateral value would remain for the second priority lien holder and therefore result in a loss of investment to the Fund.
 
      Subordinated Secured Loans. Subordinated Secured Loans are made by public and private corporations and other nongovernmental entities and issuers for a variety of purposes. Subordinated Secured Loans may rank lower in right of payment to one or more Senior Loans and Second Lien Loans of the Borrower. Subordinated Secured Loans typically are secured by a lower priority security interest or lien to or on specified collateral securing the Borrower’s obligation under the Loan, and typically have more subordinated protections and rights than Senior Loans and Second Lien Loans. Subordinated Secured Loans may become subordinated in right of payment to more senior obligations of the Borrower issued in the future. Subordinated Secured Loans may have fixed or floating rate interest payments. Because Subordinated Secured Loans may rank lower as to right of payment than Senior Loans and Second Lien Loans of the Borrower, they may present a greater degree of investment risk than Senior Loans and Second Lien Loans but often pay interest at higher rates reflecting this additional risk. Such investments generally are of below investment grade quality. Other than their more subordinated status, such investments have many characteristics and risks similar to Senior Loans and Second Lien Loans discussed above. The Fund may purchase interests in Subordinated Secured Loans through assignments or participations.
 
      Unsecured Loans. Unsecured Loans are loans made by public and private corporations and other nongovernmental entities and issuers for a variety of purposes. Unsecured Loans generally have lower priority in right of payment compared to holders of secured debt of the Borrower. Unsecured Loans are not secured by a security interest or lien to or on specified collateral securing the Borrower’s obligation under the loan. Unsecured Loans by their terms may be or may become subordinate in right of payment to other obligations of the borrower, including Senior Loans, Second Lien Loans and Subordinated Secured Loans. Unsecured Loans may have fixed or floating rate interest payments. Because Unsecured Loans are subordinate to the secured debt of the borrower, they present a greater degree of investment risk but often pay interest at higher rates reflecting this additional risk. Such investments generally are of below investment grade quality. Other than their subordinated and unsecured status, such investments have many characteristics and risks similar to Senior Loans, Second Lien Loans and Subordinated Secured Loans discussed above. The Fund may purchase interests in Unsecured Loans through assignments or participations.
 
      Loan Participations and Assignments. The Fund may purchase interests in loans through assignments or participations. The Fund may purchase Loans on a direct assignment basis from a participant in the original syndicate of lenders or from subsequent assignees of such interests. If the Fund purchases a Loan on direct assignment, it typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the loan agreement of the assigning lender and becomes a lender under the loan agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning lender. Investments in Loans on a direct assignment basis may involve additional risks to the Fund. If such Loan is foreclosed, the Fund could become part owner of any collateral, and would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the collateral.
 
      The Fund may also purchase, without limitation, participations in Loans. The participation by the Fund in a lender’s portion of a Loan typically will result in the Fund having a contractual relationship only with such lender, not
 
 
46
 
 
 

 
 
with the Borrower. As a result, the Fund may have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the participation and only upon receipt by such lender of payments from the Borrower. Such indebtedness may be secured or unsecured. Loan participations typically represent direct participations in a loan to a Borrower, and generally are offered by banks or other financial institutions or lending syndicates. The Fund may participate in such syndications, or can buy part of a Loan, becoming a part lender. When purchasing loan participations, the Fund assumes the credit risk associated with the Borrower and may assume the credit risk associated with an interposed bank or other financial intermediary. The participation interests in which the Fund intends to invest may not be rated by any NRSRO. Given the current structure of the markets for loan participations and assignments, the Fund currently expects to treat these securities as illiquid.
 
      Certain of the loan participations or assignments acquired by the Fund may involve unfunded commitments of the lenders or revolving credit facilities under which a borrower may from time to time borrow and repay amounts up to the maximum amount of the facility. In such cases, the Fund would have an obligation to advance its portion of such additional borrowings upon the terms specified in the loan documentation. Such an obligation may have the effect of requiring the Fund to increase its investment in a company at a time when it might not be desirable to do so (including at a time when the company’s financial condition makes it unlikely that such amounts will be repaid).
 
      Mezzanine Investments. The Fund may invest in certain lower grade securities known as “Mezzanine Investments,” which are subordinated debt securities that are generally issued in private placements in connection with an equity security (e.g., with attached warrants) or may be convertible into equity securities. Mezzanine Investments may be issued with or without registration rights. Similar to other lower grade securities, maturities of Mezzanine Investments are typically seven to ten years, but the expected average life is significantly shorter at three to five years. Mezzanine Investments are usually unsecured and subordinated to other obligations of the issuer.
 
      Preferred Securities. The Fund may invest in preferred securities. There are two basic types of preferred securities. The first, sometimes referred to as traditional preferred securities, consists of preferred stock issued by an entity taxable as a corporation. The second type, sometimes referred to as trust preferred securities, are usually issued by a trust or limited partnership and represent preferred interests in deeply subordinated debt instruments issued by the corporation for whose benefit the trust or partnership was established.
 
Traditional Preferred Securities . Traditional preferred securities generally pay fixed or variable rate dividends to investors and generally have a “preference” over common stock in the payment of dividends and the liquidation of a company’s assets. This means that a company must pay dividends on preferred stock before paying any dividends on its common stock. In order to be payable, distributions on such preferred securities must be declared by the issuer’s board of directors. Income payments on typical preferred securities currently outstanding are cumulative, causing dividends and distributions to accumulate even if not declared by the board of directors or otherwise made payable. In such a case all accumulated dividends must be paid before any dividend on the common stock can be paid. However, some traditional preferred stocks are non-cumulative, in which case dividends do not accumulate and need not ever be paid. Should an issuer of a non-cumulative preferred stock held by the Fund determine not to pay dividends on such stock, the amount of dividends the Fund pays may be adversely affected. There is no assurance that dividends or distributions on the traditional preferred securities in which the Fund invests will be declared or otherwise made payable. In addition to dividends or distributions, preferred securities entitle the holder to receive, in preference to the holders of common stock, a fixed share of the proceeds resulting from liquidation of the issuer. As the holder of preferred securities is exposed to the credit of the issuer, the Fund considers preferred securities to be credit securities.
 
Preferred stockholders usually have no right to vote for corporate directors or on other matters. Shares of traditional preferred securities have a liquidation value that generally equals the original purchase price at the date of issuance. The market value of preferred securities may be affected by favorable and unfavorable changes impacting companies in the utilities and financial services sectors, which are prominent issuers of preferred securities, and by actual and anticipated changes in tax laws, such as changes in corporate income tax rates or the “Dividends Received Deduction.” Because the claim on an issuer’s earnings represented by traditional preferred securities may become onerous when interest rates fall below the rate payable on such securities, the issuer may redeem the securities. Thus, in declining interest rate environments in particular, the Fund’s holdings of higher rate-paying fixed rate preferred securities may be reduced and the Fund would be unable to acquire securities of comparable credit quality paying comparable rates with the redemption proceeds.
 
 
47
 
 
 

 
 
Trust Preferred Securities . Trust preferred securities are a comparatively new asset class. Trust preferred securities are typically issued by corporations, generally in the form of interest-bearing notes with preferred securities characteristics, or by an affiliated business trust of a corporation, generally in the form of beneficial interests in subordinated debentures or similarly structured securities. The trust preferred securities market consists of both fixed and variable coupon rate securities that are either perpetual in nature or have stated maturity dates.
 
Trust preferred securities are typically junior and fully subordinated liabilities of an issuer or the beneficiary of a guarantee that is junior and fully subordinated to the other liabilities of the guarantor. In addition, trust preferred securities typically permit an issuer to defer the payment of income for eighteen months or more without triggering an event of default. Generally, the deferral period is five years or more. Because of their subordinated position in the capital structure of an issuer, the ability to defer payments for extended periods of time without default consequences to the issuer, and certain other features (such as restrictions on common dividend payments by the issuer or ultimate guarantor when full cumulative payments on the trust preferred securities have not been made), these trust preferred securities are often treated as close substitutes for traditional preferred securities, both by issuers and investors. Trust preferred securities have many of the key characteristics of equity due to their subordinated position in an issuer’s capital structure and because their quality and value are heavily dependent on the profitability of the issuer rather than on any legal claims to specific assets or cash flows.
 
Trust preferred securities are typically issued with a final maturity date, although some are perpetual in nature. In certain instances, a final maturity date may be extended and/or the final payment of principal may be deferred at the issuer’s option for a specified time without default. No redemption can typically take place unless all cumulative payment obligations have been met, although issuers may be able to engage in open-market repurchases without regard to whether all payments have been paid.
 
Many trust preferred securities are issued by trusts or other special purpose entities established by operating companies and are not a direct obligation of an operating company. At the time the trust or special purpose entity sells such preferred securities to investors, it purchases debt of the operating company (with terms comparable to those of the trust or special purpose entity securities), which enables the operating company to deduct for tax purposes the interest paid on the debt held by the trust or special purpose entity. The trust or special purpose entity is generally required to be treated as transparent for U.S. federal income tax purposes such that the holders of the trust preferred securities are treated as owning beneficial interests in the underlying debt of the operating company. Accordingly, payments on the trust preferred securities are treated as interest rather than dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, are not eligible for the Dividends Received Deduction. The trust or special purpose entity in turn would be a holder of the operating company’s debt and would have priority with respect to the operating company’s earnings and profits over the operating company’s common shareholders, but would typically be subordinated to other classes of the operating company’s debt. Typically a preferred share has a rating that is slightly below that of its corresponding operating company’s senior debt securities.
 
      Convertible Securities. Convertible securities consist of bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks and other securities that entitle the holder to acquire common stock or other equity securities of the issuer. Convertible securities have general characteristics similar to both debt and equity securities. A convertible security generally entitles the holder to receive interest or preferred dividends paid or accrued until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Before conversion, convertible securities have characteristics similar to non-convertible debt obligations. Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in a corporation’s capital structure and, therefore, generally entail less risk than the corporation’s common stock, although the extent to which such risk is reduced depends in large measure upon the degree to which the convertible security sells above its value as a debt obligation. A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a predetermined price. If a convertible security held by the Fund is called for redemption, the Fund would be required to permit the issuer to redeem the security and convert it to underlying common stock, or would sell the convertible security to a third party, which may have an adverse effect on the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective. The price of a convertible security often reflects variations in the price of the underlying common stock in a way that non-convertible debt may not. The value of a convertible security is a function of (i) its yield in comparison to the yields of other securities of comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege and (ii) its worth if converted into the underlying common stock.
 
 
48
 
 
 

 
 
      Mortgage-Backed Securities. MBS are structured debt obligations collateralized by pools of commercial or residential mortgages. Pools of mortgage loans and mortgage-backed loans such as mezzanine loans are assembled as securities for sale to investors by various governmental, government-related and private organizations. MBS consist of complex instruments such as collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”), stripped MBS, mortgage pass-through securities, interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”), real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) that invest the majority of their assets in real property mortgages and which generally derive income primarily from interest payments thereon, and other securities that provide exposure to mortgages.
 
      MBS in which the Fund may invest may have fixed, floating or variable interest rates, interest rates that change based on multiples of changes in a specified index of interest rates or interest rates that change inversely to changes in interest rates, or may not bear interest. The Fund may invest in RMBS and CMBS, issued by governmental entities and private issuers. The Fund may invest in subordinated MBS and residual interest in MBS. The Fund may invest in sub-prime mortgages or MBS that are backed by sub-prime mortgages. Additional information regarding types of MBS that the Fund may invest in are described below.
 
RMBS . RMBS are securities the payments on which depend (except for rights or other assets designed to assure the servicing or timely distribution of proceeds to holders of such securities) primarily on the cash flow from residential mortgage loans made to borrowers that are secured (on a first priority basis or second priority basis, subject to permitted liens, easements and other encumbrances) by residential real estate (one- to four-family properties), the proceeds of which are used to purchase real estate and purchase or construct dwellings thereon (or to refinance indebtedness previously so used). Residential mortgage loans are obligations of the borrowers thereunder only and are not typically insured or guaranteed by any other person or entity. The ability of a borrower to repay a loan secured by residential property is dependent upon the income or assets of the borrower. A number of factors, including a general economic downturn, acts of God, terrorism, social unrest and civil disturbances, may impair a borrower’s ability to repay its loans.
 
Government Agency Securities . The principal U.S. Governmental guarantor of MBS is the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), which is a wholly owned U.S. Government corporation. GNMA is authorized to guarantee, with the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, the timely payment of principal and interest on securities issued by institutions approved by GNMA (such as savings and loan institutions, commercial banks and mortgage bankers) and backed by pools of mortgages insured by the Federal Housing Administration (the “FHA”), or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs (the “VA”). MBS issued by GNMA include GNMA Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates (also known as “Ginnie Maes”).
 
Government-Related Securities . Government-related guarantors (i.e., not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government) include the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”). FNMA and FHLMC issue pass-through securities guaranteed by the respective entity, but not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. MBS issued by FNMA) include FNMA Guaranteed Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates (also known as “Fannie Maes”). MBS issued by FHLMC include FHLMC Mortgage Participation Certificates (also known as “Freddie Macs”). In 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”), a new independent regulatory agency, placed FNMA and FHLMC into conservatorship, a statutory process designed to stabilize a troubled institution with the objective of returning the entity to normal business operations. In connection with the conservatorship, the U.S. Treasury entered into a Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement with each of FNMA and FHLMC pursuant to which the U.S. Treasury agreed to purchase up to an aggregate of $100 billion of each of FNMA and FHLMC to maintain a positive net worth in each enterprise. In 2009, the U.S. Treasury announced additional financial support for certain governmentally supported entities, including the Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLBs”), FNMA and FHLMC. FNMA and FHLMC are continuing to operate as going concerns while in conservatorship and each remains liable for all of its obligations, including its guaranty obligations, associated with its MBS. FHFA, as conservator or receiver, has the power to repudiate any contract entered into by FNMA or FHLMC prior to FHFA’s appointment as conservator or receiver, as applicable, if FHFA determines, in its sole discretion, that performance of the contract is burdensome and that repudiation of the contract promotes the orderly administration of FNMA’s or FHLMC’s affairs.
 
 
49
 
 
 

 
 
Private Entity Securities . These MBS are issued by commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, mortgage bankers, private mortgage insurance companies and other non-governmental issuers. Timely payment of principal and interest on MBS backed by pools created by nongovernmental issuers often is supported partially by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance. The insurance and guarantees are issued by government entities, private insurers and the mortgage poolers. There can be no assurance that the private insurers or mortgage poolers can meet their obligations under the policies, so that if the issuers default on their obligations the holders of the security could sustain a loss. No insurance or guarantee covers the Fund or the price of the Fund’s shares. MBS issued by non-governmental issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than government-agency and government-related securities because there are no direct or indirect government guarantees of payment.
 
CMBS . CMBS generally are multi-class debt or pass-through certificates secured or backed by mortgage loans on commercial properties. CMBS generally are structured to provide protection to the senior class investors against potential losses on the underlying mortgage loans. This protection generally is provided by having the holders of subordinated classes of securities (“Subordinated CMBS”) take the first loss if there are defaults on the underlying commercial mortgage loans. Other protection, which may benefit all of the classes or particular classes, may include issuer guarantees, reserve funds, additional Subordinated CMBS, cross-collateralization and over-collateralization.
 
The Fund may invest in Subordinated CMBS issued or sponsored by commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, mortgage bankers, private mortgage insurance companies and other non-governmental issuers. Subordinated CMBS have no governmental guarantee and are subordinated in some manner as to the payment of principal and/or interest to the holders of more senior MBS arising out of the same pool of mortgages. The holders of Subordinated CMBS typically are compensated with a higher stated yield than are the holders of more senior MBS. On the other hand, Subordinated CMBS typically subject the holder to greater risk than senior CMBS and tend to be rated in a lower rating category, and frequently a substantially lower rating category, than the senior CMBS issued in respect of the same mortgage pool. Subordinated CMBS generally are likely to be more sensitive to changes in prepayment and interest rates and the market for such securities may be less liquid than is the case for traditional debt securities and senior MBS.
 
Collateralized Mortgage Obligations . A CMO is a multi-class bond backed by a pool of mortgage pass-through certificates or mortgage loans. CMOs may be collateralized by (a) Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac pass-through certificates, (b) unsecuritized mortgage loans insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans’ Affairs, (c) unsecuritized conventional mortgages, (d) other MBS or (e) any combination thereof. Each class of CMOs, often referred to as a “tranche,” is issued at a specific coupon rate and has a stated maturity or final distribution date. Principal prepayments on collateral underlying a CMO may cause it to be retired substantially earlier than the stated maturities or final distribution dates. The principal and interest on the underlying mortgages may be allocated among the several classes of a series of a CMO in many ways. One or more tranches of a CMO may have coupon rates which reset periodically at a specified increment over an index, such as LIBOR (or sometimes more than one index). These floating rate CMOs typically are issued with lifetime caps on the coupon rate thereon. The Fund also may invest in inverse floating rate CMOs. Inverse floating rate CMOs constitute a tranche of a CMO with a coupon rate that moves in the reverse direction to an applicable index such as LIBOR. Accordingly, the coupon rate thereon will increase as interest rates decrease. Inverse floating rate CMOs are typically more volatile than fixed or floating rate tranches of CMOs. Many inverse floating rate CMOs have coupons that move inversely to a multiple of the applicable indexes. The effect of the coupon varying inversely to a multiple of an applicable index creates a leverage factor. Inverse floaters based on multiples of a stated index are designed to be highly sensitive to changes in interest rates and can subject the holders thereof to extreme reductions of yield and loss of principal. The markets for inverse floating rate CMOs with highly leveraged characteristics at times may be very thin. The Fund’s ability to dispose of its positions in such securities will depend on the degree of liquidity in the markets for such securities. It is impossible to predict the amount of trading interest that may exist in such securities, and therefore the future degree of liquidity.
 
CMO Residuals . CMO residuals are mortgage securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations,
 
 
50
 
 
 

 
 
homebuilders, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose entities of the foregoing. The cash flow generated by the mortgage assets underlying a series of a CMO is applied first to make required payments of principal and interest on the CMO and second to pay the related administrative expenses and any management fee of the issuer. The residual in a CMO structure generally represents the interest in any excess cash flow remaining after making the foregoing payments. Each payment of such excess cash flow to a holder of the related CMO residual represents income and/or a return of capital. The amount of residual cash flow resulting from a CMO will depend on, among other things, the characteristics of the mortgage assets, the coupon rate of each class of CMO, prevailing interest rates, the amount of administrative expenses and the prepayment experience on the mortgage assets. In particular, the yield to maturity on CMO residuals is extremely sensitive to prepayments on the related underlying mortgage assets, in the same manner as an interest-only class of stripped MBS (described below). In addition, if a series of a CMO includes a class that bears interest at an variable rate, the yield to maturity on the related CMO residual will also be extremely sensitive to changes in the level of the index upon which interest rate adjustments are based. As described below with respect to stripped MBS, in certain circumstances the Fund may fail to recoup fully its initial investment in a CMO residual. CMO residuals are generally purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers. CMO residuals may, or pursuant to an exemption therefrom, may not, have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”). CMO residuals, whether or not registered under the Securities Act, may be subject to certain restrictions on transferability.
 
Stripped MBS . Stripped MBS are created by segregating the cash flows from underlying mortgage loans or mortgage securities to create two or more new securities, each with a specified percentage of the underlying security’s principal or interest payments. Mortgage securities may be partially stripped so that each investor class receives some interest and some principal. When securities are completely stripped, however, all of the interest is distributed to holders of one type of security, known as an interest-only security (“IO”), and all of the principal is distributed to holders of another type of security known as a principal-only security (“PO”). Strips can be created in a pass-through structure or as tranches of a CMO. The yields to maturity on IOs and POs are very sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Fund may not fully recoup its initial investment in IOs. Conversely, if the underlying mortgage assets experience less than anticipated prepayments of principal, the yield on POs could be materially and adversely affected.
 
Sub-Prime Mortgages . Sub-prime mortgages are mortgages rated below “A” by S&P, Moody’s or Fitch. Historically, sub-prime mortgage loans have been made to borrowers with blemished (or non-existent) credit records, and the borrower is charged a higher interest rate to compensate for the greater risk of delinquency and the higher costs of loan servicing and collection. Sub-prime mortgages are subject to both state and federal anti-predatory lending statutes that carry potential liability to secondary market purchasers such as the Fund. Sub-prime mortgages have certain characteristics and associated risks similar to below investment grade securities, including a higher degree of credit risk, and certain characteristics and associated risks similar to MBS, including prepayment risk.
 
Other MBS . MBS, other than those described above, directly or indirectly represent a participation in, or are secured by and payable from, mortgage loans on real property. Such MBS may be equity or debt securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, homebuilders, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks, partnerships, trusts and special purpose entities of the foregoing.
 
Mortgage REITs . Mortgage REITs are pooled investment vehicles that invest the majority of their assets in real property mortgages and which generally derive income primarily from interest payments thereon. Mortgage REITs are generally not taxed on income timely distributed to shareholders, provided they comply with the applicable requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management and other expenses paid by mortgage REITs in which it invests. Investing in mortgage REITs involves certain risks related to investing in real property mortgages. Mortgage REITs are subject to interest rate risk and the risk of default on payment obligations by borrowers. Mortgage REITs whose underlying assets are mortgages on real properties used by a particular industry or concentrated in a particular geographic region are subject to risks associated with such industry or region. Real
 
 
51
 
 
 

 
 
property mortgages may be relatively illiquid, limiting the ability of mortgage REITs to vary their portfolios promptly in response to changes in economic or other conditions. Mortgage REITs may have limited financial resources, their securities may trade infrequently and in limited volume, and they may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than securities of larger or more broadly based companies.
 
      Asset-Backed Securities. ABS are a form of structured debt obligation. ABS are payment claims that are securitized in the form of negotiable paper that is issued by a financing company (generally called a special purpose vehicle). Collateral assets brought into a pool according to specific diversification rules. A special purpose vehicle is founded for the purpose of securitizing these payment claims and the assets of the special purpose vehicle are the diversified pool of collateral assets. The special purpose vehicle issues marketable securities which are intended to represent a lower level or risk than an underlying collateral asset individually, due to the diversification in the pool. The redemption of the securities issued by the special purpose vehicle takes place out of the cash flow generated by the collected assets. A special purpose vehicle may issue multiple securities with different priorities to the cash flows generated and the collateral assets. The collateral for ABS may include home equity loans, automobile and credit card receivables, boat loans, computer leases, airplane leases, mobile home loans, recreational vehicle loans and hospital account receivables. The Fund may invest in these and other types of ABS that may be developed in the future. There is the possibility that recoveries on the underlying collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities.
 
CLOs, CDOs and CBOs . All or a portion of the Fund’s ABS investments may consist of CLOs, collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”) and collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”). A CDO is an structured debt security, issued by a financing company (generally called a special purpose vehicle or SPV), that was created to reapportion the risk and return characteristics of a pool of assets, whose underlying collateral is typically a portfolio of Loans, bonds or other debt securities, other structured finance securities and/or synthetic instruments. The SPV is a company founded solely for the purpose of securitizing payment claims. On this basis, marketable securities are issued which, due to the diversification of the underlying risk, generally represent a lower level of risk than the original assets. The redemption of the securities issued by the SPV takes place at maturity out of the cash flow generated by the collateral.
 
Where the underlying collateral is a portfolio of Loans a CDO is referred to as a CLO. Where the underlying collateral is a portfolio of bonds, a CDO is referred to as a CBO. Investors in CLOs, CDOs and CBOs bear the credit risk of the underlying collateral. The vast majority of CLOs, CDOs and CBOs are actively managed by an independent investment manager.
 
The key feature of the CLO, CDO or CBO structure is the prioritization of the cash flows from a pool of collateral securities among the several tranches of the CLO, CDO or CBO. Multiple tranches of securities are issued by the CLO, CDO or CBO, offering investors various maturity and credit risk characteristics. Tranches are categorized as senior, mezzanine, and subordinated/equity, according to their degree of risk. The most senior tranche of a CLO, CDO or CBO has the greatest collateralization and pays the lowest interest rate. If there are defaults or the collateral otherwise underperforms, scheduled payments to senior tranches take precedence over those of mezzanine tranches, and scheduled payments to mezzanine tranches take precedence over those to subordinated/equity tranches. Lower tranches represent lower degrees of credit quality and pay higher interest rates intended to compensate for the attendant risks. The return on the lower tranches is especially sensitive to the rate of defaults in the collateral pool. The lowest tranche (i.e. the “equity” or “residual” tranche) specifically receives the residual interest payments (i.e., money that is left over after the higher tranches have been paid) rather than a fixed interest rate. CLOs, CDOs or CBOs are subject to the risk of prepayment. The value of CLOs, CDOs or CBOs may be affected by changes in the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the servicing agent for the pool, the originator of the pool, or the financial institution or fund providing the credit support or enhancement.
 
      Other Structured Finance Investments. The Fund may invest in structured notes and other forms of structured finance investments. Structured finance investments are tailored, or packaged, to meet certain financial goals of investors. The Adviser believes that structured finance investments provide attractive risk-adjusted returns, frequent sector rotation opportunities and prospects for adding value through security selection.
 
 
52
 
 
 

 
 
      Inflation-Indexed Bonds. Inflation-indexed bonds (other than municipal inflation-indexed bonds and certain corporate inflation-indexed bonds) are debt securities the principal value of which is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. If the index measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds (other than municipal inflation-indexed bonds and certain corporate inflation-indexed bonds) will be adjusted downward, and consequently the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed in the case of U.S. Treasury inflation-indexed bonds (“TIPS”). For bonds that do not provide a similar guarantee, the adjusted principal value of the bond repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal. With regard to municipal inflation-indexed bonds and certain corporate inflation-indexed bonds, the inflation adjustment is typically reflected in the semi-annual coupon payment. As a result, the principal value of municipal inflation-indexed bonds and such corporate inflation-indexed bonds does not adjust according to the rate of inflation.
 
      The value of inflation-indexed bonds is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. If nominal interest rates increase at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates may rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation-indexed bonds. Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed bond will be considered taxable ordinary income, even though investors do not receive their principal until maturity. See “Tax Matters.”
 
      Event-Linked Securities. Event-linked securities (“ELS”) are a form of derivative issued by insurance companies and insurance-related special purpose vehicles that apply securitization techniques to catastrophic property and casualty damages. The Fund may invest in ELS in order to earn income, facilitate portfolio management and mitigate risks. ELS are typically debt obligations for which the return of principal and the payment of interest are contingent on the non-occurrence of a pre-defined “trigger event.” Depending on the specific terms and structure of the ELS, this trigger could be the result of a hurricane, earthquake or some other catastrophic event. Insurance companies securitize this risk to transfer to the capital markets the truly catastrophic part of the risk exposure. A typical ELS provides for income and return of capital similar to other fixed-income investments, but would involve full or partial default if losses resulting from a certain catastrophe exceeded a predetermined amount. ELS typically have relatively high yields compared with similarly rated debt securities, and also have low correlation with the returns of traditional securities. Investments in ELS may be linked to a broad range of insurance risks, which can be broken down into three major categories: natural risks (such as hurricanes and earthquakes), weather risks (such as insurance based on a regional average temperature) and non-natural events (such as aerospace and shipping catastrophes). Although property-casualty ELS have been in existence for over a decade, significant developments have started to occur in securitizations done by life insurance companies. In general, life insurance industry securitizations could fall into a number of categories. Some are driven primarily by the desire to transfer risk to the capital markets, such as the transfer of extreme mortality risk (mortality bonds). Others, while also including the element of risk transfer, are driven by other considerations. For example, a securitization could be undertaken to relieve the capital strain on life insurance companies caused by the regulatory requirements of establishing very conservative reserves for some types of products. Another example is the securitization of the stream of future cash flows from a particular block of business, including the securitization of embedded values of life insurance business or securitization for the purpose of funding acquisition costs.
 
      U.S. Government Securities. The Fund may invest in debt securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, which may consist of: (1) U.S. Treasury obligations, which differ in their interest rates, maturities and times of issuance, such as U.S. Treasury bills (maturity of one year or less), U.S. Treasury notes (maturity of one to ten years), and U.S. Treasury bonds (generally maturities of greater than ten years), including the principal components or the interest components issued by the U.S. Government under the separate trading of registered interest and principal securities program (i.e., “STRIPS”), all of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States; and (2) obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. Government agencies or instrumentalities, including government guaranteed MBS, some of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, some of which are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Government, and some of which are backed only by the credit of the issuer itself.
 
      Municipal Securities. The Fund may invest in debt obligations issued by or on behalf of states, territories and possessions of the United States, including the District of Columbia, and their political subdivisions, agencies or instrumentalities. The Fund may invest in various municipal securities, municipal bonds and municipal notes,
 
 
53
 
 
 

 
 
securities issued to finance and refinance public projects and other related securities and derivative instruments creating exposure to municipal bonds, notes and securities that provide for the payment of interest income that is exempt from regular U.S. federal income tax. Municipal securities are often issued by state and local governmental entities to finance or refinance public projects, such as roads, schools, and water supply systems. Municipal securities also may be issued on behalf of private entities or for private activities, such as housing, medical and educational facility construction, or for privately owned transportation, electric utility and pollution control projects. Municipal securities may be issued on a long-term basis to provide long-term financing. The repayment of such debt may be secured generally by a pledge of the full faith and credit taxing power of the issuer, a limited or special tax, or any other revenue source, including project revenues, which may include tolls, fees and other user charges, lease payments, and mortgage payments. Municipal securities also may be issued to finance projects on a short-term interim basis, anticipating repayment with the proceeds of the later issuance of long-term debt. The Fund may purchase municipal securities in the form of bonds, notes, leases or certificates of participation; structured as callable or non-callable; with payment forms that include fixed coupon, variable rate, zero coupon, capital appreciation bonds, tender option bonds, and residual interest bonds or inverse floating rate securities; or acquired through investments in pooled vehicles, partnerships, or other investment companies.
 
      The Fund may invest in taxable municipal securities, which primarily consist of Build America Bonds (“BABs”). BABs are taxable municipal obligations issued pursuant to legislation providing for the issuance of taxable municipal debt on which the issuer receives federal support of the interest paid. Enacted in February 2009, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (the “ARRA”) authorizes state and local governments to issue taxable bonds on which, assuming certain specified conditions are satisfied, issuers may either (i) receive payments from the U.S. Treasury with respect to the bonds’ interest payments (“direct pay” BABs) or (ii) provide tax credits to investors in the bonds (“tax credit” BABs). BABs offer an alternative form of financing to state and local governments whose primary means for accessing the capital markets has been through issuance of tax-free municipal bonds. BABs can appeal to a broader array of investors than the high income U.S. taxpayers that have traditionally provided the market for municipal bonds. Unlike most other municipal obligations, interest received on Build America Bonds is subject to federal and state income tax. Under the terms of the ARRA, issuers of direct pay BABs are entitled to receive payments from the U.S. Treasury over the life of the bond equal to 35% (or 45% in the case of Recovery Zone Economic Development Bonds) of the interest paid and investors in tax credit BABs can receive a federal tax credit of 35% of the coupon interest received.
 
      The federal interest subsidy or tax credit continues for the life of the bonds. The Fund may invest in direct pay BABs or tax credit BABs. Pursuant to the ARRA, the issuance of BABs was discontinued on December 31, 2010. Under the sequestration process under the Budget Control Act of 2011, automatic spending cuts that became effective on March 1, 2013 reduced the federal subsidy for BABs and other subsidized taxable municipal bonds. The reduced federal subsidy has been extended through 2024. The subsidy payments are reduced by 7.2% in 2014. The reduction rate is estimated to be lower in subsequent fiscal years.
 
      Sovereign Government And Supranational Debt. The Fund may invest in all types of debt securities of governmental issuers in all countries, including emerging market countries. These sovereign debt securities may consist of: debt securities issued or guaranteed by governments, governmental agencies or instrumentalities and political subdivisions located in emerging market countries; debt securities issued by government owned, controlled or sponsored entities located in emerging market countries; interests in entities organized and operated for the purpose of restructuring the investment characteristics of instruments issued by any of the above issuers; participations in loans between emerging market governments and financial institutions; or debt securities issued by supranational entities such as the World Bank or the European Economic Community. A supranational entity is a bank, commission or company established or financially supported by the national governments of one or more countries to promote reconstruction or development. Sovereign government and supranational debt involve all the risks described herein regarding foreign and emerging markets investments as well as the risk of debt moratorium, repudiation or renegotiation.
 
      Zero-Coupon Bonds, Step-Ups And Payment-In-Kind Securities. Zero-coupon bonds pay interest only at maturity rather than at intervals during the life of the security. Like zero-coupon bonds, “step up” bonds may pay no interest initially but eventually begin to pay a coupon rate prior to maturity, which rate may increase at stated intervals during the life of the security. Payment-in-kind securities (“PIKs”) are debt obligations that pay “interest” in the form of other debt obligations, instead of in cash. These types of instruments may be issued and traded at a deep discount from face value. Zero-coupon bonds, step-ups and PIKs allow an issuer to avoid or delay the need to generate cash to
 
 
54
 
 
 

 
 
meet current interest payments and, as a result, may involve greater credit risk than bonds that pay interest currently or in cash. The Fund will be required to distribute the income on these instruments as it accrues, even if the Fund does not receive the income on a current basis or in cash. Thus, to the extent the Fund holds these types of instruments, the Fund may have to sell other investments or borrow money, including when it may not be advisable to do so, to make income distributions to its shareholders.
 
Foreign Securities
 
      The Fund may invest without limitation in securities of non-U.S. issuers, including securities of issuers located in emerging market countries. Such securities may be U.S. dollar-denominated or non-U.S. dollar- denominated. The Fund’s investments in credit securities may include, without limitation, foreign credit securities, and as a result a significant portion of the Fund’s portfolio may consist of foreign securities.
 
      Foreign credit securities in which the Fund may invest may consist of: debt obligations issued or guaranteed by foreign national, provincial, state, municipal or other governments with taxing authority or by their agencies or instrumentalities, including securities created through the exchange of existing commercial bank loans to sovereign entities for new obligations in connection with debt restructurings; debt obligations of supranational entities; debt obligations and other debt securities of foreign corporate issuers; foreign debt obligations of U.S. corporate issuers; debt securities issued by corporations that generate significant profits from emerging market countries; and structured securities, warrants and derivatives, whose price is directly linked to emerging market securities or indices.
 
      Some foreign securities may be less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. issuers. Similarly, there is less volume and liquidity in most foreign securities markets than in the United States securities markets and, at times, greater price volatility than in the United States securities markets. Less information about non-U.S. issuers or markets may be available due to less rigorous disclosure and accounting standards or regulatory practices. Many non-U.S. markets are smaller, less liquid and more volatile than U.S. markets. In a changing market, the Adviser may not be able to sell the Fund’s portfolio securities in amounts and at prices it considers reasonable. The U.S. dollar may appreciate against non-U.S. currencies or an emerging market government may impose restrictions on currency conversion or trading. The economies of non-U.S. countries may grow at a slower rate than expected or may experience a downturn or recession. Economic, political and social developments may adversely affect non-U.S. securities markets.
 
Equity Securities
 
      Under normal market conditions, in addition to its investments in credit securities, the Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in common equity securities. In some cases, the Fund may acquire credit securities that, by their terms, convert into equity securities. In addition, at times, in connection with the restructuring of a credit security either outside of bankruptcy court or in the context of bankruptcy court proceedings, the Fund may determine or be required to accept equity securities in exchange for all or a portion of a credit security. Common equity securities in which the Fund may invest may be in the form of common stocks, limited liability company interests or trust certificates. Common equity securities represent the residual ownership interest in the issuer. Holders of common equity securities are entitled to the income and increase in the value of the assets and business of the issuer after all of its debt obligations and obligations to preferred stockholders are satisfied. The Fund may invest in common equity securities of issuers of any market capitalization, operating in any sector and anywhere in the world, including non-U.S. issuers and issuers located in emerging markets.
 
Unregistered, Restricted And Illiquid Securities
 
      The Fund may invest without limitation in unregistered securities, restricted securities and securities for which there is no readily available trading market or that are otherwise illiquid. Unregistered securities are exempt from registration under the Securities Act. The Fund may invest in unregistered securities of public and private issuers. Illiquid securities include securities legally restricted as to resale, securities for which there is no readily available trading market or that are otherwise illiquid. The Fund may acquire securities through private placements under which it may agree to contractual restrictions on the resale of such securities. Such restrictions might prevent their sale at a time when such sale would otherwise be desirable. Certain restricted securities may, however, be treated as liquid by the Adviser pursuant to procedures adopted by the Fund’s Board of Trustees, which require consideration of factors such as trading activity, availability of market quotations and number of dealers willing to purchase the security. If the Fund invests in restricted securities for which there is a limited trading market, the level of portfolio illiquidity may be increased to the extent that eligible buyers become uninterested in purchasing such securities.
 
 
55
 
 
 

 
 
      Securities within any of the types of credit securities in which the Fund may invest may be unregistered, restricted or illiquid. The Fund may invest in privately issued securities of both public and private companies, which may be illiquid. Securities of below investment grade quality tend to be less liquid than investment grade debt securities, and securities of financial distressed or bankrupt issuers may be particularly illiquid. Loans typically are not registered with the SEC and are not listed on any securities exchange and may at times be illiquid. Loan investments through participations and assignments are typically illiquid. Structured finance securities are typically privately offered and sold, and thus are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in structured finance securities may be characterized by the Fund as illiquid securities; however, an active dealer market may exist which would allow such securities to be considered liquid in some circumstances. The securities and obligations of foreign issuers, particular issuers in emerging markets, may be more likely to experience periods of illiquidity. Derivative instruments, particularly privately-negotiated or over-the-counter derivatives, may be illiquid, although can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when the Fund seeks to close out an exchange traded derivative position.
 
      It may be difficult to sell illiquid securities at a price representing the fair value until such time as such securities may be sold publicly. In the case of unregistered securities, where registration is required to facilitate the sale of such securities, a considerable period may elapse between a decision to sell the securities and the time when it would be permitted to sell. Thus, the Fund may not be able to obtain as favorable a price as that prevailing at the time of the decision to sell.
 
Other Investment Companies
 
      As an alternative to holding investments directly, the Fund may also obtain investment exposure to securities in which it may invest directly by investing up to 20% of its Managed Assets in other investment companies. The Fund may invest in mutual funds, closed-end funds and exchange-traded funds. The 1940 Act generally limits a registered investment company’s investments in other investment companies to 10% of its total assets. However, pursuant to certain exemptions set forth in the 1940 Act and/or in accordance with the terms of exemptive relief obtained by certain other investment companies in which the Fund may seek to invest, the Fund may invest in excess of this limitation provided that certain conditions are met. Investments in other investment companies involve operating expenses and fees at the other investment company level that are in addition to the expenses and fees borne by the Fund and are borne indirectly by Common Shareholders. For purposes of the Fund’s policy of investing at least 80% of its net assets, plus borrowings for investment purposes, in credit securities (the “80% Policy”), the Fund will include its investments in other investment companies that have a policy of investing at least 80% of their net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in one or more types of credit securities.
 
Derivatives Transactions
 
      The Fund may, but is not required to, use various derivatives transactions for hedging and risk management purposes, to facilitate portfolio management and to earn income or enhance total return. The use of derivatives transactions to earn income or enhance total return may be particularly speculative. Derivatives are financial instruments the value of which is derived from a reference instrument. The Fund may engage in a variety of derivatives transactions. The Fund may purchase and sell exchange-listed and over-the-counter put and call options, purchase and sell futures contracts and options thereon, and enter into various swap, cap, floor or collar transactions. The Fund may utilize derivatives that reference one or more securities, indices, commodities, currencies or interest rates. In addition, the Fund may utilize new techniques, transactions, instruments or strategies that are developed or permitted as regulatory changes occur. Certain derivatives transactions are described in further detail below and under “Use of Leverage—Interest Rate Transactions.” For a more complete discussion of the Fund’s investment practices involving transactions in derivatives, see “Investment Objective and Policies—Derivative Instruments” in the SAI.
 
      The Fund has not adopted a maximum percentage limit with respect to derivatives transactions. However, the Board of Trustees will receive regular reports from the Adviser regarding the Fund’s use of derivatives transactions and the effect of derivatives transactions on the management of the Fund’s portfolio and the performance of the Fund. The market value of certain derivatives transactions that provide exposure to credit securities will be counted as credit securities for purposes of the Fund’s 80% Policy.
 
      Swaps. Swap contracts may be purchased or sold to obtain investment exposure and/or to hedge against fluctuations in securities prices, currencies, commodities, interest rates or market conditions, to change the
 
56
 
 
 

 
 
duration of the overall portfolio or to mitigate default risk. In a standard “swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) on different currencies, securities, baskets of currencies or securities, indices or other instruments, which returns are calculated with respect to a “notional value,” i.e., the designated reference amount of exposure to the underlying instruments. The Fund intends to enter into swaps primarily on a net basis, i.e., the two payment streams are netted out, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. The Fund may use swaps for risk management purposes and as a speculative investment.
 
      The net amount of the excess, if any, of the Fund’s swap obligations over its entitlements will be maintained in a segregated account by the Fund’s custodian. The Adviser generally requires counterparties to have a minimum credit rating of A from Moody’s (or comparable rating from another NRSRO) and monitors such rating on an on-going basis. If the other party to a swap contract defaults, the Fund’s risk of loss will consist of the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually entitled to receive. Under such circumstances, the Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. Swap instruments are not exchange-listed securities and may be traded only in the over-the-counter market.
 
Interest Rate Swaps . Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the Fund with another party of respective commitments to pay or receive interest (e.g., an exchange of fixed rate payments for floating rate payments).
 
Total Return Swaps . Total return swaps are contracts in which one party agrees to make payments of the total return from the designated underlying asset(s), which may consist of securities, baskets of securities, or securities indices, during the specified period, in return for receiving payments equal to a fixed or floating rate of interest or the total return from the other designated underlying asset(s).
 
Currency Swaps . Currency swaps involve the exchange of the two parties’ respective commitments to pay or receive fluctuations with respect to a notional amount of two different currencies (e.g., an exchange of payments with respect to fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the Japanese yen).
 
Credit Default Swaps . When the Fund is the buyer of a credit default swap contract, the Fund is entitled to receive the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation from the counterparty to the contract in the event of a default by a third party, such as a U.S. or foreign corporate issuer, on the debt obligation. In return, the Fund would normally pay the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, the Fund would have spent the stream of payments and received no benefit from the contract. When the Fund is the seller of a credit default swap contract, it normally receives a stream of payments but is obligated to pay upon default of the referenced debt obligation. As the seller, the Fund would add the equivalent of leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total assets, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap. The Fund may enter into credit default swap contracts and baskets thereof for investment and risk management purposes, including diversification.
 
      The use of interest rate, total return, currency, credit default and other swaps is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. If the Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates and other applicable factors, the investment performance of the Fund would be unfavorably affected.
 
      Senior Loan Based Derivatives. The Fund may obtain exposure to Senior Loans through the use of derivative instruments, which have recently become increasingly available. The Adviser may utilize these instruments and similar instruments that may be available in the future. The Fund may invest in a derivative instrument known as a Select Aggregate Market Index (“SAMI”), which is a privately offered credit derivative that provides investors with exposure to a reference index of credit default swaps whose underlying reference securities are Senior Loans. While investing in SAMIs will increase the universe of floating-rate income securities to which the Fund is exposed, such investments entail risks that are not typically associated with investments in other floating-rate income securities. The liquidity of the market for SAMIs will be subject to liquidity in the Senior Loan and credit derivatives markets.
 
      Investment in SAMIs involves many of the risks associated with investments in derivative instruments discussed generally herein. The Fund may also be subject to the risk that the counterparty in a derivatives transaction will default on its obligations. Derivatives transactions generally involve the risk of loss due to unanticipated adverse
 
 
57
 
 
 

 
 
changes in securities prices, interest rates, the inability to close out a position, imperfect correlation between a position and the desired hedge, tax constraints on closing out positions and portfolio management constraints on securities subject to such transactions. The potential loss on derivative instruments may be substantial relative to the initial investment therein.
 
      Credit Derivatives. The Fund may engage in credit derivatives transactions. There are two broad categories of credit derivatives: default price risk derivatives and market spread derivatives. Default price risk derivatives are linked to the price of reference securities or loans after a default by the issuer or borrower, respectively. Market spread derivatives are based on the risk that changes in market factors, such as credit spreads, can cause a decline in the value of a security, loan or index. There are three basic transactional forms for credit derivatives: swaps, options and structured instruments. A credit default swap is an agreement between two counterparties that allows one counterparty (the “seller”) to purchase or be “long” a third party’s credit risk and the other party (the “buyer”) to sell or be “short” the credit risk. Typically, the seller agrees to make regular fixed payments to the buyer with the same frequency as the underlying reference bond. In exchange, the seller typically has the right upon default of the underlying bond to put the bond to the buyer in exchange for the bond’s par value plus interest.
 
      When the Fund is the buyer of a credit default swap contract, the Fund is entitled to receive the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation from the counterparty to the contract in the event of a default by a third party, such as a U.S. or foreign corporate issuer, on the debt obligation. In return, the Fund would normally pay the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, the Fund would have spent the stream of payments and received no benefit from the contract. When the Fund is the seller of a credit default swap contract, it normally receives a stream of payments but is obligated to pay upon default of the referenced debt obligation. As the seller, the Fund would add the equivalent of leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total assets, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap. Credit default swaps can be used as a substitute for purchasing or selling a fixed-income security and sometimes are preferable to actually purchasing the security. The Fund may enter into credit default swap contracts and baskets thereof for investment and risk management purposes, including diversification. A purchaser of a credit default swap is subject to counterparty risk. The Fund will monitor any such swaps or derivatives with a view towards ensuring that the Fund remains in compliance with all applicable regulations and tax requirements.
 
      Foreign Currency Transactions. The Fund may (but is not required to) hedge some or all of its exposure to non-U.S. currencies through the use of forward foreign currency exchange contracts, foreign currency futures contracts, options on foreign currencies, foreign currency futures contracts and swaps and other derivatives transactions. Suitable hedging transactions may not be available in all circumstances and there can be no assurance that the Fund will engage in such transactions at any given time or from time to time when they would be beneficial. Although the Fund has the flexibility to engage in such transactions, the Adviser may determine not to do so or to do so only in unusual circumstances or market conditions. These transactions may not be successful and may eliminate any chance for the Fund to benefit from favorable fluctuations in relevant foreign currencies. The Fund may also use derivatives transactions for purposes of increasing exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one currency to another.
 
      Credit-Linked Notes. The Fund may invest in credit-linked notes (“CLN”) for risk management purposes, including diversification. A CLN is a derivative instrument. It is a synthetic obligation between two or more parties where the payment of principal and/or interest is based on the performance of some obligation (a reference obligation). In addition to the credit risk of the reference obligations and interest rate risk, the buyer/seller of the CLN is subject to counterparty risk.
 
      Synthetic Investments. As an alternative to holding investments directly, the Fund may also obtain investment exposure to investments in which the Fund may invest directly through the use of derivative instruments. The Fund may utilize swaps, options, forwards, notional principal contracts or other derivative instruments to replicate, modify or replace the economic attributes associated with an investment in which the Fund may invest directly. The Fund may be exposed to certain additional risks should the Adviser use derivatives as a means to synthetically implement the Fund’s investment strategies. Such transactions may expose the Fund to counterparty risk, lack of liquidity in such derivative instruments and additional expenses associated with using such derivative instruments. To the extent that the Fund invests in synthetic investments with economic characteristics similar to credit securities, the value of such
 
 
58
 
 
 

 
 
investments will be counted as credit securities for purposes of the Fund’s 80% Policy. See “Risks–Synthetic Investment Risk.”
 
      Options. In connection with its investments in equity securities, the Fund may employ a strategy of writing (selling) call options on individual equity securities held in the Fund’s portfolio (commonly referred to as “covered” call options), indices of securities (or exchange-traded funds that track indices of securities) and sectors of securities. The Fund may also, from time to time, buy or sell put options on individual equity securities, indices of securities (or exchange-traded funds that track indices of securities) and sectors of securities. The Fund may buy and sell exchange traded and over-the-counter call and put options. The Fund’s option strategy, if utilized, would seek to generate current gains from option premiums as a means to enhance distributions payable to the Fund’s Common Shareholders.
 
      An option on a security is a contract that gives the holder of the option, in return for a premium, the right to buy from (in the case of a call) or sell to (in the case of a put) the writer of the option the security underlying the option at a specified exercise or “strike” price. The writer of an option on a security has the obligation upon exercise of the option to deliver the underlying security upon payment of the exercise price or to pay the exercise price upon delivery of the underlying security. Certain options, known as “American style” options may be exercised at any time during the term of the option. Other options, known as “European style” options, may be exercised only on the expiration date of the option.
 
      If an option written by the Fund expires unexercised, the Fund realizes on the expiration date a capital gain equal to the premium received by the Fund at the time the option was written. If an option purchased by the Fund expires unexercised, the Fund realizes a capital loss equal to the premium paid. Prior to the earlier of exercise or expiration, an exchange-traded option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series (type, underlying security, exercise price and expiration). There can be no assurance, however, that a closing purchase or sale transaction can be effected when the Fund desires. The Fund may sell put or call options it has previously purchased, which could result in a net gain or loss depending on whether the amount realized on the sale is more or less than the premium and other transaction costs paid on the put or call option when purchased. The Fund will realize a capital gain from a closing purchase transaction if the cost of the closing option is less than the premium received from writing the option, or, if it is more, the Fund will realize a capital loss. If the premium received from a closing sale transaction is more than the premium paid to purchase the option, the Fund will realize a capital gain or, if it is less, the Fund will realize a capital loss. Net gains from the Fund’s option writing strategy will be short-term capital gains which, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, will constitute net investment company taxable income. If the Fund, as the writer of a covered call option, is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction in a secondary market, it will not be able to sell the underlying security until the option expires or it delivers the underlying security upon exercise or otherwise covers the position. If the Fund writes an uncovered call option and is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction in a secondary market, the Fund will be subject to unlimited risk of loss should the price of the underlying security or index increase above the exercise price.
 
      The Fund will “cover” its obligations when it sells call options or will earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities in accordance with applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC. In the case of a call option on an individual security, the option is “covered” if the Fund owns the security underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, the Fund has earmarked or segregated cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to such additional cash consideration) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held by the Fund. In the case of a call option on an index, an option is “covered” if the Fund owns a portfolio of stocks substantially replicating the movement of the index. A call option on a security or index is also covered if the Fund holds a call on the same security or index as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written, or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the Fund in earmarked or segregated cash or liquid securities.
 
      The Fund may also write “uncovered” call options, meaning that it can write options on securities or indices not held in its portfolio or which are not covered as described above. When the Fund writes uncovered call options on securities, including exchange traded funds, the Fund will segregate or earmark cash or liquid assets that, when added to amounts deposited by the Fund with a broker as margin, equal the market value of the security underlying the call option (but are no less than the exercise price of the call option). When the Fund writes uncovered index call options, the Fund will earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the current value of the
 
 
59
 
 
 

 
 
Fund’s net payment obligation under the terms of such call option (i.e., the exercise settlement amount determined daily on a marked to market basis) in accordance with applicable interpretations of the SEC.
 
      The Fund will write (sell) put options only if the put option is “covered” or if the Fund earmarks or segregates cash or liquid securities in accordance with applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC. A put option written by the Fund on a security is “covered” if the Fund segregates or earmarks assets determined to be liquid by the Adviser as described above, equal to the exercise price. A put option is also covered if the Fund holds a put on the same security as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is (i) equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written, or (ii) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided the difference is maintained by the Fund in segregated or earmarked assets determined to be liquid by the Adviser, as described above.
 
      The Fund may sell put and call options on indices of securities. Options on an index differ from options on securities because (i) the exercise of an index option requires cash payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities, (ii) the holder of an index option has the right to receive cash upon exercise of the option if the level of the index upon which the option is based is greater, in the case of a call, or less, in the case of a put, than the exercise price of the option and (iii) index options reflect price-fluctuations in a group of securities or segments of the securities market rather than price fluctuations in a single security. In connection with writing (selling) options on securities indices, the Fund will earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities in accordance with applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC.
 
      As the seller of an index call option, the Fund receives cash (the premium) from the purchaser. The purchaser of an index call option has the right to any appreciation in the value of the index over a fixed price (the exercise price) on or before a certain date in the future (the expiration date). The Fund, in effect, agrees to sell the potential appreciation in the value of the relevant index over the exercise price in exchange for the premium. If, at or before expiration, the purchaser exercises the call option sold by the Fund, the Fund will pay the purchaser the difference between the cash value of the index and the exercise price of the index option (the exercise settlement amount). The premium, the exercise price and the market value of the index determine the gain or loss realized by the Fund as the seller of the index call option.
 
Commercial Paper
 
      Commercial paper represents short-term unsecured promissory notes issued in bearer form by corporations such as banks or bank holding companies, finance companies and other issuers.
 
Temporary Defensive Investments
 
      During periods in which the Adviser believes that changes in economic, financial or political conditions make it advisable to maintain a temporary defensive posture (a “temporary defensive period”), or in order to keep the Fund’s cash fully invested, including the period during which the net proceeds of an offering of Common Shares are being invested, the Fund may, without limitation, hold cash or invest its assets in money market instruments, repurchase agreements in respect of those instruments and shares of money market funds. The money market instruments in which the Fund may invest are obligations of the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities; commercial paper rated A-1 or higher by S&P or Prime-1 by Moody’s; and certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances issued by domestic branches of U.S. banks that are members of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. During a temporary defensive period, the Fund may also invest in shares of money market mutual funds. Money market mutual funds are investment companies, and the investments in those companies by the Fund are in some cases subject to certain fundamental investment restrictions and the requirements of the 1940 Act. See “Investment Restrictions” in the SAI. As a shareholder in a mutual fund, the Fund will bear its ratable share of its expenses, including management fees, and will remain subject to payment of the fees to the Adviser, with respect to assets so invested. See “Management of the Fund.” The Fund may not achieve its investment objective during a temporary defensive period or be able to sustain its historical distribution levels.
 
Certain Other Investment Practices
 
      When Issued, Delayed Delivery Securities And Forward Commitments. The Fund may enter into forward commitments for the purchase or sale of securities. The Fund may enter into transactions on a “when issued” or “delayed delivery” basis, in excess of customary settlement periods for the type of security involved, and may purchase “to-be-announced” (“TBA”) MBS. In some cases, a forward commitment may be conditioned upon the occurrence of a subsequent event, such as approval and consummation of a merger, corporate reorganization or debt
 
 
60
 
 
 

 
 
restructuring (i.e., a when, as and if issued security). When such transactions are negotiated, the price is fixed at the time of the commitment, with payment and delivery taking place in the future, generally a month or more after the date of the commitment. While it will only enter into a forward commitment with the intention of actually acquiring the security, the Fund may sell the security before the settlement date if it is deemed advisable. Securities purchased under a forward commitment are subject to market fluctuation, and generally no interest (or dividends) accrues to the Fund prior to the settlement date. By purchasing a TBA, the Fund makes a commitment to purchase a future issuance of MBS and the actual MBS that will be delivered to fulfill the TBA trade is not designated at the time the trade is made. The Fund will segregate with its custodian cash or liquid securities in an aggregate amount at least equal to the amount of its outstanding forward commitments.
 
      Loans Of Portfolio Securities. To increase income, the Fund may lend its portfolio securities to securities broker-dealers or financial institutions if (i) the loan is collateralized in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements and (ii) no loan will cause the value of all loaned securities to exceed 33 S % of the value of the Fund’s total assets. If the borrower fails to maintain the requisite amount of collateral, the loan automatically terminates and the Fund could use the collateral to replace the securities while holding the borrower liable for any excess of replacement cost over the value of the collateral. As with any extension of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery and in some cases even loss of rights in collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially. There can be no assurance that borrowers will not fail financially. On termination of the loan, the borrower is required to return the securities to the Fund, and any gain or loss in the market price during the term of the loan would inure to the Fund. If the other party to the loan petitions for bankruptcy or becomes subject to the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the law regarding the rights of the Fund is unsettled. As a result, under extreme circumstances, there may be a restriction on the Fund’s ability to sell the collateral and the Fund would suffer a loss. See “Investment Objective and Policies—Loans of Portfolio Securities” in the SAI.
 
      Short Sales. The Fund may make short sales of securities. A short sale is a transaction in which the Fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation that the market price of that security will decline. To deliver the securities to the buyer, the Fund arranges through a broker to borrow the securities and, in so doing, the Fund becomes obligated to replace the securities borrowed at their market price at the time of replacement. The Fund may have to pay a premium to borrow the securities and must pay any dividends or interest payable on the securities until they are replaced, which will be expenses of the Fund. The Fund’s obligation to replace the securities borrowed in connection with a short sale will be secured by collateral deposited with the broker that consists of cash and/or liquid securities. In addition, the Fund will place in a segregated account an amount of cash and/or liquid securities equal to the difference, if any, between (i) the market value of the securities sold at the time they were sold short, and (ii) any cash and/or liquid securities deposited as collateral with the broker in connection with the short sale. To the extent the Fund engages in short sales, the Fund will not make a short sale, if, after giving effect to such sale, the market value of all securities sold short exceeds 25% of the value of its total assets. Also, the market value of the securities sold short of any one issuer will not exceed either 10% of the Fund’s total assets or 5% of such issuer’s voting securities.
 
      The Fund may also make short sales “against the box” without respect to such limitations. In this type of short sale, at the time of the sale, the Fund owns, or has the immediate and unconditional right to acquire at no additional cost, the identical security.
 
      Repurchase Agreements. Repurchase agreements may be seen as loans by the Fund collateralized by underlying securities. Under the terms of a typical repurchase agreement, the Fund would acquire an underlying security for a relatively short period (usually not more than one week) subject to an obligation of the seller to repurchase, and the Fund to resell, the obligation at an agreed price and time. This arrangement results in a fixed rate of return to the Fund that is not subject to market fluctuations during the holding period. The Fund bears a risk of loss in the event that the other party to a repurchase agreement defaults on its obligations and the Fund is delayed in or prevented from exercising its rights to dispose of the collateral securities, and will be subject to the risk of a possible decline in the value of the underlying securities during the period in which it seeks to assert these rights. The Fund may accept a wide variety of underlying securities as collateral for repurchase agreements entered into by the Fund. Such collateral may include U.S. government securities, corporate obligations, MBS, municipal debt securities, equity securities and convertible securities. Any such securities serving as collateral are marked-to-market daily in order to maintain full collateralization. The Adviser, acting under the supervision of the Board of Trustees, reviews the creditworthiness of
 
 
61
 
 
 

 
 
those banks and dealers with which the Fund enters into repurchase agreements to evaluate these risks. The Fund will not enter into repurchase agreements with the Adviser or its affiliates.
 
      Government Sponsored Investment Programs. From time to time, the Fund may seek to invest in credit securities through one or more programs that may from time to time be sponsored, established or operated by the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and other governmental agencies.
 
Portfolio Turnover
 
      The Fund will buy and sell securities to seek to accomplish its investment objective. Portfolio turnover rate is not considered a limiting factor in the execution of investment decisions for the Fund. Portfolio turnover generally involves some expense to the Fund, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and reinvestment in other securities. The portfolio turnover rate is computed by dividing the lesser of the amount of the securities purchased or securities sold by the average monthly value of securities owned during the year (excluding securities whose maturities at acquisition were one year or less). The Fund’s portfolio turnover rate may vary greatly from year to year. Higher portfolio turnover may decrease the after-tax return to individual investors in the Fund to the extent it results in an increase in the short-term capital gains portion of distributions to shareholders. For the Fund’s initial fiscal period from June 26, 2013 to May 31, 2014, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 54%.
 
Investment Restrictions
 
      The Fund has adopted certain other investment limitations designed to limit investment risk. These limitations are fundamental and may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Shares, as defined in the 1940 Act (and preferred shares, if any, voting together as a single class), which is defined by the 1940 Act as the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the Fund’s voting securities present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy; or (ii) more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities. See “Investment Restrictions” in the SAI for a complete list of the fundamental investment policies of the Fund.
 
USE OF FINANCIAL LEVERAGE
 
      The Fund may employ leverage through (i) the issuance of senior securities representing indebtedness, including through borrowing from financial institutions or issuance of debt securities, including notes or commercial paper (collectively, “Indebtedness”), (ii) the issuance of preferred shares (“Preferred Shares”) or (iii) engaging in reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and economically similar transactions (collectively with Indebtedness and Preferred Shares, “Financial Leverage”). The Fund may utilize leverage up to the limits imposed by the Investment Company Act of 1940. Under the 1940 Act the Fund may not incur Indebtedness if, immediately after incurring such Indebtedness, the Fund would have asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) of less than 300% (i.e., for every dollar of Indebtedness outstanding, the Fund is required to have at least three dollars of assets). Under the 1940 Act, the Fund may not issue Preferred Shares if, immediately after issuance, the Fund would have asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) of less than 200% (i.e., for every dollar of Preferred Shares outstanding, the Fund is required to have at least two dollars of assets). However, under current market conditions, the Fund currently expects to utilize Financial Leverage through Indebtedness and/or reverse repurchase agreements, such that the aggregate amount of Financial Leverage is not expected to exceed 33 1/3% of the Fund’s Managed Assets (including the proceeds of such Financial Leverage) (or 50% of net assets). As of May 31, 2014, the Fund had reverse repurchase agreements outstanding representing Financial Leverage equal to approximately 25% of the Fund’s Managed Assets. The Adviser anticipates that the use of Financial Leverage will result in higher income to Common Shareholders over time; however, there can be no assurance that the Adviser’s expectations will be realized or that a leveraging strategy will be successful in any particular time period. See “Risks—Financial Leverage Risk.”
 
Indebtedness
 
      The Fund may utilize Indebtedness to the maximum extent permitted under the 1940 Act. Under the 1940 Act, the Fund may not incur Indebtedness if, immediately after incurring such Indebtedness, the Fund would have an asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) of less than 300% (i.e., the value of the Fund’s total assets less liabilities other than the principal amount represented by Indebtedness must be at least 300% of the principal amount represented by Indebtedness at the time of issuance). In addition, the Fund generally is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or
 
 
62
 
 
 

 
 
other distribution on the Common Shares unless, at the time of such declaration and after deducting the amount of such dividend or other distribution, the Fund maintains asset coverage of 300%. However, the foregoing restriction does not apply with respect to certain types of Indebtedness, including a line of credit or other privately arranged borrowings from a financial institution. If the Fund utilizes Indebtedness, the Fund intends, to the extent possible, to prepay all or a portion of the principal amount of any outstanding Indebtedness to the extent necessary to maintain the required asset coverage. The Fund may also utilize Indebtedness in excess of such limit for temporary purposes such as the settlement of transactions.
 
      The terms of any such Indebtedness may require the Fund to pay a fee to maintain a line of credit, such as a commitment fee, or to maintain minimum average balances with a lender. Any such requirements would increase the cost of such Indebtedness over the stated interest rate. Such lenders would have the right to receive interest on and repayment of principal of any such Indebtedness, which right will be senior to those of the Common Shareholders. Any such Indebtedness may contain provisions limiting certain activities of the Fund, including the payment of dividends to Common Shareholders in certain circumstances. Any Indebtedness will likely be ranked senior or equal to all other existing and future Indebtedness of the Fund. If the Fund utilizes Indebtedness, the Common Shareholders will bear the offering costs of the issuance of any Indebtedness.
 
      Certain types of Indebtedness subject the Fund to covenants in credit agreements relating to asset coverage and portfolio composition requirements. Certain Indebtedness issued by the Fund also may subject the Fund to certain restrictions on investments imposed by guidelines of one or more NRSROs, which may issue ratings for such Indebtedness. Such guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed by the 1940 Act. It is not anticipated that these covenants or guidelines will impede the Adviser from managing the Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies.
 
      The 1940 Act grants to the lenders to the Fund, under certain circumstances, certain voting rights in the event of default in the payment of interest on or repayment of principal. Failure to maintain certain asset coverage requirements could result in an event of default and entitle the debt holders to elect a majority of the Board of Trustees.
 
Committed Facility Agreemen t. The Fund has entered into a committed facility agreement with BNP Paribas, dated as of March 3, 2014. Interest payable by the Fund on amounts drawn under the committed facility agreement is based on the three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus 85 basis points. The Fund’s Borrowings under the committed facility are collateralized by portfolio assets which are maintained by the Fund in a separate account with the Fund’s custodian for the benefit of the lender, which collateral exceeds the amount borrowed. Securities deposited in the collateral account may be rehypothecated by BNP Paribas. In the event of a default by the Fund under the committed facility, the lender has the right to sell such collateral assets to satisfy the Fund’s obligation to the lender. The committed facility agreement includes usual and customary covenants. These covenants impose on the Fund asset coverage requirements, collateral requirements, investment strategy requirements, and certain financial obligations. These covenants place limits or restrictions on the Fund’s ability to (i) enter into additional indebtedness with a party other than BNP Paribas, (ii) change its fundamental investment policy, or (iii) pledge to any other party, other than to the counterparty, securities owned or held by the Fund over which the counterparty has a lien. In addition, the Fund is required to deliver financial information to the counterparty within established deadlines, maintain an asset coverage ratio (as defined in Section 18(g) of the 1940 Act) greater than 300%, comply with the rules of the stock exchange on which its shares are listed, and maintain its classification as a “closed-end management investment company” as defined in the 1940 Act.  As of May 31, 2014, no Borrowings under the committed facility were outstanding.   However, amounts drawn under the committed facility may vary over time and such amounts will be reported in the Fund’s audited and unaudited financial statements contained in the Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders.
 
Reverse Repurchase Agreements And Dollar Roll Transactions
 
      In reverse repurchase agreement transactions, the Fund sells portfolio securities to financial institutions such as banks and broker-dealers and agrees to repurchase them at a particular date and price. The Fund may utilize reverse repurchase agreements when it is anticipated that the interest income to be earned from the investment of the proceeds of the transaction is greater than the interest expense of the transaction. Proceeds of the sale will be invested in additional instruments for the Fund, and the income from these investments will generate income for the Fund. If such income does not exceed the income, capital appreciation and gain or loss that would have been
63
 
 
 

 


realized on the securities sold as part of the reverse repurchase transaction, the use of this technique will diminish the investment performance of the Fund compared with what the performance would have been without the use of reverse repurchase transactions.
 
      A dollar roll transaction involves a sale by the Fund of a MBS or other security concurrently with an agreement by the Fund to repurchase a similar security at a later date at an agreed-upon price. The securities that are repurchased will bear the same interest rate and stated maturity as those sold, but pools of mortgages collateralizing those securities may have different prepayment histories than those sold. Proceeds of the sale will be invested in additional instruments for the Fund, and the income from these investments will generate income for the Fund. If such income does not exceed the income, capital appreciation and gain or loss that would have been realized on the securities sold as part of the dollar roll, the use of this technique will diminish the investment performance of the Fund compared with what the performance would have been without the use of dollar rolls.
 
      With respect to any reverse repurchase agreement, dollar roll or similar transaction, the Fund’s Managed Assets shall include any proceeds from the sale of an asset of the Fund to a counterparty in such a transaction, in addition to the value of the underlying asset as of the relevant measuring date.
 
      With respect to Financial Leverage incurred through investments in reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and economically similar transactions, the Fund intends to earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities in accordance with applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC. As a result of such segregation, the Fund’s obligations under such transactions will not be considered senior securities representing indebtedness for purposes of the 1940 Act and the Fund’s use of leverage through reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and economically similar transactions will not be limited by the 1940 Act. However, the Fund’s use of leverage through reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and economically similar transactions will be included when calculating the Fund’s Financial Leverage and therefore will be limited by the Fund’s maximum overall leverage levels approved by the Board of Trustees and may be further limited by the availability of cash or liquid securities to earmark or segregate in connection with such transactions. As of May 31, 2014, the Fund had reverse repurchase agreements outstanding representing Financial Leverage equal to approximately 25% of the Fund’s Managed Assets.
 
Preferred Shares
 
      The Fund’s Governing Documents provide that the Board of Trustees may authorize and issue Preferred Shares with rights as determined by the Board of Trustees, by action of the Board of Trustees without prior approval of the holders of the Common Shares. Common Shareholders have no preemptive right to purchase any Preferred Shares that might be issued. Any such Preferred Share offering would be subject to the limits imposed by the 1940 Act. Although the Fund has no present intention to issue Preferred Shares, it may in the future utilize Preferred Shares to the maximum extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Under the 1940 Act, the Fund may not issue Preferred Shares if, immediately after issuance, the Fund would have asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) of less than 200% (i.e., for every dollar of Preferred Shares outstanding, the Fund is required to have at least two dollars of assets). See “Description of Capital Structure—Preferred Shares.”
 
Certain Portfolio Transactions
 
      In addition the Fund may engage in certain derivatives transactions that have economic characteristics similar to leverage. To the extent the terms of such transactions obligate the Fund to make payments, the Fund intends to earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the current value of the amount then payable by the Fund under the terms of such transactions or otherwise cover such transactions in accordance with applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC. To the extent the terms of such transactions obligate the Fund to deliver particular securities to extinguish the Fund’s obligations under such transactions the Fund may “cover” its obligations under such transactions by either (i) owning the securities or collateral underlying such transactions or (ii) having an absolute and immediate right to acquire such securities or collateral without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, having earmarked or segregated cash or liquid securities). Such segregation or cover is intended to provide the Fund with available assets to satisfy its obligations under such transactions. As a result of such segregation or cover, the Fund’s obligations under such transactions will not be considered senior securities representing indebtedness for purposes of the 1940 Act, or included in calculating the aggregate amount of the Fund’s Financial Leverage. To the extent that the Fund’s obligations under such transactions are not so segregated or covered, such obligations may be considered “senior securities representing indebtedness” under the 1940 Act and therefore subject to the 300% asset coverage requirement.
 
64
 
 
 

 
 
Effects Of Financial Leverage
 
      Assuming (i) the use by the Fund of Financial Leverage representing approximately 25% of the Fund’s Managed Assets (including the proceeds of such Financial Leverage) and (ii) interest costs to the Fund at an average annual rate of 0.72% with respect to such Financial Leverage, then the incremental income generated by the Fund’s portfolio (net of estimated expenses including expenses related to the Financial Leverage) must exceed approximately 0.18% to cover such interest expense. Of course, these numbers are merely estimates used for illustration. The amount of Financial Leverage used by the Fund as well as actual interest expenses on such Financial Leverage may vary frequently and may be significantly higher or lower than the rate estimated above.
 
      The following table is furnished pursuant to requirements of the SEC. It is designed to illustrate the effect of Financial Leverage on Common Share total return, assuming investment portfolio total returns (comprised of income, net expenses and changes in the value of investments held in the Fund’s portfolio) of -10%, -5%, 0%, 5% and 10%. These assumed investment portfolio returns are hypothetical figures and are not necessarily indicative of what the Fund’s investment portfolio returns will be. The table further reflects the issuance of Financial Leverage representing approximately 25% of the Fund’s Managed Assets (including the proceeds of such Financial Leverage) and the Fund’s currently projected annual interest rate of 0.72% with respect to such Financial Leverage. The table does not reflect any offering costs of Common Shares or Financial Leverage.
 
Assumed portfolio total return (net of expenses)
    (10.00 )%     (5.00 )%     0.00 %     5.00 %     10.00 %
Common Share total return
    (13.49 )%     (6.86 )%     (0.23 )%     6.39 %     13.02 %
 
      Common Share total return is composed of two elements—the Common Share dividends paid by the Fund (the amount of which is largely determined by the Fund’s net investment income after paying the carrying cost of Financial Leverage) and realized and unrealized gains or losses on the value of the securities the Fund owns. As required by SEC rules, the table assumes that the Fund is more likely to suffer capital loss than to enjoy capital appreciation. For example, to assume a total return of 0%, the Fund must assume that the net investment income it receives on its investments is entirely offset by losses on the value of those investments. This table reflects the hypothetical performance of the Fund’s portfolio and not the performance of the Fund’s Common Shares, the value of which will be determined by market and other factors.
 
      During the time in which the Fund is utilizing Financial Leverage, the amount of the fees paid to the Adviser for investment advisory services will be higher than if the Fund did not utilize Financial Leverage because the fees paid will be calculated based on the Fund’s Managed Assets, including proceeds of Financial Leverage. This may create a conflict of interest between the Adviser, on the one hand, and the Common Shareholders, on the other hand. Common Shareholders bear the portion of the investment advisory fee attributable to the assets purchased with the proceeds of Financial Leverage, which means that Common Shareholders effectively bear the entire advisory fee. In order to manage this conflict of interest, the maximum level of and types of Financial Leverage used by the Fund must be approved by the Board of Trustees, and the Board of Trustees will receive regular reports from the Adviser regarding the Fund’s use of Financial Leverage and the effect of Financial Leverage on the management of the Fund’s portfolio and the performance of the Fund.
 
      Unless and until the Fund utilizes Financial Leverage, the Common Shares will not be leveraged and this section will not apply. There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be utilized.
 
Interest Rate Transactions
 
      In connection with the Fund’s anticipated use of Financial Leverage, the Fund may enter into interest rate swap or cap transactions. Interest rate swaps involve the Fund’s agreement with the swap counterparty to pay a fixed-rate payment in exchange for the counterparty’s paying the Fund a variable rate payment that is intended to approximate all or a portion of the Fund’s variable-rate payment obligation on the Fund’s Financial Leverage. The payment obligation would be based on the notional amount of the swap, which will not exceed the amount of the Fund’s Financial Leverage.
 
      The Fund may use an interest rate cap, which would require it to pay a premium to the cap counterparty and would entitle it, to the extent that a specified variable-rate index exceeds a predetermined fixed rate, to receive payment from the counterparty of the difference based on the notional amount. The Fund would use interest rate

65
 
 
 

 
 

swaps or caps only with the intent to reduce or eliminate the risk that an increase in short-term interest rates could have on Common Share net earnings as a result of Financial Leverage.
 
      The Fund will usually enter into swaps or caps on a net basis; that is, the two payment streams will be netted out in a cash settlement on the payment date or dates specified in the instrument, with the Fund’s receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. The Fund intends to segregate cash or liquid securities having a value at least equal to the Fund’s net payment obligations under any swap transaction, marked to market daily. The Fund will treat such amounts as illiquid.
 
      The use of interest rate swaps and caps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. Depending on the state of interest rates in general, the Fund’s use of interest rate instruments could enhance or harm the overall performance of the Common Shares. To the extent there is a decline in interest rates, the net amount receivable by the Fund under the interest rate swap or cap could decline and could thus result in a decline in the net asset value of the Common Shares. In addition, if short-term interest rates are lower than the Fund’s fixed rate of payment on the interest rate swap, the swap will reduce Common Share net earnings if the Fund must make net payments to the counterparty. If, on the other hand, short-term interest rates are higher than the fixed rate of payment on the interest rate swap, the swap will enhance Common Share net earnings if the Fund receives net payments from the counterparty. Buying interest rate caps could enhance the performance of the Common Shares by limiting the Fund’s maximum leverage expense. Buying interest rate caps could also decrease the net earnings of the Common Shares if the premium paid by the Fund to the counterparty exceeds the additional cost of the Financial Leverage that the Fund would have been required to pay had it not entered into the cap agreement.
 
      Interest rate swaps and caps do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to interest rate swaps is limited to the net amount of interest payments that the Fund is contractually obligated to make. If the counterparty defaults, the Fund would not be able to use the anticipated net receipts under the swap or cap to offset the costs of the Financial Leverage. Depending on whether the Fund would be entitled to receive net payments from the counterparty on the swap or cap, which in turn would depend on the general state of short-term interest rates at that point in time, such a default could negatively impact the performance of the Common Shares.
 
      Although this will not guarantee that the counterparty does not default, the Fund will not enter into an interest rate swap or cap transaction with any counterparty that the Adviser believes does not have the financial resources to honor its obligation under the interest rate swap or cap transaction. Further, the Adviser will regularly monitor the financial stability of a counterparty to an interest rate swap or cap transaction in an effort to proactively protect the Fund’s investments.
 
      In addition, at the time the interest rate swap or cap transaction reaches its scheduled termination date, there is a risk that the Fund will not be able to obtain a replacement transaction or that the terms of the replacement will not be as favorable as on the expiring transaction. If this occurs, it could have a negative impact on the performance of the Common Shares.
 
      The Fund may choose or be required to prepay Indebtedness. Such a prepayment would likely result in the Fund’s seeking to terminate early all or a portion of any swap or cap transaction. Such early termination of a swap could result in a termination payment by or to the Fund. An early termination of a cap could result in a termination payment to the Fund. There may also be penalties associated with early termination.
 
RISKS
 
      Investors should consider the following risk factors and special considerations associated with investing in the Fund. An investment in the Fund is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount that you invest.
 
Not A Complete Investment Program
 
      An investment in the Common Shares of the Fund should not be considered a complete investment program. The Fund is intended for long-term investors seeking total return through a combination of current income and capital appreciation. The Fund is not meant to provide a vehicle for those who wish to play short-term swings in the stock
 
66
 
 
 

 


market. Each Common Shareholder should take into account the Fund’s investment objective as well as the Common Shareholder’s other investments when considering an investment in the Fund.
 
Investment And Market Risk
 
      An investment in Common Shares of the Fund is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount that you invest. An investment in the Common Shares of the Fund represents an indirect investment in the securities owned by the Fund. The value of the securities owned by the Fund may fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably, which will affect the net asset value and may affect the market price of the Common Shares. The value of securities owned by the Fund may decline due to general market conditions that are not specifically related to a particular issuer, such as real or perceived economic conditions, changes in interest or currency rates or changes in investor sentiment or market outlook generally. At any point in time, your Common Shares may be worth less than your original investment, including the reinvestment of Fund dividends and distributions.
 
Management Risk
 
      The Fund is subject to management risk because it has an actively managed portfolio. The Adviser will apply investment techniques and risk analysis in making investment decisions for the Fund, but there can be no guarantee that these will produce the desired results. The Fund’s allocation of its investments across various segments of the credit securities market and various countries, regions, asset classes and sectors may vary significantly over time based on the Adviser’s analysis and judgment. As a result, the particular risks most relevant to an investment in the Fund, as well as the overall risk profile of the Fund’s portfolio, may vary over time. The Adviser employs an active approach to the Fund’s investment allocation based upon a relative value philosophy, but there is no guarantee that such allocation will produce the desired results. It is possible that the Fund will focus on an investment that performs poorly or underperforms other investments under various market conditions. The flexibility of the Fund’s investment policies and the discretion granted to the Adviser to invest the Fund’s assets across various segments, classes and geographic regions of the credit securities market and in credit securities with various maturities and durations means that the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective may be more dependent on the success of its investment adviser than other investment companies.
 
Income Risk
 
      The income investors receive from the Fund is based in part on the interest it earns from its investments in credit securities, which can vary widely over the short- and long-term. If prevailing market interest rates drop, investors’ income from the Fund could drop as well. The Fund’s income could also be affected adversely when prevailing short-term interest rates increase and the Fund is utilizing leverage, although this risk is mitigated to the extent the Fund invests in floating-rate obligations.
 
Credit Securities Risks
 
Credit securities are subject to certain risks:
 
      Issuer Risk. The value of securities in which the Fund invests may decline for a number of reasons which directly relate to the issuer, such as management performance, financial leverage, reduced demand for the issuer’s goods and services, historical and projected earnings, and the value of its assets.
 
      Credit Risk. Credit risk is the risk that one or more debt obligations in the Fund’s portfolio will decline in price, or fail to pay interest or principal when due, because the issuer of the obligation experiences a decline in its financial status. A downgrade of the rating assigned to a credit security by an NRSO may reduce the value of that security. To the extent the Fund invests in below investment grade securities, it will be exposed to a greater amount of credit risk than a fund which invests in investment grade securities. The prices of lower grade securities are more sensitive to negative developments, such as a decline in the issuer’s revenues or a general economic downturn, than are the prices of higher grade securities. Securities of below investment grade quality are predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due and therefore involve a greater risk of default. In addition, to the extent the Fund uses credit derivatives, such use will expose it to additional risks in the event that the bonds underlying the derivatives default.
 
      Interest Rate Risk. Interest rate risk is the risk that credit securities will decline in value because of changes in market interest rates. When market interest rates rise, the market value of credit securities generally will fall. These risks may be greater in the current market environment because interest rates are near historically low levels.
 
67
 
 
 

 
 


Prevailing interest rates may be adversely impacted by market and economic factors, including the potential impact of tapering of “quantitative easing” by the Federal Reserve Board. If interest rates rise the markets may experience increased volatility, which may adversely affect the value and/or liquidity of certain of the Fund’s investments. Increases in interest rates may adversely affect the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective.
 
      The prices of longer-term securities fluctuate more than prices of shorter-term securities as interest rates change. The Fund’s use of leverage, as described below, will tend to increase common share interest rate risk. The Fund may utilize certain strategies for the purpose of reducing the interest rate sensitivity of credit securities held by the Fund and decreasing the Fund’s exposure to interest rate risk. The Fund may utilize futures, interest rate swaps and other derivatives transactions to implement these strategies. The Fund is not required to hedge its exposure to interest rate risk and may choose not to do so. In addition, there is no assurance that any attempts by the Fund to reduce interest rate risk will be successful or that any hedges that the Fund may establish will perfectly correlate with movements in interest rates.
 
      The Fund may invest in variable and floating rate debt instruments, which generally are less sensitive to interest rate changes than fixed rate instruments, but may decline in value in response to rising interest rates if, for example, the rates at which they pay interest do not rise as much, or as quickly, as market interest rates in general. Conversely, variable and floating rate instruments generally will not increase in value if interest rates decline. The Fund also may invest in inverse floating rate credit securities, which may decrease in value if interest rates increase, and which also may exhibit greater price volatility than fixed rate credit securities with similar credit quality. To the extent the Fund holds variable or floating rate instruments, a decrease (or, in the case of inverse floating rate securities, an increase) in market interest rates will adversely affect the income received from such securities, which may adversely affect the net asset value of the Common Shares.
 
Reinvestment Risk
 
      Reinvestment risk is the risk that income from the Fund’s portfolio will decline if the Fund invests the proceeds from matured, traded or called securities at market interest rates that are below the portfolio’s current earnings rate. A decline in income could affect the Common Shares’ market price or the overall return of the Fund.
 
Prepayment Risk
 
      During periods of declining interest rates, borrowers may exercise their option to prepay principal earlier than scheduled, forcing the Fund to reinvest in lower yielding securities. This is known as call or prepayment risk. Below investment grade securities frequently have call features that allow the issuer to redeem the security at dates prior to its stated maturity at a specified price (typically greater than par) only if certain prescribed conditions are met (“call protection”). An issuer may redeem a below investment grade security if, for example, the issuer can refinance the debt at a lower cost due to declining interest rates or an improvement in the credit standing of the issuer. For premium bonds (bonds acquired at prices that exceed their par or principal value) purchased by the Fund, prepayment risk may be enhanced given that the Fund would lose the potential value of the yield-to-maturity of the bonds in the event they are redeemed at the stated principal amount. Senior Loans and Second Lien Loans typically do not have call protection. The degree to which borrowers prepay Senior Loans and Second Lien Loans, whether as a contractual requirement or at their election, may be affected by general business conditions, the financial condition of the borrower and competitive conditions among Senior Loan and Second Lien Loan investors, among others. For these reasons, prepayments cannot be predicted with accuracy. Upon a prepayment, either in part or in full, the outstanding debt from which the Fund derives interest income will be reduced. The Fund may not be able to reinvest the proceeds received on terms as favorable as the prepaid investment.
 
Liquidity Risk
 
      The Fund may invest without limitation in securities for which there is no readily available trading market or which are otherwise illiquid. Securities within any of the types of credit securities in which the Fund may invest may be unregistered, restricted or illiquid. The Fund may invest in privately issued securities of both public and private companies, which may be illiquid. Securities of below investment grade quality tend to be less liquid than investment grade debt securities, and securities of financial distressed or bankrupt issuers may be particularly illiquid. Loans typically are not registered with the SEC and are not listed on any securities exchange and may at times be illiquid. Loan investments through participations and assignments are typically illiquid. Structured finance securities are typically privately offered and sold, and thus are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in
 
68
 
 
 

 


structured finance securities may be characterized by the Fund as illiquid securities; however, an active dealer market may exist which would allow such securities to be considered liquid in some circumstances. The securities and obligations of foreign issuers, particular issuers in emerging markets, may be more likely to experience periods of illiquidity. Derivative instruments, particularly privately-negotiated or over-the-counter derivatives, may be illiquid, although can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when the Fund seeks to close out an exchange traded derivative position. The Fund may not be able to readily dispose of illiquid securities and obligations at prices that approximate those at which the Fund could sell such securities and obligations if they were more widely traded and, as a result of such illiquidity, the Fund may have to sell other investments or engage in borrowing transactions if necessary to raise cash to meet its obligations. In addition, market, credit and other events may affect the prices of securities with limited liquidity held by the Fund to a greater extent than such events affect more liquid securities, thereby adversely affecting the Fund’s net asset value and ability to make distributions.
 
Valuation Risk
 
      Because the secondary markets for certain investments may be limited, they may be difficult to value. Where market quotations are not readily available or deemed unreliable, the Fund will value such securities in accordance with fair value procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees. Valuation of illiquid securities may require more research than for more liquid investments. In addition, elements of judgment may play a greater role in valuation in such cases than for investments with a more active secondary market because there is less reliable objective data available. A security that is fair valued may be valued at a price higher or lower than the value determined by other funds using their own fair valuation procedures. Prices obtained by the Fund upon the sale of such securities may not equal the value at which the Fund carried the investment on its books, which would adversely affect the net asset value of the Fund.
 
Duration And Maturity Risk
 
      The Fund has no set policy regarding maturity or duration of credit securities in which it may invest or of the Fund’s portfolio generally. The Adviser may seek to adjust the portfolio’s duration or maturity based on its assessment of current and projected market conditions and all factors that the Adviser deems relevant. Any decisions as to the targeted duration or maturity of any particular category of investments or of the Fund’s portfolio generally will be made based on all pertinent market factors at any given time. The Fund may incur costs in seeking to adjust the portfolio average duration or maturity. There can be no assurance that the Adviser’s assessment of current and projected market conditions will be correct or that any strategy to adjust the portfolio’s duration or maturity will be successful at any given time. Generally speaking, the longer the duration of the Fund’s portfolio, the more exposure the Fund will have to interest rate risk described above.
 
Below Investment Grade Securities Risk
 
      The Fund may invest in securities rated below investment grade or, if unrated, determined by the Adviser to be of comparable credit quality, which are commonly referred to as “high-yield” or “junk” bonds. Investment in securities of below investment grade quality involves substantial risk of loss. Securities of below investment grade quality are predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due and therefore involve a greater risk of default or decline in market value due to adverse economic and issuer-specific developments. Issuers of below investment grade securities are not perceived to be as strong financially as those with higher credit ratings. These issuers are more vulnerable to financial setbacks and recession than more creditworthy issuers, which may impair their ability to make interest and principal payments. Securities of below investment grade quality display increased price sensitivity to changing interest rates and to a deteriorating economic environment. The market values for securities of below investment grade quality tend to be more volatile and such securities tend to be less liquid than investment grade debt securities. To the extent that a secondary market does exist for certain below investment grade securities, the market for them may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods. Because of the substantial risks associated with investments in below investment grade securities, you could have an increased risk of losing money on your investment in Common Shares, both in the short-term and the long-term.
 
      The ratings of Moody’s, S&P, Fitch and other NRSROs represent their opinions as to the quality of the obligations which they undertake to rate. Ratings are relative and subjective and, although ratings may be useful in evaluating the safety of interest and principal payments, they do not evaluate the market value risk of such obligations.

69
 
 
 

 
 

To the extent that the Fund invests in securities that have not been rated by an NRSRO, the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objectives will be more dependent on the Adviser’s credit analysis than would be the case when the Fund invests in rated securities.
 
      The Fund may invest in securities rated in the lower rating categories (rated Caa1/CCC+ or below, or unrated but judged to be of comparable quality by the Adviser). For these securities, the risks associated with below investment grade instruments are more pronounced. Investments in the securities of financially distressed issuers involve substantial risks. The Fund may purchase stressed or distressed securities, including securities that are in default or the issuers of which are in bankruptcy, which involve heightened risks. See “Risks—Distressed and Defaulted Securities Risk.”
 
      In addition to the risks associated with below investment grade securities generally, DIP financings are subject to additional risks. DIP financings are arranged when an entity seeks the protections of the bankruptcy court under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and must be approved by the bankruptcy court. These financings allow the entity to continue its business operations while reorganizing under Chapter 11. DIP financings are typically fully secured by a lien on the debtor’s otherwise unencumbered assets or secured by a junior lien on the debtor’s encumbered assets (so long as the loan is fully secured based on the most recent current valuation or appraisal report of the debtor). DIP financings are often required to close with certainty and in a rapid manner in order to satisfy existing creditors and to enable the issuer to emerge from bankruptcy or to avoid a bankruptcy proceeding. There is a risk that the borrower will not emerge from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings and be forced to liquidate its assets under Chapter 7 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. In the event of liquidation, the Fund’s only recourse will be against the property securing the DIP financing.
 
Corporate Bond Risk
 
      The market value of a corporate bond may be affected by factors directly related to the issuer, such as investors’ perceptions of the creditworthiness of the issuer, the issuer’s financial performance, perceptions of the issuer in the market place, performance of management of the issuer, the issuer’s capital structure and use of financial leverage and demand for the issuer’s goods and services. There is a risk that the issuers of corporate bonds may not be able to meet their obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by an instrument. Corporate bonds of below investment grade quality are often high risk and have speculative characteristics and may be particularly susceptible to adverse issuer-specific developments. Corporate bonds of below investment grade quality are subject to the risks described herein under “Risks—Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.”
 
Senior Loans Risk
 
      Senior Loans hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a business entity, are typically secured with specific collateral and have a claim on the assets and/or stock of the Borrower that is senior to that held by subordinated debt holders and stockholders of the Borrower. Senior Loans in which the Fund will invest are generally rated below investment grade or unrated but believed by the Adviser to be of below investment grade quality and are considered speculative because of the credit risk of their issuers.
 
      There is less readily available, reliable information about most Senior Loans than is the case for many other types of securities. In addition, there is no minimum rating or other independent evaluation of a Borrower or its securities limiting the Fund’s investments, and the Adviser relies primarily on its own evaluation of a Borrower’s credit quality rather than on any available independent sources. As a result, the Fund is particularly dependent on the analytical abilities of the Adviser with respect to investments in Senior Loans. The Adviser’s judgment about the credit quality of a Borrower may be wrong.
 
      Issuers of below investment grade Senior Loans are more likely to default on their payments of interest and principal owed to the Fund than issuers of investment grade Senior Loans, and such defaults could reduce the Fund’s net asset value and income distributions. An economic downturn generally leads to a higher non-payment rate, and a Senior Loan may lose significant value before a default occurs. Moreover, any specific collateral used to secure a Senior Loan may decline in value or become illiquid, which would adversely affect the Senior Loan’s value.
 
      No active trading market may exist for certain Senior Loans, which may impair the ability of the Fund to realize full value in the event of the need to sell a Senior Loan and which may make it difficult to value Senior Loans. Adverse market conditions may impair the liquidity of some actively traded Senior Loans, meaning that the Fund may

70
 
 
 

 
 

not be able to sell them quickly at a desirable price. To the extent that a secondary market does exist for certain Senior Loans, the market may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods. Illiquid Senior Loans may also be difficult to value.
 
      Although the Senior Loans in which the Fund will invest generally will be secured by specific collateral, there can be no assurance that liquidation of such collateral would satisfy the Borrower’s obligation in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal or that such collateral could be readily liquidated. In the event of the bankruptcy of a Borrower, the Fund could experience delays or limitations with respect to its ability to realize the benefits of the collateral securing a Senior Loan. If the terms of a Senior Loan do not require the Borrower to pledge additional collateral in the event of a decline in the value of the already pledged collateral, the Fund will be exposed to the risk that the value of the collateral will not at all times equal or exceed the amount of the Borrower’s obligations under the Senior Loans. To the extent that a Senior Loan is collateralized by stock in the Borrower or its subsidiaries, such stock may lose all of its value in the event of the bankruptcy of the Borrower. Such Senior Loans involve a greater risk of loss. Some Senior Loans are subject to the risk that a court, pursuant to fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws, could subordinate the Senior Loans to presently existing or future indebtedness of the Borrower or take other action detrimental to lenders, including the Fund. Such court action could under certain circumstances include invalidation of Senior Loans.
 
      Senior Loans are subject to legislative risk. If legislation or state or federal regulations impose additional requirements or restrictions on the ability of financial institutions to make loans, the availability of Senior Loans for investment by the Fund may be adversely affected. In addition, such requirements or restrictions could reduce or eliminate sources of financing for certain Borrowers. This would increase the risk of default. If legislation or federal or state regulations require financial institutions to increase their capital requirements this may cause financial institutions to dispose of Senior Loans that are considered highly levered transactions. Such sales could result in prices that, in the opinion of the Adviser, do not represent fair value. If the Fund attempts to sell a Senior Loan at a time when a financial institution is engaging in such a sale, the price the Fund could receive for the Senior Loan may be adversely affected.
 
      The Fund’s investments in Senior Loans may be subject to lender liability risk. Lender liability refers to a variety of legal theories generally founded on the premise that a lender has violated a duty of good faith, commercial reasonableness and fair dealing, or a similar duty owed to the Borrower or has assumed an excessive degree of control over the Borrower resulting in the creation of a fiduciary duty owed to the Borrower or its other creditors or shareholders. Because of the nature of its investments, the Fund may be subject to allegations of lender liability. In addition, under common law principles that in some cases form the basis for lender liability claims, in which a court may elect to subordinate the claim of the offending lender or bondholder to the claims of the disadvantaged creditor or creditors.
 
      Economic exposure to Senior Loans through the use of derivatives transactions may involve greater risks than if the Fund had invested in the Senior Loan interest directly during a primary distribution or through assignments or participations in a loan acquired in secondary markets since, in addition to the risks described above, derivatives transactions to gain exposure to Senior Loans may be subject to leverage risk and greater illiquidity risk, counterparty risk, valuation risk and other risks associated with derivatives discussed herein.
 
Second Lien Loans Risk
 
      Second Lien Loans generally are subject to similar risks as those associated with investments in Senior Loans and below investment grade securities. Because Second Lien Loans are subordinated and thus lower in priority of payment to Senior Loans or other debt instruments with higher priority of the related Borrower, they are subject to the additional risk that the cash flow of the Borrower and property securing the loan or debt, if any, may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments and repayment of principal after giving effect to the senior secured obligations of the Borrower. This risk is generally higher for subordinated loans or debt which are not backed by a security interest in any specific collateral. Second Lien Loans generally have greater price volatility than Senior Loans and may be less liquid. Second Lien Loans share the same risks as other below investment grade securities.
 
Subordinated Secured Loans Risk
 
      Subordinated Secured Loans generally are subject to similar risks as those associated with investment in Senior Loans, Second Lien Loans and below investment grade securities. However, such loans may rank lower in right of

71
 
 
 

 
 

payment than any outstanding Senior Loans, Second Lien Loans or other debt instruments with higher priority of the Borrower and therefore are subject to additional risk that the cash flow of the Borrower and any property securing the loan may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments and repayment of principal in the event of default or bankruptcy after giving effect to the higher ranking secured obligations of the Borrower. Subordinated Secured Loans are expected to have greater price volatility than Senior Loans and Second Lien Loans and may be less liquid.
 
Unsecured Loans Risk
 
      Unsecured Loans generally are subject to similar risks as those associated with investment in Senior Loans, Second Lien Loans, Subordinated Secured Loans and below investment grade securities. However, because Unsecured Loans have lower priority in right of payment to any higher ranking obligations of the Borrower and are not backed by a security interest in any specific collateral, they are subject to additional risk that the cash flow of the Borrower and available assets may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments and repayment of principal after giving effect to any higher ranking obligations of the Borrower. Unsecured Loans are expected to have greater price volatility than Senior Loans, Second Lien Loans and Subordinated Secured Loans and may be less liquid.
 
Loan Participations and Assignments Risk
 
      The Fund may purchase Loans on a direct assignment basis from a participant in the original syndicate of lenders or from subsequent assignees of such interests. The Fund may also purchase, without limitation, participations in Loans. The purchaser of an assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations of the assigning institution and becomes a lender under the credit agreement with respect to the debt obligation; however, the purchaser’s rights can be more restricted than those of the assigning institution, and, in any event, the Fund may not be able to unilaterally enforce all rights and remedies under the loan and with regard to any associated collateral. A participation typically results in a contractual relationship only with the institution participating out the interest, not with the Borrower. In purchasing participations, the Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the Borrower with the terms of the loan agreement against the Borrower, and the Fund may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the debt obligation in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, the Fund will be exposed to the credit risk of both the Borrower and the institution selling the participation. Further, in purchasing participations in lending syndicates, the Fund may not be able to conduct the same due diligence on the Borrower with respect to a Senior Loan that the Fund would otherwise conduct. In addition, as a holder of the participations, the Fund may not have voting rights or inspection rights that the Fund would otherwise have if it were investing directly in the Senior Loan, which may result in the Fund being exposed to greater credit or fraud risk with respect to the Borrower or the Senior Loan. Lenders selling a participation and other persons interpositioned between the lender and the Fund with respect to a participation will likely conduct their principal business activities in the banking, finance and financial services industries. Because the Fund may invest in participations, the Fund may be more susceptible to economic, political or regulatory occurrences affecting such industries. Unfunded commitments to purchase loan participations or assignments may have the effect of requiring the Fund to increase its investment in a company at a time when it might not be desirable to do so (including at a time when the company’s financial condition makes it unlikely that such amounts will be repaid).
 
Mezzanine Investments Risk
 
      The Fund may invest in certain lower grade securities known as “Mezzanine Investments,” which are subordinated debt securities that are generally issued in private placements in connection with an equity security (e.g., with attached warrants) or may be convertible into equity securities. Mezzanine Investments are generally subject to similar risks associated with investment in Senior Loans, Second Lien Loans and other below investment grade securities. However, Mezzanine Investments may rank lower in right of payment than any outstanding Senior Loans, Second Lien Loans and other debt instruments with higher priority of the borrower, or may be unsecured (i.e., not backed by a security interest in any specific collateral), and are subject to the additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower and available assets may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments and repayment of principal after giving effect to any higher ranking obligations of the borrower. Mezzanine Investments are expected to have greater price volatility and exposure to losses upon default than Senior Loans and Second Lien Loans and may be less liquid.
 
Preferred Securities Risk
 
There are special risks associated with investing in preferred securities:
 
72
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
      Deferral. Preferred securities may contain provisions that permit the issuer, at its discretion, to defer distributions for a stated period without any adverse consequences to the issuer. If the Fund owns a preferred security that is deferring its distributions, the Fund may be required to report income for tax purposes although it has not yet received such income.
 
      Subordination. Preferred securities are subordinated to bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure in terms of having priority to corporate income and liquidation payments, and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than more senior debt instruments.
 
      Liquidity. Preferred securities may be substantially less liquid than many other securities, such as common stocks or U.S. Government securities.
 
      Limited Voting Rights. Generally, preferred security holders (such as the Fund) have no voting rights with respect to the issuing company unless preferred dividends have been in arrears for a specified number of periods, at which time the preferred security holders may elect a number of directors to the issuer’s board. Generally, once all the arrearages have been paid, the preferred security holders no longer have voting rights. In the case of trust preferred securities, holders generally have no voting rights, except if (i) the issuer fails to pay dividends for a specified period of time or (ii) a declaration of default occurs and is continuing.
 
      Special Redemption Rights. In certain varying circumstances, an issuer of preferred securities may redeem the securities prior to a specified date. For instance, for certain types of preferred securities, a redemption may be triggered by certain changes in U.S. federal income tax or securities laws. As with call provisions, a special redemption by the issuer may negatively impact the return of the security held by the Fund.
 
      New Types Of Securities. From time to time, preferred securities, including hybrid-preferred securities, have been, and may in the future be, offered having features other than those described herein. The Fund reserves the right to invest in these securities if the Adviser believes that doing so would be consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and policies. Since the market for these instruments would be new, the Fund may have difficulty disposing of them at a suitable price and time. In addition to limited liquidity, these instruments may present other risks, such as high price volatility.
 
Convertible Securities Risk
 
      Convertible securities generally offer lower interest or dividend yields than non-convertible securities of similar quality. As with all credit securities, the market values of convertible securities tend to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, to increase as interest rates decline. However, when the market price of the common stock underlying a convertible security exceeds the conversion price, the convertible security tends to reflect the market price of the underlying common stock. As the market price of the underlying common stock declines, the convertible security tends to trade increasingly on the basis of yield and maturity and thus may not decline in price to the same extent as the underlying common stock. Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in an issuer’s capital structure and consequently entail less risk than the issuer’s common stock.
 
Distressed And Defaulted Securities Risk
 
      Investments in the securities of financially distressed issuers involve substantial risks. These securities may present a substantial risk of default or may be in default at the time of investment. The Fund may incur additional expenses to the extent it is required to seek recovery upon a default in the payment of principal or interest on its portfolio holdings. In any reorganization or liquidation proceeding relating to a portfolio company, the Fund may lose its entire investment or may be required to accept cash or securities with a value less than its original investment. Among the risks inherent in investments in a troubled entity is the fact that it frequently may be difficult to obtain information as to the true financial condition of such issuer. The Adviser’s judgment about the credit quality of the issuer and the relative value and liquidity of its securities may prove to be wrong.
 
Structured Finance Investments Risk
 
      The Fund’s structured finance investments may include RMBS and CMBS issued by governmental entities and private issuers, other ABS and CLOs, CDOs and CBOs, structured notes, credit-linked notes and other types of structured finance securities. Holders of structured finance securities bear risks of the underlying investments, index or reference obligation and are subject to counterparty risk. The Fund may have the right to receive payments only from the issuer of the structured finance security, and generally does not have direct rights against the issuer or the entity that sold the assets to be securitized. While certain structured finance investments enable the investor to acquire

73
 
 
 
 

 
 

interests in a pool of securities without the brokerage and other expenses associated with directly holding the same securities, investors in structured finance securities generally pay their share of the structured finance security issuer’s administrative and other expenses. The prices of indices and securities underlying structured finance securities, and, therefore, the prices of structured finance securities, will be influenced by, and will rise and fall in response to, the same types of political and economic events that affect issuers of securities and capital markets generally. If the issuer of a structured finance security uses shorter term financing to purchase longer term securities, the issuer may be forced to sell its securities at below market prices if it experiences difficulty in obtaining short-term financing, which may adversely affect the value of the structured finance securities owned by the Fund. Certain structured finance securities may be thinly traded or have a limited trading market.
 
      The Fund may invest in structured finance securities collateralized by low grade or defaulted loans or securities. Investments in such structured finance securities are subject to the risks associated with below investment grade securities. Such securities are characterized by high risk. It is likely that an economic recession could severely disrupt the market for such securities and may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities.
 
      The Fund may invest in senior and subordinated classes issued by structured finance vehicles. The payment of cash flows from the underlying assets to senior classes take precedence over those of subordinated classes, and therefore subordinated classes are subject to greater risk. Furthermore, the leveraged nature of subordinated classes may magnify the adverse impact on such class of changes in the value of the assets, changes in the distributions on the assets, defaults and recoveries on the assets, capital gains and losses on the assets, prepayment on assets and availability, price and interest rates of assets.
 
      Structured finance securities are typically privately offered and sold, and thus are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in structured finance securities may be characterized by the Fund as illiquid securities; however, an active dealer market may exist which would allow such securities to be considered liquid in some circumstances.
 
MBS Risks
 
      MBS represent an interest in a pool of mortgages. MBS are subject to certain risks: credit risk associated with the performance of the underlying mortgage properties and of the borrowers owning these properties; risks associated with their structure and execution (including the collateral, the process by which principal and interest payments are allocated and distributed to investors and how credit losses affect the return to investors in such MBS); risks associated with the servicer of the underlying mortgages; adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances, which are more likely to have an adverse impact on MBS secured by loans on certain types of commercial properties than on those secured by loans on residential properties; prepayment risk, which can lead to significant fluctuations in the value of the MBS; loss of all or part of the premium, if any, paid; and decline in the market value of the security, whether resulting from changes in interest rates, prepayments on the underlying mortgage collateral or perceptions of the credit risk associated with the underlying mortgage collateral. The value of MBS may be substantially dependent on the servicing of the underlying pool of mortgages. In addition, the Fund’s level of investment in MBS of a particular type or in MBS issued or guaranteed by affiliated obligors, serviced by the same servicer or backed by underlying collateral located in a specific geographic region, may subject the Fund to additional risk.
 
      When market interest rates decline, more mortgages are refinanced and the securities are paid off earlier than expected. Prepayments may also occur on a scheduled basis or due to foreclosure. When market interest rates increase, the market values of MBS decline. At the same time, however, mortgage refinancings and prepayments slow, which lengthens the effective maturities of these securities. As a result, the negative effect of the rate increase on the market value of MBS is usually more pronounced than it is for other types of debt securities. The Fund may invest in sub-prime mortgages or MBS that are backed by sub-prime mortgages.
 
      Moreover, the relationship between prepayments and interest rates may give some high-yielding MBS less potential for growth in value than conventional bonds with comparable maturities. During periods of falling interest rates, the reinvestment of prepayment proceeds by the Fund will generally be at lower rates than the rates that were carried by the obligations that have been prepaid. Because of these and other reasons, MBS’s total return and maturity may be difficult to predict precisely. To the extent that the Fund purchases MBS at a premium, prepayments (which may be made without penalty) may result in loss of the Fund’s principal investment to the extent of premium paid.
 
     MBS generally are classified as either CMBS or RMBS, each of which are subject to certain specific risks.
 
74
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
      Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities Risk. The market for CMBS developed more recently and, in terms of total outstanding principal amount of issues, is relatively small compared to the market for residential single-family MBS. CMBS are subject to particular risks. CBS are subject to risks associated with lack of standardized terms, shorter maturities than residential mortgage loans and payment of all or substantially all of the principal only at maturity rather than regular amortization of principal. In addition, commercial lending generally is viewed as exposing the lender to a greater risk of loss than residential lending. Commercial lending typically involves larger loans to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers than residential mortgage loans. In addition, the repayment of loans secured by income producing properties typically is dependent upon the successful operation of the related real estate project and the cash flow generated therefrom. Net operating income of an income-producing property can be affected by, among other things: tenant mix, success of tenant businesses, property management decisions, property location and condition, competition from comparable types of properties, changes in laws that increase operating expense or limit rents that may be charged, any need to address environmental contamination at the property, the occurrence of any uninsured casualty at the property, changes in national, regional or local economic conditions and/or specific industry segments, declines in regional or local real estate values, declines in regional or local rental or occupancy rates, increases in interest rates, real estate tax rates and other operating expenses, change in governmental rules, regulations and fiscal policies, including environmental legislation, acts of God, terrorism, social unrest and civil disturbances.
 
      Consequently, adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances are more likely to have an adverse impact on MBS secured by loans on commercial properties than on those secured by loans on residential properties. Additional risks may be presented by the type and use of a particular commercial property. Special risks are presented by hospitals, nursing homes, hospitality properties and certain other property types. Commercial property values and net operating income are subject to volatility, which may result in net operating income becoming insufficient to cover debt service on the related mortgage loan. The exercise of remedies and successful realization of liquidation proceeds relating to CMBS may be highly dependent on the performance of the servicer or special servicer. There may be a limited number of special servicers available, particularly those that do not have conflicts of interest.
 
      Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities Risk. Credit-related risk on RMBS arises from losses due to delinquencies and defaults by the borrowers in payments on the underlying mortgage loans and breaches by originators and servicers of their obligations under the underlying documentation pursuant to which the RMBS are issued. The rate of delinquencies and defaults on residential mortgage loans and the aggregate amount of the resulting losses will be affected by a number of factors, including general economic conditions, particularly those in the area where the related mortgaged property is located, the level of the borrower’s equity in the mortgaged property and the individual financial circumstances of the borrower. If a residential mortgage loan is in default, foreclosure on the related residential property may be a lengthy and difficult process involving significant legal and other expenses. The net proceeds obtained by the holder on a residential mortgage loan following the foreclosure on the related property may be less than the total amount that remains due on the loan. The prospect of incurring a loss upon the foreclosure of the related property may lead the holder of the residential mortgage loan to restructure the residential mortgage loan or otherwise delay the foreclosure process.
 
      MBS issued by FNMA or FHLMC are guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by FNMA or FHLMC, but are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. In 2008, the FHFA, a new independent regulatory agency, placed FNMA and FHLMC into conservatorship, a statutory process designed to stabilize a troubled institution with the objective of returning the entity to normal business operations. Under the Federal Housing Finance Regulatory Reform Act of 2008 (the “Reform Act”), which was included as part of the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008, FHFA, as conservator or receiver, has the power to repudiate any contract entered into by FNMA or FHLMC prior to FHFA’s appointment as conservator or receiver, as applicable, if FHFA determines, in its sole discretion, that performance of the contract is burdensome and that repudiation of the contract promotes the orderly administration of FNMA’s or FHLMC’s affairs. FHFA, in its capacity as conservator, has indicated that it has no intention to repudiate the guaranty obligations of FNMA or FHLMC. Further, in its capacity as conservator or receiver, FHFA has the right to transfer or sell any asset or liability of FNMA or FHLMC without any approval, assignment or consent. Although FHFA has stated that it has no present intention to do so, if FHFA, as conservator or receiver, were to transfer any such guaranty obligation to another party, holders of FNMA or FHLMC MBS would have to rely on that party for satisfaction of the guaranty obligation and would be exposed to the credit risk of that party.
 
75
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
      Various proposals have been put forth to further reform the U.S. housing and mortgage markets. The Fund and the Adviser cannot predict the future political, regulatory or economic changes that could impact the FNMA, FHLMC and the FHLBs, and the values of their related securities or obligations, and the market for MBS generally.
 
      Legal risks associated with RMBS can arise as a result of the procedures followed in connection with the origination of the mortgage loans or the servicing thereof, which may be subject to various federal and state laws (including, without limitation, predatory lending laws), public policies and principles of equity that regulate interest rates and other charges, require certain disclosures, require licensing of originators, prohibit discriminatory lending practices, regulate the use of consumer credit information and debt collection practices and may limit the servicer’s ability to collect all or part of the principal of or interest on a residential mortgage loan, entitle the borrower to a refund of amounts previously paid by it or subject the servicer to damages and sanctions.
 
      Sub-Prime Mortgage Market Risk. The residential mortgage market in the United States has experienced difficulties that may adversely affect the performance and market value of certain mortgages and MBS. Delinquencies and losses on residential mortgage loans (especially sub-prime and second-lien mortgage loans) generally have increased recently and may continue to increase, and a decline in or flattening of housing values (as has recently been experienced and may continue to be experienced in many housing markets) may exacerbate such delinquencies and losses. Borrowers with adjustable rate mortgage loans are more sensitive to changes in interest rates, which affect their monthly mortgage payments, and may be unable to secure replacement mortgages at comparably low interest rates. Also, a number of residential mortgage loan originators have experienced serious financial difficulties or bankruptcy. Largely due to the foregoing, reduced investor demand for mortgage loans and MBS and increased investor yield requirements caused limited liquidity in the secondary market for certain MBS, which can adversely affect the market value of MBS. It is possible that such limited liquidity in such secondary markets could continue or worsen. If the economy of the United States deteriorates further, the incidence of mortgage foreclosures, especially sub-prime mortgages, may increase, which may adversely affect the value of any MBS owned by the Fund.

     Any increase in prevailing market interest rates, which are currently near historical lows, may result in increased payments for borrowers who have adjustable rate mortgages. Moreover, with respect to hybrid mortgage loans after their initial fixed rate period, interest-only products or products having a lower rate, and with respect to mortgage loans with a negative amortization feature which reach their negative amortization cap, borrowers may experience a substantial increase in their monthly payment even without an increase in prevailing market interest rates. Increases in payments for borrowers may result in increased rates of delinquencies and defaults on residential mortgage loans underlying the RMBS.

     The significance of the mortgage crisis and loan defaults in residential mortgage loan sectors led to the enactment of numerous pieces of legislation relating to the mortgage and housing markets. These actions, along with future legislation or regulation, may have significant impacts on the mortgage market generally and may result in a reduction of available transactional opportunities for the Fund or an increase in the cost associated with such transactions and may adversely impact the value of RMBS.

     During the mortgage crisis, a number of originators and servicers of residential and commercial mortgage loans, including some of the largest originators and servicers in the residential and commercial mortgage loan market, experienced serious financial difficulties. Such difficulties may affect the performance of non-agency RMBS and CMBS. There can be no assurance that originators and servicers of mortgage loans will not continue to experience serious financial difficulties or experience such difficulties in the future, including becoming subject to bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, or that underwriting procedures and policies and protections against fraud will be sufficient in the future to prevent such financial difficulties or significant levels of default or delinquency on mortgage loans.

      Stripped MBS Risk. Stripped MBS may be subject to additional risks. One type of stripped MBS pays to one class all of the interest from the mortgage assets (the interest only or IO class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the principal only or PO class). The yield to maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on the Fund’s yield to maturity from these securities. If the assets underlying the IO class experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Fund may fail to recoup fully, or at all, its initial investment in these securities. Conversely, PO class securities tend to decline in value if prepayments are slower than anticipated.
 
 
76
 
 
 

 

 
      CMO Risk. There are certain risks associated specifically with CMOs. CMOs are debt obligations collateralized by mortgage loans or mortgage pass-through securities. The average life of a CMO is determined using mathematical models that incorporate prepayment assumptions and other factors that involve estimates of future economic and market conditions. Actual future results may vary from these estimates, particularly during periods of extreme market volatility. Further, under certain market conditions, such as those that occurred during the recent downturn in the mortgage markets, the weighted average life of certain CMOs may not accurately reflect the price volatility of such securities. For example, in periods of supply and demand imbalances in the market for such securities and/or in periods of sharp interest rate movements, the prices of CMOs may fluctuate to a greater extent than would be expected from interest rate movements alone. CMOs issued by private entities are not obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities and are not guaranteed by any government agency, although the securities underlying a CMO may be subject to a guarantee. Therefore, if the collateral securing the CMO, as well as any third party credit support or guarantees, is insufficient to make payments when due, the holder could sustain a loss.

     Inverse floating rate CMOs are typically more volatile than fixed or floating rate tranches of CMOs. Many inverse floating rate CMOs have coupons that move inversely to a multiple of an index. The effect of the coupon varying inversely to a multiple of an applicable index creates a leverage factor. Inverse floaters based on multiples of a stated index are designed to be highly sensitive to changes in interest rates and can subject the holders thereof to extreme reductions of yield and loss of principal. The markets for inverse floating rate CMOs with highly leveraged characteristics at times may be very thin. The Fund’s ability to dispose of its positions in such securities will depend on the degree of liquidity in the markets for such securities. It is impossible to predict the amount of trading interest that may exist in such securities, and therefore the future degree of liquidity.

ABS Risk

     In addition to the general risks associated with credit securities discussed herein and the risks discussed under “Structured Finance Investments Risks,” ABS are subject to additional risks. ABS involve certain risks in addition to those presented by MBS. ABS do not have the benefit of the same security interest in the underlying collateral as MBS and are more dependent on the borrower’s ability to pay and may provide the Fund with a less effective security interest in the related collateral than do MBS. There is the possibility that recoveries on the underlying collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities. The collateral underlying ABS may constitute assets related to a wide range of industries and sectors, such as credit card and automobile receivables.

     For example, ABS can be collateralized with credit card and automobile receivables. Credit card receivables are generally unsecured, and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give debtors the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due.

     Most issuers of automobile receivables permit the servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related automobile receivables. In addition, because of the large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical requirements under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile receivables may not have an effective security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables. If the economy of the United States deteriorates, defaults on securities backed by credit card, automobile and other receivables may increase, which may adversely affect the value of any ABS owned by the Fund. In recent years, certain automobile manufacturers have been granted access to emergency loans from the U.S. Government and have experienced bankruptcy. As a result of these events, the value of securities backed by receivables from the sale or lease of automobiles may be adversely affected.

CLO, CDO and CBO Risk

     In addition to the general risks associated with credit securities discussed herein and the risks discussed under “Structured Finance Investments Risks,” CLOs, CDOs and CBOs are subject to additional risks. CLOs, CDOs and CBOs are subject to risks associated with the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; and the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.
 
77
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
     The credit quality of CLOs, CDOs and CBOs depends primarily upon the quality of the underlying assets and the level of credit support and/or enhancement provided. The underlying assets (e.g., debt obligations) of CLOs, CDOs and CBOs are subject to prepayments, which shorten the weighted average maturity and may lower the return of CLOs, CDOs and CBOs. If the credit support or enhancement is exhausted, losses or delays in payment may result if the required payments of principal and interest are not made. The transaction documents relating to the issuance of CLOs, CDOs and CBOs may impose eligibility criteria on the assets of the issuing SPV, restrict the ability of the investment manager to trade investments and impose certain portfolio-wide asset quality requirements. These criteria, restrictions and requirements may limit the ability of the SPV’s investment manager to maximize returns on the CLOs, CDOs and CBOs. In addition, other parties involved in CLOs, CDOs and CBOs, such as third party credit enhancers and investors in the rated tranches, may impose requirements that have an adverse effect on the returns of the various tranches of CLOs, CDOs and CBOs. Furthermore, CLO, CDO and CBO transaction documents generally contain provisions that, in the event that certain tests are not met (generally interest coverage and over-collateralization tests at varying levels in the capital structure), proceeds that would otherwise be distributed to holders of a junior tranche must be diverted to pay down the senior tranches until such tests are satisfied. Failure (or increased likelihood of failure) of a CLO, CDO or CBO to make timely payments on a particular tranche will have an adverse effect on the liquidity and market value of such tranche.
 
     Payments to holders of CLOs, CDOs and CBOs may be subject to deferral. If cashflows generated by the underlying assets are insufficient to make all current and, if applicable, deferred payments on the CLOs, CDOs and CBOs, no other assets will be available for payment of the deficiency and, following realization of the underlying assets, the obligations of the issuer to pay such deficiency will be extinguished.

     The value of securities issued by CLOs, CDOs and CBOs also may change because of changes in market value, that is changes in the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the servicing agent for the pool, the originator of the pool, or the financial institution or fund providing the credit support or enhancement. Finally, CLOs, CDOs and CBOs are limited recourse and may not be paid in full and may be subject to up to 100% loss.

     Section 13 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, often referred to as the “Volcker Rule,” is imposes restrictions on banking entities’ ability to sponsor or invest in certain CLOs, CDOs and CBOs. These restrictions may have an adverse effect on the CLO, CDO and CBO market generally, including the availability, liquidity and value of certain CLOs, CDOs and CBOs.

Structured Notes Risk

     Investments in structured notes involve risks associated with the issuer of the note and the reference instrument. Where the Fund’s investments in structured notes are based upon the movement of one or more factors used as a reference for payments required on the note, including currency exchange rates, interest rates, referenced bonds or stock indices, depending on the use of multipliers or deflators, changes in the applicable factors may cause significant price fluctuations. Additionally, changes in the reference instrument or security may cause the interest rate on the structured note to be reduced to zero, and any further changes in the reference instrument may then reduce the principal amount payable on maturity. Structured notes may be less liquid than other types of securities and more volatile than the reference instrument or security underlying the note.

Foreign Securities Risk

     The Fund may invest without limitation in securities of non-U.S. issuers, including issuers in emerging markets. Investing in foreign issuers may involve certain risks not typically associated with investing in securities of U.S. issuers due to increased exposure to foreign economic, political and legal developments, including favorable or unfavorable changes in currency exchange rates, exchange control regulations (including currency blockage), expropriation or nationalization of assets, imposition of withholding taxes on payments, and possible difficulty in obtaining and enforcing judgments against foreign entities. Furthermore, issuers of foreign securities and obligations are subject to different, often less comprehensive, accounting, reporting and disclosure requirements than domestic issuers. The securities and obligations of some foreign companies and foreign markets are less liquid and at times more volatile than comparable U.S. securities, obligations and markets. Securities markets in foreign countries often are not as developed, efficient or liquid as securities markets in the United States, and therefore, the prices of foreign securities can be more volatile. Certain foreign countries may impose restrictions on the ability of issuers to make payments of principal and interest to investors located outside the country. In the event of nationalization,
 
78
 
 
 
 

 


expropriation or other confiscation, the Fund could lose its entire investment in a foreign security. Foreign brokerage commissions and other fees are also generally higher than in the United States. There are also special tax considerations which apply to securities and obligations of foreign issuers and securities and obligations principally traded overseas. These risks may be more pronounced to the extent that the Fund invests a significant amount of its assets in companies located in one country or geographic region, in which case the Fund may be more exposed to regional economic risks, and to the extent that the Fund invests in securities of issuers in emerging markets. The Fund may also invest in U.S. dollar-denominated securities of foreign issuers, which are subject to many of the risks described above regarding securities of foreign issuers denominated in foreign currencies.

Emerging Markets Risk

     Investments in securities the issuers of which are located in countries considered to be emerging markets are subject to heightened risks relative to foreign investing generally and are considered speculative. “Emerging market” countries generally include every nation in the world except developed countries, that is, the United States, Canada, Japan, Australia, New Zealand and most countries located in Western Europe. Compared to developed countries, emerging market countries may have relatively unstable governments, economies based on only a few industries and securities markets that trade a small number of securities. Securities issued by companies located in emerging market countries tend to be especially volatile and may be less liquid than securities traded in developed countries. In the past, securities in these countries have been characterized by greater potential loss than securities of companies located in developed countries. Foreign investment in certain emerging market countries may be restricted or controlled to varying degrees. These restrictions or controls may at times limit or preclude foreign investment in certain emerging market issuers and increase the costs and expenses of the Fund. Certain emerging market countries require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons in a particular issuer, limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular issuer, limit the investment by foreign persons only to a specific class of securities of an issuer that may have less advantageous rights than the classes available for purchase by domiciliaries of the countries and/or impose additional taxes on foreign investors.

     Investments in issuers located in emerging markets pose a greater degree of systemic risk. The inter-relatedness of institutions within a country and among emerging market economies has increased in recent years. Institutional failures or economic difficulties may spread throughout a country, region or emerging market countries throughout the world, which may limit the ability of the Fund to manage risk through geographic diversification. Bankruptcy law and creditor reorganization processes may differ substantially from those in the United States, resulting in greater uncertainty as to the rights of creditors, the enforceability of such rights, reorganization timing and the classification, seniority and treatment of claims.

Foreign Currency Risk

     The Fund’s investment performance may be negatively affected by a devaluation of a currency in which the Fund’s investments are denominated or quoted. Further, the Fund’s investment performance may be significantly affected, either positively or negatively, by currency exchange rates because the U.S. dollar value of securities denominated or quoted in another currency will increase or decrease in response to changes in the value of such currency in relation to the U.S. dollar. Foreign currency rates may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time for various reasons, including changes in interest rates, inflation, balance of payments, governmental surpluses or deficits, intervention or non-intervention by U.S. or foreign governments, central banks or supranational entities, the imposition of currency controls and political developments in the U.S. and abroad. The Adviser may, but is not required to, elect for the Fund to seek to protect itself from changes in currency exchange rates through hedging transactions depending on market conditions. There can be no assurance that such strategies will be available or will be used by the Fund or, if used, will be successful. Certain countries, particularly emerging market countries, may impose foreign currency exchange controls or other restrictions on the repatriation, transferability or convertibility of currency.

Financial Leverage Risk

     The Fund employs Financial Leverage through the issuance of Indebtedness and/or the use of reverse repurchase agreements. The Adviser anticipates that the use of Financial Leverage may result in higher income to Common Shareholders over time; however, there can be no assurance that the Adviser’s expectations will be realized or that a leveraging strategy will be successful in any particular time period. Use of Financial Leverage creates an opportunity

79
 
 
 
 

 
 

for increased income and capital appreciation but, at the same time, creates special risks. Leverage is a speculative technique that exposes the Fund to greater risk and increased costs than if it were not implemented. There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be utilized or will be successful.

     The use of leverage by the Fund will cause the net asset value, and possibly the market price, of the Fund’s Common Shares to fluctuate significantly in response to changes in interest rates and other economic indicators. As a result, the net asset value and market price and dividend rate of the Common Shares of the Fund is likely to be more volatile than those of a closed-end management investment company that is not exposed to leverage. In a declining market the use of leverage may result in a greater decline in the net asset value of the Common Shares than if the Fund were not leveraged.

     Financial Leverage will increase operating costs, which may reduce total return. The Fund will have to pay interest on its Indebtedness, if any, which may reduce the Fund’s return. This interest expense may be greater than the Fund’s return on the underlying investment, which would negatively affect the performance of the Fund. Increases in interest rates that the Fund must pay on its Indebtedness will increase the cost of leverage and may reduce the return to Common Shareholders. This risk may be greater in the current market environment because interest rates are near historically low levels.
 
     Certain types of Indebtedness subject the Fund to covenants in credit agreements relating to asset coverage and portfolio composition requirements. Certain Indebtedness issued by the Fund also may be subject to certain restrictions on investments imposed by guidelines of one or more NRSROs, which may issue ratings for such Indebtedness. These guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed by the 1940 Act. It is not anticipated that these covenants or guidelines will impede the Adviser from managing the Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies.

     Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risks that the interest income earned on the investment of the proceeds will be less than the interest expense and Fund expenses associated with the repurchase agreement, that the market value of the securities sold by the Fund may decline below the price at which the Fund is obligated to repurchase such securities and that the securities may not be returned to the Fund. There is no assurance that reverse repurchase agreements can be successfully employed. Dollar roll transactions involve the risk that the market value of the securities the Fund is required to purchase may decline below the agreed upon repurchase price of those securities. Successful use of dollar rolls may depend upon the Adviser’s ability to correctly predict interest rates and prepayments. There is no assurance that dollar rolls can be successfully employed. In connection with reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls, the Fund will also be subject to counterparty risk with respect to the purchaser of the securities. If the broker/dealer to whom the Fund sells securities becomes insolvent, the Fund’s right to purchase or repurchase securities may be restricted.

     The Fund may have Financial Leverage outstanding during a shorter-term period during which such Financial Leverage may not be beneficial to the Fund if the Fund believes that the long-term benefits to Common Shareholders of such Financial Leverage would outweigh the costs and portfolio disruptions associated with redeeming and reissuing such Financial Leverage. However, there can be no assurance that the Fund’s judgment in weighing such costs and benefits will be correct.

     During the time in which the Fund is utilizing Financial Leverage, the amount of the fees paid to the Adviser for investment advisory services will be higher than if the Fund did not utilize Financial Leverage because the fees paid will be calculated based on the Fund’s Managed Assets, including proceeds of Financial Leverage. This may create a conflict of interest between the Adviser and the Common Shareholders, as holders of Indebtedness, Preferred Shares or other forms of Financial Leverage do not bear the investment advisory fee. Rather, Common Shareholders bear the portion of the investment advisory fee attributable to the assets purchased with the proceeds of Financial Leverage, which means that Common Shareholders effectively bear the entire advisory fee. In order to manage this conflict of interest, the Board of Trustees will receive regular reports from the Adviser regarding the Fund’s use of Financial Leverage and the effect of Financial Leverage on the management of the Fund’s portfolio and the performance of the Fund.

     In addition, the Fund may engage in certain derivatives transactions that have economic characteristics similar to leverage. To the extent the terms of any such transaction obligate the Fund to make payments, the Fund intends to earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the current value of the amount then

 
80
 
 
 
 

 


payable by the Fund under the terms of such transactions or otherwise cover such transactions in accordance with applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC. To the extent the terms of any such transaction obligate the Fund to deliver particular securities to extinguish the Fund’s obligations under such transactions, the Fund may “cover” its obligations under such transaction by either (i) owning the securities or collateral underlying such transactions or (ii) having an absolute and immediate right to acquire such securities or collateral without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, having earmarked or segregated cash or liquid securities). Securities so segregated or designated as “cover” will be unavailable for sale by the Adviser (unless replaced by other securities qualifying for segregation or cover requirements), which may adversely affect the ability of the Fund to pursue its investment objective.

     Recent economic and market events have contributed to severe market volatility and caused severe liquidity strains in the credit markets. If dislocations in the credit markets continue, the Fund’s Financial Leverage costs may increase and there is a risk that the Fund may not be able to renew or replace existing Financial Leverage on favorable terms or at all. If the cost of Financial Leverage is no longer favorable, or if the Fund is otherwise required to reduce its Financial Leverage, the Fund may not be able to maintain distributions on Common Shares at historical levels and Common Shareholders will bear any costs associated with selling portfolio securities.
 
Equity Securities Risk

     Common equity securities prices fluctuate for a number of reasons, including changes in investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer, the general condition of the relevant stock market and broader domestic and international political and economic events. They may also decline due to factors which affect a particular industry or industries, such as labor shortages or increased production costs and competitive conditions within an industry. The value of a particular common stock held by the Fund may decline for a number of other reasons which directly relate to the issuer, such as management performance, financial leverage, the issuer’s historical and prospective earnings, the value of its assets and reduced demand for its goods and services. In addition, common stock prices may be particularly sensitive to rising interest rates, as the cost of capital rises and borrowing costs increase. The prices of common equity securities are also sensitive to general movements in the stock market, so a drop in the stock market may depress the prices of common stocks and other equity securities to which the Fund has exposure. While broad market measures of common stocks have historically generated higher average returns than debt securities, common stocks have also experienced significantly more volatility in those returns. Common equity securities in which the Fund may invest are structurally subordinated to preferred stock, bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure in terms of priority to corporate income and are therefore inherently more risky than preferred stock or debt instruments of such issuers. Dividends on common equity securities which the Fund may hold are not fixed but are declared at the discretion of an issuer’s board of directors. There is no guarantee that the issuers of the common equity securities in which the Fund invests will declare dividends in the future or that, if declared, they will remain at current levels or increase over time.

Mid-Cap And Small-Cap Company Risk

     Investing in the securities of medium-sized or small market capitalizations (“mid-cap” and “small-cap” companies, respectively) presents some particular investment risks. Mid-cap and small-cap companies may have limited product lines and markets, as well as shorter operating histories, less experienced management and more limited financial resources than larger companies, and may be more vulnerable to adverse general market or economic developments. Securities of mid-cap and small-cap companies may be less liquid than those of larger companies, and may experience greater price fluctuations than larger companies. In addition, mid-cap or small-cap company securities may not be widely followed by investors, which may result in reduced demand.

Options Risk

     There are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected events.

     As the writer of a call option on a security held in the Fund’s portfolio (commonly known as a “covered” call option), the Fund forgoes, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the strike price of the call, but retains the risk of
 
81
 
 
 
 

 


loss (net of the premium received) should the price of the underlying security decline. As the Fund writes covered calls over more of its portfolio, its ability to benefit from capital appreciation becomes more limited.

     There are special risks associated with uncovered option writing (i.e. writing options on securities not held in the Fund’s portfolio, on indices or on exchange traded funds comprised of such securities or that track such indices), which expose the Fund to potentially significant loss. As the writer of an uncovered call option, the Fund has no risk of loss should the price of the underlying security or index decline, but bears unlimited risk of loss should the price of the underlying security or index increase above the exercise price.

     The value of options written by the Fund, which will be priced daily, will be affected by, among other factors, changes in the value of underlying securities (including those comprising an index), changes in the dividend rates of underlying securities, changes in interest rates, changes in the actual or perceived volatility of the stock market and underlying securities and the remaining time to an option’s expiration. The value of an option also may be adversely affected if the market for the option is reduced or becomes less liquid.

     There are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected events. To the extent that there is a lack of correlation between the index options written by the Fund and the Fund’s portfolio securities, movements in the indexes underlying the options positions may result in losses to the Fund, which may more than offset any gains received by the Fund from options premiums. In these and other circumstances, the Fund may be required to sell portfolio securities to satisfy its obligations as the writer of an index call option, when it would not otherwise choose to do so, or may choose to sell portfolio securities to realize gains to supplement Fund distributions. Such sales would involve transaction costs borne by the Fund and may also result in realization of taxable capital gains, including short-term capital gains taxed at ordinary income tax rates, and may adversely impact the Fund’s after-tax returns.

     As the writer of a call option on securities indices, exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) and baskets of securities, which may include securities that are not held by the Fund, the Fund may be subject to additional risks than writing covered call options. The purchaser of an index option written by the Fund has the right to any appreciation in the cash value of the index over the strike price on the expiration date. The purchaser of an index option written by the Fund has the right to any appreciation in the cash value of the index over the strike price on the expiration date. Therefore, as the writer of a covered index call option, the Fund forgoes the opportunity to profit from increases in the index over the strike price of the option. However, the Fund has retained the risk of loss (net of premiums received) should the price of the index decline. Similarly, as the writer of a covered call option on a security or basket of securities held in the Fund’s portfolio, the Fund forgoes, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security or securities covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the exercise price of the call but has retained the risk of loss (net of premiums received) should the price of the underlying security decline. As the writer of an uncovered call option, the Fund has no risk of loss should the price of the underlying security or index decline, but bears unlimited risk of loss should the price of the underlying security or index increase above the exercise price.

     With respect to exchange-traded options, there can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when the Fund seeks to close out an option position on an options exchange. An absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange may arise because: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or The Options Clearing Corporation (the “OCC”) may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options). If trading were discontinued, the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist. However, outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by the OCC as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. In the event that the Fund were unable to close out a call option that it had written on a portfolio security, it would not be able to sell the underlying security unless the option expired without exercise. To the extent that the Fund owns unlisted (or “over- the-counter”) options, the Fund’s ability to terminate these options

82
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

may be more limited than with exchange-traded options and may involve enhanced risk that counterparties participating in such transactions will not fulfill their obligations.

     The hours of trading for options may not conform to the hours during which the underlying securities for such options are traded. To the extent that the options markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the options markets. Additionally, the exercise price of an option may be adjusted downward before the option’s expiration as a result of the occurrence of certain corporate events affecting the underlying securities, such as extraordinary dividends, stock splits, mergers or other extraordinary distributions or events. A reduction in the exercise price of an option might reduce the Fund’s capital appreciation potential on underlying securities held by the Fund.

     The Fund’s options transactions will be subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities on which the options are traded. These limitations govern the maximum number of options in each class which may be written or purchased by a single investor or group of investors acting in concert, regardless of whether the options are written or purchased on the same or different exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities or are held or written in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers. Thus, the number of options which the Fund may write or purchase may be affected by options written or purchased by other investment advisory clients of the Adviser. An exchange, board of trade or other trading facility may order the liquidation of positions found to be in excess of these limits, and it may impose other sanctions.

     Major exchanges on which options and futures are traded have established limits on how much an option or futures contract may decline over various periods of time. If the price of an option increases or decreases more than the established limit, trading in the contract may be suspended for set periods of time. If trading is suspended, the Fund may be unable to purchase or sell options or futures contracts at times that may be desirable or advantageous for the Fund to do so. Trading suspensions may limit the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective. The Fund also may be required, in these instances, to “fair-value” any options and futures contracts that it currently owns.

     The Fund may also write (sell) over-the-counter options (“OTC options”). Options written by the Fund with respect to non-U.S. securities, indices or sectors generally will be OTC options. OTC options differ from exchange-listed options in that they are entered into directly with the buyer of the option and not through an exchange or clearing organization that is interposed between the Fund and the counterparty. In an OTC option transaction exercise price, premium and other terms are negotiated between buyer and seller. OTC options generally do not have as much market liquidity as exchange-listed options. The counterparties to these transactions typically will be major international banks, broker-dealers and financial institutions. The Fund may be required to treat as illiquid securities being used to cover certain written OTC options. The OTC options written by the Fund will not be issued, guaranteed or cleared by the OCC. In addition, the Fund’s ability to terminate the OTC options may be more limited than with exchange-traded options. Banks, broker-dealers or other financial institutions participating in such transaction may fail to settle a transaction in accordance with the terms of the option as written. In the event of default or insolvency of the counterparty, the Fund may be unable to liquidate an OTC option position.

     Income from options on individual stocks written by the Fund will not be recognized by the Fund for tax purposes until an option is exercised, lapses or is subject to a “closing transaction” (as defined by applicable regulations) pursuant to which the Fund’s obligations with respect to the option are otherwise terminated. If the option lapses without exercise or is otherwise subject to a closing transaction, the premiums received by the Fund from the writing of such options will generally be characterized as short-term capital gain. If an option written by the Fund is exercised, the Fund may recognize taxable gain depending on the exercise price of the option, the option premium, and the fair market value of the security underlying the option. The character of any gain on the sale of the underlying security as short-term or long-term capital gain will depend on the holding period of the Fund in the underlying security. In general, distributions received by shareholders of the Fund that are attributable to short-term capital gains recognized by the Fund from its option writing activities will be taxed to such shareholders as ordinary income and will not be eligible for the reduced tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income.

     Options on indices of securities and sectors of securities that qualify as “section 1256 contracts” will generally be “marked-to-market” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, the Fund will generally recognize gain or loss on the last day of each taxable year equal to the difference between the value of the option on that date and the adjusted basis of the option. The adjusted basis of the option will consequently be increased by such gain or decreased

83
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

by such loss. Any gain or loss with respect to options on indices and sectors that qualify as “section 1256 contracts” will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss to the extent of 40% of such gain or loss and long-term capital gain or loss to the extent of 60% of such gain or loss. Because the mark-to-market rules may cause the Fund to recognize gain in advance of the receipt of cash, the Fund may be required to dispose of investments in order to meet its distribution requirements. “Mark-to-market” losses may be suspended or otherwise limited if such losses are part of a straddle or similar transaction.

     When the Fund writes covered put options, it bears the risk of loss if the value of the underlying stock declines below the exercise price minus the put premium. If the option is exercised, the Fund could incur a loss if it is required to purchase the stock underlying the put option at a price greater than the market price of the stock at the time of exercise plus the put premium the Fund received when it wrote the option. While the Fund’s potential gain in writing a covered put option is limited to distributions earned on the liquid assets securing the put option plus the premium received from the purchaser of the put option, the Fund risks a loss equal to the entire exercise price of the option minus the put premium.
 
Sovereign Debt Risk

     Investments in sovereign debt involve special risks. Foreign governmental issuers of debt or the governmental authorities that control the repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay principal or pay interest when due. In the event of default, there may be limited or no legal recourse in that, generally, remedies for defaults must be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party. Political conditions, especially a sovereign entity’s willingness to meet the terms of its debt obligations, are of considerable significance. The ability of a foreign sovereign issuer, especially an emerging market country, to make timely payments on its debt obligations will also be strongly influenced by the sovereign issuer’s balance of payments, including export performance, its access to international credit facilities and investments, fluctuations of interest rates and the extent of its foreign reserves. The cost of servicing external debt will also generally be adversely affected by rising international interest rates, as many external debt obligations bear interest at rates which are adjusted based upon international interest rates. Also, there can be no assurance that the holders of commercial bank loans to the same sovereign entity may not contest payments to the holders of sovereign debt in the event of default under commercial bank loan agreements. In addition, there is no bankruptcy proceeding with respect to sovereign debt on which a sovereign has defaulted and the Fund may be unable to collect all or any part of its investment in a particular issue. Foreign investment in certain sovereign debt is restricted or controlled to varying degrees, including requiring governmental approval for the repatriation of income, capital or proceeds of sales by foreign investors. These restrictions or controls may at times limit or preclude foreign investment in certain sovereign debt and increase the costs and expenses of the Fund.

Real Estate Risk

     To the extent that the Fund invests in real estate related investments, including REITs, mortgage related securities, such as MBS, or real-estate linked derivative instruments, it will be subject to the risks associated with owning real estate and with the real estate industry generally. Real estate related investments may be subject to difficulties in valuing and disposing of real estate, the possibility of declines in the value of real estate, risks related to general and local economic conditions, the possibility of adverse changes in the climate for real estate, environmental liability risks, the risk of increases in property taxes and operating expenses, possible adverse changes in zoning laws, the risk of casualty or condemnation losses, limitations on rents, the possibility of adverse changes in interest rates and in the credit markets and the possibility of borrowers paying off mortgages sooner than expected, which may lead to reinvestment of assets at lower prevailing interest rates. To the extent that the Fund invests in REITs, it will also be subject to the risk that a REIT may default on its obligations or go bankrupt. By investing in REITs indirectly through the Fund, a shareholder will bear not only his or her proportionate share of the expenses of the Fund, but also, indirectly, similar expenses of the REITs. The Fund’s investments in REITs could cause the Fund to recognize income in excess of cash received from those securities and, as a result, the Fund may be required to sell portfolio securities, including when it is not advantageous to do so, in order to make distributions.

     In addition, mortgage REITs must satisfy highly technical and complex requirements in order to qualify for the favorable tax treatment accorded to REITs under the Code. No assurances can be given that a mortgage REIT in which the Fund invests will be able to continue to qualify as a REIT or that complying with the REIT requirements under the Code will not adversely affect such REIT’s ability to execute its business plan. Mortgage REITs are also required to comply with certain requirements to maintain their exemption from the 1940 Act. Complying with these

84
 
 
 
 

 
 

requirements may limit the investments a mortgage REIT may make and failure to comply with these requirements could cause the REIT to register as an investment company, which would adversely affect the value of the Fund’s investment in the REIT and may force the Fund to sell such investment at an inopportune time.

Inflation/Deflation Risk

     Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income from investments will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the real value of the Common Shares and distributions can decline. In addition, during any periods of rising inflation, the dividend rates or borrowing costs associated with the Fund’s use of Financial Leverage would likely increase, which would tend to further reduce returns to Common Shareholders. Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the economy decline over time—the opposite of inflation. Deflation may have an adverse effect on the creditworthiness of issuers and may make issuer default more likely, which may result in a decline in the value of the Fund’s portfolio.
 
Privately Issued Securities Risk

     The Fund may invest in privately issued securities of both public and private companies. Privately issued securities have additional risk considerations than investments in comparable public investments. Whenever the Fund invests in companies that do not publicly report financial and other material information, it assumes a greater degree of investment risk and reliance upon the Adviser’s ability to obtain and evaluate applicable information concerning such companies’ creditworthiness and other investment considerations. Certain privately issued securities may be illiquid. If there is no readily available trading market for privately issued securities, the Fund may not be able to readily dispose of such investments at prices that approximate those at which the Fund could sell them if they were more widely traded. Privately issued securities are also more difficult to value. Privately issued debt securities are often of below investment grade quality, frequently are unrated and present many of the same risks as investing in below investment grade public debt securities.

Other Investment Companies Risk

     Investments in other investment companies present certain special considerations and risks not present in making direct investments in securities in which the Fund may invest. Investments in other investment companies involve operating expenses and fees that are in addition to the expenses and fees borne by the Fund. Such expenses and fees attributable to the Fund’s investments in other investment companies are borne indirectly by Common Shareholders. Accordingly, investment in such entities involves expense and fee layering. Investments in other investment companies may expose the Fund to an additional layer of financial leverage. To the extent management fees of other investment companies are based on total gross assets, it may create an incentive for such entities’ managers to employ financial leverage, thereby adding additional expense and increasing volatility and risk. Investments in other investment companies also expose the Fund to additional management risk; the success of the Fund’s investments in other investment companies will depend in large part on the investment skills and implementation abilities of the advisers or managers of such entities. Decisions made by the advisers or managers of such entities may cause the Fund to incur losses or to miss profit opportunities. To the extent the Fund invests in exchange-traded funds or other investment companies that seek to track a specified index, such investments will be subject to tracking error risk.

Derivatives Transactions Risk

     The Fund may engage in various derivatives transactions for hedging and risk management purposes, to facilitate portfolio management and to earn income or enhance total return. The use of derivatives transactions to earn income or enhance total return may be particularly speculative. Derivatives transactions involve risks. There may be imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets. Derivatives transactions may be subject to risks associated with the possible default of the other party to the transaction. Derivative instruments may be illiquid. Certain derivatives transactions may have economic characteristics similar to leverage, in that relatively small market movements may result in large changes in the value of an investment. Certain derivatives transactions that involve leverage can result in losses that greatly exceed the amount originally invested. Furthermore, the Fund’s ability to successfully use derivatives transactions depends on the Adviser’s ability to predict pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured. The use of derivatives transactions may result in losses greater than if they had not been used, may require the Fund to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Fund can realize on an investment or may cause the Fund to hold a security that it might otherwise sell. Derivatives transactions involve risks of mispricing or

85
 
 
 
 

 
 

improper valuation. The documentation governing a derivative instrument or transaction may be unfavorable or ambiguous. Derivatives transactions may involve commissions and other costs, which may increase the Fund’s expenses and reduce its return. Various legislative and regulatory initiatives may impact the availability, liquidity and cost of derivative instruments, limit or restrict the ability of the Fund to use certain derivative instruments or transact with certain counterparties as a part of its investment strategy, increase the costs of using derivative instruments or make derivative instruments less effective.

     In connection with certain derivatives transactions, the Fund may be required to segregate liquid assets or otherwise cover such transactions and/or to deposit amounts as premiums or to be held in margin accounts. Such amounts may not otherwise be available to the Fund for investment purposes. The Fund may earn a lower return on its portfolio than it might otherwise earn if it did not have to segregate assets in respect of, or otherwise cover, its derivatives transactions positions. To the extent the Fund’s assets are segregated or committed as cover, it could limit the Fund’s investment flexibility. Segregating assets and covering positions will not limit or offset losses on related positions.

     A CLN is a derivative instrument. It is a synthetic obligation between two or more parties where the payment of principal and/or interest is based on the performance of some obligation (a reference obligation). In addition to the credit risk of the reference obligations and interest rate risk, the buyer/seller of the CLN is subject to counterparty risk.

Swap Risk

     The Fund may enter into swap transactions, including credit default swaps, total return swaps, index swaps, currency swaps, commodity swaps and interest rate swaps, as well as options thereon, and may purchase or sell interest rate caps, floors and collars. If the Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates or currency exchange rates, the investment performance of the Fund may be less favorable than it would have been if these investment techniques were not used. Such transactions are subject to market risk, risk of default by the other party to the transaction and risk of imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets and may involve commissions or other costs. Swaps generally do not involve the delivery of securities, other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to swaps generally is limited to the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually obligated to make, or in the case of the other party to a swap defaulting, the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually entitled to receive.

     Total return swaps may effectively add leverage to the Fund’s portfolio because the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the full notional amount of the swap. Total return swaps are subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations to the Fund thereunder.

     The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. As a result, the swap market has become relatively liquid. Caps, floors and collars are more recent innovations for which standardized documentation has not yet been fully developed and, accordingly, they are less liquid than swaps. Swaps are subject to new federal legislation, implemented through rulemaking by the SEC and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. Further regulatory developments in the swap market may adversely impact the swap market generally or the Fund’s ability to use swaps.

      Credit Default Swap Risk. Credit default swap agreements may involve greater risks than if the Fund had invested in the reference obligation directly. When the Fund acts as a seller of a credit default swap agreement with respect to a debt security, it is subject to the risk that an adverse credit event may occur with respect to the debt security and the Fund may be required to pay the buyer the full notional value of the debt security under the swap net of any amounts owed to the Fund by the buyer under the swap (such as the buyer’s obligation to deliver the debt security to the Fund). As a result, the Fund bears the entire risk of loss due to a decline in value of a referenced debt security on a credit default swap it has sold if there is a credit event with respect to the security. If the Fund is a buyer of a credit default swap and no credit event occurs, the Fund may recover nothing if the swap is held through its termination date. However, if a credit event occurs, the Fund generally may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity whose value may have significantly decreased. The Fund may exit its obligations under a credit default swap only by terminating the contract

86
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

and paying applicable breakage fees, or by entering into an offsetting credit default swap position, which may cause the Fund to incur more losses.

Counterparty Risk

     The Fund will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the derivative contracts entered into by the Fund. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, the Fund may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding. The Fund may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances. Concerns about, or a default by, one large market participant could lead to significant liquidity problems for other participants. If a counterparty’s credit becomes significantly impaired, multiple requests for collateral posting in a short period of time could increase the risk that the Fund may not receive adequate collateral.
 
     The counterparty risk for cleared derivatives is generally lower than for uncleared over-the-counter derivatives transactions since generally a clearing organization becomes substituted for each counterparty to a cleared derivative contract and, in effect, guarantees the parties’ performance under the contract as each party to a trade looks only to the clearing organization for performance of financial obligations under the derivative contract. However, there can be no assurance that a clearing organization, or its members, will satisfy its obligations to the Fund.

Synthetic Investment Risk

     The Fund may be exposed to certain additional risks should the Adviser uses derivatives transactions as a means to synthetically implement the Fund’s investment strategies. Customized derivative instruments will likely be highly illiquid, and it is possible that the Fund will not be able to terminate such derivative instruments prior to their expiration date or that the penalties associated with such a termination might impact the Fund’s performance in a materially adverse manner. Synthetic investments may be imperfectly correlated to the investment the Adviser is seeking to replicate. There can be no assurance that the Adviser’s judgments regarding the correlation of any particular synthetic investment will be correct. The Fund may be exposed to certain additional risks associated with derivatives transactions should the Adviser use derivatives as a means to synthetically implement the Fund’s investment strategies. The Fund would be subject to counterparty risk in connection with such transactions. If the Fund enters into a derivative instrument whereby it agrees to receive the return of a security or financial instrument or a basket of securities or financial instruments, it will typically contract to receive such returns for a predetermined period of time. During such period, the Fund may not have the ability to increase or decrease its exposure. In addition, such customized derivative instruments will likely be highly illiquid, and it is possible that the Fund will not be able to terminate such derivative instruments prior to their expiration date or that the penalties associated with such a termination might impact the Fund’s performance in a material adverse manner. Furthermore, derivative instruments typically contain provisions giving the counterparty the right to terminate the contract upon the occurrence of certain events, such as a decline in the value of the reference securities and material violations of the terms of the contract or the portfolio guidelines as well as other events determined by the counterparty. If a termination were to occur, the Fund’s return could be adversely affected as it would lose the benefit of the indirect exposure to the reference securities and it may incur significant termination expenses.

Event-Linked Securities Risk

     ELS are a form of derivative issued by insurance companies and insurance-related special purpose vehicles that apply securitization techniques to catastrophic property and casualty damages. Unlike other insurable low- severity, high-probability events (such as auto collision coverage), the insurance risk of which can be diversified by writing large numbers of similar policies, the holders of a typical ELS are exposed to the risks from high- severity, low-probability events such as that posed by major earthquakes or hurricanes. ELS represent a method of reinsurance, by which insurance companies transfer their own portfolio risk to other reinsurance companies and, in the case of ELS, to the capital markets. A typical ELS provides for income and return of capital similar to other fixed-income investments, but involves full or partial default if losses resulting from a certain catastrophe exceeded a predetermined amount. In essence, investors in ELS may lose some or all of their invested capital if a catastrophe occurs that “triggers” the ELS. In the case of a triggering event, the invested capital is paid to the bond sponsor—an insurer, reinsurer or corporation—to cover losses. In return, the bond sponsors pay interest to investors for this catastrophe protection. ELS can be structured to pay-off on three types of variables—insurance-industry catastrophe loss indices, insurer-specific catastrophe losses and parametric indices, in which events are covered on a pre-defined basis agreed

87
 
 
 
 

 
 

upon prior to occurrence of an insured event based on physical characteristics of catastrophic events (for example, rainfall exceeding a certain threshold will trigger a pre-determined payment formula). Such variables are difficult to predict or model, and the risk and potential return profiles of ELS may be difficult to assess. Catastrophe-related ELS have been in use since the 1990s, and the securitization and risk-transfer aspects of such ELS are beginning to be employed in other insurance and risk-related areas. No active trading market may exist for certain ELS, which may impair the ability of the Fund to realize full value in the event of the need to liquidate such assets.

Inflation-Indexed Securities Risk

     Inflation-indexed debt securities are subject to the effects of changes in market interest rates caused by factors other than inflation, such as real interest rates. In general, the value of an inflation-indexed security, including Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities (“TIPS”), tends to decrease when real interest rates increase and can increase when real interest rates decrease. Thus generally, during periods of rising inflation, the value of inflation- indexed securities will tend to increase and during periods of deflation, their value will tend to decrease. Interest payments on inflation-indexed securities are unpredictable and will fluctuate as the principal and interest are adjusted for inflation. There can be no assurance that the inflation index used (i.e., the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (“CPI”)) will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. Increases in the principal value of TIPS due to inflation are considered taxable ordinary income for the amount of the increase in the calendar year. Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed debt security will be considered taxable ordinary income, even though the Fund will not receive the principal until maturity. In order to receive the special treatment accorded to “regulated investment companies” (“RICs”) and their shareholders under the Code and to avoid U.S. federal income and/or excise taxes at the Fund level, the Fund may be required to distribute this income to shareholders in the tax year in which the income is recognized (without a corresponding receipt of cash). Therefore, the Fund may be required to pay out as an income distribution in any such tax year an amount greater than the total amount of cash income the Fund actually received, and to sell portfolio securities, including at potentially disadvantageous times or prices, to obtain cash needed for these income distributions.

Municipal Securities Risk

     Municipal securities involve certain risks. The amount of public information available about municipal securities is generally less than that for corporate equities or bonds, and the investment performance of the Fund’s municipal securities investments may therefore be more dependent on the analytical abilities of the Adviser. The secondary market for municipal securities, particularly below investment grade securities, also tends to be less well-developed or liquid than many other securities markets, which may adversely affect the Fund’s ability to sell such securities at prices approximating those at which the Fund may currently value them.

     In addition, many state and municipal governments that issue securities are under significant economic and financial stress and may not be able to satisfy their obligations. The ability of municipal issuers to make timely payments of interest and principal may be diminished during general economic downturns and as governmental cost burdens are reallocated among federal, state and local governments. The taxing power of any governmental entity may be limited by provisions of state constitutions or laws and an entity’s credit will depend on many factors, including the entity’s tax base, the extent to which the entity relies on federal or state aid and other factors which are beyond the entity’s control. In addition, laws enacted in the future by Congress or state legislatures or referenda could extend the time for payment of principal and/or interest, or impose other constraints on enforcement of such obligations or on the ability of municipalities to levy taxes. Issuers of municipal securities might seek protection under bankruptcy laws. In the event of bankruptcy of such an issuer, holders of municipal securities could experience delays in collecting principal and interest and such holders may not be able to collect all principal and interest to which they are entitled.

     The Fund may invest in taxable municipal securities, which consist primarily of BABs. The issuance of BABs was discontinued on December 31, 2010. Under the sequestration process under the Budget Control Act of 2011, automatic spending cuts that became effective on March 1, 2013 reduced the federal subsidy for BABs and other subsidized taxable municipal bonds. The reduced federal subsidy has been extended through 2024. The subsidy payments are reduced by 7.2% in 2014. The reduction rate is estimated to be lower in subsequent fiscal years.

Redenomination Risk

     Continuing uncertainty as to the status of the Euro and the European Monetary Union (the “EMU”) has created significant volatility in currency and financial markets generally. Investing in Euro-denominated securities entails risk

88
 
 
 
 

 
 

of being exposed to a currency that may not fully reflect the strengths and weaknesses of the disparate European economies. In addition, it is possible that the Euro could be abandoned in the future by countries that have adopted its use. The effects of the collapse of the Euro, or of the exit of one or more countries from the EMU, on the United States and global economy and securities markets could have a significant adverse impact on the value and risk profile of the Fund’s investments. If one or more EMU countries were to stop using the Euro as its primary currency, the Fund’s investments in such countries may be redenominated into a different or newly adopted currency. As a result, the value of those investments could decline significantly and unpredictably. In addition, securities or other investments that are redenominated may be subject to foreign currency risk, liquidity risk and valuation risk to a greater extent than similar investments currently denominated in Euros. To the extent a currency used for redenomination purposes is not specified in respect of certain EMU-related investments, or should the Euro cease to be used entirely, the currency in which such investments are denominated may be unclear, making such investments
particularly difficult to value or dispose of. The Fund may incur additional expenses to the extent it is required to seek judicial or other clarification of the denomination or value of such securities.
 
U.S. Government Securities Risk
 
U.S. Government securities historically have not involved the credit risks associated with investments in other types of debt securities, although, as a result, the yields available from U.S. Government debt securities are generally lower than the yields available from other securities. Like other debt securities, however, the values of U.S. Government securities change as interest rates fluctuate. On August 5, 2011, S&P lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating on the U.S. to “AA+” from “AAA.” Any further downgrades of the U.S. credit rating could increase volatility in both stock and bond markets, result in higher interest rates and higher Treasury yields and increase the costs of all kinds of debt. These events could have significant adverse effects on the economy generally and could result in significant adverse impacts on securities issuers and the Fund. The Adviser cannot predict the effects of these or similar events in the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets or on the Fund’s portfolio.

Legislation And Regulation Risk

     The Dodd-Frank Act, which was signed into law in July 2010, has resulted in significant revisions to the U.S. financial regulatory framework. The Dodd-Frank Act covers a broad range of topics, including, among many others; a reorganization of federal financial regulators; the creation of a process designed to ensure financial system stability and the resolution of potentially insolvent financial firms; the enactment of new rules for derivatives trading; the creation of a consumer financial protection watchdog; the registration and regulation of managers of private funds; the regulation of rating agencies; and the enactment of new federal requirements for residential mortgage loans. The regulation of various types of derivative instruments pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act may adversely affect the Fund or its counterparties. The ultimate impact of the Dodd-Frank Act, and regulation that has been enacted thereunder, is not yet certain and issuers of securities in which the Fund invests may also be affected in ways that are currently unknown and unforeseeable.

     In connection with an ongoing review by the SEC and its staff of the regulation of investment companies’ use of derivatives, on August 31, 2011, the SEC issued a concept release to seek public comment on a wide range of issues raised by the use of derivatives by investment companies. The SEC noted that it intends to consider the comments to help determine whether regulatory initiatives or guidance are needed to improve the current regulatory regime for investment companies and, if so, the nature of any such initiatives or guidance. While the nature of any such regulations is uncertain at this time, it is possible that such regulations could limit the implementation of the Fund’s options strategy or other uses of derivatives, which could have an adverse impact on the Fund. The Adviser cannot predict the effects of these regulations on the Fund’s portfolio. The Adviser intends to monitor developments and seek to manage the Fund’s portfolio in a manner consistent with achieving the Fund’s investment objective, but there can be no assurance that they will be successful in doing so.

     According to various reports, certain financial institutions, commencing as early as 2005 and throughout the global financial crisis, routinely made artificially low submissions in the LIBOR rate setting process. In June 2012, one such financial institution was fined a significant amount by various financial regulators in connection with allegations of manipulation of LIBOR rates. Other financial institutions in various countries are being investigated for similar actions. These developments may have adversely affected the interest rates on securities whose interest payments were determined by reference to LIBOR. Any future similar developments could, in turn, reduce the value of such securities owned by the Fund.
 
 
89
 
 
 
 

 

 
     At any time after the date of this Prospectus, legislation may be enacted that could negatively affect the assets of the Fund or the issuers of such assets. Changing approaches to regulation may have a negative impact on the Fund or entities in which the Fund invests. Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Fund itself is regulated. There can be no assurance that future legislation, regulation or deregulation will not have a material adverse effect on the Fund or will not impair the ability of the Fund to achieve its investment objective.

Market Discount Risk

     The Fund’s Common Shares have a limited trading history and have traded both at a premium and at a discount in relation to net asset value. The Fund cannot predict whether the Common Shares will trade in the future at a premium or discount to net asset value. The Fund’s Common Shares have recently traded at a premium to net asset value per share, which may not be sustainable. If the Common Shares are trading at a premium to net asset value at the time you purchase Common Shares, the net asset value per share of the Common Shares purchased will be less than the purchase price paid. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount from net asset value, but in some cases have traded above net asset value. The risk of the Common Shares trading at a discount is a risk separate from the risk of a decline in the Fund’s net asset value as a result of the Fund’s investment activities. The Fund’s net asset value will be reduced immediately following an offering of the Common Shares due to the costs of such offering, which will be borne entirely by the Fund. The sale of Common Shares by the Fund (or the perception that such sales may occur) may have an adverse effect on prices of Common Shares in the secondary market. An increase in the number of Common Shares available may put downward pressure on the market price for Common Shares. The Fund may, from time to time, seek the consent of Common Shareholders to permit the issuance and sale by the Fund of Common Shares at a price below the Fund’s then current net asset value, subject to certain conditions, and such sales of Common Shares at price below net asset value, if any, may increase downward pressure on the market price for Common Shares. These sales, if any, also might make it more difficult for the Fund to sell additional Common Shares in the future at a time and price it deems appropriate.

     Whether a Common Shareholder will realize a gain or loss upon the sale of Common Shares depends upon whether the market value of the Common Shares at the time of sale is above or below the price the Common Shareholder paid, taking into account transaction costs for the Common Shares, and is not directly dependent upon the Fund’s net asset value. Because the market value of the Common Shares will be determined by factors such as the relative demand for and supply of the shares in the market, general market conditions and other factors outside the Fund’s control, the Fund cannot predict whether the Common Shares will trade at, below or above net asset value, or at, below or above the public offering price for the Common Shares. Common Shares of the Fund are designed primarily for long-term investors; investors in Common Shares should not view the Fund as a vehicle for trading purposes.

Dilution Risk

     The voting power of current Common Shareholders will be diluted to the extent that current Common Shareholders do not purchase Common Shares in any future offerings of Common Shares or do not purchase sufficient Common Shares to maintain their percentage interest. If the Fund is unable to invest the proceeds of such offering as intended, the Fund’s per Common Share distribution may decrease and the Fund may not participate in market advances to the same extent as if such proceeds were fully invested as planned. If the Fund sells Common Shares at a price below net asset value pursuant to the consent of Common Shareholders, shareholders will experience a dilution of the aggregate net asset value per Common Share because the sale price will be less than the Fund’s then-current net asset value per Common Share. Similarly, were the expenses of the offering to exceed the amount by which the sale price exceeded the Fund’s then current net asset value per Common Share, shareholders would experience a dilution of the aggregate net asset value per Common Share. This dilution will be experienced by all shareholders, irrespective of whether they purchase Common Shares in any such offering. See “Description of Capital Structure—Common Shares—Issuance of Additional Common Shares.”

Portfolio Turnover Risk

     The Fund’s annual portfolio turnover rate may vary greatly from year to year. Portfolio turnover rate is not considered a limiting factor in the execution of investment decisions for the Fund. A higher portfolio turnover rate results in correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transactional expenses that are borne by the Fund. High portfolio turnover may result in an increased realization of net short-term capital gains by the Fund which, when

90
 
 
 
 

 
 

distributed to Common Shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income. Additionally, in a declining market, portfolio turnover may result in realized capital losses. See “Tax Matters.”

When-Issued And Delayed Delivery Transactions Risk

     The Fund may purchase credit securities on a when-issued basis and may purchase or sell those securities for delayed delivery. When-issued and delayed delivery transactions occur when securities are purchased or sold by the Fund with payment and delivery taking place in the future to secure an advantageous yield or price. Securities purchased on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis may expose the Fund to counterparty risk of default as well as the risk that securities may experience fluctuations in value prior to their actual delivery. The Fund generally will not accrue income with respect to a when-issued or delayed delivery security prior to its stated delivery date. Purchasing securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis can involve the additional risk that the price or yield available in the market when the delivery takes place may not be as favorable as that obtained in the transaction itself.
 
Short Sales Risk

     The Fund may make short sales of securities. A short sale is a transaction in which the Fund sells a security it does not own. If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the Fund replaces the borrowed security, the Fund will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, the Fund will realize a capital gain. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss will be increased, by the transaction costs incurred by the Fund, including the costs associated with providing collateral to the broker-dealer (usually cash and liquid securities) and the maintenance of collateral with its custodian. Although the Fund’s gain is limited to the price at which it sold the security short, its potential loss is theoretically unlimited. The Fund may have to pay a premium to borrow the securities and must pay any dividends or interest payable on the securities until they are replaced, which will be expenses of the Fund.

Repurchase Agreement Risk

     A repurchase agreement exposes the Fund to the risk that the party that sells the security may default on its obligation to repurchase it. The Fund may lose money because it cannot sell the security at the agreed-upon time and price or the security loses value before it can be sold. In the event of the bankruptcy or other default of a seller of a repurchase agreement, the Fund could experience both delays in liquidating the underlying securities and losses. In such an event, the Fund would subject to risks associated with possible decline in the value of the underlying security during the period in which the Fund seeks to enforce its rights thereto, possible lack of access to income on the underlying security during this period, and expenses of enforcing its rights. In addition, the exercise of the Fund’s right to liquidate the collateral underlying the repurchase agreement could involve certain costs or delays and, to the extent that proceeds from any sale upon a default of the obligation to repurchase were less than the repurchase price, the Fund could suffer a loss.

     The Fund may accept a wide variety of underlying securities as collateral for repurchase agreements entered into by the Fund. Rule 5b-3 under the 1940 Act, stipulates that if a repurchase agreement entered into by a fund is “collateralized fully,” the repurchase agreement is deemed a transaction in the underlying securities and not a separate security issued to the fund by the selling institution. In order for the repurchase agreement to qualify as “collateralized fully,” the collateral must consist solely of cash items, government securities, securities that are rated in the highest rating category by at least two NRSROs (or one NRSRO, if that is the only such NRSRO which has issued a rating on the security) or unrated securities which the Adviser deems to be of comparable quality. However, the Fund may accept collateral in respect of repurchase agreements which do not meet the above criteria, and in such event the repurchase agreement will not be considered “collateralized fully” for purposes of Rule 5b-3. Accepting collateral beyond the criteria of Rule 5b-3 exposes the Fund to two categories of risks. First, because the Fund’s repurchase agreements which are secured by such collateral are not “collateralized fully” under Rule 5b-3, the repurchase agreement is considered a separate security issued by the selling institution to the Fund. Accordingly, in addition to the risks of a default or bankruptcy of the selling institution, the Fund must include repurchase agreements that are not “collateralized fully” under Rule 5b-3 in its calculations of securities issued by the selling institution held by the Fund for purposes of various diversification and concentration requirements applicable to the Fund. In particular, to the extent a selling institution is a “securities related business” for purposes of Section 12(d)(3) of the 1940 Act and Rule 12d3-1 thereunder, the Fund would not be permitted to hold more than 5% of its total assets in securities issued by the selling institution, including repurchase agreements that are not “collateralized fully” under Rule 5b-3. While this

91
 
 
 
 

 
 

limitation (as well as other applicable limitations arising under concentration and diversification requirements) limits the Fund’s exposure to each such selling institution, the Fund will be required to monitor its holdings of such securities and ensure that it complies with the applicable limitations. Second, the collateral underlying a repurchase agreement that is not “collateralized fully” under Rule 5b-3 may not qualify as permitted or appropriate investments for the Fund under the Fund’s investment strategies and limitations. Accordingly, if a selling institution defaults and the Fund takes possession of such collateral, the Fund may need to promptly dispose of such collateral (or other securities held by the Fund, if the Fund exceeds a limitation on a permitted investment by virtue of taking possession of the collateral). In cases of market turmoil (which may be associated with a default or bankruptcy of a selling institution), the Fund may have more difficulty than anticipated in selling such securities and/or in avoiding a loss on the sale of such securities. This risk may be more acute in the case of a selling institution’s insolvency or bankruptcy, which may restrict the Fund’s ability to dispose of collateral received from the selling institution. The Adviser follows various procedures to monitor the liquidity and quality of any collateral received under a repurchase agreement (as
well as the credit quality of each selling institution) designed to minimize these risks, but there can be no assurance that the procedures will be successful in doing so.

Securities Lending Risk

     The Fund may lend its portfolio securities to banks or dealers which meet the creditworthiness standards established by the Board of Trustees. Securities lending is subject to the risk that loaned securities may not be available to the Fund on a timely basis and the Fund may therefore lose the opportunity to sell the securities at a desirable price. Any loss in the market price of securities loaned by the Fund that occurs during the term of the loan would be borne by the Fund and would adversely affect the Fund’s performance. Also, there may be delays in recovery, or no recovery, of securities loaned or even a loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially while the loan is outstanding.

Risk Of Failure To Qualify As A RIC

     To qualify for the favorable U.S. federal income tax treatment generally accorded to RICs, the Fund must, among other things, derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from certain prescribed sources, meet certain asset diversification tests and distribute for each taxable year at least 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (generally, ordinary income plus the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gain over net long- term capital loss). If for any taxable year the Fund does not qualify as a RIC, all of its taxable income for that year (including its net capital gain) would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and such distributions would be taxable as ordinary dividends to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits.

Potential Conflicts Of Interest Risk

     The Adviser and its affiliates provide a wide array of portfolio management and other asset management services to a mix of clients and may engage in ordinary course activities in which their interests or those of their clients may compete or conflict with those of the Fund. The Adviser and its affiliates may provide investment management services to other funds that follow investment objectives similar to those of the Fund. In certain circumstances, and subject to its fiduciary obligations under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”), the Adviser may have to allocate a limited investment opportunity among its clients. The Adviser and its affiliates have adopted policies and procedures designed to address such and other potential conflicts of interests. For additional information about potential conflicts of interest, and the way in which the Adviser and its affiliates address such conflicts please see “Management of the Fund—Potential Conflicts of Interest” in the SAI.

Anti-Takeover Provisions In The Fund’s Governing Documents

     The Fund’s Certificate of Trust, as amended, the Fund’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration of Trust”) and the Fund’s By-Laws (collectively, the “Governing Documents”) include provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or convert the Fund to an open-end management investment company. These provisions could deprive the Common Shareholders of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at the net asset value per share or at a premium over the then-current market price of the Common Shares, outside of tender offers by the Fund, if any. See “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Fund’s Governing Documents.”
 
92
 
 
 
 

 
 

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

Trustees And Officers

     The Board of Trustees is broadly responsible for the management of the Fund, including general supervision of the duties performed by the Adviser. The names and business addresses of the Trustees and officers of the Fund and their principal occupations and other affiliations during the past five years are set forth under “Management of the Fund” in the SAI.

Adviser

      Investment Adviser. Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC acts as the Fund’s investment adviser. The Investment Adviser is a registered investment adviser and acts as investment adviser to a number of closed-end and open-end management investment companies. The Investment Adviser is a Delaware limited liability company, with its principal offices located at 227 West Monroe Street, Chicago, IL 60606. The Investment Adviser will be responsible for the management of the Fund, will furnish offices, necessary facilities and equipment on behalf of the Fund, will oversee the activities of the Fund’s Sub-Adviser, will provide personnel, including certain officers required for the Fund’s administrative management, and will pay the compensation of all officers and Trustees of the Fund who are its affiliates.

      Sub-Adviser. Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC acts as the Fund’s investment sub-adviser. Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC is a Delaware limited liability company, with its principal offices located at 100 Wilshire Boulevard, Santa Monica, California 90401. The Sub-Adviser, under the direction and supervision of the Board of Trustees and the Investment Adviser, will be responsible for the management of the Fund’s investment portfolio and will provide certain facilities and personnel related to such management.

      Guggenheim Partners. Each of the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser is an indirect subsidiary of Guggenheim Partners, a diversified financial services firm with wealth management, capital markets, investment management and proprietary investing businesses, whose clients are a mix of individuals, family offices, endowments, foundations, insurance companies and other institutions that have entrusted Guggenheim Partners with the supervision of more than $186 billion of assets as of June 30, 2014. Guggenheim Partners is headquartered in Chicago and New York with a global network of offices throughout the United States, Europe and Asia.

Investment Advisory Agreement and Sub-Advisory Agreement

     Pursuant to an investment advisory agreement between the Fund and the Investment Adviser (the “Advisory Agreement”), the Fund will pay the Investment Adviser a fee, payable monthly, in an annual amount equal to 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets (from which the Investment Adviser will pay the Sub-Adviser’s fees).

     Pursuant to an investment sub-advisory agreement among the Fund, the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”), the Investment Adviser will pay the Sub-Adviser a fee, payable monthly, in an annual amount equal to 0.50% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets.

     The Advisory Agreement and the Sub-Advisory Agreement were approved by the Board of Trustees on February 12, 2013. A discussion regarding the basis for the approval of the Advisory Agreement by the Board of Trustees is available in the Fund’s initial semi-annual report to shareholders for the period ending November 30, 2013.

Conflicts of Interest

     During the time in which the Fund is utilizing Financial Leverage, the amount of the fees paid to the Adviser for investment advisory services will be higher than if the Fund did not utilize Financial Leverage because the fees paid will be calculated based on the Fund’s Managed Assets, including proceeds of Financial Leverage. This may create a conflict of interest between the Adviser and the Common Shareholders, as holders of Indebtedness, Preferred Shares or other forms of Financial Leverage do not bear the investment advisory fee. Rather, Common Shareholders bear the portion of the investment advisory fee attributable to the assets purchased with the proceeds of Financial Leverage, which means that Common Shareholders effectively bear the entire advisory fee. In order to manage this conflict of interest, the Board of Trustees will receive regular reports from the Adviser regarding the Fund’s use of Financial Leverage and the effect of Financial Leverage on the management of the Fund’s portfolio and the performance of the Fund.
 
 
93
 
 
 
 

 

 
Portfolio Management

     The Sub-Adviser’s personnel with the most significant responsibility for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio are:

      B. Scott Minerd, Chief Investment Officer and Chief Executive Officer of the Sub-Adviser. Mr. Minerd is Chief Investment Officer of Guggenheim. He joined the firm in 1998. Mr. Minerd is a member of the Portfolio Construction Group and guides the investment strategies of the sector portfolio managers. He was formerly a Managing Director with Credit Suisse First Boston in charge of trading and risk management for the Fixed Income Credit Trading Group. In this position, he was responsible for the corporate bond, preferred stock, money markets, U.S. government agency and sovereign debt, derivatives securities, structured debt and interest- rate swaps trading business units. Previously, Mr. Minerd was Morgan Stanley’s London-based European Capital Markets Products Trading and Risk Manager responsible for Eurobonds, Euro-MTNs, domestic European Bonds, FRNs, derivative securities and money market products in 12 European currencies and Asian markets. Mr. Minerd has also held capital markets positions with Merrill Lynch and Continental Bank. Prior to that, he was a Certified Public Accountant working for the public accounting firm of Price Waterhouse. Mr. Minerd holds a B.S. degree in Economics from the Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania, and has completed graduate work at the University of Chicago Graduate School of Business and the Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Minerd is a regularly featured guest on FOX Business News, Bloomberg Television and CNBC sharing his insight on today’s financial climate.

      Anne Bookwalter Walsh, Senior Managing Director of the Sub-Adviser. Ms. Walsh joined Guggenheim in 2007 and is head of the Portfolio Construction Group (“PCG”) where she oversees more than $60 billion in fixed income investments including Agencies, Credit, Municipals, RMBS, CMBS and ABS across several Guggenheim affiliates. The PCG is responsible for sector allocation, risk management and hedging strategies for client portfolios, and conveying Guggenheim’s macroeconomic outlook to Portfolio Managers and fixed income Sector Specialists. Ms. Walsh specializes in liability driven portfolio management. With more than 28 years in the investment management industry, including roles as a money manager and as a selector of money managers, Ms. Walsh is well suited to understand the needs of institutional clients and how to address them. Prior to joining Guggenheim, Ms. Walsh served as Chief Investment Officer at Reinsurance Group of America, Incorporated (NYSE: RGA), a recognized leader in the global life reinsurance industry. Prior to joining RGA in 2000, Ms. Walsh served as Vice President and Senior Investment Consultant for Zurich Scudder Investments. Earlier, she held roles at Lincoln Investment Management and American Bankers Insurance Group. Ms. Walsh received her BSBA and MBA from Auburn University and her J.D. from the University of Miami School of Law. She is a Fellow of the Life Management Institute and has earned the right to use the Chartered Financial Analyst® designation and is a member of the CFA Institute.

      Jeffrey Abrams, Senior Managing Director of the Sub-Adviser. Mr. Abrams joined Guggenheim in 2002. Mr. Abrams is a Senior Managing Director and Portfolio Manager in Guggenheim’s Corporate Credit Group. He is also a member of the Investment Committee overseeing Guggenheim’s corporate credit investing activities. Mr. Abrams’ prior roles at Guggenheim include covering the retail and consumer sectors as a senior analyst. He led an industry team focused on investing across the leveraged credit markets in a number of industries including financial institutions, retail, food and beverage and consumer products. Mr. Abrams has also focused on sourcing and structuring directly negotiated middle market debt investments. Prior to joining Guggenheim, Mr. Abrams worked in the Leveraged Finance Group at Bear Stearns where he focused on various leveraged debt transactions across multiple industries. Mr. Abrams received his B.A. in History and a BBA in Finance from Emory University.

      Kevin Gundersen, Senior Managing Director of the Sub-Adviser. Mr. Gundersen joined Guggenheim in 2002. Mr. Gundersen is a Managing Director and Portfolio Manager for Guggenheim’s Corporate Credit Strategies and is a member of the Investment Committee overseeing Guggenheim’s corporate credit investing activities. He has ten years’ experience in the high yield and leverage loan asset class. Since joining Guggenheim, Mr. Gundersen has been instrumental in the growth of the Corporate Credit business. During his career at the firm, Mr. Gundersen has been an analyst covering a variety of sectors, and subsequently led an industry team that focused on investing across the capital structure in the media, telecommunications and technology sectors. In addition, in his capacity as a senior analyst and as a team leader, Mr. Gundersen has sourced and structured directly negotiated middle market debt investments. Prior to joining Guggenheim, Mr. Gundersen worked at GeoTrust, a technology company focused on

94
 
 
 
 

 

 
eCommerce security solutions. Mr. Gundersen received his A.B. from Harvard University. He has earned the right to use the Chartered Financial Analyst® designation and is a member of the CFA Institute.

      James Michal, Managing Director of the Sub-Adviser. Mr. Michal joined Guggenheim in 2008. He is dedicated to portfolio management for Guggenheim’s Total Return mandates. Mr. Michal is responsible for implementing macro and micro investment themes of the Chief Investment Officers, coordinating with sector heads and traders to determine credit trends and relative value, and for the day-to-day risk monitoring of the assets. Prior to joining Guggenheim, he was an Associate in Wachovia’s structured finance division. He focused on origination, marketing, structuring and execution of collateralized loan obligations for two years. Mr. Michal successfully contributed to a total of 11 completed transactions raising approximately $4.3 billion of capital. Prior to his time in structured credit products, he was an analyst in Wachovia’s corporate credit division focusing on portfolio management and loan syndications. Over two years, Mr. Michal underwrote a total of 12 syndicated transactions and managed the loan portfolio risk in the Integrated Electric Utility, Midstream Pipeline and Propane sectors. Mr. Michal earned a BSBA in Finance and International Business from Georgetown University.
 
     The SAI provides additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers’ ownership of securities of the Fund.

NET ASSET VALUE

     The net asset value of the Common Shares is calculated by subtracting the Fund’s total liabilities (including from Borrowings) and the liquidation preference of any outstanding Preferred Shares from total assets (the market value of the securities the Fund holds plus cash and other assets). The per share net asset value is calculated by dividing its net asset value by the number of Common Shares outstanding and rounding the result to the nearest full cent. The Fund calculates its net asset value as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) on each day on which there is a regular trading session on the NYSE. Information that becomes known to the Fund or its agent after the Fund’s net asset value has been calculated on a particular day will not be used to retroactively adjust the price of a security or the Fund’s previously determined net asset value.

     The Fund values equity securities at the last reported sale price on the principal exchange or in the principal OTC market in which such securities are traded, as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE on the day the securities are being valued or, if there are no sales, on the basis of broker quotations. Securities traded primarily on the Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq”) are normally valued by the Fund at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”) provided by Nasdaq each business day. The NOCP is the most recently reported price as of 4:00 p.m., Eastern time, unless that price is outside the range of the “inside” bid and asked prices (i.e., the bid and asked prices that dealers quote to each other when trading for their own accounts); in that case, Nasdaq will adjust the price to equal the inside bid or asked price, whichever is closer. Because of delays in reporting trades, the NOCP may not be based on the price of the last trade to occur before the market closes.

     The Fund values exchange-traded options and other exchange-traded derivative contracts at the mean of the best bid and asked prices at the close on those exchanges on which they are traded.

     The Fund’s securities that are traded primarily in foreign markets may be traded in such markets on days that the NYSE is closed. As a result, the net asset value of the Fund may be significantly affected on days when Common Shareholders have no ability to trade the Common Shares on the NYSE.

     The Fund may utilize independent pricing services or bid quotations provided by dealers to value certain of its securities at their market value. The Fund typically uses independent pricing services to value credit securities held by the Fund at their market value. The Fund periodically verifies valuations provided by independent pricing services. If independent pricing services or dealer quotations are not available for a given security, such security will be valued in accordance with valuation guidelines adopted by the Board of Trustees that the Board of Trustees believes are designed to accurately reflect the fair value of securities valued in accordance with such guidelines. For certain credit securities, fair valuations may include input from the Sub-Adviser utilizing a wide variety of market data including yields or prices of investments of comparable quality, type of issue, coupon, maturity, rating, indications of value from security dealers, evaluations of anticipated cash flows or collateral, spread over U.S. Treasury obligations, and other information and analysis. The Fund may also use third party service providers to model certain securities using cash flow models to determine fair market value. While the Fund’s use of fair valuation is intended to result in calculation

95
 
 
 
 

 
 

of net asset value that fairly reflects values of the Fund’s portfolio securities as of the time of pricing, the Fund cannot guarantee that any fair valuation will, in fact, approximate the amount the Fund would actually realize upon the sale of the securities in question.

     Short-term securities with remaining maturities of less than 60 days may be valued at amoritized cost.

     The Fund values derivatives transactions in accordance with valuation guidelines adopted by the Board of Trustees. Accrued payments to the Fund under such transactions will be assets of the Fund and accrued payments by the Fund will be liabilities of the Fund.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS

     The Fund intends to pay substantially all of its net investment income, if any, to Common Shareholders through monthly distributions. In addition, the Fund intends to distribute any net long-term capital gains to Common Shareholders as long-term capital gain dividends at least annually. The Fund expects that dividends paid on the Common Shares will consist primarily of (i) investment company taxable income taxed as ordinary income, which includes, among other things, ordinary income, short-term capital gain and income from certain hedging and interest rate transactions, and (ii) net capital gain (which is the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss). The Fund cannot assure you as to what percentage of the dividends paid on the Common Shares will consist of net capital gain, which is taxed at reduced rates for non-corporate investors. In certain circumstances, the Fund may elect to retain income or capital gain and pay income or excise tax on such undistributed amount, to the extent that the Board of Trustees, in consultation with Fund management, determines it to be in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During the Fund’s fiscal year ended May 31, 2014, the Fund paid excise tax of $45,730. See “Tax Matters.”

     Pursuant to the requirements of the 1940 Act, in the event the Fund makes distributions from sources other than income, a notice will be provided in connection with each monthly distribution with respect to the estimated source of the distribution made. Such notices will describe the portion, if any, of the monthly dividend which, in the Fund’s good faith judgment, constitutes long-term capital gain, short-term capital gain, investment company taxable income or a return of capital. The actual character of such dividend distributions for U.S. federal income tax purposes, however, will only be determined finally by the Fund at the close of its fiscal year, based on the Fund’s full year performance and its actual net investment company taxable income and net capital gains for the year, which may result in a recharacterization of amounts distributed during such fiscal year from the characterization in the monthly estimates.

     Because of the nature of the Fund’s investments and changes in market conditions from time to time, the distributions paid by the Fund for any particular month may be more or less than the amount of net investment income from that monthly period. As a result, all or a portion of a distribution may be a return of capital, which is in effect a partial return of the amount a Common Shareholder invested in the Fund.

     If the Fund’s total distributions in any year exceed the amount of its investment company taxable income and net capital gain for the year, any such excess would generally be characterized as a return of capital for U.S. federal income tax purposes. For example, because of the nature of the Fund’s investments, the Fund may distribute net short-term capital gains early in the calendar year, but incur net short-term capital losses later in the year, thereby offsetting the short-term net capital gains for which distributions have already been made by the Fund. In such a situation, the amount by which the Fund’s total distributions exceed investment company taxable income and net capital gain would generally be treated as a tax-free return of capital up to the amount of the Common Shareholder’s tax basis in their Common Shares, which would reduce such tax basis, with any amounts exceeding such basis treated as a gain from the sale of their Common Shares. Consequently, although a return of capital may not be taxable, it will generally increase the Common Shareholder’s potential gain, or reduce the Common Shareholder’s potential loss, on any subsequent sale or other disposition of Common Shares.

     The Fund expects that over time it will distribute all of its investment company taxable income. The investment company taxable income of the Fund will consist of all dividend and interest income accrued on portfolio assets, short-term capital gain and income from certain hedging and interest rate transactions, less all expenses of the Fund. Expenses of the Fund will be accrued each day.
 
 
96
 
 
 
 

 

     To permit the Fund to maintain more stable monthly distributions, the Fund may distribute less than the entire amount of the net investment income earned in a particular period. The undistributed net investment income may be available to supplement future distributions. As a result, the distributions paid by the Fund for any particular monthly period may be more or less than the amount of net investment income actually earned by the Fund during the period, and the Fund may have to sell a portion of its investment portfolio to make a distribution at a time when independent investment judgment might not dictate such action. Undistributed net investment income is included in the Common Shares’ net asset value, and, correspondingly, distributions from net investment income will reduce the Common Shares’ net asset value.

     The Fund reserves the right to change its distribution policy and the basis for establishing the rate of distributions at any time and may do so without prior notice to Common Shareholders.
 
      If you hold your Common Shares in your own name or if you hold your Common Shares with a brokerage firm that participates in the Fund’s Plan, unless you elect to receive cash, all dividends and distributions that are declared by the Fund will be automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares of the Fund pursuant to the Plan. If you hold your Common Shares with a brokerage firm that does not participate in the Plan, you will not be able to participate in the Plan and any dividend reinvestment may be effected on different terms than those described below. Consult your financial advisor for more information. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
 
 
Distribution History. The Fund has paid the following distributions since its inception:
 
Payable Date
Distribution Amount
   
August 29, 2014
$0.181300
July 31, 2014
$0.171300
June 30, 2014
$0.171300
May 30, 2014
$0.171300
April 30, 2014
$0.161460
March 31, 2014
$0.161460
February 28, 2014
$0.161460
January 31, 2014
$0.161460
December 31, 2013
$0.161460
November 29, 2013
$0.161460
October 31, 2013
$0.161460
September 30, 2013
$0.161460
 
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN
 
      Under the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan, a Common Shareholder whose Common Shares are registered in his or her own name will have all distributions reinvested automatically by Computershare Shareowner Services LLC, which is agent under the Plan (the “Plan Agent”), unless the Common Shareholder elects to receive cash. Distributions with respect to Common Shares registered in the name of a broker-dealer or other nominee (that is, in “street name”) will be reinvested in additional Common Shares under the Plan, unless the broker or nominee does not participate in the Plan or the Common Shareholder elects to receive distributions in cash. Investors who own Common Shares registered in street name should consult their broker-dealers for details regarding reinvestment. All distributions to investors who do not participate in the Plan will be paid by check mailed directly to the record holder by Computershare Shareowner Services LLC as dividend disbursing agent. A participant in the Plan who wishes to opt out of the Plan and elect to receive distributions in cash should contact Computershare Shareowner Services LLC in writing at the address specified below or by calling the telephone number specified below.
 
      Under the Plan, whenever the market price of the Common Shares is equal to or exceeds net asset value at the time Common Shares are valued for purposes of determining the number of Common Shares equivalent to the cash dividend or capital gains distribution, participants in the Plan are issued new Common Shares from the Fund, valued at the greater of (i) the net asset value as most recently determined or (ii) 95% of the then-current market price of the Common Shares. The valuation date is the dividend or distribution payment date or, if that date is not a NYSE trading day, the next preceding trading day. If the net asset value of the Common Shares at the time of valuation exceeds the market price of the Common Shares, the Plan Agent will buy the Common Shares for the Plan in the open market, on

97
 
 
 
 

 
 

the NYSE or elsewhere, for the participants’ accounts, except that the Plan Agent will endeavor to terminate purchases in the open market and cause the Fund to issue Common Shares at the greater of net asset value or 95% of market value if, following the commencement of such purchases, the market value of the Common Shares exceeds net asset value. If the Fund should declare a distribution or capital gains distribution payable only in cash, the Plan Agent will buy the Common Shares for the Plan in the open market, on the NYSE or elsewhere, for the participants’ accounts. There is no charge from the Fund for reinvestment of dividends or distributions in Common Shares pursuant to the Plan; however, all participants will pay a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred by the Plan Agent when it makes open-market purchases.
 
      The Plan Agent maintains all shareholder accounts in the Plan and furnishes written confirmations of all transactions in the account, including information needed by shareholders for personal and tax records. Common Shares in the account of each Plan participant will be held by the Plan Agent in non-certificated form in the name of the participant.

     In the case of shareholders such as banks, brokers or nominees, which hold Common Shares for others who are the beneficial owners, and participate in the Plan, the Plan Agent will administer the Plan on the basis of the number of Common Shares certified from time to time by the Common Shareholder as representing the total amount registered in the shareholder’s name and held for the account of beneficial owners who participate in the Plan.

     The automatic reinvestment of dividends and other distributions will not relieve participants of an income tax that may be payable or required to be withheld on such dividends or distributions.

     Experience under the Plan may indicate that changes are desirable. Accordingly, the Fund reserves the right to amend or terminate its Plan as applied to any voluntary cash payments made and any dividend or distribution paid subsequent to written notice of the change sent to the members of such Plan at least 90 days before the record date for such dividend or distribution. The Plan also may be amended or terminated by the Plan Agent on at least 90 days’ prior written notice to the participants in such Plan. All correspondence concerning the Plan should be directed to the Plan Administrator, Computershare, P.O. Box 43006, Providence, RI 02940-3006, Phone Number: (866) 488-3559.

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STRUCTURE

     The Fund is an unincorporated statutory trust organized under the laws of Delaware pursuant to a Certificate of Trust, dated as of June 7, 2012. The following is a brief description of the terms of the Common Shares, Borrowings and Preferred Shares which may be issued by the Fund. This description does not purport to be complete and is qualified by reference to the Fund’s Governing Documents.

Common Shares

     Pursuant to the Declaration of Trust, the Fund is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Common Shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share. Each Common Share has one vote and, when issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of this offering, will be fully paid and non-assessable. All Common Shares are equal as to dividends, assets and voting privileges and have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights. The Fund will send annual and semi-annual reports, including financial statements, to all holders of its shares.

     Any additional offerings of Common Shares will require approval by the Board of Trustees. Any additional offering of Common Shares will be subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, which provides that shares may not be issued at a price below the then current net asset value, exclusive of sales load, except in connection with an offering to existing Common Shareholders or with the consent of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities.

     The Fund’s currently outstanding Common Shares are, and the Common Shares offered by this Prospectus, will be, subject to notice of issuance, listed on the NYSE under the symbol “GGM.”

     The Fund’s net asset value per Common Share generally increases and decreases based on the market value of the Fund’s securities. Net asset value per Common Share will be reduced immediately following the offering of Common Shares by the amount of the sales load and offering expenses paid by the Fund. See “Use of Proceeds.”

     The Fund will not issue certificates for Common Shares.
 
 
98
 
 
 
 

 

      Issuance of Additional Common Shares. The provisions of the 1940 Act generally require that the public offering price (less underwriting commissions and discounts) of common shares sold by a closed-end investment company must equal or exceed the net asset value of such company’s common shares (calculated within 48 hours of the pricing of such offering), unless such sale is made with the consent of a majority of its common shareholders. The Fund may, from time to time, seek the consent of Common Shareholders to permit the issuance and sale by the Fund of Common Shares at a price below the Fund’s then-current net asset value, subject to certain conditions. If such consent is obtained, the Fund may, contemporaneous with and in no event more than one year following the receipt of such consent, sell Common Shares at price below net asset value in accordance with any conditions adopted in connection with the giving of such consent. Additional information regarding any consent of Common Shareholders obtained by the Fund and the applicable conditions imposed on the issuance and sale by the Fund of Common Shares at a price below net asset value will be disclosed in the Prospectus Supplement relating to any such offering of Common Shares at a price below net asset value. Until such consent of Common Shareholders, if any, is obtained, the Fund may not sell Common Shares at a price below net asset value. Because the Fund’s advisory fee and sub-advisory fee are based upon average Managed Assets, the Investment Adviser’s and the Sub-Adviser’s interests in recommending the issuance and sale of Common Shares at a price below net asset value may conflict with the interests of the Fund and its Common Shareholders.

Borrowings

     The Fund’s Declaration of Trust provides that the Board of Trustees may authorize the borrowing of money by the Fund, without the approval of the holders of the Common Shares. The Fund may issue notes or other evidences of indebtedness (including bank borrowings or commercial paper) and may secure any such borrowings by mortgaging, pledging or otherwise subjecting the Fund’s assets as security. See “Use of Financial Leverage—Indebtedness.”

Preferred Shares

     The Fund’s Governing Documents provide that the Board of Trustees may authorize and issue Preferred Shares with rights as determined by the Board of Trustees, by action of the Board of Trustees without prior approval of the holders of the Common Shares. Common Shareholders have no preemptive right to purchase any Preferred Shares that might be issued. Any such Preferred Share offering would be subject to the limits imposed by the 1940 Act. Issuance of Preferred Shares would constitute Financial Leverage and would entail special risks to the Common Shareholders.

     Although the Fund has no present intention to issue Preferred Shares, it may in the future utilize Preferred Shares to the maximum extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Under the 1940 Act, the Fund may not issue Preferred Shares unless, immediately after such issuance, it has an “asset coverage” of at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding Preferred Shares (i.e., such liquidation value may not exceed 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets). For these purposes, “asset coverage” means the ratio of (i) total assets less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by “senior securities” to (ii) the amount of “senior securities representing indebtedness” plus the “involuntary liquidation preference” of the Preferred Shares. “Senior security” generally means any bond, note, or similar security evidencing indebtedness and any class of shares having priority over any other class as to distribution of assets or payment of dividends. “Senior security representing indebtedness” means any “senior security” other than equity shares. The “involuntary liquidation preference” of the Preferred Shares is the amount that holders of Preferred Shares would be entitled to receive in the event of an involuntary liquidation of the Fund in preference to the Common Shares.

     In addition, the Fund is not permitted to declare any dividend (except a dividend payable in Common Shares), or to declare any other distribution on its Common Shares, or to purchase any Common Shares, unless the Preferred Shares have at the time of the declaration of any such dividend or other distribution, or at the time of any such purchase of Common Shares, an asset coverage of at least 200% after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price. If Preferred Shares are issued, the Fund intends, to the extent possible, to purchase or redeem Preferred Shares from time to time to the extent necessary to maintain asset coverage of any Preferred Shares of at least 200%. Any Preferred Shares issued by the Fund would have special voting rights and a liquidation preference over the Common Shares. Issuance of Preferred Shares would constitute Financial Leverage and would entail special risks to the Common Shareholders.
 
 
99
 
 
 
 

 

 
     Any Preferred Shares issued by the Fund would have special voting rights and a liquidation preference over the Common Shares.

     If Preferred Shares are outstanding, two of the Fund’s Trustees will be elected by the holders of Preferred Shares, voting separately as a class. The remaining Trustees of the Fund will be elected by Common Shareholders and Preferred Shares voting together as a single class. In the unlikely event the Fund failed to pay dividends on Preferred Shares for two years, Preferred Shares would be entitled to elect a majority of the Trustees of the Fund.

     The Fund may be subject to certain restrictions imposed by guidelines of one or more NRSROs that may issue ratings for Preferred Shares issued by the Fund. These guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed on the Fund by the 1940 Act. The Fund has no present intention to issue Preferred Shares.
 
Capitalization

      The following table provides information about the outstanding securities of the Fund as of May 31, 2014:
 
 
Amount
Amount Held by the
 
Title of Class
Authorized
Fund or for its Account
Amount Outstanding
 
Common Shares of
     
Beneficial Interest, par
     
value $0.01 per share
Unlimited
6,629,189
 
ANTI-TAKEOVER AND OTHER PROVISIONS IN THE FUND’S GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
 
      The Fund presently has provisions in its Governing Documents which could have the effect of limiting, in each case, (i) the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund, (ii) the Fund’s freedom to engage in certain transactions or (iii) the ability of the Fund’s Board of Trustees or shareholders to amend the Governing Documents or effectuate changes in the Fund’s management. These provisions of the Governing Documents of the Fund may be regarded as “anti-takeover” provisions. The Board of Trustees is divided into three classes, with the terms of one class expiring at each annual meeting of shareholders. At each annual meeting, one class of Trustees is elected to a three-year term. This provision could delay for up to two years the replacement of a majority of the Board of Trustees. A Trustee may be removed from office by the action of a majority of the remaining Trustees followed by a vote of the holders of at least 75% of the shares then entitled to vote for the election of the respective Trustee.
 
      In addition, the Declaration of Trust requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees followed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class or series of the Fund, voting separately as a class or series, to approve, adopt or authorize certain transactions with 5% or greater holders of a class or series of shares and their associates, unless the transaction has been approved by at least 80% of the Board of Trustees, in which case “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund shall be required. For purposes of these provisions, a 5% or greater holder of a class or series of shares (a “Principal Shareholder”) refers to any person who, whether directly or indirectly and whether alone or together with its affiliates and associates, beneficially owns 5% or more of the outstanding shares of any class or series of shares of beneficial interest of the Fund.
 
      The 5% holder transactions subject to these special approval requirements are:
 
the merger or consolidation of the Fund or any subsidiary of the Fund with or into any Principal Shareholder;
 
the issuance of any securities of the Fund to any Principal Shareholder for cash (other than pursuant to any automatic dividend reinvestment plan);
 
the sale, lease or exchange of all or any substantial part of the assets of the Fund to any Principal Shareholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than $1,000,000, aggregating for the purpose of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period; or
 
 
100
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
the sale, lease or exchange to the Fund or any subsidiary of the Fund, in exchange for securities of the Fund, of any assets of any Principal Shareholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than $1,000,000, aggregating for purposes of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period.
 
      To liquidate the Fund, the Declaration of Trust requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees followed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class or series of the Fund, voting separately as a class or series, unless such liquidation has been approved by at least 80% of the Board of Trustees, in which case “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund shall be required.
 
      For the purposes of calculating “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” under the Declaration of Trust, each class and series of the Fund shall vote together as a single class, except to the extent required by the 1940 Act or the Declaration of Trust with respect to any class or series of shares. If a separate vote is required, the applicable proportion of shares of the class or series, voting as a separate class or series, also will be required. A “majority of the outstanding voting securities” means the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the Fund’s voting securities present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy; or (ii) more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities.

     The Board of Trustees has determined that provisions with respect to the Board of Trustees and the shareholder voting requirements described above, which voting requirements are greater than the minimum requirements under Delaware law or the 1940 Act, are in the best interest of shareholders generally. Reference should be made to the Declaration of Trust on file with the SEC for the full text of these provisions. See “Additional Information.”

CLOSED-END FUND STRUCTURE

     Closed-end management investment companies (“closed-end funds”) differ from open-end management investment companies (commonly referred to as “mutual funds”) in that closed-end funds generally list their shares for trading on a securities exchange and do not redeem their shares at the option of the shareholder. By comparison, mutual funds issue securities redeemable at net asset value at the option of the shareholder and typically engage in a continuous offering of their shares. Mutual funds are subject to continuous asset in-flows and out-flows that can complicate portfolio management, whereas closed-end funds generally can stay more fully invested in securities consistent with the closed-end fund’s investment objective and policies. In addition, in comparison to open-end funds, closed-end funds have greater flexibility in their ability to make certain types of investments, including investments in illiquid securities.

     However, shares of closed-end funds listed for trading on a securities exchange frequently trade at a discount from net asset value, but in some cases trade at a premium. The market price may be affected by trading volume of the shares, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the closed-end fund. The foregoing factors may result in the market price of the Common Shares being greater than, less than or equal to net asset value. The Board of Trustees has reviewed the structure of the Fund in light of its investment objective and policies and has determined that the closed-end structure is in the best interests of the shareholders. Investors should assume, therefore, that it is unlikely that the Board of Trustees would vote to convert the Fund to an open-end management investment company.

REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES; CONVERSION TO OPEN-END FUND

Repurchase Of Common Shares

     The Board of Trustees will review periodically the trading range and activity of the Fund’s shares with respect to its net asset value and the Board of Trustees may take certain actions to seek to reduce or eliminate any such discount. Such actions may include open market repurchases or tender offers for the Common Shares at net asset value. There can be no assurance that the Board of Trustees will decide to undertake any of these actions or that, if undertaken, such actions would result in the Common Shares trading at a price equal to or close to net asset value per Common Share.
 
 
101
 
 
 
 

 

 
Conversion To Open-End Fund

     To convert the Fund to an open-end management investment company, the Declaration of Trust requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees followed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class or series of shares of the Fund, voting separately as a class or series, unless such action has been approved by at least 80% of the Board of Trustees, in which case “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund shall be required. A “majority of the outstanding voting securities” means the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the Fund’s voting securities present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy; or (ii) more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities. The foregoing vote would satisfy a separate requirement in the 1940 Act that any conversion of the Fund to an open-end management investment company be approved by the shareholders. If approved in the foregoing manner, conversion of the Fund to an open-end management investment company could not occur until 90 days after the shareholders’ meeting at which such conversion was approved and would also require at least 30 days’ prior notice to all shareholders.
 
     In the event of conversion, the Common Shares would cease to be listed on the NYSE or other national securities exchange or market system. If the Fund were converted to an open-end management investment company, it is likely that new Common Shares would be sold at net asset value plus a sales load. The Board of Trustees believes, however, that the closed-end structure is desirable, given the Fund’s investment objective and policies. Investors should assume, therefore, that it is unlikely that the Board of Trustees would vote to convert the Fund to an open-end management investment company.

     Shareholders of an open-end management investment company may require the company to redeem their shares at any time (except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the 1940 Act) at their net asset value, less such redemption charge, if any, as might be in effect at the time of a redemption. In the event of conversion, the Fund would expect to pay all such redemption requests in cash, but would intend to reserve the right to pay redemption requests in a combination of cash or securities. If such partial payment in securities were made, investors could incur brokerage costs in converting such securities to cash.

TAX MATTERS

     The following discussion is a brief summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations affecting the Fund and the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Fund’s Common Shares. A more complete discussion of the tax rules applicable to the Fund and its Common Shareholders can be found in the SAI that is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus. Except as otherwise noted, this discussion assumes you are a taxable U.S. person (as defined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and that you hold your Common Shares as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally, assets held for investments). This discussion is based upon current provisions of the Code, the regulations promulgated thereunder and judicial and administrative authorities, all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations by the courts or the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), possibly with retroactive effect. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal tax concerns affecting the Fund and its Common Shareholders (including Common Shareholders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax law).

      The discussion set forth herein does not constitute tax advice and potential investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers to determine the specific U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences to them of investing in the Fund.

Taxation Of The Fund

     The Fund intends to elect to be treated and to qualify annually as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. Accordingly, the Fund must, among other things, meet certain income, asset diversification and distribution requirements:

(i)
The Fund must derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from the following sources: (a) dividends, interest (including tax-exempt interest), payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including gain from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies; and (b) net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined in the Code). Generally, a qualified publicly traded
 
 
102
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
partnership includes a partnership the interests of which are traded on an established securities market or readily tradable on a secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof) and that derives less than 90% of its gross income from the items described in (a) above.
 
(ii)
The Fund must diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items, including receivables, U.S. Government securities, the securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (b) not more than 25% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. Government securities and the securities of other RICs) of (I) any one issuer, (II) any two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same business or similar or related trades or businesses or (III) any one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined in the Code).


 
     As long as the Fund qualifies as a RIC, the Fund generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on income and gains that the Fund distributes to its Common Shareholders, provided that it distributes each taxable year at least 90% of the sum of (i) the Fund’s investment company taxable income (which includes, among other items, dividends, interest, the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, and other taxable income, other than any net capital gain (defined below), reduced by deductible expenses) determined without regard to the deduction for dividends and distributions paid and (ii) the Fund’s net tax-exempt interest (the excess of its gross tax-exempt interest over certain disallowed deductions). The Fund intends to distribute substantially all of such income each year. The Fund will be subject to income tax at regular corporate rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its Common Shareholders.

     The Fund will either distribute or retain for reinvestment all or part of its net capital gain (which consists of the excess of its net long-term capital gain over its net short-term capital loss). If any such gain is retained, the Fund will be subject to a corporate income tax (currently at a maximum rate of 35%) on such retained amount. In that event, the Fund expects to report the retained amount as undistributed capital gain in a notice to its Common Shareholders, each of whom, if subject to U.S. federal income tax on long-term capital gains, (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes as long-term capital gain its share of such undistributed amounts, (ii) will be entitled to credit its proportionate share of the tax paid by the Fund against its U.S. federal income tax liability and to claim refunds to the extent that the credit exceeds such liability and (iii) will increase its basis in its Common Shares by the amount of undistributed capital gain included in such Common Shareholder’s gross income net of the tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii).

     The Code imposes a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the Fund to the extent the Fund does not distribute by the end of any calendar year at least the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gain or loss) for the calendar year and (ii) 98.2% of its capital gain in excess of its capital loss (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for a one-year period generally ending on October 31 of the calendar year. In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any under-distribution or over- distribution, as the case may be, from the previous year. For purposes of the excise tax, the Fund will be deemed to have distributed any income on which it paid federal income tax in the taxable year ending within the calendar year. While the Fund intends to distribute any income and capital gain in order to minimize imposition of the 4% nondeductible excise tax, there can be no assurance that amounts of the Fund’s taxable income and capital gain will be distributed to entirely avoid the imposition of the excise tax. In that event, the Fund will be liable for the excise tax only on the amount by which it does not meet the foregoing distribution requirement.

     Certain of the Fund’s investment practices are subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gains or “qualified dividend income” into higher taxed short-term capital gains or ordinary income, (iii) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause the Fund to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (vii) produce income that will not be “qualified” income for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement described above. These U.S. federal income tax provisions could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to Common Shareholders. The Fund intends to
 
103
 
 
 
 

 


structure and monitor its transactions and may make certain tax elections and may be required to dispose of securities to mitigate the effect of these provisions and prevent disqualification of the Fund as a RIC (which may adversely affect the net after-tax return to the Fund).

     If for any taxable year the Fund does not qualify as a RIC, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain) will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to Common Shareholders, and such distributions will be taxable to the Common Shareholders as ordinary dividends to the extent of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits. Provided that certain holding period and other requirements are met, such dividends, however, would be eligible (i) to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of U.S. Common Shareholders taxed as individuals and (ii) for the dividends-received deduction in the case of U.S. Common Shareholders taxed as corporations. The Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay taxes and make distributions (which could be subject to interest charges) before requalifying for taxation as a RIC.

Taxation Of Common Shareholders

      Distributions. Distributions paid to you by the Fund from its net capital gains, which is the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss, if any, that the Fund properly reports as capital gains dividends (“capital gain dividends”) are taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long you have held your Common Shares. All other dividends paid to you by the Fund (including dividends from short-term capital gains) from its current or accumulated earnings and profits (“ordinary income dividends”) are generally subject to tax as ordinary income.

     In the case of corporate shareholders, ordinary income dividends paid by the Fund generally will be eligible for the dividends received deduction to the extent that the Fund’s income consists of dividend income from U.S. corporations and certain holding period requirements are satisfied by both the Fund and the corporate shareholders. In the case of individuals, any properly reported ordinary income dividend that you receive from the Fund generally will be eligible for taxation at the rates applicable to long-term capital gains to the extent that (i) the ordinary income dividend is attributable to “qualified dividend income” (i.e., generally dividends paid by U.S. corporations and certain foreign corporations) received by the Fund, (ii) the Fund satisfies certain holding period and other requirements with respect to the stock on which such qualified dividend income was paid and (iii) you satisfy certain holding period and other requirements with respect to your Common Shares. Qualified dividend income eligible for these special rules are not actually treated as capital gains, however, and thus will not be included in the computation of your net capital gain and generally cannot be used to offset any capital losses. In general, you may include as qualified dividend income only that portion of the dividends that may be and are so reported by the Fund as qualified dividend income. Dividend income from passive foreign investment companies and, in general, dividend income from REITs is not eligible for the reduced rate for qualified dividend income and is taxed as ordinary income. Due to the nature of the Fund’s investments, the Fund does not expect that a significant portion of its distributions will be eligible for the dividends received deduction or for the reduced rates applicable to qualified dividend income.

     Any distributions you receive that are in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of your adjusted tax basis in your Common Shares, and thereafter as capital gain from the sale of Common Shares. The amount of any Fund distribution that is treated as a tax-free return of capital will reduce your adjusted tax basis in your Common Shares, thereby increasing your potential gain, or reducing your potential loss, on any subsequent sale or other disposition of your Common Shares.

     Dividends and other taxable distributions are taxable to you even if they are reinvested in additional Common Shares of the Fund. Dividends and other distributions paid by the Fund are generally treated as received by you at the time the dividend or distribution is made. If, however, the Fund pays you a dividend in January that was declared in the previous October, November or December and you were the Common Shareholder of record on a specified date in one of such months, then such dividend will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as being paid by the Fund and received by you on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.

     The Fund will send you information after the end of each year setting forth the amount and tax status of any distributions paid to you by the Fund.

      Sale of Common Shares. The sale or other disposition of Common Shares of the Fund will generally result in capital gain or loss to you and will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held such Common Shares for more than one year. Any loss upon the sale or other disposition of Common Shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received (including amounts credited as an

104
 
 
 
 

 
 

undistributed capital gain) by you with respect to such Common Shares. Any loss you recognize on a sale or other disposition of Common Shares will be disallowed if you acquire other Common Shares (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after your sale or exchange of the Common Shares. In such case, your tax basis in the Common Shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

     Current U.S. federal income tax law taxes both long-term and short-term capital gain of corporations at the rates applicable to ordinary income. For non-corporate taxpayers, short-term capital gain is currently taxed at rates applicable to ordinary income, while long-term capital gain generally is taxed at a reduced maximum rate. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations under the Code.

      Medicare Tax. An additional 3.8% Medicare tax will be imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from the Fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of Fund shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceed certain threshold amounts.

     Backup Withholding.

     The Fund may be required to withhold, for U.S. federal backup withholding tax purposes, a portion of the dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds payable to non-corporate Common Shareholders who fail to provide the Fund (or its agent) with their correct taxpayer identification number (in the case of individuals, generally, their social security number) or to make required certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that you timely furnish the required information to the IRS.

      The foregoing is a general and abbreviated summary of the provisions of the Code and the Treasury regulations in effect as they directly govern the taxation of the Fund and its Common Shareholders. These provisions are subject to change by legislative or administrative action, and any such change may be retroactive. A more complete discussion of the tax rules applicable to the Fund and its Common Shareholders can be found in the SAI that is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus. Common Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding specific questions as to U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income or other taxes.

105
 
 
 
 

 

 
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     The Fund may sell up to $100,000,000 in aggregate initial offering price of Common Shares from time to time under this Prospectus and any related Prospectus Supplement (1) directly to one or more purchases; (2) through agents; (3) through underwriters; (4) through dealers; or (5) pursuant to the Plan. Each Prospectus Supplement relating to an offering of Common Shares will state the terms of the offering, including:

the names of any agents, underwriters or dealers;

any sales loads or other items constituting underwriters’ compensation;

any discounts, commissions, or fees allowed or paid to dealers or agents;

the public offering or purchase price of the offered Common Shares and the net proceeds the Fund will receive from the sale; and

any securities exchange on which the offered Common Shares may be listed.

Direct Sales

     The Fund may sell Common Shares directly to, and solicit offers from, institutional investors or others who may be deemed to be underwriters as defined in the 1933 Act for any resales of the securities. In this case, no underwriters or agents would be involved. The Fund may use electronic media, including the internet, to sell offered securities directly. The Fund will describe the terms of any of those sales in a Prospectus Supplement.

By Agents

     The Fund may offer Common Shares through agents that the Fund may designate. The Fund will name any agent involved in the offer and sale and describe any commissions payable by the Fund in the Prospectus Supplement. Unless otherwise indicated in the Prospectus Supplement, the agents will be acting on a best efforts basis for the period of their appointment.

By Underwriters

     The Fund may offer and sell Common Shares from time to time to one or more underwriters who would purchase the Common Shares as principal for resale to the public, either on a firm commitment or best efforts basis. If the Fund sells Common Shares to underwriters, the Fund will execute an underwriting agreement with them at the time of the sale and will name them in the Prospectus Supplement. In connection with these sales, the underwriters may be deemed to have received compensation from the Fund in the form of underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters also may receive commissions from purchasers of Common Shares for whom they may act as agent. Unless otherwise stated in the Prospectus Supplement, the underwriters will not be obligated to purchase the Common Shares unless the conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement are satisfied, and if the underwriters purchase any of the Common Shares, they will be required to purchase all of the offered Common Shares. The underwriters may sell the offered Common Shares to or through dealers, and those dealers may receive discounts, concessions or commissions from the underwriters as well as from the purchasers for whom they may act as agent. Any public offering price and any discounts or concessions allowed or reallowed or paid to dealers may be changed from time to time.

     If a Prospectus Supplement so indicates, the Fund may grant the underwriters an option to purchase additional Common Shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, within 45 days from the date of the Prospectus Supplement, to cover any overallotments.

By Dealers

     The Fund may offer and sell Common Shares from time to time to one or more dealers who would purchase the securities as principal. The dealers then may resell the offered Common Shares to the public at fixed or varying prices to be determined by those dealers at the time of resale. The Fund will set forth the names of the dealers and the terms of the transaction in the Prospectus Supplement.

General Information

     Agents, underwriters, or dealers participating in an offering of Common Shares may be deemed to be underwriters, and any discounts and commission received by them and any profit realized by them on resale of the

106
 
 
 
 

 

 
offered Common Shares for whom they act as agent, may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the 1933 Act.

     The Fund may offer to sell securities either at a fixed price or at prices that may vary, at market prices prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related to prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices.

     To facilitate an offering of Common Shares in an underwritten transaction and in accordance with industry practice, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the market price of the Common Shares or any other security. Those transactions may include overallotment, entering stabilizing bids, effecting syndicate covering transactions, and reclaiming selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer.

An overallotment in connection with an offering creates a short position in the common stock for the underwriter’s own account.

An underwriter may place a stabilizing bid to purchase the Common Shares for the purpose of pegging, fixing, or maintaining the price of the Common Shares.

Underwriters may engage in syndicate covering transactions to cover overallotments or to stabilize the price of the Common Shares by bidding for, and purchasing, the Common Shares or any other securities in the open market in order to reduce a short position created in connection with the offering.

The managing underwriter may impose a penalty bid on a syndicate member to reclaim a selling concession in connection with an offering when the Common Shares originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in syndicate covering transactions or otherwise.

     Any of these activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of the Common Shares above independent market levels. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities at any time.

     Any underwriters to whom the offered Common Shares are sold for offering and sale may make a market in the offered Common Shares, but the underwriters will not be obligated to do so and may discontinue any market-making at any time without notice. There can be no assurance that there will be a liquid trading market for the offered Common Shares.

     Under agreements entered into with the Fund, underwriters and agents may be entitled to indemnification by us against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the 1933 Act, or to contribution for payments the underwriters or agents may be required to make.

     The underwriters, agents, and their affiliates may engage in financial or other business transactions with the Fund in the ordinary course of business.

     Pursuant to a requirement of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, the maximum compensation to be received by any FINRA member or independent broker-dealer may not be greater than eight percent (8%) of the gross proceeds received by the Fund for the sale of any securities being registered pursuant to SEC Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

     The aggregate offering price specified on the cover of this Prospectus relates to the offering of the Common Shares not yet issued as of the date of this Prospectus.

     To the extent permitted under the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the underwriters may from time to time act as a broker or dealer and receive fees in connection with the execution of portfolio transactions on behalf of the Fund after the underwriters have ceased to be underwriters and, subject to certain restrictions, each may act as a broker while it is an underwriter.

     A Prospectus and accompanying Prospectus Supplement in electronic form may be made available on the websites maintained by underwriters. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of Common Shares for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Such allocations of Common Shares for internet distributions will be made on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, Common Shares may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell Common Shares to online brokerage account holders.

107
 
 
 
 

 

 
Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan

     The Fund may issue and sell Common Shares pursuant to the Plan.

CUSTODIAN, ADMINISTRATOR, TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND-DISBURSING AGENT

     The Bank of New York Mellon serves as the custodian of the Fund’s assets pursuant to a custody agreement. Under the custody agreement, the custodian holds the Fund’s assets in compliance with the 1940 Act. For its services, the custodian will receive a monthly fee based upon, among other things, the average value of the total assets of the Fund, plus certain charges for securities transactions. The Bank of New York Mellon is located at One Wall Street, New York, NY 10286.

     Computershare Shareowner Services LLC serves as the Fund’s dividend disbursing agent, Plan Agent under the Plan, transfer agent and registrar for the Common Shares of the Fund. Computershare Shareowner Services LLC is located at P.O. Box 30170, College Station, TX 77842-3170.

     Rydex Fund Services, LLC, an affiliate of the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, fistrator to the Fund. Pursuant to an administration agreement, Rydex Fund Services, LLC is responsible for: (1) coordinating with the custodian and transfer agent and monitoring the services they provide to the Fund, (2) coordinating with and monitoring any other third parties furnishing services to the Fund, (3) supervising the maintenance by third parties of such books and records of the Fund as may be required by applicable federal or state law, (4) preparing or supervising the preparation by third parties of all federal, state and local tax returns and reports of the Fund required by applicable law, (5) preparing and, after approval by the Fund, filing and arranging for the distribution of proxy materials and periodic reports to shareholders of the Fund as required by applicable law, (6) preparing and, after approval by the Fund, arranging for the filing of such registration statements and other documents with the SEC and other federal and state regulatory authorities as may be required by applicable law, (7) reviewing and submitting to the officers of the Fund for their approval invoices or other requests for payment of the Fund’s expenses and instructing the custodian to issue checks in payment thereof and (8) taking such other action with respect to the Fund as may be necessary in the opinion of the administrator to perform its duties under the Administration Agreement. For the services, the Fund pays Rydex Fund Services, LLC, as administrator, a fee, accrued daily and paid monthly, at the annual rate equal to 0.0275% of the first $200 million in average daily Managed Assets, 0.0200% of the next $300 million in average daily Managed Assets, $0.0150% of the next $500 million in average daily Managed Assets, and 0.0100% of average daily Managed Assets above $1 billion.

     Rydex Fund Services, LLC also serves as fund accounting agent to the Fund. Pursuant to a fund accounting agreement, Rydex Fund Services, LLC performs certain accounting services, including maintaining ledgers; computing per share net asset value, income, gains, yields; verifying and reconciling daily trade activity; accruing expenses and determining outstanding receivables and payables; providing accounting reports; and providing accounting services and data in connection with regulatory filings. For the services, the Fund pays Rydex Fund Services, LLC, as fund accounting agent, a fee, accrued daily and paid monthly, at the annual rate equal to 0.0300% of the first $200 million in average daily Managed Assets, 0.0150% of the next $300 million in average daily Managed Assets, 0.0100% of the next $500 million in average daily Managed Assets, and 0.0075% of average daily Managed Assets above $1 billion, subject to a minimum fee of $50,000 per year.

LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain legal matters will be passed on for the Fund by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York, in connection with the offering of the Common Shares.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

     Ernst & Young LLP, McLean, Virginia, is the independent registered public accounting firm of the Fund. The Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm is expected to render an opinion annually on the financial statements of the Fund.

108
 
 
 
 

 

 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     This Prospectus constitutes part of a Registration Statement filed by the Fund with the SEC under the Securities Act, and the 1940 Act. This Prospectus omits certain of the information contained in the Registration Statement, and reference is hereby made to the Registration Statement and related exhibits for further information with respect to the Fund and the Common Shares offered hereby. Any statements contained herein concerning the provisions of any document are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement or otherwise filed with the SEC. Each such statement is qualified in its entirety by such reference. The complete Registration Statement may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the fee prescribed by its rules and regulations or free of charge through the SEC’s website (www.sec.gov).

PRIVACY PRINCIPLES OF THE FUND

     The Fund is committed to maintaining the privacy of its shareholders and to safeguarding their non-public personal information. The following information is provided to help you understand what personal information the Fund collects, how the Fund protects that information and why, in certain cases, the Fund may share information with select other parties.

     Generally, the Fund does not receive any non-public personal information relating to its shareholders, although certain non-public personal information of its shareholders may become available to the Fund. The Fund does not disclose any non-public personal information about its shareholders or former shareholders to anyone, except as permitted by law or as is necessary in order to service shareholder accounts (for example, to a transfer agent or third party administrator).

     The Fund restricts access to non-public personal information about its shareholders to employees of the Adviser and its delegates and affiliates with a legitimate business need for the information. The Fund maintains physical, electronic and procedural safeguards designed to protect the non-public personal information of its shareholders.

109

 
 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
Page
The Fund
S-2
Investment Objective and Policies
S-2
Investment Restrictions
S-11
Management of the Fund
S-13
Portfolio Transactions
S-26
Net Asset Value
S-
Tax Matters
S-27
General Information
S-32
Financial Statements
S-33
Appendix A: Description of Securities Ratings
A-1
Appendix B: Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
BB-1
 
 
110
 
 
 
 

 



 
 
 
 
$100,000,000
 
 
Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund
 
 
Common Shares
 
 

PROSPECTUS

 
 
, 2014
 


 
 
 
 

 
 
 

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. The Fund may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
 
 
Preliminary Statement of Additional Information, dated September 8 , 2014
 
Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund
__________________________
 
Statement of Additional Information
 
 
      Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund (the “Fund”) is a diversified, closed-end management investment company. The Fund’s investment objective is to seek total return through a combination of current income and capital appreciation. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective or be able to structure its investments as anticipated, and you could lose some or all of your investment.
 
      This Statement of Additional Information relates to the offering, from time to time, of up to $100,000,000 aggregate initial offering price of the Fund’s common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Shares”) in one or more offerings. This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus, but should be read in conjunction with the prospectus for the Fund, dated            , 2014 (the “Prospectus”), and any related supplement to the Prospectus (each a “Prospectus Supplement”). Investors should obtain and read the Prospectus and any related Prospectus Supplement prior to purchasing Common Shares. A copy of the Prospectus and any related Prospectus Supplement may be obtained without charge, by calling the Fund at (800) 345-7999.
 
     The Prospectus and this SAI omit certain of the information contained in the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The registration statement may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the fee prescribed, or inspected at the SEC’s office or via its website (www.sec.gov) at no charge. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
Page
The Fund
S-2
Investment Objective and Policies
S-2
Investment Restrictions
S-11
Management of the Fund
S-13
Portfolio Transactions
S-26
Net Asset Value
S-
Tax Matters
S-27
General Information
S-32
Financial Statements
S-33
Appendix A: Description of Securities Ratings
A-1
Appendix B: Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
B-1
 
 
 
 
 

 

 
THE FUND
 
      The Fund is a diversified, closed-end management investment company organized as a statutory trust under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Fund’s currently outstanding common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 (the “Common Shares”) are, and the Common Shares offered by this Prospectus, will be, subject to notice of issuance, listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “GGM.”
 
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES
 
Additional Investment Policies and Portfolio Contents

     The following information supplements the discussion of the Fund’s investment objective, policies and techniques that are described in the Prospectus. The Fund may make the following investments, among others, some of which are part of its principal investment strategies and some of which are not. The principal risks of the Fund’s principal investment strategies are discussed in the Prospectus. The Fund may not buy all of the types of securities or use all of the investment techniques that are described.

      Real Property Asset Companies. The Fund may invest in securities issued by companies that own, produce, refine, process, transport and market “real property assets,” such as real estate and the natural resources upon or within real estate. These real property asset companies consist of:

Companies engaged in the ownership, construction, financing, management and/or sale of commercial, industrial and/or residential real estate (or that have assets primarily invested in such real estate); and

Companies engaged in energy, natural resources and basic materials businesses and companies engaged in associated businesses. These companies may engaged in oil and gas exploration and production, gold and other precious metals, steel and iron ore production, energy services, forest products, chemicals, coal, alternative energy sources and environmental services, as well as related transportation companies and equipment manufacturers.

      REITs. REITs possess certain risks which differ from an investment in common stocks. REITs are financial vehicles that pool investor’s capital to purchase or finance real estate. REITs may concentrate their investments in specific geographic areas or in specific property types, i.e., hotels, shopping malls, residential complexes and office buildings. The market value of REIT shares and the ability of the REITs to distribute income may be adversely affected by several factors, including rising interest rates, changes in the national, state and local economic climate and real estate conditions, perceptions of prospective tenants of the safety, convenience and attractiveness of the properties, the ability of the owners to provide adequate management, maintenance and insurance, the cost of complying with the Americans with Disabilities Act, increased competition from new properties, the impact of present or future environmental legislation and compliance with environmental laws, changes in real estate taxes and other operating expenses, adverse changes in governmental rules and fiscal policies, adverse changes in zoning laws, and other factors beyond the control of the issuers of the REITs. In addition, distributions received by the Fund from REITs may consist of dividends, capital gains, and/or return of capital. As REITs generally pay a higher rate of dividends (on a pre-tax basis) than operating companies, to the extent application of the Fund’s investment strategy results in the Fund investing in REIT shares, the percentage of the Fund’s dividend income received from REIT shares will likely exceed the percentage of the Fund’s portfolio which is comprised of REIT shares. There are three general categories of REITs: equity REITs, mortgage REITs and hybrid REITs. Equity REITs invest primarily in direct fee ownership or leasehold ownership of real property; they derive most of their income from rents. Mortgage REITs invest mostly in mortgages on real estate, which may secure construction, development or long-term loans, and the main source of their income is mortgage interest payments. Hybrid REITs hold both ownership and mortgage interests in real estate.

      Personal Property Asset Companies. The Fund may invest in securities issued by companies that own, produce, refine, process, transport and market “personal property assets.” Personal (as opposed to real) property assets include any tangible, movable chattel or asset. The Fund will typically seek to invest in securities of such

S–2
 
 
 

 
 
 
personal property asset companies with investment performance that is not highly correlated with traditional market indexes, such as special situation transportation assets (e.g., railcars, ships, airplanes and automobiles) and collectibles (e.g., antiques, wine and fine art).

      Eurodollar and Yankee Dollar Obligations. Eurodollar obligations are U.S. dollar-denominated certificates of deposit, time deposits and debt issues issued outside the U.S. capital markets by foreign branches of U.S. banks and by foreign sovereign and non-governmental issuers, including foreign banks. Yankee Dollar obligations are U.S. dollar-denominated obligations issued in the U.S. capital markets by foreign sovereign and non-governmental issuers. Eurodollar and Yankee Dollar obligations are generally subject to the same risks that apply to domestic debt securities, notably credit risk, market risk and liquidity risk. Additionally, Eurodollar (and to a limited extent, Yankee Dollar) obligations are subject to sovereign debt risk. See “Risks–Sovereign Debt Risk” in the Prospectus.

      Municipal Leases and Certificates of Participation. The Fund may purchase municipal securities that represent lease obligations and certificates of participation in such leases. These carry special risks because the issuer of the securities may not be obligated to appropriate money annually to make payments under the lease. A municipal lease is an obligation in the form of a lease or installment purchase that is issued by a state or local government to acquire equipment and facilities. Income from such obligations generally is exempt from state and local taxes in the state of issuance. Leases and installment purchase or conditional sale contracts (which normally provide for title to the leased asset to pass eventually to the governmental issuer) have evolved as a means for governmental issuers to acquire property and equipment without meeting the constitutional and statutory requirements for the issuance of debt. The debt issuance limitations are deemed to be inapplicable because of the inclusion in many leases or contracts of “non-appropriation” clauses that relieve the governmental issuer of any obligation to make future payments under the lease or contract unless money is appropriated for such purpose by the appropriate legislative body on a yearly or other periodic basis. In addition, such leases or contracts may be subject to the temporary abatement of payments in the event the issuer is prevented from maintaining occupancy of the leased premises or utilizing the leased equipment or facilities. Although the obligations may be secured by the leased equipment or facilities, the disposition of the property in the event of non-appropriation or foreclosure might prove difficult, time consuming and costly, and result in a delay in recovering, or the failure to recover fully, the Fund’s original investment. To the extent that the Fund invests in unrated municipal leases or participates in such leases, the credit quality rating and risk of cancellation of such unrated leases will be monitored on an ongoing basis. In order to reduce this risk, the Fund will only purchase municipal securities representing lease obligations where the Adviser believes the issuer has a strong incentive to continue making appropriations until maturity.

     A certificate of participation represents an undivided interest in an unmanaged pool of municipal leases, an installment purchase agreement or other instruments. The certificates are typically issued by a municipal agency, a trust or other entity that has received an assignment of the payments to be made by the state or political subdivision under such leases or installment purchase agreements. Such certificates provide the Fund with the right to a pro rata undivided interest in the underlying municipal securities. In addition, such participations generally provide the Fund with the right to demand payment, on not more than seven days’ notice, of all or any part of the Fund’s participation interest in the underlying municipal securities, plus accrued interest.

      Municipal Notes. Municipal securities in the form of notes generally are used to provide for short-term capital needs, in anticipation of an issuer’s receipt of other revenues or financing, and typically have maturities of up to three years. Such instruments may consist of tax anticipation notes, revenue anticipation notes, bond anticipation notes, tax and revenue anticipation notes and construction loan notes. Tax anticipation notes are issued to finance the working capital needs of governments. Generally, they are issued in anticipation of various tax revenues, such as income, sales, property, use and business taxes, and are payable from these specific future taxes. Revenue anticipation notes are issued in expectation of receipt of other kinds of revenue, such as federal revenues available under federal revenue sharing programs. Bond anticipation notes are issued to provide interim financing until long-term bond financing can be arranged. In most cases, the long-term bonds then provide the funds needed for repayment of the bond anticipation notes. Tax and revenue anticipation notes combine the funding sources of both tax anticipation notes and revenue anticipation notes. Construction loan notes are sold to provide construction financing. Mortgage notes insured by the Federal Housing Authority secure these notes; however, the proceeds from the insurance may be less than the economic equivalent of the payment of principal and interest on the mortgage note if there has been a default. The anticipated revenues from taxes, grants or bond financing generally secure the

S–3
 
 
 
 

 

 
obligations of an issuer of municipal notes. An investment in such instruments, however, presents a risk that the anticipated revenues will not be received or that such revenues will be insufficient to satisfy the issuer’s payment obligations under the notes or that refinancing will be otherwise unavailable.

      Pre-Refunded Municipal Securities. The principal of, and interest on, pre-refunded municipal securities are no longer paid from the original revenue source for the securities. Instead, the source of such payments is typically an escrow fund consisting of U.S. Government securities. The assets in the escrow fund are derived from the proceeds of refunding bonds issued by the same issuer as the pre-refunded municipal securities. Issuers of municipal securities use this advance refunding technique to obtain more favorable terms with respect to securities that are not yet subject to call or redemption by the issuer. For example, advance refunding enables an issuer to refinance debt at lower market interest rates, restructure debt to improve cash flow or eliminate restrictive covenants in the indenture or other governing instrument for the pre-refunded municipal securities. However, except for a change in the revenue source from which principal and interest payments are made, the pre-refunded municipal securities remain outstanding on their original terms until they mature or are redeemed by the issuer. Pre-refunded municipal securities are subject to risks associated with other types of municipal securities, including credit risk, interest rate risk, reinvestment risk, market risk, and risks related to legislative, political and economic changes and adverse changes in the issuer’s financial condition.

      Private Activity Bonds. Private activity bonds, formerly referred to as industrial development bonds, are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds to provide privately operated housing facilities, airport, mass transit or port facilities, sewage disposal, solid waste disposal or hazardous waste treatment or disposal facilities or certain local facilities for water supply, gas or electricity. Other types of private activity bonds, the proceeds of which are used for the construction, equipment, repair or improvement of privately operated industrial or commercial facilities, may constitute municipal securities, although the current federal tax laws place substantial limitations on the size of such issues. Under current law, a significant portion of the private activity bond market (except for private activity bonds, including refunding bonds, issued in 2009 and 2010) is subject to the federal alternative minimum tax. Payment of principal and interest on private activity bonds generally depends on the issuer’s continued ability to generate sufficient revenues, which will be affected by factors such as the size of the entity, its capital structure, demand for its products or services, competition, general economic conditions, governmental regulation, and the entity’s dependence on revenues for the operation of the particular facility being financed by the bond.

      Inverse Floating Rate Securities. Inverse floating rate securities (sometimes referred to as “inverse floaters”) are securities whose interest rates bear an inverse relationship to the interest rate on another security or the value of an index. Generally, inverse floating rate securities represent beneficial interests in a special purpose trust formed by a third party sponsor for the purpose of holding municipal bonds. The special purpose trust typically sells two classes of beneficial interests or securities: short-term floating rate municipal securities (sometimes referred to as short-term floaters or tender option bonds), which are sold to third party investors, and inverse floating rate municipal securities, which the Fund would purchase. The short-term floating rate securities have first priority on the cash flow from the municipal bonds held by the special purpose trust. Typically, a third party, such as a bank, broker-dealer or other financial institution, grants the floating rate security holders the option, at periodic intervals, to tender their securities to the institution and receive the face value thereof. As consideration for providing the option, the financial institution receives periodic fees. The holder of the short-term floater effectively holds a demand obligation that bears interest at the prevailing short-term, tax-exempt rate. However, the institution granting the tender option will not be obligated to accept tendered short-term floaters in the event of certain defaults or a significant downgrade in the credit rating assigned to the bond issuer. For its inverse floating rate investment, the Fund receives the residual cash flow from the special purpose trust. Because the holder of the short-term floater is generally assured liquidity at the face value of the security, the Fund as the holder of the inverse floater assumes the interest rate cash flow risk and the market value risk associated with the municipal security deposited into the special purpose trust. The volatility of the interest cash flow and the residual market value will vary with the degree to which the special purpose trust is leveraged. This is expressed in the ratio of the total face value of the short-term floaters in relation to the value of the residual inverse floaters that are issued by the special purpose trust. The Fund expects to make limited investments in inverse floaters, with leverage ratios that may vary at inception between one and three times. In addition, all voting rights and decisions to be made with respect to any other rights relating to the municipal bonds held in the special purpose trust are passed through to the Fund, as the holder of the residual inverse floating rate securities.

S–4
 
 
 
 

 

 
     Because increases in the interest rate on the short-term floaters reduce the residual interest paid on inverse floaters, and because fluctuations in the value of the municipal bond deposited in the special purpose trust affect the value of the inverse floater only, and not the value of the short-term floater issued by the special purpose trust, inverse floaters’ value is generally more volatile than that of fixed rate bonds. The market price of inverse floating rate securities is generally more volatile than the underlying securities due to the leveraging effect of this ownership structure. These securities generally will underperform the market of fixed rate bonds in a rising interest rate environment (i.e., when bond values are falling), but tend to outperform the market of fixed rate bonds when interest rates decline or remain relatively stable. Although volatile, inverse floaters typically offer the potential for yields exceeding the yields available on fixed rate bonds with comparable credit quality, coupon, call provisions and maturity. Inverse floaters have varying degrees of liquidity based upon the liquidity of the underlying securities deposited in a tender option bond trust.

      Tender Option Bonds. The Fund may also invest in tender option bonds issued by special purpose trusts. Tender option bonds may take the form of short-term floating rate securities or the option period may be substantially longer. Generally, the interest rate earned will be based upon the market rates for municipal securities with maturities or remarketing provisions that are comparable in duration to the periodic interval of the tender option, which may vary from weekly, to monthly, to extended periods of one year or multiple years. Since the option feature has a shorter term than the final maturity or first call date of the underlying bond deposited in the special purpose trust, the Fund as the holder of the tender option bond relies upon the terms of the agreement with the financial institution furnishing the option as well as the credit strength of that institution. As further assurance of liquidity, the terms of the special purpose trust provide for a liquidation of the municipal security deposited in the special purpose trust and the application of the proceeds to pay off the tender option bond. The special purpose trusts that are organized to issue both short-term floating rate securities and inverse floaters generally include liquidation triggers to protect the investor in the tender option bond. Generally, the special purpose trusts do not have recourse to the investors in the residual inverse floating rate securities. The Fund, as the holder of a tender option bond, would be subject to the interest rate and credit risk associated with the underlying bond and, because tender options bonds are a form of leverage, to magnified exposure to the positive or negative return of the underlying bond. The Fund also would be subject to risks related to the financial condition of the liquidity facility. In addition, the potential of a special purpose trust termination exposes the Fund to additional credit and reinvestment risks.

      Securities Subject To Reorganization. The Fund may invest in securities of companies for which a tender or exchange offer has been made or announced and in securities of companies for which a merger, consolidation, liquidation or reorganization proposal has been announced if, in the judgment of the Adviser, there is a reasonable prospect of high total return significantly greater than the brokerage and other transaction expenses involved. In general, securities which are the subject of such an offer or proposal sell at a premium to their historic market price immediately prior to the announcement of the offer or may also discount what the stated or appraised value of the security would be if the contemplated transaction were approved or consummated. Such investments may be advantageous when the discount significantly overstates the risk of the contingencies involved; significantly undervalues the securities, assets or cash to be received by shareholders of the prospective portfolio company as a result of the contemplated transaction; or fails adequately to recognize the possibility that the offer or proposal may be replaced or superseded by an offer or proposal of greater value. The evaluation of such contingencies requires unusually broad knowledge and experience on the part of the Adviser which must appraise not only the value of the issuer and its component businesses as well as the assets or securities to be received as a result of the contemplated transaction but also the financial resources and business motivation of the offer and/or the dynamics and business climate when the offer or proposal is in process. Since such investments are ordinarily short-term in nature, they will tend to increase the turnover ratio of the Fund, thereby increasing its brokerage and other transaction expenses. The Adviser intends to select investments of the type described which, in its view, have a reasonable prospect of capital appreciation which is significant in relation to both the risk involved and the potential of available alternative investments.

      Rights Offerings and Warrants to Purchase. The Fund may participate in rights offerings and may purchase warrants, which are privileges issued by corporations enabling the owners to subscribe to and purchase a specified number of shares of the corporation at a specified price during a specified period of time. Subscription rights normally have a short life span to expiration. The purchase of rights or warrants involves the risk that the Fund could lose the purchase value of a right or warrant if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not exercised prior to the

S–5
 
 
 
 

 

 
rights’ and warrants’ expiration. Also, the purchase of rights and/or warrants involves the risk that the effective price paid for the right and/or warrant added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the value of the subscribed security’s market price such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security.

      Depositary Receipts. The Fund may invest in sponsored and unsponsored American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and other similar global instruments. ADRs typically are issued by a U.S. bank or trust company and evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a non-U.S. corporation. EDRs, which are sometimes referred to as Continental Depositary Receipts, are receipts issued in Europe, typically by non-U.S. banks and trust companies, that evidence ownership of either non-U.S. or domestic underlying securities. GDRs are depositary receipts structured like global debt issues to facilitate trading on an international basis. Unsponsored ADR, EDR and GDR programs are organized independently and without the cooperation of the issuer of the underlying securities. As a result, available information concerning the issuer may not be as current as for sponsored ADRs, EDRs and GDRs, and the prices of unsponsored ADRs, EDRs and GDRs may be more volatile than if such instruments were sponsored by the issuer. Investments in ADRs, EDRs and GDRs present additional investment considerations associated with non-U.S. securities.

      Equity-Linked Notes. Equity-linked notes are hybrid securities with characteristics of both fixed-income and equity securities. An equity-linked note is a debt instrument, usually a bond, that pays interest based upon the performance of an underlying equity, which can be a single stock, basket of stocks or an equity index. Instead of paying a predetermined coupon, equity-linked notes link the interest payment to the performance of a particular equity market index or basket of stocks or commodities. The interest payment is typically based on the percentage increase in an index from a predetermined level, but alternatively may be based on the decrease in the index. The interest payment may in some cases be leveraged so that, in percentage terms, it exceeds the relative performance of the market. Equity-linked notes generally are subject to the risks associated with the securities of equity issuers, default risk and counterparty risk.

Derivative Instruments

      Options Generally. There can be no assurance that the Fund’s options strategies will be successful. Principal factors affecting the market value of options consist of supply and demand, interest rates, the current market price and price volatility of the underlying security or currency and the time remaining until the expiration date of the option. Gains and losses on investments in options depend, in part, on the ability of the Adviser to predict correctly the effect of these factors. The use of options cannot serve as a complete hedge since the price movement of securities underlying the options will not necessarily follow the price movements of the portfolio securities subject to the hedge.

     An option position may be closed out only on an exchange that provides a secondary market for an option of the same series or in a private transaction. Although the Fund will generally purchase or write only those options for which there appears to be a liquid secondary market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an exchange will exist for any particular option. In such event it may not be possible to effect closing transactions in particular options, so that the Fund would have to exercise its options in order to realize any profit and would incur brokerage commissions upon the exercise of call options and upon the subsequent disposition of underlying securities for the exercise of put options. If the Fund, as a covered call option writer, is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction in a secondary market, it will not be able to sell the underlying security until the option expires or it delivers the underlying security upon exercise or otherwise covers the position.

      Purchasing Options. Buying an options contract gives the Fund the right to purchase securities from third parties or gives the Fund the right to sell securities to third parties for a fixed price at a future date. In addition to options on individual securities, the Fund may buy and sell put and call options on currencies, baskets of securities or currencies, indices and other instruments. Options bought by the Fund may be “cash settled,” meaning that the purchaser of the option has the right to receive a cash payment from the writer of the option to the extent that the value of the underlying position rises above (in the case of a call) or falls below (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option. The Fund may purchase exchange traded and over-the-counter options.

S–6
 
 
 
 

 

 
     If the Fund is the holder of an option it may liquidate its position by effecting a closing sale transaction. This is accomplished by selling an option of the same series as the option previously purchased. There can be no assurance that either a closing purchase or sale transaction can be effected when the Fund so desires.

     The use of purchased put options on equity indexes as a hedging strategy would involve certain risks similar to those of written call options. Any such strategy may not work as intended due to a lack of correlation between changes in value of the index underlying the put option and changes in the market value of the Fund’s portfolio securities. Further, a put option acquired by the Fund and not sold prior to expiration will expire worthless if the cash value of the index or market value of the underlying security at expiration exceeds the exercise price of the option, thereby causing the Fund to lose its entire investment in the option.

      Futures Contracts and Options on Futures. The Fund may enter into futures contracts or options on futures contracts. It is anticipated that these investments, if any, will be made by the Fund primarily for the purpose of hedging against changes in the value of its portfolio securities and in the value of securities it intends to purchase. Such investments will only be made if they are economically appropriate to the reduction of risks involved in the management of the Fund. In this regard, the Fund may enter into futures contracts or options on futures for the purchase or sale of securities indices or other financial instruments.

     A “sale” of a futures contract (or a “short” futures position) means the assumption of a contractual obligation to deliver the securities underlying the contract at a specified price at a specified future time. A “purchase” of a futures contract (or a “long” futures position) means the assumption of a contractual obligation to acquire the securities underlying the contract at a specified price at a specified future time. Certain futures contracts, including stock and bond index futures, are settled on a net cash payment basis rather than by the sale and delivery of the securities underlying the futures contracts.

     No consideration will be paid or received by the Fund upon the purchase or sale of a futures contract. Initially, the Fund will be required to deposit with the broker an amount of cash or cash equivalents equal to approximately 1% to 10% of the contract amount (this amount is subject to change by the exchange or board of trade on which the contract is traded and brokers or members of such board of trade may charge a higher amount). This amount is known as the “initial margin” and is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract. Subsequent payments, known as “variation margin,” to and from the broker will be made daily as the price of the index or security underlying the futures contract fluctuates. At any time prior to the expiration of the futures contract, the Fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, which will operate to terminate its existing position in the contract.

     An option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in a futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time prior to the expiration of the option. Upon exercise of an option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account attributable to that contract, which represents the amount by which the market price of the futures contract exceeds, in the case of a call, or is less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option on the futures contract. The potential loss related to the purchase of an option on futures contracts is limited to the premium paid for the option (plus transaction costs). Because the value of the option purchased is fixed at the point of sale, there are no daily cash payments by the purchaser to reflect changes in the value of the underlying contract; however, the value of the option does change daily and that change would be reflected in the net assets of the Fund. Futures transactions and options on futures must be covered by assets or instruments acceptable under applicable segregation and coverage requirements.

     The purchase of a call option on a futures contract is similar in some respects to the purchase of a call option on an individual security. Depending on the pricing of the option compared to either the price of the futures contract upon which it is based or the price of the underlying debt securities, it may or may not be less risky than ownership of the futures contract or underlying debt securities. As with the purchase of futures contracts, when the Fund is not fully invested it may purchase a call option on a futures contract to hedge against a market advance due to declining interest rates.

S–7
 
 
 
 

 

 
     The purchase of a put option on a futures contract is similar to the purchase of protective put options on portfolio securities. The Fund may purchase a put option on a futures contract to hedge the Fund’s portfolio against the risk of rising interest rates and consequent reduction in the value of portfolio securities.

      Interest Rate Futures Contracts and Options Thereon. The Fund may purchase or sell interest rate futures contracts to take advantage of or to protect the Fund against fluctuations in interest rates affecting the value of securities that the Fund holds or intends to acquire. For example, if interest rates are expected to increase, the Fund might sell futures contracts on securities, the values of which historically have a high degree of positive correlation to the values of the Fund’s portfolio securities. Such a sale would have an effect similar to selling an equivalent value of the Fund’s portfolio securities. If interest rates increase, the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities will decline, but the value of the futures contracts to the Fund will increase at approximately an equivalent rate thereby keeping the net asset value of the Fund from declining as much as it otherwise would have. The Fund could accomplish similar results by selling securities with longer maturities and investing in securities with shorter maturities when interest rates are expected to increase. However, since the futures market may be more liquid than the cash market, the use of futures contracts as a risk management technique allows the Fund to maintain a defensive position without having to sell its portfolio securities.

     Similarly, the Fund may purchase interest rate futures contracts when it is expected that interest rates may decline. The purchase of futures contracts for this purpose constitutes a hedge against increases in the price of securities (caused by declining interest rates) that the Fund intends to acquire. Since fluctuations in the value of appropriately selected futures contracts should approximate that of the securities that will be purchased, the Fund can take advantage of the anticipated rise in the cost of the securities without actually buying them. Subsequently, the Fund can make its intended purchase of the securities in the cash market and currently liquidate its futures position.

     Securities Index Futures Contracts and Options Thereon. Purchases or sales of securities index futures contracts are used for hedging purposes to attempt to protect the Fund’s current or intended investments from broad fluctuations in stock or bond prices. For example, the Fund may sell securities index futures contracts in anticipation of or during a market decline to attempt to offset the decrease in market value of the Fund’s securities portfolio that might otherwise result. If such decline occurs, the loss in value of portfolio securities may be offset, in whole or part, by gains on the futures position. When the Fund is not fully invested in the securities market and anticipates a significant market advance, it may purchase securities index futures contracts in order to gain rapid market exposure that may, in part or entirely, offset increases in the cost of securities that the Fund intends to purchase. As such purchases are made, the corresponding positions in securities index futures contracts will be closed out. The Fund may write put and call options on securities index futures contracts for hedging purposes.

Additional Risks Relating to Derivative Instruments

      Risks of Purchasing Options. To the extent that the Fund purchases options, the Fund will be subject to the following additional risks. If a put or call option purchased by the Fund is not sold when it has remaining value, and if the market price of the underlying security remains equal to or greater than the exercise price (in the case of a put), or remains less than or equal to the exercise price (in the case of a call), the Fund will lose its entire investment in the option. Also, where a put or call option on a particular security is purchased to hedge against price movements in a related security, the price of the put or call option may move more or less than the price of the related security. If restrictions on exercise were imposed, the Fund might be unable to exercise an option it had purchased. If the Fund were unable to close out an option that it had purchased on a security, it would have to exercise the option in order to realize any profit or the option may expire worthless.

      Special Risk Considerations Relating to Futures and Options Thereon. Futures and options on futures entail certain risks: no assurance that futures contracts or options on futures can be offset at favorable prices, possible reduction of the yield of the Fund due to the use of hedging, possible reduction in value of both the securities hedged and the hedging instrument, possible lack of liquidity due to daily limits on price fluctuations, imperfect correlation between the contracts and the securities being hedged and losses from investing in futures transactions that are potentially unlimited. The Fund’s ability to establish and close out positions in futures contracts and options thereon

S–8
 
 
 
 

 

 
will be subject to the development and maintenance of liquid markets. Although the Fund generally will purchase or sell only those futures contracts and options thereon for which there appears to be a liquid market, there is no assurance that a liquid market on an exchange will exist for any particular futures contract or option thereon at any particular time. In the event no liquid market exists for a particular futures contract or option thereon in which the Fund maintains a position, it will not be possible to effect a closing transaction in that contract or to do so at a satisfactory price, and the Fund would either have to make or take delivery under the futures contract or, in the case of a written option, wait to sell the underlying securities until the option expires or is exercised or, in the case of a purchased option, exercise the option. In the case of a futures contract or an option thereon that the Fund has written and that the Fund is unable to close, the Fund would be required to maintain margin deposits on the futures contract or option thereon and to make variation margin payments until the contract is closed.

     Successful use of futures contracts and options thereon by the Fund is subject to the ability of the Adviser to predict correctly movements in the direction of interest rates. If the Adviser’s expectations are not met, the Fund will be in a worse position than if a hedging strategy had not been pursued. For example, if the Fund has hedged against the possibility of an increase in interest rates that would adversely affect the price of securities in its portfolio and the price of such securities increases instead, the Fund will lose part or all of the benefit of the increased value of its securities because it will have offsetting losses in its futures positions. In addition, in such situations, if the Fund has insufficient cash to meet daily variation margin requirements, it may have to sell securities to meet the requirements. These sales may, but will not necessarily, be at increased prices which reflect the rising market. The Fund may have to sell securities at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so.

      Additional Risks of Options, Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts and Forward Contracts Traded on Foreign Exchanges. Options, futures contracts and options thereon and forward contracts on securities may be traded on foreign exchanges. Such transactions may not be regulated as effectively as similar transactions in the United States, may not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees, and are subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in, or the prices of, foreign securities. The value of such positions also could be adversely affected by (i) other complex foreign political, legal and economic factors, (ii) lesser availability than in the United States of data on which to make trading decisions, (iii) delays in the Fund’s ability to act upon economic events occurring in the foreign markets during non-business hours in the United States, (iv) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States and (v) lesser trading volume. Exchanges on which options, futures and options on futures are traded may impose limits on the positions that the Fund may take in certain circumstances.

      Segregation and Cover Requirements. Futures contracts, swaps, caps, floors and collars, options on securities, indices and futures contracts sold by the Fund are generally subject to earmarking and coverage requirements of either the CFTC or the SEC, with the result that, if the Fund does not hold the security or futures contract underlying the instrument, the Fund intends to designate on its books and records on an ongoing basis, cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the Fund’s obligations with respect to such instruments. Such amounts fluctuate as the obligations increase or decrease. The earmarking requirement can result in the Fund maintaining securities positions it would otherwise liquidate, segregating assets at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so or otherwise restrict portfolio management.

      Legislation and Regulation Risk. Legislation regarding regulation of the financial sector, including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), which was signed into law in July 2010, has changed the way in which certain derivative instruments are regulated and/or traded. Such regulation may impact the availability, liquidity and cost of derivative instruments. While regulatory or legislative activity may not necessarily have a direct, immediate effect upon the Fund, it is possible that implementation of these measures or any future measures, could potentially limit or completely restrict the ability of the Fund to use certain derivative instruments as a part of its investment strategy, increase the costs of using these instruments or make them less effective. Limits or restrictions applicable to the counterparties with which the Fund engages in derivatives transactions could also prevent the Fund from using these instruments or affect the pricing or other factors relating to these instruments, or may change the availability of certain investments. There can be no assurance that such legislation or regulation will not have a material adverse effect on the Fund or will not impair the ability of the Fund to utilize certain derivatives transactions or achieve its investment objective.

S–9
 
 
 
 

 

 
     Amended Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) Rule 4.5 permits investment advisers to registered investment companies to claim an exclusion from the definition of “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”) with respect to a fund, provided certain requirements are met. In order to permit the Investment Adviser to claim this exclusion with respect to the Fund, the Fund will limit its transactions in futures, options on futures and swaps (excluding transactions entered into for “bona fide hedging purposes,” as defined under CFTC regulations) such that either: (i) the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish its futures, options on futures and swaps do not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the Fund’s portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and losses on such positions; or (ii) the aggregate net notional value of its futures, options on futures and swaps does not exceed 100% of the liquidation value of the Fund’s portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and losses on such positions. Accordingly, the Fund is not subject to regulation under the CEA or otherwise regulated by the CFTC. If the Adviser was unable to claim the exclusion with respect to the Fund, the Adviser would become subject to registration and regulation as a commodity pool operator, which would subject the Adviser and the Fund to additional registration and regulatory requirements and increased operating expenses.

Loans of Portfolio Securities

     Consistent with applicable regulatory requirements and the Fund’s investment restrictions, the Fund may lend its portfolio securities to securities broker-dealers or financial institutions, provided that such loans are callable at any time by the Fund (subject to notice provisions described below), and are at all times secured by cash or cash equivalents, which are earmarked or segregated pursuant to applicable regulations and that are at least equal to the market value, determined daily, of the loaned securities. The advantage of such loans is that the Fund continues to receive the income on the loaned securities while at the same time earns interest on the cash amounts deposited as collateral, which will be invested in short-term obligations. The Fund will not lend its portfolio securities if such loans are not permitted by the laws or regulations of any state in which its shares are qualified for sale. The Fund’s loans of portfolio securities will be collateralized in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements and no loan will cause the value of all loaned securities to exceed 33S% of the value of the Fund’s total assets.

     A loan may generally be terminated by the borrower on one business day notice, or by the Fund on five business days’ notice. If the borrower fails to deliver the loaned securities within five days after receipt of notice, the Fund could use the collateral to replace the securities while holding the borrower liable for any excess of replacement cost over collateral. As with any extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery and in some cases even loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially. However, these loans of portfolio securities will only be made to firms deemed by the Fund’s management to be creditworthy and when the income that can be earned from such loans justifies the attendant risks. The Board of Trustees will oversee the creditworthiness of the contracting parties on an ongoing basis. Upon termination of the loan, the borrower is required to return the securities to the Fund. Any gain or loss in the market price during the loan period would inure to the Fund. The risks associated with loans of portfolio securities are substantially similar to those associated with repurchase agreements. Thus, if the counterparty to the loan petitions for bankruptcy or becomes subject to the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the law regarding the rights of the Fund is unsettled. As a result, under extreme circumstances, there may be a restriction on the Fund’s ability to sell the collateral, and the Fund would suffer a loss. When voting or consent rights that accompany loaned securities pass to the borrower, the Fund will follow the policy of calling the loaned securities, to be delivered within one day after notice, to permit the exercise of such rights if the matters involved would have a material effect on the Fund’s investment in such loaned securities. The Fund will pay reasonable finder’s, administrative and custodial fees in connection with a loan of its securities.

S–10
 
 
 
 

 

 
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

     The Fund operates under the following restrictions that constitute fundamental policies that, except as otherwise noted, cannot be changed without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund voting together as a single class, which is defined by the 1940 Act as the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the Fund’s voting securities present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy; or (ii) more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities. Except as otherwise noted, all percentage limitations set forth below apply immediately after a purchase or initial investment and any subsequent change in any applicable percentage resulting from market fluctuations does not require any action. These restrictions provide that the Fund shall not:

     1. Issue senior securities nor borrow money, except the Fund may issue senior securities or borrow money to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time, the rules and regulation promulgated by the SEC under the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time, or an exemption or other relief applicable to the Fund from the provisions of the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time.

     2. Act as underwriter of another issuer’s securities, except to the extent that the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, in connection with the purchase and sale of portfolio securities.

     3. Invest in any security if, as a result, 25% or more of the value of the Fund’s total assets, taken at market value at the time of each investment, are in the securities of issuers in any particular industry or group of related industries; except that this policy shall not apply to (i) securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities, (ii) securities issued by state and municipal governments or their political subdivisions, agencies, authorities and instrumentalities (other than those securities backed only by the assets and revenues of non-governmental users with respect to which the Fund will not invest 25% or more of the value of the Fund’s total assets, taken at market value at the time of each investment, in securities backed by the same source of revenue), and (iii) securities issued by other investment companies, which shall not constitute any industry.

     4. Purchase or sell real estate except that the Fund may: (a) acquire or lease office space for its own use, (b) invest in securities of issuers that invest in real estate or interests therein or that are engaged in or operate in the real estate industry, (c) invest in securities that are secured by real estate or interests therein, (d) purchase and sell mortgage related securities, (e) hold and sell real estate acquired by the Fund as a result of the ownership of securities and (f) as otherwise permitted by the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time, the rules and regulation promulgated by the SEC under the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time, or an exemption or other relief applicable to the Fund from the provisions of the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time.

     5. Purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments; provided that this restriction shall not prohibit the Fund from purchasing or selling options, futures contracts and related options thereon, forward contracts, swaps, caps, floors, collars and any other financial instruments or from investing in securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities or as otherwise permitted by the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time, the rules and regulation promulgated by the SEC under the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time, or an exemption or other relief applicable to the Fund from the provisions of the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time.

S–11
 
 
 
 

 

 
     6. Make loans of money or property to any person, except (a) to the extent that securities or interests in which the Fund may invest are considered to be loans, (b) through the loan of portfolio securities in an amount up to 33S% of the Fund’s total assets, (c) by engaging in repurchase agreements or (d) as may otherwise be permitted by the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time, the rules and regulation promulgated by the SEC under the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time, or an exemption or other relief applicable to the Fund from the provisions of the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time.

     7. With respect to 75% of the value of the Fund’s total assets, purchase any securities (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or by its agencies or instrumentalities), if as a result more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets would then be invested in securities of a single issuer or if as a result the Fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any single issuer.

     All other investment policies of the Fund set forth in the Prospectus and this SAI, including the Fund’s investment objective, are not considered fundamental policies and may be changed by the Board of Trustees without any vote of shareholders.

     For purposes of investment restriction number 3 set forth above, the Adviser will, on behalf of the Fund, make reasonable determinations as to the appropriate industry classification to assign to each security or instrument in which the Fund invests. The definition of what constitutes a particular “industry” is an evolving one, particularly for industries or sectors within industries that are new or are undergoing rapid development. Some securities could reasonably fall within more than one industry category. The Fund’s industry concentration policy does not preclude it from focusing investments in issuers in a group of related economic sectors. For purposes of the industry concentration policy, a foreign government is considered to be a separate industry, although currency positions are not considered to be an investment in a foreign government for these purposes.

S–12
 
 
 
 

 

 
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

Board of Trustees

     Overall responsibility for management and supervision of the Fund rests with the Board of Trustees (the “Board of Trustees” or the “Board”). The Board of Trustees approves all significant agreements between the Fund and the companies that furnish the Fund with services, including agreements with the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser.

     The Trustees are divided into three classes. Trustees serve until their successors have been duly elected. Following is a list of the names, business addresses, dates of birth, present positions with the Fund, length of time served with the Fund, principal occupations during the past five years and other directorships held by each Trustee.
 
Name,
Business Address (1)
and Age
Position Held
with the
Fund
Term of
Office (2) and
Length of
Time
Served
Principal
Occupation
During Past Five
Years
Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex (3)
Overseen
by Trustee
Other Directorships
Held by Trustee
During the Past
Five Years
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES:
       
Randall C. Barnes
Year of Birth: 1951
Trustee
Since 2013
Current: Private Investor
(2001-present).
86
Current: Trustee,
Purpose, Inc.,
(2014-present).
           
      Former: Senior Vice President
and Treasurer, PepsiCo, Inc.
(1993-1997); President, Pizza
Hut International (1991-1993);
Senior Vice President,
Strategic Planning and New
Business Development,
PepsiCo, Inc. (1987-1990).
   
 
Donald A. Chubb, Jr.
Year of Birth: 1946
Trustee
Since 2014
Current: Business broker and
manager of commercial real
estate, Griffith & Blair, Inc.
(1997-present).
82
None
 
Jerry B. Farley
Year of Birth: 1946
Trustee
Since 2014
Current: President, Washburn
University (1997-present).
82
Current: Westar Energy,
Inc. (2004-present);
CoreFirst Bank & Trust
(2000-present).
 
Roman Friedrich III
Year of Birth: 1946
Trustee
Since 2013
Current: Founder and
President, Roman Friedrich
& Company (1998-present).
82
Current: Zincore Metals,
Inc. (2009-present).
 
     
Former: Senior Managing
Director, MLV & Co. LLC
(2010-2011).
 
Former: Mercator
Minerals Ltd. (2013-
2014); First Americas
Gold Corp. (2012-2014);
Blue Sky Uranium Corp.
(2011-2012); Axiom Gold
and Silver Corp. (2011-
2012); Stratagold Corp.
(2003-2009); GFM
Resources Ltd. (2005-2010).
 
Robert B. Karn III
Year of Birth: 1942
Trustee
Since 2013
Current: Consultant (1998-
present).
82
Current: Peabody Energy
Company (2003 – present);
GP Natural Resource
     
Former: Arthur Andersen
(1965-1997) and Managing
Partner, Financial and
Economic Consulting,
St. Louis office (1987-1997).
 
Partners, LLC
(2002-present).
 
 
S–13
 
 
 
 

 
 

Name,
Business Address (1)
and Age
Position Held
with the
Fund
Term of
Office (2) and
Length of
Time
Served
Principal
Occupation
During Past Five
Years
Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex (3)
Overseen
by Trustee
Other Directorships
Held by Trustee
During the Past
Five Years
Ronald A. Nyberg
Year of Birth: 1953
Trustee
Since 2013
Current: Partner, Nyberg &
Cassioppi, LLC (2000-present).
88
Current: Edward-Elmhurst
Healthcare System
(2012-present).
     
Former: Executive Vice
President, General Counsel,
and Corporate Secretary, Van
Kampen Investments
(1982-1999).
   
 
Maynard F. Oliverius
Year of Birth: 1943
Trustee
Since 2014
Current: Retired
82
None
     
Former: President and CEO,
Stormont-Vail HealthCare
(1996-2012).
   
 
Ronald E. Toupin, Jr.
Year of Birth: 1958
Trustee
Since 2013
Current: Portfolio Consultant
(2010-present).
85
Former: Bennett Group of
Funds (2011-2013).
 
     
Former: Vice President,
Manager and Portfolio
Manager, Nuveen Asset
Management (1998-1999);
Vice President, Nuveen
Investment Advisory Corp.
(1992-1999); Vice President
and Manager, Nuveen Unit
Investment Trusts (1991-1999);
and Assistant Vice President
and Portfolio Manager, Nuveen
Unit Investment Trusts
(1988-1999), each of John
Nuveen & Co., Inc. (1982-1999).
   
 
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEE:
       
Donald C. Cacciapaglia*
Year of Birth: 1951
Trustee,
Chief
Executive
Officer
Since 2012
Current: President and CEO,
certain other funds in the
Fund Complex (2012-present);
Vice Chairman, Guggenheim
Investments (2010-present).
214
Current: Delaware Life
(2013-present);
Guggenheim Life and
Annuity Company (2011-
present); Paragon Life
Insurance Company of
     
Former: Chairman and CEO,
Channel Capital Group, Inc.
(2002-2010).
 
Indiana (2011-present).
 
 
*
Mr. Cacciapaglia is an interested person of the Fund because of his position as an officer of the Investment Adviser and certain of its affiliates.
 
(1)
The business address of each Trustee of the Fund is 227 West Monroe Street, Chicago, IL 60606, unless otherwise noted.
 
(2)
After a Trustee’s initial term, each Trustee is expected to serve a three year term concurrent with the class of Trustees for which he serves.
 
Messrs. Barnes, Cacciapaglia and Chubb, as Class I Trustees, are expected to stand for re-election at the Fund’s annual meeting of shareholders for the fiscal year ending May 31, 2017.
 
Messrs. Farley, Friedrich and Nyberg, as Class II Trustees, are expected to stand for re-election at the Fund’s annual meeting of shareholders for the fiscal year ending May 31, 2015.
 
Messrs. Karn, Oliverius and Toupin, as Class III Trustees, are expected to stand for re-election at the Fund’s annual meeting of shareholders for the fiscal year ending May 31, 2016.
 
(3)
As of the date of this SAI, the “Fund Complex” consists of 13 closed-end funds, including the Fund, and 38 exchange-traded funds. The funds in the Fund Complex are overseen by multiple boards of trustees.
 
 
S–14
 
 
 
 

 

 
Trustee Qualifications
 
      The Trustees were selected to serve on the Board based upon their skills, experience, judgment, analytical ability, diligence, ability to work effectively with other Trustees, availability and commitment to attend meetings and perform the responsibilities of a Trustee and a willingness to take an independent and questioning view of management.
 
      The following is a summary of the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills of each Trustee that support the conclusion, as of the date of this SAI, that each Trustee should serve as a Trustee in light of the Fund’s business and structure. References to the qualifications, attributes and skills of Trustees do not constitute the holding out of any Trustee as being an expert under Section 7 of the 1933 Act or the rules and regulations of the SEC.
 
      Randall C. Barnes. Mr. Barnes has served as a trustee of funds in the Fund Complex since 2004. Through his service as a Trustee of the Fund and as chairperson of the Audit Committee, employment experience as President of Pizza Hut International and as Treasurer of PepsiCo, Inc., and his personal investment experience, Mr. Barnes is experienced in financial, accounting, regulatory and investment matters.
 
      Donald C. Cacciapaglia. Mr. Cacciapaglia has served as a trustee of funds in the Fund Complex since 2012. Mr. Cacciapaglia has over 25 years of experience in the financial industry and has experience in financial, regulatory, distribution and investment matters.
 
      Donald A. Chubb. Mr. Chubb has served as a director of Guggenheim Funds Trust, SBL Fund and Security Equity Fund (collectively, the “Security Funds”) since 1994 and as Chairperson of the Security Funds since 2012. Mr. Chubb also served as Lead Independent Director of the Security Funds from 2010 to 2012. Mr. Chubb has worked in the business brokerage and commercial real estate market for over 14 years. Previously, Mr. Chubb owned and operated electric sign companies and was a director of Fidelity Bank and Trust. Mr. Chubb has experience with investment company fund matters.
 
      Jerry B. Farley. Dr. Farley has served as a director of the Security Funds since 2005 and as Chairperson of the Audit Committee of the Security Funds since 2013. Dr. Farley has over 39 years of experience in the administration of the academic, business and fiscal operations of educational institutions. Dr. Farley has served as President of Washburn University since 1997. Prior to 1997, Dr. Farley worked in various executive positions for the University of Oklahoma and Oklahoma State University, including Vice President of Community Relations and Economic Development, Vice President of Administration and Chief Financial Officer. Dr. Farley holds an MBA and a Ph.D. in Higher Education Administration and is a C.P.A. Dr. Farley serves on the board of Westar Energy, Inc., a NYSE listed company, and CoreFirst Bank and Trust. Dr. Farley has experience with investment company matters.
 
      Roman Friedrich III. Mr. Friedrich has served as a trustee of funds in the Fund Complex since 2003. Through his service as a Trustee of the Fund and as chairperson of the Contracts Review Committee, his service on other public company boards, his experience as founder and chairman of Roman Friedrich & Company, a financial advisory firm and his prior experience as a senior executive of various financial securities firms, Mr. Friedrich is experienced in financial, investment and regulatory matters.
 
      Robert B. Karn III. Mr. Karn has served as a trustee of funds in the Fund Complex since 2004. Through his service as a Trustee of the Fund and as chairperson of the Audit Committee, his service on other public and private company boards, his experience as an accountant and consultant, and his prior experience, including Managing Partner of the Financial and Economic Consulting Practice of the St. Louis office at Arthur Andersen, LLP, Mr. Karn is experienced in accounting, financial, investment and regulatory matters. The Board has determined that Mr. Karn is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by the SEC.
 
      Ronald A. Nyberg. Mr. Nyberg has served as a trustee of funds in the Fund Complex since 2003. Through his service as a Trustee of the Fund and as chairperson of the Nominating & Governance Committee, his professional training and experience as an attorney and partner of a law firm, Nyberg & Cassioppi. LLC, and his prior employment experience, including Executive Vice President and General Counsel of Van Kampen Investments, an asset management firm, Mr. Nyberg is experienced in financial, regulatory and governance matters.
 
 
S–15
 
 
 
 

 

 
      Maynard F. Oliverius. Mr. Oliverius has served as a director of the Security Funds since 1998. Mr. Oliverius served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Stormont-Vail HealthCare until his retirement in 2012. From 2005 through 2008 Mr. Oliverius was on the Board of Trustees of the American Hospital Association. Mr. Oliverius has a master’s degree in Health Care Administration. Mr. Oliverius has experience with investment company matters.
 
      Ronald E. Toupin, Jr. Mr. Toupin has served as a trustee of funds in the Fund Complex since 2003. Through his service as a Trustee of the Fund and as chairperson of the Board, and his professional training and employment experience, including Vice President and Portfolio Manager for Nuveen Asset Management, an asset management firm, Mr. Toupin is experienced in financial, regulatory and investment matters.
 
      Each Trustee also has considerable familiarity with the Fund Complex and the Fund’s service providers and their operations, as well as the special regulatory requirements governing registered investment companies and the special responsibilities of investment company trustees as a result of his substantial prior service as a Trustee of the funds in the Fund Complex.
 
Executive Officers
 
The following information relates to the executive officers of the Fund who are not Trustees.
 
Name, Business
Address (1) and Age
Position
Term of Office (2) and
Length of Time
Served
Principal Occupation
During the Past Five Years
 
John Sullivan
Chief Financial Officer,
Since 2013
Current: CFO, Chief Accounting Officer
Year of Birth: 1955
Chief Accounting Officer
 
and Treasurer, certain other funds in the
 
and Treasurer
 
Fund Complex (2010-present); Senior
     
Managing Director, Guggenheim
     
Investments (2010-present).
 
     
Former: Managing Director and CCO,
     
each of the funds in the Van Kampen
     
Investments fund complex (2004-2010);
     
Managing Director and Head of Fund
     
Accounting and Administration, Morgan
     
Stanley Investment Management (2002-
     
2004); CFO and Treasurer, Van Kampen
     
Funds (1996-2004).
 
Amy J. Lee
Chief Legal Officer
Since 2013
Current: Chief Legal Officer, certain
Year of Birth: 1969
   
other funds in the Fund Complex (2012-
     
present); Senior Managing Director,
     
Guggenheim Investments (2012-present).
 
     
Former: Vice President, Associate General
     
Counsel and Assistant Secretary, Security
     
Benefit Life Insurance Company and
     
Security Benefit Corporation (2004-2012).
 
 
S–16
 
 
 
 

 
 

Name, Business
Address (1) and Age
Position
Term of Office (2) and
Length of Time
Served
Principal Occupation
During the Past Five Years
 
Joanna M. Catalucci
Chief Compliance Officer
Since 2013
Current: Chief Compliance Officer,
Year of Birth: 1966
   
certain funds in the Fund Complex (2012-
     
present); Managing Director,
     
Guggenheim Investments (2012-present).
 
     
Former: Chief Compliance Officer and
     
Secretary, certain other funds in the Fund
     
Complex (2008-2012); Senior Vice
     
President & Chief Compliance Officer,
     
Security Investors, LLC and certain
     
affiliates (2010-2012); Chief Compliance
     
Officer and Senior Vice President, Rydex
     
Advisors, LLC and certain affiliates
     
(2010-2011).
 
Mark E. Mathiasen
Secretary
Since 2013
Current: Secretary, certain other funds in
Year of Birth: 1978
   
the Fund Complex (2007-present);
     
Managing Director, Guggenheim
     
Investments (2007-present).
 
William H. Belden, III
Vice President
Since 2014
Current: Vice President, certain other
Year of Birth: 1965
   
funds in the Fund Complex (2006-
     
present); Managing Director,
     
Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors,
     
LLC (2005- present).
 
     
Former: Vice President of Management,
     
Northern Trust Global Investments
     
(1999-2005).
 
Joseph M. Arruda
Assistant Treasurer
Since 2014
Current: Assistant Treasurer, certain other
Year of Birth: 1966
   
funds in the Fund Complex (2006-
     
present); Vice President, Security
     
Investors, LLC (2010-present); CFO and
     
Manager, Guggenheim Specialized
     
Products, LLC (2009-present).
 
     
Former: Vice President, Security Global
     
Investors, LLC (2010-2011); Vice
     
President, Rydex Advisors, LLC (2010);
     
Vice President, Rydex Advisors II,
     
LLC (2010).
 
Mark J. Furjanic
Assistant Treasurer
Since 2013
Current: Vice President, Guggenheim
Year of Birth: 1959
   
Investments (2005-present); Assistant
     
Treasurer, certain other funds in the Fund
     
Complex (2008-present).
 
     
Former: Senior Manager, Ernst & Young
     
LLP (1999-2005).
 
 
S–17
 
 
 

 
 

Name, Business
Address (1) and Age
Position
Term of Office (2) and
Length of Time
Served
Principal Occupation
During the Past Five Years
 
James Howley
Assistant Treasurer
Since 2013
Current: Director, Guggenheim
Year of Birth: 1972
   
Investments (2004-present); Assistant
     
Treasurer, certain other funds in the Fund
     
Complex (2006-present).
 
     
Former: Manager, Mutual Fund
     
Administration of Van Kampen
     
Investments, Inc. (1996-2004).
 
Derek Maltbie
Assistant Treasurer
Since 2013
Current: Vice President, Guggenheim
Year of Birth: 1972
   
Investments (2012-present); Assistant
     
Treasurer, certain other funds in the Fund
     
Complex (2011-present).
 
     
Former: Assistant Vice President,
     
Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors,
     
LLC (2005-2011); Supervisor, Mutual
     
Fund Administration, Van Kampen
     
Investments, Inc. (1995-2005).
 
Michael P. Megaris
Assistant Secretary
Since 2014
Current: Assistant Secretary, certain other
Year of Birth: 1984
   
funds in the Fund Complex (April 2014-
     
present); Associate, Guggenheim
     
Investments (2012-present).
 
     
Former: J.D., University of Kansas School
     
of Law (2009-2012).
 
(1)
The business address of each officer of the Fund is 227 West Monroe Street, Chicago, IL 60606, unless otherwise noted.
 
(2)
Officers serve at the pleasure of the Board and until his or her successor is appointed and qualified or until his or her resignation or removal.
 
Board Leadership Structure
 
      The primary responsibility of the Board of Trustees is to represent the interests of the Fund and to provide oversight of the management of the Fund. The Fund’s day-to-day operations are managed by the Adviser and other service providers who have been approved by the Board. The Board is currently comprised of six Trustees, five of whom (including the chairperson) are classified under the 1940 Act as “non-interested” persons of the Fund (“Independent Trustees”). Generally, the Board acts by majority vote of all the Trustees, which includes a majority vote of the Independent Trustees.
 
      The Board has appointed an independent chairperson, Ronald E. Toupin, Jr., who presides at Board meetings and who is responsible for, among other things, setting the tone of Board meetings and seeking to encourage open dialogue and independent inquiry among the trustees and management. The Board has established three standing committees (as described below) and has delegated certain responsibilities to those committees, each of which is comprised solely of Independent Trustees. The Board has also established an Executive Committee (as described below). The Board and its committees will meet periodically throughout the year to oversee the Fund’s activities, review contractual arrangements with service providers, review the Fund’s financial statements, oversee compliance with regulatory requirements, and review performance. The Independent Trustees are represented by independent legal counsel at Board and committee meetings. The Board has determined that this leadership structure, including an independent chairperson, a supermajority of Independent Trustees and committee membership limited to Independent Trustees, is appropriate in light of the characteristics and circumstances of the Fund.
 
 
S–18
 
 
 
 

 

 
Board Committees
 
      Executive Committee. Messrs. Nyberg and Toupin, who are not “interested persons” of the Fund, as defined in the 1940 Act, serve on the Fund’s Executive Committee. The Executive Committee is authorized to act on behalf of and with the full authority of the Board of Trustees when necessary in the intervals between meetings of the Board of Trustees.
 
      Nominating and Governance Committee. Messrs. Barnes, Chubb, Farley Friedrich, Karn, Nyberg, Oliverius and Toupin, who are not “interested persons” of the Fund, as defined in the 1940 Act, serve on the Fund’s Nominating and Governance Committee. Mr. Nyberg serves as chairperson of the Nominating and Governance Committee. The Nominating and Governance Committee is responsible for recommending qualified candidates to the Board of Trustees in the event that a position is vacated or created. In considering trustee nominee candidates, the Nominating and Governance Committee takes into account a wide variety of factors, including the overall diversity of the Board’s composition. The Nominating and Governance Committee believes the Board generally benefits from diversity of background, experience and views among its members, and considers this a factor in evaluating the composition of the Board, but has not adopted any specific policy in this regard. The Nominating and Governance Committee would consider recommendations by shareholders if a vacancy were to exist. Such recommendations should be forwarded to the Secretary of the Fund. The Fund does not have a standing compensation committee.
 
      Audit Committee. Messrs. Barnes, Chubb, Farley Friedrich, Karn, Nyberg, Oliverius and Toupin, who are not “interested persons” of the Fund, as defined in the 1940 Act, serve on the Fund’s Audit Committee. Mr. Karn serves as chairperson of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee is generally responsible for reviewing and evaluating issues related to the accounting and financial reporting policies and internal controls of the Fund and, as appropriate, the internal controls of certain service providers, overseeing the quality and objectivity of the Fund’s financial statements and the audit thereof and acting as a liaison between the Board of Trustees and the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm.
 
      Contracts Review Committee. Messrs. Barnes, Chubb, Farley Friedrich, Karn, Nyberg, Oliverius and Toupin, who are not “interested persons” of the Fund, as defined in the 1940 Act, serve on the Fund’s Contracts Review Committee. Mr. Friedrich serves as chairperson of the Contracts Review Committee. The Contracts Review Committee oversees the contract review process, including review of the Fund’s advisory agreements and other contracts with affiliated service providers.
 
      Board and Committee Meetings. During the Fund’s fiscal year ended May 31, 2014, the Board held 5 meetings, the Fund’s Audit Committee held 2 meetings, the Fund’s Nominating and Governance Committee held 2 meetings and the Fund’s Contracts Review Committee held 1 meeting.
 
Board’s Role in Risk Oversight
 
      Consistent with its responsibility for oversight of the Fund, the Board, among other things, oversees risk management of the Fund’s investment program and business affairs directly and through the committee structure it has established. The Board has established the Audit Committee, the Nominating and Governance Committee and the Contracts Review Committee to assist in its oversight functions, including its oversight of the risks the Fund faces. Each committee will report its activities to the Board on a regular basis. Risks to the Fund include, among others, investment risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, valuation risk and operational risk, as well as the overall business risk relating to the Fund. The Board has adopted, and will periodically review, policies, procedures and controls designed to address these different types of risks. Under the Board’s supervision, the officers of the Fund, the Adviser and other service providers to the Fund also have implemented a variety of processes, procedures and controls to address various risks. In addition, as part of the Board’s periodic review of the Fund’s advisory agreement, sub-advisory agreements and other service provider agreements, the Board may consider risk management aspects of the service providers’ operations and the functions for which they are responsible.
 
S–19
 
 
 
 

 

 
      The Board will require officers of the Fund to report to the full Board on a variety of matters at regular and special meetings of the Board and its committees, as applicable, including matters relating to risk management. The Audit Committee will also receive reports from the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm on internal control and financial reporting matters. On at least a quarterly basis, the Board will meet with the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, including separate meetings with the Independent Trustees in executive session, to discuss compliance matters and, on at least an annual basis, will receive a report from the Chief Compliance Officer regarding the effectiveness of the Fund’s compliance program. The Board, with the assistance of Fund management, will review investment policies and risks in connection with its review of the Fund’s performance. In addition, the Board will receive reports from the Adviser on the investments and securities trading of the Fund. With respect to valuation, the Board oversees a pricing committee comprised of Fund officers and Adviser personnel and has approved Fair Valuation procedures applicable to valuing the Fund’s securities, which the Board and the Audit Committee will periodically review. The Board will also require the Adviser to report to the Board on other matters relating to risk management on a regular and as-needed basis.
 
Remuneration of Trustees and Officers
 
      Each Trustee who is not an “affiliated person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Adviser or its affiliates receives as compensation for his services to the Fund an annual retainer and meeting fees. The chairperson of the Board, if any, and the chairperson of each committee of the Board also receive fees for their services. The annual retainer and fees for service as chairperson of Board and committees of the Board are allocated among the Fund and certain other funds in the Fund Complex. Officers who are employed by the Adviser receive no compensation or expense reimbursement from the Fund.
 
Name (1)
Aggregate
Estimated
Compensation
from the Fund (2)
Pension or Retirement
Benefits Accrued
as Part of
Fund Expenses (3)
Estimated Annual
Benefits Upon
Retirement (3)
Total Compensation
from the Fund and
Fund Complex
Paid to Trustee (4)
 
Independent Trustees:
       
Randall C. Barnes
$18,642.84
None
None
$246,499.97
Donald A. Chubb
$  8,500.00
None
None
None
Jerry B. Farley
$  8,500.00
None
None
None
Roman Friedrich III
$19,178.55
None
None
$159,499.95
Robert B. Karn III
$19,178.55
None
None
$156,499.95
Ronald A. Nyberg
$19,178.55
None
None
$318,749.95
Maynard F. Oliverius
$  8,500.00
None
None
None
Ronald E. Toupin, Jr.
$21,142.83
None
None
$253,999.95
 
(1)
Trustees not entitled to compensation are not included in the table.
 
(2)
For the fiscal period from June 26, 2013 (commencement of operations) to May 31, 2014.
 
(3)
The Fund does not accrue or pay retirement or pension benefits to Trustees as of the date of this SAI.
 
(4)
Reflects total compensation for the calendar year ended December 31, 2013.
 
      In April 2014, in connection with the consolidation of the membership of the Board of Trustees of the Fund and other funds in the Fund Complex, the Board implemented a new compensation structure for the funds overseen by the consolidated board. Total compensation is as follows: A general retainer fee of $232,000 per year paid to each Independent board member. Additional annual retainer fees paid as follows: $40,000 to the Independent Chairperson of the Board; $6,000 to the Independent Vice Chairperson of the Board; $6,000 to the Audit Committee Chairperson; $6,000 to the Audit Committee Vice Chairperson; $6,000 to the Contracts Review Committee Chairperson; $6,000 to the Contracts Review Committee Vice Chairperson; and $6,000 to the Nominating Committee Chairperson. In addition, fees would be paid for special Board or Committee meetings, with $5,000 paid for a special in-person Board meeting, $5,000 paid for a special in-person Committee meeting and $1,000 paid for a special telephonic Board or Committee meeting. A portion of such fees, as determined by the Board, would be allocated to the Fund.
 
S–20
 
 
 
 

 

 
Trustee Share Ownership
 
 
      As of December 31, 2013, the most recently completed calendar year prior to the date of this Statement of Additional Information, each Trustee of the Fund beneficially owned equity securities of the Fund and all of the registered investment companies in the family of investment companies overseen by the Trustee in the dollar range amounts specified below.
 
Name
Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in the Fund
Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in All Registered Investment
Companies Overseen by Trustee in
Family of Investment Companies
 
Independent Trustees:
   
Randall C. Barnes
Over $100,000
Over $100,000
Donald A. Chubb
$0
Over $100,000
Jerry B. Farley
$0
Over $100,000
Roman Friedrich III
$1-$10,000
Over $100,000
Robert B. Karn III
$0
$10,001-$50,000
Ronald A. Nyberg
$10,001-$50,000
Over $100,000
Maynard F. Oliverius
$0
Over $100,000
Ronald E. Toupin, Jr.
$1-$10,000
$10,001-$50,000
 
Interested Trustee:
   
Donald C. Cacciapaglia
$0
$0
 
Indemnification of Officers and Trustees; Limitations on Liability
 
      The governing documents of the Fund provide that the Fund will indemnify its Trustees and officers and may indemnify its employees or agents against liabilities and expenses incurred in connection with litigation in which they may be involved because of their positions with the Fund, to the fullest extent permitted by law. However, nothing in the governing documents of the Fund protects or indemnifies a trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Fund against any liability to which such person would otherwise be subject in the event of such person’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her position.
 
      The Fund has entered into an Indemnification Agreement with each Independent Trustee, which provides that the Fund shall indemnify and hold harmless such Trustee against any and all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Trustee in any proceeding arising out of or in connection with the Trustee’s service to the Fund, to the fullest extent permitted by the Declaration of Trust and By-Laws and the laws of the State of Delaware, the Securities Act, and the 1940 Act unless it has been finally adjudicated that (i) the Trustee is subject to such expenses by reason of the Trustee’s not having acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his or her action was in the best interests of the Fund or (ii) the Trustee is liable to the Fund or its shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office, as defined in Section 17(h) of the 1940 Act, as amended.
 
Portfolio Management
 
      The personnel with the most significant responsibility for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio are B. Scott Minerd, Anne Bookwalter Walsh, Jeffrey Abrams, Kevin Gundersen and James Michal.
 
S–21
 
 
 
 

 

 
      Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Managers. The following table sets forth information about funds and accounts other than the Fund for which the portfolio managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management as of December 31, 2013.
 
 
Number of Other Accounts Managed
and Assets by Account Type
Number of Other Accounts Assets
for Which Advisory Fee is
Performance-Based
 
Name of
Portfolio Manager
Other
Registered
Investment
Companies
Other
Pooled
Investment
Vehicles
Other
Accounts
Other
Registered
Investment
Companies
Other
Pooled
Investment
Vehicles
Other
Accounts
B. Scott Minerd
30
  69
130
0
26
10
 
$8.3 billion
$18.4 billion
$105.7 billion
$0
$11.3 billion
$984 million
 
Anne Bookwalter Walsh
  22
  8
  27
0
2
  1
 
$6.9 billion
$3.2 billion
$84.2 billion
$0
$3.2 billion
$516 million
 
Jeffrey Abrams
9
  33
  50
0
11
6
 
$3.6 billion
$10.0 billion
$5.4 billion
$0
$5.4 billion
$133 million
 
Kevin Gundersen.
11
  33
  47
0
11
6
 
$5.1 billion
$10.0 billion
$5.4 billion
$0
$5.4 billion
$133 million
 
James Michal.
26
3
11
0
  2
  3
 
$6.6 billion
$3.3 billion
$1.6 billion
$0
$3.2 billion
$742 million
 
      Potential Conflicts of Interest. Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to more than one fund or other account. More specifically, portfolio managers who manage multiple funds and/or other accounts may be presented with one or more of the following potential conflicts.
 
      The management of multiple funds and/or other accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each fund and/or other account. The Adviser seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of a portfolio manager by having the portfolio manager focus on a particular investment discipline. Most other accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the same investment models that are used in connection with the management of the Fund.
 
      If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity which may be suitable for more than one fund or other account, a fund may not be able to take full advantage of the opportunity due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across all eligible funds and other accounts. To deal with these situations, the Adviser has adopted procedures for allocating portfolio transactions across multiple accounts. In such situations the Adviser will, consistent with its fiduciary obligations under the Advisers Act, endeavor to achieve a fair and equitable allocation of limited investment opportunities among all funds and accounts by employing methods such as a rotation strategy, under which limited investment opportunities are allocated to funds on an alternating basis.
 
      The Adviser determines which broker to use to execute each order, consistent with their duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, with respect to certain other accounts (such as mutual funds for which the Adviser acts as adviser, other pooled investment vehicles that are not registered mutual funds, and other accounts managed for organizations and individuals), the Adviser may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases, trades for a fund in a particular security may be placed separately from, rather than aggregated with, such other accounts. Having separate transactions with respect to a security may temporarily affect the market price of the security for the execution of the transaction, or both, to the possible detriment of the Fund or other account(s) involved.
 
      The Adviser has adopted certain compliance procedures which are designed to address these types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.
 
S–22
 
 
 
 

 

 
      Portfolio Manager Compensation. The compensation of the portfolio managers consists of the following elements:
 
      Base Salary : The portfolio managers are paid a fixed base salary by the Sub-Adviser which is set at a level determined to be appropriate based upon the individual’s experience and responsibilities.
 
      Annual Bonus : The portfolio managers are paid a discretionary annual bonus by the Sub-Adviser, which is based on the overall performance and profitability of the Sub-Adviser and not on performance of the Fund or accounts managed by the portfolio managers. The portfolio managers also participate in benefit plans and programs generally available to all employees of the Sub-Adviser.
 
      Securities Ownership of the Portfolio Managers. As of May 31, 2014, the dollar range of equity securities of the Fund beneficially owned by the portfolio manager is shown below:
 
 B. Scott Minerd: None
 
 Anne Bookwalter Walsh: None
 
 Jeffrey Abrams: None
 
 Kevin Gundersen: None
 
 James Michal: None
 
Adviser
 
      Investment Adviser. Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (the “Investment Adviser”) acts as the Fund’s investment adviser. The Investment Adviser is a registered investment adviser and acts as investment adviser to a number of closed-end and open-end management investment companies. The Investment Adviser is a Delaware limited liability company, with its principal offices located at 227 West Monroe Street, Chicago, IL 60606. The Investment Adviser will be responsible for the management of the Fund, will furnish offices, necessary facilities and equipment on behalf of the Fund, will oversee the activities of the Fund’s Sub-Adviser, will provide personnel, including certain officers required for the Fund’s administrative management, and will pay the compensation of all officers and Trustees of the Fund who are its affiliates.
 
      Sub-Adviser. Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC (the “Sub-Adviser”) acts as the Fund’s investment sub-adviser. Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC is a Delaware limited liability company, with its principal offices located at 100 Wilshire Boulevard, Santa Monica, California 90401. The Sub-Adviser, under the supervision of the Board of Trustees and the Investment Adviser, will be responsible for the management of the Fund’s investment portfolio and will provide certain facilities and personnel related to such management.
 
      Guggenheim Partners. Each of the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser is an indirect subsidiary of Guggenheim Partners, a diversified financial services firm with wealth management, capital markets, investment management and proprietary investing businesses, whose clients are a mix of individuals, family offices, endowments, foundations, insurance companies and other institutions that have entrusted Guggenheim Partners with the supervision of more than $186 billion of assets as of June 30 , 2014. Guggenheim Partners is headquartered in Chicago and New York with a global network of offices throughout the United States, Europe and Asia.
 
Advisory Agreement
 
      Pursuant to an investment advisory agreement between the Fund and the Investment Adviser (the “Advisory Agreement”), the Fund will pay the Investment Adviser a fee, payable monthly, in an annual amount equal to 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets (from which the Investment Adviser will pay the Sub-Adviser’s fees). “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Fund, including the assets attributable to the proceeds from financial leverage, including the issuance of senior securities representing Indebtedness (including through borrowing from
 
S–23
 
 
 
 

 

 
financial institutions or issuance of debt securities, including notes or commercial paper), the issuance of preferred shares, the effective leverage of certain portfolio transactions such as reverse repurchase agreements and/or dollar rolls, or any other form of financial leverage, minus liabilities, other than liabilities related to any financial leverage. Managed Assets includes assets attributable to financial leverage of any form.
 
      Under the terms of the Advisory Agreement, the Investment Adviser is responsible for the management of the Fund; furnishes offices, necessary facilities and equipment on behalf of the Fund; oversees the activities of the Fund’s Sub-Adviser; provides personnel, including certain officers required for the Fund’s administrative management; and pays the compensation of all officers and Trustees of the Fund who are its affiliates.
 
      Pursuant to its terms, the Advisory Agreement will remain in effect until June 25, 2015, and from year to year thereafter if approved annually (i) by the Board of Trustees or by the holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities and (ii) by a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any party to the Advisory Agreement, by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Advisory Agreement terminates automatically on its assignment and may be terminated without penalty on 60 days written notice at the option of either party thereto or by a vote of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding shares, which is defined by the 1940 Act as the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the Fund’s voting securities present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy; or (ii) more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities.
 
      The Advisory Agreement provides that, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard for its obligations and duties thereunder, the Investment Adviser is not liable for any error or judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Fund. Pursuant to a Trademark Sublicense Agreement, Guggenheim Partners has granted to the Investment Adviser the right to use the name “Guggenheim” in the name of the Fund, and the Investment Adviser has agreed that the name “Guggenheim” is Guggenheim Partners’ property.
 
Advisory Fee
 
 
Fiscal Year Ended May 31,
 
2014*
The Investment Adviser received advisory fees of:
$1,826,481
 
*
For the fiscal period from June 26, 2013 (commencement of operations) to May 31, 2014.
 
Sub-Advisory Agreement
 
      Pursuant to an investment sub-advisory agreement among the Fund, the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”), the Investment Adviser will pay the Sub-Adviser a fee, payable monthly, in an annual amount equal to 0.50% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets.
 
      Under the terms of the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Sub-Adviser manages the investment portfolio of the Fund in accordance with its stated investment objective and policies, makes investment decisions for the Fund, places orders to purchase and sell securities on behalf of the Fund, all subject to the supervision and direction of the Board of Trustees and the Investment Adviser.
 
      The Sub-Advisory Agreement continues until June 25, 2015 and from year to year thereafter if approved annually (i) by the Board of Trustees or by the holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities and (ii) by a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any party to the Sub-Advisory Agreement, by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Sub-Advisory Agreement terminates automatically on its assignment and may be terminated without penalty on 60 days written notice at the option of either party thereto, by the Board of Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding shares, which is defined by the 1940 Act as the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the Fund’s voting
 
S–24
 
 
 
 

 

 
securities present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy; or (ii) more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities.
 
      The Sub-Advisory Agreement provides that, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard for its obligations and duties thereunder, the Sub-Adviser is not liable for any error or judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Fund.
 
Sub-Advisory Fees.
 
 
Fiscal Year Ended May 31,
 
2014*
The Sub-Adviser received sub-advisory fees of:
$913,240
 
*
For the fiscal period from June 26, 2013 (commencement of operations) to May 31, 2014.
 
Other Agreements
 
      Administration Agreement. Rydex Fund Services, LLC, an affiliate of the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, serves as administrator to the Fund. Pursuant to an administration agreement, Rydex Fund Services, LLC is responsible for: (1) coordinating with the custodian and transfer agent and monitoring the services they provide to the Fund, (2) coordinating with and monitoring any other third parties furnishing services to the Fund, (3) supervising the maintenance by third parties of such books and records of the Fund as may be required by applicable federal or state law, (4) preparing or supervising the preparation by third parties of all federal, state and local tax returns and reports of the Fund required by applicable law, (5) preparing and, after approval by the Fund, filing and arranging for the distribution of proxy materials and periodic reports to shareholders of the Fund as required by applicable law, (6) preparing and, after approval by the Fund, arranging for the filing of such registration statements and other documents with the SEC and other federal and state regulatory authorities as may be required by applicable law, (7) reviewing and submitting to the officers of the Fund for their approval invoices or other requests for payment of the Fund’s expenses and instructing the custodian to issue checks in payment thereof and (8) taking such other action with respect to the Fund as may be necessary in the opinion of the administrator to perform its duties under the Administration Agreement. For the services, the Fund pays Rydex Fund Services, LLC a fee, accrued daily and paid monthly, at the annual rate equal to 0.0275% of the first $200 million in average daily Managed Assets, 0.0200% of the next $300 million in average daily Managed Assets, 0.0150% of the next $500 million in average daily Managed Assets, and 0.0100% of average daily Managed Assets above $1 billion.
 
Administration Fees.
 
 
Fiscal Year Ended May 31,
 
2014*
Rydex Fund Services received administration fees of:
$49,689
 
*
For the fiscal period from June 26, 2013 (commencement of operations) to May 31, 2014.
 
      Fund Accounting Agreement. Rydex Fund Services, LLC also serves as fund accounting agent to the Fund. Pursuant to a fund accounting agreement, Rydex Fund Services, LLC performs certain accounting services, including maintaining ledgers; computing per share net asset value, income, gains, yields; verifying and reconciling daily trade activity; accruing expenses and determining outstanding receivables and payables; providing accounting reports; and providing accounting services and data in connection with regulatory filings. For the services, the Fund pays Rydex Fund Services, LLC a fee, accrued daily and paid monthly, at the annual rate equal to 0.0300% of the first $200 million in average daily Managed Assets, 0.0150% of the next $300 million in average daily Managed Assets, 0.0100% of the next $500 million in average daily Managed Assets, and 0.0075% of average daily Managed Assets above $1 billion, subject to a minimum fee of $50,000 per year.
 
S–25
 
 
 
 

 
 
Fund Accounting Fees.

 
Fiscal Year Ended May 31,
 
2014*
Rydex Fund Services received fund accounting fees of:
$72,883
 
*
For the fiscal period from June 26, 2013 (commencement of operations) to May 31, 2014. Includes out-of-pocket charges of $18,387
 
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS
 
      Subject to policies established by the Board of Trustees, the Adviser is responsible for placing purchase and sale orders and the allocation of brokerage on behalf of the Fund. Transactions in equity securities are in most cases effected on U.S. stock exchanges and involve the payment of negotiated brokerage commissions. In general, there may be no stated commission in the case of securities traded in over-the-counter markets, but the prices of those securities may include undisclosed commissions or mark-ups. Principal transactions are not entered into with affiliates of the Fund. The Fund has no obligations to deal with any broker or group of brokers in executing transactions in portfolio securities. In executing transactions, the Adviser seeks to obtain the best price and execution for the Fund, taking into account such factors as price, size of order, difficulty of execution and operational facilities of the firm involved and the firm’s risk in positioning a block of securities. While the Adviser generally seeks reasonably competitive commission rates, the Fund does not necessarily pay the lowest commission available.
 
      Subject to obtaining the best price and execution, brokers who provide supplemental research, market and statistical information to the Adviser or its affiliates may receive orders for transactions by the Fund. The term “research, market and statistical information” includes advice as to the value of securities, and advisability of investing in, purchasing or selling securities, and the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities, and furnishing analyses and reports concerning issues, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy and the performance of accounts. Information so received will be in addition to and not in lieu of the services required to be performed by the Adviser, and the expenses of the Adviser will not necessarily be reduced as a result of the receipt of such supplemental information. Such information may be useful to the Adviser and its affiliates in providing services to clients other than the Fund, and not all such information is used by the Adviser in connection with the Fund. Conversely, such information provided to the Adviser and its affiliates by brokers and dealers through whom other clients of the Adviser and its affiliates effect securities transactions may be useful to the Adviser in providing services to the Fund.
 
      Although investment decisions for the Fund are made independently from those of the other accounts managed by the Adviser and its affiliates, investments of the kind made by the Fund may also be made by those other accounts. When the same securities are purchased for or sold by the Fund and any of such other accounts, it is the policy of the Adviser and its affiliates to allocate such purchases and sales in the manner deemed fair and equitable to all of the accounts, including the Fund.
 
      Commissions Paid. Unless otherwise disclosed below, the Fund paid no commissions to affiliated brokers during the last three fiscal years. The Fund paid approximately the following commissions to brokers during the fiscal years shown:
 
Fiscal Year Ended May 31,
All Brokers
Affiliated Brokers
 
2014*
$0
$0
Fiscal Year Ended May 31, 2014 Percentages:
   
Percentage of aggregate brokerage commissions paid to
   
affiliated broker
 
0%
 
Percentage of aggregate dollar amount of transactions involving
   
the payment of commissions effected through affiliated broker
 
0%
 
*
For the fiscal period from June 26, 2013 (commencement of operations) to May 31, 2014.
 
 
 
S–26
 
 
 
 

 

 
      During the fiscal year ended May 31, 2014, the Fund paid $0 in brokerage commissions on transactions totaling $0 to brokers selected primarily on the basis of research services provided to the Adviser.
 
TAX MATTERS

     The following discussion is a brief summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations affecting the Fund and the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Fund’s Common Shares. Except as otherwise noted, this discussion assumes you are a taxable U.S. person (as defined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and that you hold your Common Shares as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally, assets held for investment). This discussion is based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the regulations promulgated thereunder and judicial and administrative authorities, all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations by the courts or the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), possibly with retroactive effect. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax concerns affecting the Fund and its Common Shareholders (including Common Shareholders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax law).

      The discussions set forth herein and in the Prospectus do not constitute tax advice and potential investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers to determine the specific U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences to them of investing in the Fund.

Taxation of the Fund

     The Fund intends to elect to be treated and to qualify each year as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code. Accordingly, the Fund must, among other things, (i) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from (a) dividends, interest (including tax-exempt interest), payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including gain from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies and (b) net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined in the Code); and (ii) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year (a) at least 50% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, the securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (b) not more than 25% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. Government securities and the securities of other RICs) of (I) any one issuer, (II) any two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same business or similar or related trades or businesses or (III) any one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships.” Generally, a qualified publicly traded partnership includes a partnership the interests of which are traded on an established securities market or readily tradable on a secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof) and that derives less than 90% of its gross income from the items described in (i)(a) above.

     As long as the Fund qualifies as a RIC, the Fund generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on income and gains that the Fund distributes to its Common Shareholders, provided that it distributes each taxable year at least 90% of the sum of (i) the Fund’s investment company taxable income (which includes, among other items, dividends, interest, the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, and other taxable income, other than any net capital gain (defined below), reduced by deductible expenses) determined without regard to the deduction for dividends and distributions paid and (ii) the Fund’s net tax-exempt interest (the excess of its gross tax-exempt interest over certain disallowed deductions). The Fund intends to distribute substantially all of such income each year. The Fund will be subject to income tax at regular corporate rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its Common Shareholders.

     The Code imposes a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the Fund to the extent the Fund does not distribute by the end of any calendar year at least the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gain or loss) for the calendar year and (ii) 98.2% of its capital gain in excess of its capital loss (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for a one-year period generally ending on October 31 of the calendar year. In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any under-distribution or over-distribution, as the case may be, from the previous year. For purposes of the

S–27
 
 
 
 

 

 
excise tax, the Fund will be deemed to have distributed any income on which it paid federal income tax in the taxable year ending within the calendar year. While the Fund intends to distribute income and capital gain in order to minimize imposition of the 4% nondeductible excise tax, there can be no assurance that amounts of the Fund’s taxable income and capital gain will be distributed to avoid entirely the imposition of the excise tax. In that event, the Fund will be liable for the excise tax only on the amount by which it does not meet the foregoing distribution requirement.

     If for any taxable year the Fund does not qualify as a RIC, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain, which consists of the excess of its net long-term capital gain over its net short-term capital loss) will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to Common Shareholders, and such distributions will be taxable to the Common Shareholders as ordinary dividends to the extent of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits. As described below, such dividends, however, would be eligible (i) to be treated as “qualified dividend income” in the case of Common Shareholders taxed as individuals and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate Common Shareholders, subject, in each case, to certain holding period and other requirements. To qualify again to be taxed as a RIC in a subsequent year, the Fund would generally be required to distribute to its Common Shareholders its earnings and profits attributable to non-RIC years. If the Fund fails to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, the Fund may be required to recognize and pay tax on any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if the Fund had been liquidated) or, alternatively, to elect to be subject to taxation on such built-in gain recognized for a period of ten years, in order to qualify as a RIC in a subsequent year.

The Fund’s Investments

     Certain of the Fund’s investment practices are subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions (including mark-to-market, constructive sale, straddle, wash sale, short sale and other rules) that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, including the dividends received deduction, (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gains or “qualified dividend income” into higher taxed short-term capital gains or ordinary income, (iii) convert ordinary loss or a deduction into capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause the Fund to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (vii) produce income that will not be “qualified” income for purposes of the 90% annual gross income requirement described above. These U.S. federal income tax provisions could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to Common Shareholders. The Fund intends to monitor its transactions and may make certain tax elections and may be required to dispose of securities to mitigate the effect of these provisions and prevent disqualification of the Fund as a RIC. Additionally, the Fund may be required to limit its activities in derivative instruments in order to enable it to maintain its RIC status.

     Certain types of income received by the Fund from REITs, real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”), taxable mortgage pools or other investments may cause the Fund to designate some or all of its distributions as “excess inclusion income.” To Fund Common Shareholders such excess inclusion income will (i) constitute taxable income, as “unrelated business taxable income” (“UBTI”) for those Common Shareholders who would otherwise be tax-exempt such as individual retirement accounts, 401(k) accounts, Keogh plans, pension plans and certain charitable entities, (ii) not be offset against net operating losses for tax purposes, (iii) not be eligible for reduced U.S. withholding for non-U.S. Common Shareholders even from tax treaty countries and (iv) cause the Fund to be subject to tax if certain “disqualified organizations,” as defined by the Code (which includes charitable remainder trusts), are Fund Common Shareholders.

     The Fund may invest a portion of its net assets in below investment grade securities, commonly known as “junk” securities. Investments in these types of securities may present special tax issues for the Fund. U.S. federal income tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when the Fund may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless securities, how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a bankruptcy or workout context are taxable. These and other issues will be addressed

S–28
 
 
 
 

 

 
by the Fund, to the extent necessary, in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a regulated investment company and does not become subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax.

     Certain debt securities acquired by the Fund may be treated as debt securities that were originally issued at a discount. Generally, the amount of the original issue discount is treated as interest income and is included in taxable income (and required to be distributed by the Fund in order to qualify as a regulated investment company or avoid the 4% excise tax) over the term of the security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, usually when the debt security matures. If the Fund purchases a debt security on a secondary market at a price lower than its adjusted issue price, the excess of the adjusted issue price over the purchase price is “market discount.” Unless the Fund makes an election to accrue market discount on a current basis, generally, any gain realized on the disposition of, and any partial payment of principal on, a debt security having market discount is treated as ordinary income to the extent the gain, or principal payment, does not exceed the “accrued market discount” on the debt security. Market discount generally accrues in equal daily installments.

     The Fund may invest in preferred securities or other securities the U.S. federal income tax treatment of which may not be clear or may be subject to recharacterization by the IRS. To the extent the tax treatment of such securities or the income from such securities differs from the tax treatment expected by the Fund, it could affect the timing or character of income recognized by the Fund, requiring the Fund to purchase or sell securities, or otherwise change its portfolio, in order to comply with the tax rules applicable to regulated investment companies under the Code.

     Gain or loss on the sales of securities by the Fund will generally be long-term capital gain or loss if the securities have been held by the Fund for more than one year. Gain or loss on the sale of securities held for one year or less will be short-term capital gain or loss.

     Because the Fund may invest in foreign securities, its income from such securities may be subject to non-U.S. taxes. The Fund will not be eligible to elect to “pass through” to Common Shareholders of the Fund the ability to use the foreign tax deduction or foreign tax credit for foreign taxes paid by the Fund with respect to qualifying taxes.

     Income from options on individual stocks written by the Fund will not be recognized by the Fund for tax purposes until an option is exercised, lapses or is subject to a “closing transaction” (as defined by applicable regulations) pursuant to which the Fund’s obligations with respect to the option are otherwise terminated. If the option lapses without exercise or is otherwise subject to a closing transaction, the premiums received by the Fund from the writing of such options will generally be characterized as short-term capital gain. If an option written by the Fund is exercised, the Fund may recognize taxable gain depending on the exercise price of the option, the option premium, and the fair market value of the security underlying the option. The character of any gain on the sale of the underlying security as short-term or long-term capital gain will depend on the holding period of the Fund in the underlying security. In general, distributions received by shareholders of the Fund that are attributable to short-term capital gains recognized by the Fund from its option writing activities will be taxed to such shareholders as ordinary income and will not be eligible for the reduced tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income.

     Options on indices of securities and sectors of securities that qualify as “section 1256 contracts” will generally be “marked-to-market” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, the Fund will generally recognize gain or loss on the last day of each taxable year equal to the difference between the value of the option on that date and the adjusted basis of the option. The adjusted basis of the option will consequently be increased by such gain or decreased by such loss. Any gain or loss with respect to options on indices and sectors that qualify as “section 1256 contracts” will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss to the extent of 40% of such gain or loss and long-term capital gain or loss to the extent of 60% of such gain or loss. Because the mark-to-market rules may cause the Fund to recognize gain in advance of the receipt of cash, the Fund may be required to dispose of investments in order to meet its distribution requirements. “Mark-to-market” losses may be suspended or otherwise limited if such losses are part of a straddle or similar transaction.

S–29
 
 
 
 

 

 
Taxation of Common Shareholders

     The Fund will either distribute or retain for reinvestment all or part of its net capital gain. If any such gain is retained, the Fund will be subject to a corporate income tax (currently at a maximum rate of 35%) on such retained amount. In that event, the Fund expects to designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gain in a notice to its Common Shareholders, each of whom, if subject to U.S. federal income tax on long-term capital gains, (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes as long-term capital gain its share of such undistributed amounts, (ii) will be entitled to credit its proportionate share of the tax paid by the Fund against its U.S. federal income tax liability and to claim refunds to the extent that the credit exceeds such liability and (iii) will increase its basis in its Common Shares by the amount of undistributed capital gain included in such Common Shareholder’s gross income net of the tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii).

     Distributions paid to you by the Fund from its net capital gains, if any, that the Fund properly reports as capital gains dividends (“capital gain dividends”) are taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long you have held your Common Shares. All other dividends paid to you by the Fund (including dividends from net short-term capital gains) from its current or accumulated earnings and profits (“ordinary income dividends”) are generally subject to tax as ordinary income. Special rules apply, however, to ordinary income dividends paid to individuals. For corporate taxpayers, both ordinary income dividends and capital gain dividends are taxed at a maximum rate of 35%. Capital gain dividends are not eligible for the dividends received deduction.

     Properly reported ordinary income dividends received by corporate holders of Common Shares generally will be eligible for the dividends received deduction to the extent that the Fund’s income consists of dividend income from U.S. corporations and certain holding period and other requirements are satisfied by both the Fund and the corporate shareholders. In the case of Common Shareholders who are individuals, properly reported ordinary income dividends that you receive from the Fund generally will be eligible for taxation at the rates applicable to long-term capital gains to the extent that (i) the ordinary income dividend is attributable to “qualified dividend income” (i.e., generally dividends paid by U.S. corporations and certain foreign corporations) received by the Fund, (ii) the Fund satisfies certain holding period and other requirements with respect to the stock on which such qualified dividend income was paid and (iii) you satisfy certain holding period and other requirements with respect to your Common Shares. In addition, for dividends to be eligible for the dividends received deduction or for reduced rates applicable to individuals, the Fund cannot have an option to sell or be under a contractual obligation to sell (pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) substantially identical stock or securities. Accordingly, the Fund’s writing of call options may, depending on the terms of the option, adversely impact the Fund’s ability to pay dividends eligible for the dividends received deduction or for reduced rates applicable to individuals. Qualified dividend income eligible for these special rules is not actually treated as capital gains, however, and thus will not be included in the computation of your net capital gain and generally cannot be used to offset any capital losses.

     Any distributions you receive that are in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of your adjusted tax basis in your Common Shares, and thereafter as capital gain from the sale of Common Shares (assuming the Common Shares are held as a capital asset). The amount of any Fund distribution that is treated as a tax-free return of capital will reduce your adjusted tax basis in your Common Shares, thereby increasing your potential gain or reducing your potential loss on any subsequent sale or other disposition of your Common Shares.

     Common Shareholders may be entitled to offset their capital gain dividends with capital losses. The Code contains a number of statutory provisions affecting when capital losses may be offset against capital gain, and limiting the use of losses from certain investments and activities. Accordingly, Common Shareholders that have capital losses are urged to consult their tax advisers.

     Dividends and other taxable distributions are taxable to you even though they are reinvested in additional Common Shares of the Fund. Dividends and other distributions paid by the Fund are generally treated under the Code as received by you at the time the dividend or distribution is made. If, however, the Fund pays you a dividend in January that was declared in the previous October, November or December and you were the Common Shareholder of record on a specified date in one of such months, then such dividend will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as being paid by the Fund and received by you on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared. In addition, certain other distributions made after the close of the Fund’s taxable year may be

S–30
 
 
 
 

 

 
“spilled back” and treated as paid by the Fund (except for purposes of the 4% nondeductible excise tax) during such taxable year. In such case, you will be treated as having received such dividends in the taxable year in which the distributions were actually made.

     The price of Common Shares purchased at any time may reflect the amount of a forthcoming distribution. Those purchasing Common Shares just prior to a distribution will receive a distribution which will be taxable to them even though it represents in part a return of invested capital.

     The Fund will send you information after the end of each year setting forth the amount and tax status of any distributions paid to you by the Fund.

     Ordinary income dividends and capital gain dividends also may be subject to state and local taxes. Common Shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers regarding specific questions about U.S. federal (including the application of the alternative minimum tax rules), state, local or foreign tax consequences to them of investing in the Fund.

     The sale or other disposition of Common Shares will generally result in capital gain or loss to you and will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held such Common Shares for more than one year at the time of sale. Any loss upon the sale or other disposition of Common Shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain dividend) by you with respect to such Common Shares. Any loss you recognize on a sale or other disposition of Common Shares will be disallowed if you acquire other Common Shares (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after your sale or exchange of the Common Shares. In such case, your tax basis in the Common Shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

     Current U.S. federal income tax law taxes both long-term and short-term capital gain of corporations at the rates applicable to ordinary income. For non-corporate taxpayers, short-term capital gain is currently taxed at rates applicable to ordinary income while long-term capital gain generally is taxed at a reduced maximum rate. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations under the Code.

     An additional 3.8% Medicare tax will be imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from a Fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of Fund shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds certain threshold amounts.

     A Common Shareholder that is a nonresident alien individual or a foreign corporation (a “foreign investor”) generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at the rate of 30% (or possibly a lower rate provided by an applicable tax treaty) on ordinary income dividends (except as discussed below). In general, U.S. federal withholding tax and U.S. federal income tax will not apply to any gain or income realized by a foreign investor in respect of any distribution of net capital gain (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain dividend) or upon the sale or other disposition of Common Shares of the Fund. Different tax consequences may result if the foreign investor is engaged in a trade or business in the United States or, in the case of an individual, is present in the United States for 183 days or more during a taxable year and certain other conditions are met.

     Foreign investors should consult their tax advisers regarding the tax consequences of investing in the Fund’s Common Shares.

     For taxable years of the Fund beginning before January 1, 2014 (and, if extended, as has happened in the past, for taxable years covered by such extension), dividends properly reported by the Fund are generally exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax where they (i) are paid in respect of the Fund’s “qualified net interest income” (generally, the Fund’s U.S.-source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which the Fund is at least a 10% shareholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income) or (ii) are paid in respect of the Fund’s “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of the Fund’s net short-term capital gain over the Fund’s long-term capital loss for such taxable year).

S–31
 
 
 
 

 

 
There can be no assurance as to whether this provision will be extended. In addition, even if this provision were extended, depending on its circumstances, the Fund may report all, some or none of its potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains, and/or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding. In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding, a foreign investor needs to comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or substitute Form). In the case of Common Shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the Fund reports the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Foreign investors should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts. There can be no assurance as to what portion of the Fund’s distributions will qualify for favorable treatment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gains if this provision is extended.

     In addition, withholding at a rate of 30% is required on dividends in respect of, and after December 31, 2016, on gross proceeds from the sale of, Common Shares held by or through certain foreign financial institutions (including investment funds), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the Secretary of the Treasury to report, on an annual basis, information with respect to shares in, and accounts maintained by, the institution to the extent such shares or accounts are held by certain U.S. persons or by certain non-U.S. entities that are wholly or partially owned by U.S. persons and to withhold on certain payments. Accordingly, the entity through which Common Shares are held will affect the determination of whether such withholding is required. Similarly, dividends in respect of, and gross proceeds from the sale of, Common Shares held by an investor that is a non-financial non-U.S. entity will be subject to withholding at a rate of 30%, unless such entity either (i) certifies that such entity does not have any “substantial U.S. owners” or (ii) provides certain information regarding the entity’s “substantial U.S. owners,” which the applicable withholding agent will in turn provide to the Secretary of the Treasury. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country, or future Treasury regulations or other guidance, may modify these requirements. Non-U.S. Common Shareholders are encouraged to consult with their tax advisers regarding the possible implications of these rules on their investment in our Common Shares.

     The Fund may be required to withhold, for U.S. federal backup withholding tax purposes, a portion of the dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds payable to certain non-exempt Common Shareholders who fail to provide the Fund (or its agent) with their correct taxpayer identification number (in the case of individuals, generally, their social security number) or to make required certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that you timely furnish the required information to the IRS.

GENERAL INFORMATION

Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures and Proxy Voting Record

     The Sub-Adviser will be responsible for voting proxies on securities held in the Fund’s portfolio. The Sub-Adviser’s Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures are included as Appendix B to this Statement of Additional Information.

     Information on how the Fund voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent twelvemonth period ended June 30 will be available without charge, upon request, by calling (800) 345-7999 or by visiting our website at www.guggenheiminvestments.com. This information is also available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

S–32
 
 
 
 

 

 
Principal Shareholders

     As of May 31, 2014, to the knowledge of the Fund, no person beneficially owned more than 5% of the voting securities of any class of equity securities of the Fund, except as follows:
 
Shareholder Name & Address
Class of Shares
Share Holdings
Percentage Owned
First Trust Portfolios L.P.(1)
Common Shares
759,560
12.66%
First Trust Advisors L.P.
     
The Charger Corporation
     
120 East Liberty Drive, Suite 400
     
Wheaton, Illinois 60187
     
 
(1)
Based on information obtained from a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on June 10, 2014.
 
 
Legal matters
 
      Certain legal matters will be passed on for the Fund by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York, in connection with the offering of the Common Shares.
 
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
      Ernst & Young LLP, McLean, Virginia, is the independent registered public accounting firm of the Fund. The Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm is expected to render an opinion annually on the financial statements of the Fund. The Fund’s audited financial statements incorporated by reference in this SAI and the report of Ernst & Young LLP thereon, have been incorporated by reference in this SAI in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
Code of Ethics
 
      The Fund, the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser each have adopted a code of ethics. The codes of ethics sets forth restrictions on the trading activities of trustees/directors, officers and employees of the Fund, the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser and their affiliates, as applicable. The codes of ethics of the Fund, the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser are on file with the SEC and can be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. The codes of ethics are also available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at www.sec.gov, and copies of the code of ethics may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following email address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
      The Fund’s audited financial statements appearing in the Fund’s annual report to shareholders for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2014, including accompanying notes thereto and the report of Ernst & Young LLP thereon, as contained in the Fund’s Form N-CSR filed with the SEC on August 8, 2014, are incorporated by reference in this Statement of Additional Information. Shareholder reports are available upon request and without charge by calling (800) 345-7999 or by writing the Fund at 227 West Monroe Street, Chicago, IL 60606. All other portions of the Fund’s annual report to shareholders are not incorporated herein by reference and are not part of the Fund’s registration statement, this Statement of Additional Information, the Prospectus or any Prospectus Supplement.
 
S–33
 
 
 
 

 

 
This page intentionally left blank.
 
 
 
 

 

 
Appendix A
 
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATING
 
STANDARD & POOR’S CORPORATION
 
A brief description of the applicable Standard & Poor’s Corporation (“S&P”) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by S&P) follows.
 
Issue Credit Ratings Definition
 
A Standard & Poor’s issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P’s view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.
 
Issue credit ratings can be either long term or short term. Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days — including commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. The result is a dual rating, in which the short-term rating addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.
 
Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings*
 
Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on S&P’s analysis of the following considerations:
 
       •
Likelihood of payment-capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;
 
       •
Nature of and provisions of the obligation;
 
       •
Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.
 
Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)
 
AAA An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.
 
AA An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.
 
A An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.
 
*Plus (+) or minus (-) The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
 
A–1
 
 
 

 
 
 
BBB An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
BB; B; CCC; CC; and C Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.
 
BB An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
B An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
CCC An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
CC An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.
 
C A ‘C’ rating is assigned to obligations that are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, obligations that have payment arrearages allowed by the terms of the documents, or obligations of an issuer that is the subject of a bankruptcy petition or similar action which have not experienced a payment default. Among others, the ‘C’ rating may be assigned to subordinated debt, preferred stock or other obligations on which cash payments have been suspended in accordance with the instrument’s terms or when preferred stock is the subject of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.
 
D An obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made within five business days, irrespective of any grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ upon completion of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.
 
NR This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that S&P does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.
 
Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings
 
A-1 A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.
 
A-2 A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.
 
A–2
 
 
 

 
 
 
A-3 A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
B A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.
 
C A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
D A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.
 
SPUR (S&Ps Underlying Rating) A SPUR rating is a rating of a stand-alone capacity of an issue to pay debt service on a credit-enhanced debt issue, without giving effect to the enhancement that applies to it. These ratings are published only at the request of the debt issuer/obligor with the designation SPUR to distinguish them from the credit-enhanced rating that applies to the debt issue. S&P maintains surveillance of an issue with a published SPUR.
 
Municipal Short-Term Note Ratings Definitions
 
A S&P’s U.S. Municipal note rating reflects S&P’s opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, S&P’s analysis will review the following considerations:
 
       •
Amortization schedule — the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and
 
       •
Source of payment — the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.
 
Note rating symbols are as follows:
 
SP-1 Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.
 
SP-2 Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.
 
SP-3 Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.
 
Dual Ratings S&P assigns “dual” ratings to all debt issues that have a put option or demand feature as part of their structure. The first rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second rating addresses only the demand feature. The long-term rating symbols are used for bonds to denote the long-term maturity and the short-term rating symbols for the put option (for example, ‘AAA/A-1+’). With U.S. municipal short-term demand debt, note rating symbols are used with the short-term issue credit rating symbols (for example, ‘SP-1+/A-1+’).
 
The ratings and other credit related opinions of S&P and its affiliates are statements of opinion as of the date they are expressed and not statements of fact or recommendations to purchase, hold, or sell any securities or make any investment decisions. S&P assumes no obligation to update any information following publication. Users of ratings
A–3
 
 
 

 


and credit related opinions should not rely on them in making any investment decision. S&P’s opinions and analyses do not address the suitability of any security. S&P’s Financial Services LLC does not act as a fiduciary or an investment advisor. While S&P has obtained information from sources it believes to be reliable, S&P does not perform an audit and undertakes no duty of due diligence or independent verification of any information it receives. Ratings and credit related opinions may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn at any time.
 
Active Qualifiers (Currently Applied and/or Outstanding)
 
i This suffix is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The ‘i’ suffix indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only. The ‘i’ suffix will always be used in conjunction with the ‘p’ suffix, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.
 
L Ratings qualified with ‘L’ apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.
 
p This suffix is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The ‘p’ suffix indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The ‘p’ suffix will always be used in conjunction with the ‘i’ suffix, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.
 
pi Ratings with a ‘pi’ suffix are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and therefore may be based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a ‘pi’ suffix. Ratings with a ‘pi’ suffix are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.
 
preliminary Preliminary ratings, with the ‘prelim’ suffix, may be assigned to obligors or obligations, including financial programs, in the circumstances described below. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt by S&P of appropriate documentation. S&P reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Moreover, if a final rating is issued, it may differ from the preliminary rating.
 
       •
Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions.
 
       •
Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies.
 
       •
Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations that will likely be issued upon the obligor’s emergence from bankruptcy or similar reorganization, based on late-stage reorganization plans, documentation and discussions with the obligor. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to the obligors. These ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the reorganized or postbankruptcy issuer as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s).
 
       •
Preliminary ratings may be assigned to entities that are being formed or that are in the process of being independently established when, in S&P’s opinion, documentation is close to final.
 
       •
Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to these entities’ obligations.
 
A–4
 
 
 

 
 
 
       •
Preliminary ratings may be assigned when a previously unrated entity is undergoing a well-formulated restructuring, recapitalization, significant financing or other transformative event, generally at the point that investor or lender commitments are invited. The preliminary rating may be assigned to the entity and to its proposed obligation(s). These preliminary ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the obligor, as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s), assuming successful completion of the transformative event. Should the transformative event not occur, S&P would likely withdraw these preliminary ratings.
 
       •
A preliminary recovery rating may be assigned to an obligation that has a preliminary issue credit rating.
 
sf The (sf) suffix is assigned to all issues and issuers to which a regulation, such as the European Union Regulation on Credit Rating Agencies, requires the assignment of an additional symbol which distinguishes a structured finance instrument or obligor (as defined in the regulation) from any other instrument or obligor. The addition of this suffix to a credit rating does not change the definition of that rating or our opinion about the issue’s or issuer’s creditworthiness.
 
t This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.
 
unsolicited Unsolicited ratings are those credit ratings assigned at the initiative of S&P and not at the request of the issuer or its agents.
 
MOODY’S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.
 
A brief description of the applicable Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by Moody’s) follows.
 
Long-Term Obligation Ratings . Moody’s long-term obligation ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of fixed-income obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.
 
Aaa Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.
 
Aa Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
 
A Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.
 
Baa Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.
 
Ba Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.
 
B Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
 
Caa Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
 
Ca Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.
 
C Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.
 
A–5
 
 
 

 
 
 
Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category. Additionally, a “(hyb)” indicator is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, insurers, finance companies, and securities firms.
 
Short-Term Ratings. Moody’s short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.
 
Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
 
P-1 Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
 
P-2 Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
 
P-3 Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.
 
NP Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.
 
While the global short-term ‘prime’ rating scale is applied to US municipal tax-exempt commercial paper, these programs are typically backed by external letters of credit or liquidity facilities and their short-term prime ratings usually map to the long-term rating of the enhancing bank or financial institution and not the municipality’s rating. Other short-term municipal obligations, which generally have different funding sources for repayment, are rated using two additional short-term rating scales (i.e., the MIG and VMIG scales discussed below).
 
The Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) scale is used to rate US municipal bond anticipation notes of up to three years maturity. Municipal notes rated on the MIG scale may be secured by either pledged revenues or proceeds of a take-out financing received prior to note maturity. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation, and the issuer’s long-term rating is only one consideration in assigning the MIG rating. MIG ratings are divided into three levels — MIG1 through MIG3 — while speculative grade short-term obligations are designated SG.
 
MIG 1 This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.
 
MIG 2 This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.
 
MIG 3 This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.
 
SG This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.
 
Demand Obligation Ratings. In the case of variable rate demand obligations (VRDOs), a two-component rating is assigned; a long- or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”), using a variation of the MIG rating scale, the Variable Municipal Investment Grade or VMIG rating. The rating transitions on the VMIG scale differ from those on the Prime scale to reflect the risk that external liquidity support generally will terminate if the issuer’s long-term rating drops below investment grade.
 
When either the long- or short-term aspect of a VRDO is not rated, that piece is designated NR, e.g., Aaa/NR or NR/VMIG 1.
 
VMIG rating expirations are a function of each issue’s specific structural or credit features.
 
A–6
 
 
 

 
 
 
VMIG 1
 
This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
 
VMIG 2
 
This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
 
VMIG 3
 
This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
 
SG
 
This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
 
Other Ratings Symbols
 
e Expected Ratings Indicator. To address market demand for timely information on particular types of credit ratings, Moody’s has licensed to certain third parties the right to generate “Expected Ratings.” Expected Ratings are designated by an “e” after the rating code, and are intended to anticipate Moody’s forthcoming rating assignments based on reliable information from third party sources (such as the issuer or underwriter associated with the particular securities) or established Moody’s rating practices (i.e. medium term notes are typically, but not always, assigned the same rating as the note’s program rating). Expected Ratings will exist only until Moody’s confirms the Expected Rating, or issues a different rating for the relevant instrument. Moody’s encourages market participants to contact Moody’s Ratings Desk or visit www.moodys.com if they have questions, or wish Moody’s to confirm an Expected Rating.
 
(P) Provisional Ratings. As a service to the market and at the request of an issuer, Moody’s will often assign a provisional rating when the assignment of a final rating is subject to the fulfillment of contingencies but it is highly likely that the rating will become definitive after all documents are received or an obligation is issued into the market. A provisional rating is denoted by placing a (P) in front of the rating. Such ratings are typically assigned to shelf registrations under SEC rule 415 or transaction-based structures that require investor education. When a transaction uses a well-established structure and the transaction’s structure and terms are not expected to change prior to sale in a manner that would affect the rating, a definitive rating may be assigned directly.
 
# Refundeds. Issues that are secured by escrowed funds held in trust, reinvested in direct, non-callable US government obligations or non-callable obligations unconditionally guaranteed by the US Government or Resolution Funding Corporation are identified with a # (hatch mark) symbol, e.g., #Aaa.
 
WR Withdrawn. When Moody’s no longer rates an obligation on which it previously maintained a rating, the symbol WR is employed.
 
NR Not Rated. The symbol NR is assigned to unrated obligations, issuers and/or programs.
 
NAV Not Available. An issue that Moody’s has not yet rated is denoted by the NAV symbol.
 
TWR Terminated Without Rating. The symbol TWR applies primarily to issues that mature or are redeemed without having been rated.
 
A–7
 
 
 

 
 
 
FITCH RATINGS, INC.
 
A brief description of the applicable Fitch Ratings, Inc. (“Fitch”) ratings symbols and meanings (as published by Fitch) follows.
 
Rated entities in a number of sectors, including financial and non-financial corporations, sovereigns and insurance companies, are generally assigned Issuer Default Ratings (IDRs). IDRs opine on an entity’s relative vulnerability to default on financial obligations. The “threshold” default risk addressed by the IDR is generally that of the financial obligations whose non-payment would best reflect the uncured failure of that entity. As such, IDRs also address relative vulnerability to bankruptcy, administrative receivership or similar concepts, although the agency recognizes that issuers may also make pre-emptive and therefore voluntary use of such mechanisms.
 
In aggregate, IDRs provide an ordinal ranking of issuers based on the agency’s view of their relative vulnerability to default, rather than a prediction of a specific percentage likelihood of default. For historical information on the default experience of Fitch-rated issuers, please consult the transition and default performance studies available from the Fitch Ratings website.
 
Long-Term Credit Ratings Scales
 
AAA Highest credit quality. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
 
AA Very high credit quality. ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
 
A High credit quality. ‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.
 
BBB Good credit quality. ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.
 
BB Speculative. ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial flexibility exists which supports the servicing of financial commitments.
 
B Highly speculative. ‘B’ ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.
 
CCC Substantial credit risk. Default is a real possibility.
 
CC Very high levels of credit risk. Default of some kind appears probable.
 
C Exceptionally High Levels of Credit Risk. Default is imminent or inevitable, or the issuer is in standstill.
 
Conditions that are indicative of a ‘C’ category rating for an issuer include:
 
a.           the issuer has entered into a grace or cure period following non-payment of a material financial obligation;
 
b.           the issuer has entered into a temporary negotiated waiver or standstill agreement following a payment default on a material financial obligation; or
 
A–8
 
 
 

 
 
 
c.           Fitch Ratings otherwise believes a condition of ‘RD’ or ‘D’ to be imminent or inevitable, including through the formal announcement of a distressed debt exchange.
 
RD Restricted default. ‘RD’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch’s opinion has experienced an uncured payment default on a bond, loan or other material financial obligation but which has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, and which has not otherwise ceased operating. This would include:
 
a.           the selective payment default on a specific class or currency of debt;
 
b.           the uncured expiry of any applicable grace period, cure period or default forbearance period following a payment default on a bank loan, capital markets security or other material financial obligation;
 
c.           the extension of multiple waivers or forbearance periods upon a payment default on one or more material financial obligations, either in series or in parallel; or
 
d.           execution of a distressed debt exchange on one or more material financial obligations.
 
D: Default. ‘D’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, or which has otherwise ceased business.
 
Default ratings are not assigned prospectively to entities or their obligations; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will generally not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period, unless a default is otherwise driven by bankruptcy or other similar circumstance, or by a distressed debt exchange.
 
“Imminent” default typically refers to the occasion where a payment default has been intimated by the issuer, and is all but inevitable. This may, for example, be where an issuer has missed a scheduled payment, but (as is typical) has a grace period during which it may cure the payment default. Another alternative would be where an issuer has formally announced a distressed debt exchange, but the date of the exchange still lies several days or weeks in the immediate future.
 
In all cases, the assignment of a default rating reflects the agency’s opinion as to the most appropriate rating category consistent with the rest of its universe of ratings, and may differ from the definition of default under the terms of an issuer’s financial obligations or local commercial practice.
 
Note: The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ Long-Term IDR category, or to Long-Term IDR categories below ‘B’.
 
Limitations for the Issuer Credit Rating Scale:
 
Specific limitations relevant to the issuer credit rating scale include:
 
       •
The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of default likelihood over any given time period.
 
       •
The ratings do not opine on the market value of any issuer’s securities or stock, or the likelihood that this value may change.
 
       •
The ratings do not opine on the liquidity of the issuer’s securities or stock.
 
       •
The ratings do not opine on the possible loss severity on an obligation should an issuer default.
 
       •
The ratings do not opine on the suitability of an issuer as counterparty to trade credit.
 
A–9
 
 
 

 
 
 
       •
The ratings do not opine on any quality related to an issuer’s business, operational or financial profile other than the agency’s opinion on its relative vulnerability to default.
 
Ratings assigned by Fitch Ratings articulate an opinion on discrete and specific areas of risk. The above list is not exhaustive, and is provided for the reader’s convenience.
 
Short-Term Ratings Assigned to Issuers or Obligations in Corporate, Public and Structured Finance. A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity or security stream and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.
 
F1: Highest short-term credit quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.
 
F2: Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.
 
F3: Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.
 
B: Speculative short-term credit quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
 
C: High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.
 
RD: Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Applicable to entity ratings only.
 
D: Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.
 
Limitations of the Short-Term Ratings Scale:
 
Specific limitations relevant to the Short-Term Ratings scale include:
 
       •
The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of default likelihood over any given time period.
 
       •
The ratings do not opine on the market value of any issuer’s securities or stock, or the likelihood that this value may change.
 
       •
The ratings do not opine on the liquidity of the issuer’s securities or stock.
 
       •
The ratings do not opine on the possible loss severity on an obligation should an obligation default.
 
       •
The ratings do not opine on any quality related to an issuer or transaction’s profile other than the agency’s opinion on the relative vulnerability to default of the rated issuer or obligation.
 
Ratings assigned by Fitch Ratings articulate an opinion on discrete and specific areas of risk. The above list is not exhaustive, and is provided for the reader’s convenience.
 
A–10
 
 
 

 

 
This page intentionally left blank.
 
 
 
 

 

 
Appendix B
 
 
GUGGENHEIM PARTNERS INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC
PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES
 
 
POLICY
 
Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC (“GPIM”) generally is responsible for voting proxies with respect to securities held in client accounts, including clients registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“Funds”) and clients that are pension plans (“Plans”) subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”). This document sets forth GPIM’s policies and guidelines with respect to proxy voting and its procedures to comply with SEC Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.  Rule 206(4)-6 requires each registered investment adviser that exercises proxy voting authority with respect to client securities to:
 
·  
Adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the adviser votes client securities in the best interest of clients; such policies and procedures must address the manner in which the adviser will resolve material conflicts of interest that can arise during the proxy voting process;
·  
Disclose to clients how they may obtain information from the adviser about how the adviser voted proxies with respect to their securities; and
·  
Describe to clients the adviser’s proxy voting procedures and, upon request, furnish a copy of the policies and procedures.
 
Where GPIM has been delegated the responsibility for voting proxies, it must take reasonable steps under the circumstances to ensure that proxies are received and voted in the best long-term interests of its clients. This generally means voting proxies with a view to enhancing the value of the shares of stock held in client accounts, considering all relevant factors and without undue influence from individuals or groups who may have an economic interest in the outcome of the proxy vote. GPIM’s authority is initially established by its advisory contracts or comparable documents. Clients, however, may change their proxy voting direction at any time.
 
The financial interest of GPIM’s clients is the primary consideration in determining how proxies should be voted. Any material conflicts of interest between GPIM and its clients with respect to proxy voting are resolved in the best interests of the clients.
 
PROCEDURES
 
1.  Overview

Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC (“GPIM”) utilizes the services of an outside proxy voting firm, Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (“ISS”), to act as agent for the proxy process, to maintain records on proxy votes for its clients, and to provide independent research on corporate governance, proxy and corporate responsibility issues. The proxy voting guidelines (the “Guidelines”), attached as Appendix A and Appendix B to these Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures, set forth the ISS guidelines that GPIM uses in voting specific proposals. Depending on the objective of Fund or client account and the portfolio team managing, GPIM will assign the proxy voting guidelines in Appendix A or B to determine how proxies will be voted. GPIM reviews these voting recommendations and generally votes proxies in accordance with such recommendations.

However, the vote entered on a client's behalf with respect to a particular proposal may differ from the Guidelines if it is determined to be in the best interest of the client. If a proposal is voted in a manner different than set forth in the Guidelines, the reasons therefore shall be documented in writing by the appropriate investment team(s) and retained by Operations.  The manner in which specific proposals are to be voted may differ based on the type of client
 
 
B-1

 

account.  For example, a specific proposal may be considered on a case-by-case basis for socially aware client accounts, while all other accounts may always vote in favor of the proposal.

In the absence of contrary instructions received from GPIM, ISS will vote proxies in accordance with the Guidelines attached as Appendix A or Appendix B hereto, as such Guidelines may be revised from time to time by representatives from Investment Management and Compliance (the ad hoc “Committee”).  ISS will employ these guidelines based on account set up instructions received from Operations. ISS will notify Operations of all proxy proposals that do not fall within the Guidelines (i.e. proposals which are either not addressed in the Guidelines or proposals for which GPIM has indicated that a decision will be made on a case-by-case basis).  Such proposals will be forwarded by Operations to the investment team(s) responsible for the client account.   If the investment team(s) responsible determines that there is no material conflict of interest, the proposal will be voted in accordance with the recommendation of said team(s).

2.    Resolving Potential Conflicts of Interest

GPIM may occasionally be subject to conflicts of interest in the voting of proxies due to relationships it maintains with persons having an interest in the outcome of certain votes.  The proxies that are not addressed by the Guidelines or are to be voted on a case-by-case basis will be forwarded to the appropriate investment management team(s) by Operations.   Determination of whether there is a material conflict of interest between GPIM and a client due to (a) the provision of services or products by a GPIM affiliate to the company on whose behalf proxies are being solicited, (b) personal relationships that may exist between personnel of GPIM or its affiliates and proponents of a proxy issue or (c) any other issue, shall be made by senior members of the investment team responsible for voting the proxy.  If a conflict of interest exists, the investment team will consult the Committee (and Legal, as necessary) to determine how to vote the proxy consistent with the procedures below.
 
In the absence of established Guidelines (e.g., in instances where the Guidelines provide for a “case-by-case” review), GPIM may vote a proxy regarding that proposal in any of the following manners:
 
§  
Refer Proposal to the Client – GPIM may refer the proposal to the client and obtain instructions from the client on how to vote the proxy relating to that proposal.
§  
Obtain Client Ratification – If GPIM is in a position to disclose the conflict to the client ( i.e. , such information is not confidential), GPIM may determine how it proposes to vote the proposal on which it has a conflict, fully disclose the nature of the conflict to the client, and obtain the client’s consent for how GPIM will vote on the proposal (or otherwise obtain instructions from the client on how the proxy on the proposal should be voted).
§  
Use an Independent Third Party for All Proposals – Subject to any client imposed proxy voting policies, GPIM may vote all proposals in a proxy according to the policies of an independent third party (or to have the third party vote such proxies).
§  
Use an Independent Third Party to Vote the Specific Proposals that Involve a Conflict – Subject to any client imposed proxy voting policies, GPIM may use an independent third party to recommend how the proxy for specific proposals that involve a conflict should be voted (or to have the third party vote such proxies).
§  
Abstaining

The method selected by GPIM to resolve the conflict may vary from one instance to another depending upon the facts and circumstances of the situation, but in each case, consistent with its duty of loyalty and care.
 
 
B-2

 

3.  Special Situations (As Applicable)

3.1. Securities Subject to Lending Arrangements

For various legal or administrative reasons, GPIM is often unable to vote securities that are, at the time of such vote, on loan pursuant to a client’s securities lending arrangement with the client’s custodian. GPIM will refrain from voting such securities where the cost to the client and/or administrative inconvenience of retrieving securities then on loan outweighs the benefit of voting, assuming retrieval under such circumstances is even feasible and/or possible. In certain extraordinary situations, GPIM may seek to have securities then on loan pursuant to such securities lending arrangements retrieved by the clients’ custodians for voting purposes. This decision will generally be made on a case-by-case basis depending on whether, in GPIM’s judgment, the matter to be voted on has critical significance to the potential value of the securities in question, the relative cost and/or administrative inconvenience of retrieving the securities, the significance of the holding, and whether the stock is considered a long-term holding. There can be no guarantee that any such securities can be retrieved for such purpose.

3.2  Special Issues with Voting Foreign Proxies

Voting proxies with respect to shares of foreign stocks may involve significantly greater effort and corresponding cost due to the variety of regulatory schemes and corporate practices in foreign countries with respect to proxy voting. Because the cost of voting on a particular proxy proposal could exceed the expected benefit to a client (including an ERISA Plan), GPIM may weigh the costs and benefits of voting on proxy proposals relating to foreign securities and make an informed decision on whether voting a given proxy proposal is prudent.
 
3.3  Share Blocking

In certain countries the exercise of voting rights could restrict the ability of an account's portfolio manager to freely trade the security in question ("share blocking").  The portfolio manager retains the final authority to determine whether to block the shares in the client's account or to forego voting the shares.

3.4  Lack Of Adequate Information, Untimely Receipt Of Proxy Or Excessive Costs

GPIM may be unable to enter an informed vote in certain circumstances due to the lack of information provided in the proxy statement or by the issuer or other resolution sponsor, and may abstain from voting in those instances.  Proxy materials not delivered in a timely manner may prevent analysis or entry of a vote by voting deadlines.  GPIM’s practice is to abstain from voting a proxy in circumstances where, in its judgment, the costs exceed the expected benefits to the client.

4.  Undue Influence

If at any time any person involved in the GPIM’s proxy voting process is pressured or lobbied either by GPIM’s personnel or affiliates or third parties with respect to a particular proposal, he or she should provide information regarding such activity to GPIM Compliance or Legal.  A determination will then be made regarding this information, keeping in mind GPIM's duty of loyalty and care to its clients.

5.  Recordkeeping

GPIM is required to keep the following records:
 
§  
a copy of this policy;
§  
proxy statements received regarding client securities;
§  
records of votes cast on behalf of clients;
 

 
B-3

 

 
§  
any documents prepared by GPIM that were material to making a decision how to vote, or that memorialized the basis for the decision; and
§  
records of client requests for proxy voting information and a copy of any written response by GPIM to any client request (regardless of whether such client request was written or oral).
 
The foregoing records will be retained for such period of time as is required to comply with applicable laws and regulations.
 
GPIM may rely on proxy statements filed on the SEC’s EDGAR system instead of keeping its own copies, and may rely on proxy statements and records of proxy votes cast by GPIM that are maintained with a third party, such as ISS, provided that GPIM has obtained an undertaking from the third party to provide a copy of the documents promptly upon request.

6.  Disclosure

Rule 206(4)-6 requires GPIM   to disclose in response to any client request how the client can obtain information from GPIM on how the client’s securities were voted. GPIM will disclose in Form ADV Part 2 that clients can obtain information on how their securities were voted by submitting a written request to GPIM. Upon receipt of a written request from a client, GPIM will provide the information requested by the client within a reasonable amount of time.
 
Rule 206(4)-6 also requires GPIM to describe its proxy voting policies and procedures to clients, and upon request, to provide clients with a copy of those policies and procedures. GPIM will provide such a description in its Form ADV Part 2. Upon receipt of a written request from a client, GPIM will provide a copy of this policy within a reasonable amount of time.
 
If approved by the client, this policy and any requested records may be provided electronically.
 
 
 
B-4

 

 

APPENDIX A*


2014 ISS U.S. PROXY VOTING CONCISE GUIDELINES













*  Please note that the more detailed “2014 ISS U.S. Proxy Voting Summary Guidelines” as well as the “2014 ISS International Proxy Voting Summary Guidelines” are available upon request.




 
B-5

 


 

APPENDIX B*


2014 TAFT-HARTLEY U.S. PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES





 









*  Please note that what follows is the “Proxy Voting Policy Statement” component of the “Taft-Hartley Advisory Services Proxy Voting Policy Statement and Guidelines”. Detailed guidelines are available upon request.
 
 
 
B-6

 
 
PART C
OTHER INFORMATION
 
Item 25. Financial Statements And Exhibits
 
(1)           Financial Statements
 
Incorporated by reference into Part B of the Registration Statement, as described in the Statement of Additional Information, are the Registrant’s audited financial statements, notes to such financial statements and the report of independent registered public accounting firm thereon, by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report for the period ended May 31, 2014, as contained in the Registrant’s Form N-CSR/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on August 8, 2014.
 
(2)           Exhibits
 
(a)  
(i) Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust of Registrant(1)
 
(ii) Amendment to the Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust of Registrant(1)
 
(b)  
Amended and Restated By-Laws of Registrant(1)
 
(c)  
Not applicable
 
(d)  
Not applicable
 
(e)  
Dividend Reinvestment Plan of Registrant(2)
 
(f)  
Not applicable
 
(g)  
(i) Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (the “Investment Adviser”)*
 
(ii) Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement among Registrant, the Investment Adviser and Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC (the “Sub-Adviser”)*
 
(h)  
Form of Underwriting Agreement/Sales Agreement++
 
(i)  
Not applicable
 
(j)  
(i) Custody Agreement*
 
(ii) Foreign Custody Manager Agreement*
 
(k)  
(i) Transfer Agency Agreement*
 
(ii) Fund Accounting Agreement*
 
(iii) Administration Agreement*
 
(iv) Offering Expense Limitation Agreement*
 
(v) Committed Facility Agreement between Registrant and BNP Prime Brokerage, Inc. ("BNP")*
 
(vi) Account Agreement between Registrant and BNP*
 
(vii) Special Custody and Pledge Agreeement among Registrant, BNP and the Custodian*
 
(l)  
Opinion and Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP+
 
(m)  
Not applicable
 
 
 

 
 
(n)  
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm*
 
(o)  
Not applicable
 
(p)  
Subscription Agreement*
 
(q)  
Not applicable
 
(r)  
(i) Code of Ethics of the Registrant and the Investment Adviser*
 
(ii) Code of Ethics of the Sub-Adviser*
 
(s)  
Power of Attorney*
 
(z)  
Form of Prospectus Supplement*
 
 

*
Filed herewith.
 
+
To be filed by further amendment.
 
++
To be filed by post-effective amendment.
 
(1)
Incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File Nos. 811-22715 and 333-182157), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 11, 2013.
 
(2)
Incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File Nos. 811-22715 and 333-182157), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 24, 2013.
 
Item 26. Marketing Arrangements
 
 Reference is made to Exhibit (h) to this Registration Statement to be filed by further amendment.
 
Item 27. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
 
 The following table sets forth the estimated expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this Registration Statement:
 
 
NYSE Listing Fees
$14,000
 
SEC Registration Fees
$12,880
 
Printing/Engraving Expenses
$50,000
 
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Fees
$50,000
 
Legal Fees
$200,000
 
FINRA Fees
$15,500
 
Miscellaneous
$15,000
 
      Total
$357,380
 
Item 28. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with Registrant
 
None
 
 
C-2

 
 
Item 29. Number of Holders of Securities
 
Title of Class
Number of Record
Shareholders as of August 31, 2014
 
2
 
Item 30. Indemnification
 
Article V of the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of the Registrant provides as follows:
 
5.1   No Personal Liability of Shareholders, Trustees, etc. No Shareholder of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person in connection with Trust Property or the acts, obligations or affairs of the Trust. Shareholders shall have the same limitation of personal liability as is extended to stockholders of a private corporation for profit incorporated under the Delaware General Corporation Law. No Trustee or officer of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person, save only liability to the Trust or its Shareholders arising from bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard for his duty to such Person; and, subject to the foregoing exception, all such Persons shall look solely to the Trust Property for satisfaction of claims of any nature arising in connection with the affairs of the Trust. If any Shareholder, Trustee or officer, as such, of the Trust, is made a party to any suit or proceeding to enforce any such liability, subject to the foregoing exception, he shall not, on account thereof, be held to any personal liability. Any repeal or modification of this Section 5.1 shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a Trustee or officer of the Trust existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.
 
5.2   Mandatory Indemnification.
 
(a)   The Trust hereby agrees to indemnify each person who at any time serves as a Trustee or officer of the Trust (each such person being an “indemnitee”) against any liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and reasonable counsel fees reasonably incurred by such indemnitee in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or investigative body in which he may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which he may be or may have been threatened, while acting in any capacity set forth in this Article V by reason of his having acted in any such capacity, except with respect to any matter as to which he shall not have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interest of the Trust or, in the case of any criminal proceeding, as to which he shall have had reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful, provided, however, that no indemnitee shall be indemnified hereunder against any liability to any person or any expense of such indemnitee arising by reason of (i) willful misfeasance, (ii) bad faith, (iii) gross negligence, or (iv) reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his position (the conduct referred to in such clauses (i) through (iv) being sometimes referred to herein as “disabling conduct”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any indemnitee as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such indemnitee (1) was authorized by a majority of the Trustees or (2) was instituted by the indemnitee to enforce his or her rights to indemnification hereunder in a case in which the indemnitee is found to be entitled to such indemnification. The rights to indemnification set forth in this Declaration shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Trustee or officer of the Trust and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives. No amendment or restatement of this Declaration or repeal of any of its provisions shall limit or eliminate any of the benefits provided to any person who at any time is or was a Trustee or officer of the Trust or otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder in respect of any act or omission that occurred prior to such amendment, restatement or repeal.
 
(b)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, no indemnification shall be made hereunder unless there has been a determination (i) by a final decision on the merits by a court or other body of competent jurisdiction before whom the issue of entitlement to indemnification hereunder was brought that such indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder or, (ii) in the absence of such a decision, by (1) a majority vote of a quorum of those Trustees who are neither “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding (“Disinterested Non-Party Trustees”), that the indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder, or (2) if such quorum is not obtainable or even if obtainable, if such majority so directs, independent legal counsel in a
 
 
C-3

 
 
written opinion concludes that the indemnitee should be entitled to indemnification hereunder. All determinations to make advance payments in connection with the expense of defending any proceeding shall be authorized and made in accordance with the immediately succeeding paragraph (c) below.
 
(c)   The Trust shall make advance payments in connection with the expenses of defending any action with respect to which indemnification might be sought hereunder if the Trust receives a written affirmation by the indemnitee of the indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standards of conduct necessary for indemnification have been met and a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust unless it is subsequently determined that the indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification and if a majority of the Trustees determine that the applicable standards of conduct necessary for indemnification appear to have been met. In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (i) the indemnitee shall provide adequate security for his undertaking, (ii) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advances, or (iii) a majority of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees, or if a majority vote of such quorum so direct, independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall conclude, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is substantial reason to believe that the indemnitee ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.
 
(d)   The rights accruing to any indemnitee under these provisions shall not exclude any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under this Declaration, the By-Laws of the Trust, any statute, agreement, vote of stockholders or Trustees who are “disinterested persons” (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) or any other right to which he or she may be lawfully entitled. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent the Trust enters into a written agreement with any Trustee to indemnify such Trustee, any indemnification of such Trustee by the Trust shall be governed by the terms of such written agreement, including with respect to determinations required, applicable presumptions and burden of proof with respect to such Trustee’s entitlement to indemnification and/or advancement of expenses.
 
(e)   Subject to any limitations provided by the 1940 Act and this Declaration, the Trust shall have the power and authority to indemnify and provide for the advance payment of expenses to employees, agents and other Persons providing services to the Trust or serving in any capacity at the request of the Trust to the full extent corporations organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law may indemnify or provide for the advance payment of expenses for such Persons, provided that such indemnification has been approved by a majority of the Trustees.
 
5.3   No Bond Required of Trustees. No Trustee shall, as such, be obligated to give any bond or other security for the performance of any of his duties hereunder.
 
5.4   No Duty of Investigation; Notice in Trust Instruments, etc. No purchaser, lender, transfer agent or other person dealing with the Trustees or with any officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall be bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction purporting to be made by the Trustees or by said officer, employee or agent or be liable for the application of money or property paid, loaned, or delivered to or on the order of the Trustees or of said officer, employee or agent. Every obligation, contract, undertaking, instrument, certificate, Share, other security of the Trust, and every other act or thing whatsoever executed in connection with the Trust shall be conclusively taken to have been executed or done by the executors thereof only in their capacity as Trustees under this Declaration or in their capacity as officers, employees or agents of the Trust. The Trustees may maintain insurance for the protection of the Trust Property, its Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees and agents in such amount as the Trustees shall deem adequate to cover possible tort liability, and such other insurance as the Trustees in their sole judgment shall deem advisable or is required by the 1940 Act.
 
5.5   Reliance on Experts, etc. Each Trustee and officer or employee of the Trust shall, in the performance of its duties, be fully and completely justified and protected with regard to any act or any failure to act resulting from reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Trust, upon an opinion of counsel, or upon reports made to the Trust by any of the Trust’s officers or employees or by any advisor, administrator, manager, distributor, selected dealer, accountant, appraiser or other expert or consultant selected with reasonable care by the Trustees, officers or employees of the Trust, regardless of whether such counsel or expert may also be a Trustee.
 
 
C-4

 
 
In addition, the Registrant has entered into an Indemnification Agreement with each trustee who is not an “interested person,” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, of the Registrant, which provides as follows:
 
The Fund shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee against any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Trustee in any Proceeding arising out of or in connection with the Trustee’s service to the Fund, to the fullest extent permitted by the Fund Agreement and By-Laws and the laws of the State of Delaware, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, as now or hereafter in force, subject to the provisions of the following sentence and the provisions of paragraph (b) of Section 4 of this Agreement. The Trustee shall be indemnified pursuant to this Section I against any and all of such Expenses unless (i) the Trustee is subject to such Expenses by reason of the Trustee’s not having acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his or her action was in the best interests of the Fund or (ii) the Trustee is liable to the Fund or its shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office, as defined in Section 17(h) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and with respect to each of (i) and (ii), there has been a final adjudication in a decision on the merits in the relevant Proceeding that the Trustee’s conduct fell within (i) or (ii).
 
Item 31. Business and Other Connections of the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser
 
The Investment Adviser, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Delaware, acts as investment adviser to the Registrant. The Registrant is fulfilling the requirement of this Item 31 to provide a list of the officers and directors of the Investment Adviser, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by the Investment Adviser or those officers and directors during the past two years, by incorporating by reference the information contained in the Form ADV of the Investment Adviser filed with the commission pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (Commission File No. 801-62515).
 
The Sub-Adviser, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Delaware, acts as investment sub-adviser to the Registrant. The Registrant is fulfilling the requirement of this Item 31 to provide a list of the officers and directors of the Sub-Adviser, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by the Sub-Adviser or those officers and directors during the past two years, by incorporating by reference the information contained in the Form ADV of the Sub-Adviser filed with the commission pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (Commission File No. 801-66786).
 
Item 32. Location of Accounts and Records
 
The accounts and records of the Registrant are maintained in part at the offices of the Fund at 227 West Monroe Street, Chicago, IL 60606, in part at the offices of the Investment Adviser at 227 West Monroe Street, Chicago, IL 60606, in part at the offices of the Sub-Adviser at 100 Wilshire Boulevard, 5th Floor, Santa Monica, California 90401 and in part at the offices of the Custodian at One Wall Street, New York, NY 10286, and in part at the offices of the Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent at P.O. Box 30170, College Station, TX 77842-3170.
 
Item 33. Management Services
 
Not applicable.
 
Item 34. Undertakings
 
1.
Registrant undertakes to suspend the offering of Common Shares until the prospectus is amended, if subsequent to the effective date of this registration statement, its net asset value declines more than ten percent from its net asset value, as of the effective date of the registration statement or its net asset value increases to an amount greater than its net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.
 
2.
Not applicable.
 
3.
Not applicable.
 
4.
Registrant undertakes:
 
 
C-5

 
 
 
(a)
to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
 
 
(1)
to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
 
 
(2)
to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement; and
 
 
(3)
to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.
 
 
(b)
that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the 1933 Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of those securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof; and
 
 
(c)
to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering;
 
 
(d)
that, for the purpose of determining liability under the 1933 Act to any purchaser, if the Registrant is subject to Rule 430C: Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 497(b), (c), (d) or (e) under the 1933 Act as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than prospectues filed in reliance on Rule 430A under the 1933 Act, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supercede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
 
 
(e)
that for the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the 1933 Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities: The undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to the purchaser:
 
 
(1)
any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 497 under the 1933 Act;
 
 
(2)
the portion of any advertisement pursuant to Rule 482 under the 1933 Act relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and
 
 
(3)
any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.
 
5.            Registrant undertakes that:
 
 
 (a)
for the purpose of determining any liability under the 1933 Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant under Rule 497(h) under the 1933 Act
 
 
C-6

 
 
 
 
shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective; and
 
 
(b)
for the purpose of determining any liability under the 1933 Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
6.
Registrant undertakes to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery, within two business days of receipt of a written or oral request, any Statement of Additional Information.
 
 
C-7

 
 
SIGNATURES
 
As required by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed on behalf of the Registrant, in the City of Chicago, State of Illinois, on the 8th day of September, 2014.
 
 
By:  /s/ Donald C. Cacciapaglia  
       Donald C. Cacciapaglia
       Trustee and Chief Executive Officer
 
As required by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities set forth below on the 8th day of September, 2014.
 
Principal Executive Officer:
   
/s/ Donald C. Cacciapaglia
Donald C. Cacciapaglia
 
Trustee and Chief Executive Officer
     
Principal Financial Officer:
/s/ John L. Sullivan
John L. Sullivan
 
Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer
     
Trustees:
 
   
/s/ Randall C. Barnes
   
Randall C. Barnes
 
Trustee
     
/s/ Donald C. Cacciapaglia
   
Donald C. Cacciapaglia
 
Trustee
     
/s/ Donald A. Chubb
   
Donald A. Chubb
 
Trustee
     
/s/ Jerry B. Farley
   
Jerry B. Farley
 
Trustee
     
/s/ Roman Friedrich III
   
Roman Friedrich III
 
Trustee
     
/s/ Robert B. Karn III
   
Robert B. Karn III
 
Trustee
     
/s/ Ronald A. Nyberg
   
Ronald A. Nyberg
 
Trustee
     
/s/ Maynard F. Oliverius
   
Maynard F. Oliverius
 
Trustee
     
/s/ Ronald E. Toupin Jr.
   
Ronald E. Toupin Jr.
 
Trustee
     
 
*           Signed by Mark E. Mathiasen pursuant to a power of attorney filed herewith.
 
By:
/s/ Mark E. Mathiasen
 
Mark E. Mathiasen
 
Attorney-In-Fact
 
September 8, 2014
 
 
C-8

 
 
Exhibit Index
 

 
(g)(i) Investment Advisory Agreement
 
(g)(ii) Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement
 
(j)(i) Custody Agreement
 
(j)(ii) Foreign Custody Manager Agreement
 
(k)(i) Transfer Agency Agreement
 
(k)(ii) Fund Accounting Agreement
 
(k)(iii) Administration Agreement
 
(k)(iv) Offering Expense Limitation Agreement
 
(k)(v) Committed Facility Agreement
 
(k)(vi) Account Agreement
 
(k)(vii) Special Custody and Pledge Agreement
 
(n) Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
(p) Subscription Agreement
 
(r)(i) Code of Ethics of the Registrant and the Investment Adviser
 
(r)(ii) Code of Ethics of the Sub-Adviser
 
(s) Power of Attorney
 
(z) Form of Prospectus Supplement
 
 
C-9
 
 
 
Exhibit (g)(i)
 
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT

THIS INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated as of June 25, 2013, between Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust”), and Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Adviser”).

WHEREAS, the Adviser has agreed to furnish investment advisory services to the Trust, a closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”);

WHEREAS, this Agreement has been approved in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, and the Adviser is willing to furnish such services upon the terms and conditions herein set forth;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:
 
1.   IN GENERAL. The Adviser agrees, all as more fully set forth herein, to act as investment adviser to the Trust with respect to the investment of the Trust’s assets and to supervise and arrange for the day-to-day operations of the Trust and the purchase of securities for and the sale of securities held in the investment portfolio of the Trust.
 
2.   DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE ADVISER WITH RESPECT TO INVESTMENT OF ASSETS OF THE TRUST. Subject to the succeeding provisions of this section and subject to the direction and control of the Trust’s Board of Trustees, the Adviser shall (i) act as investment adviser for and supervise and manage the investment and reinvestment of the Trust’s assets and, in connection therewith, have complete discretion in purchasing and selling securities and other assets for the Trust and in voting, exercising consents and exercising all other rights appertaining to such securities and other assets on behalf of the Trust; (ii) supervise the investment program of the Trust and the composition of its investment portfolio; and (iii) arrange, subject to the provisions of paragraph 4 hereof, for the purchase and sale of securities and other assets held in the investment portfolio of the Trust.  In performing its duties under this Section 2, the Adviser may delegate some or all of its duties and obligations under this Agreement to one or more sub-investment advisers; provided, however, that any such delegation shall be pursuant to an agreement with terms agreed upon by the Trust and approved in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act and provided, further, that no such delegation shall relieve the Adviser from its duties and obligations of management and supervision of the management of the Trust’s assets pursuant to this Agreement and to applicable law.
 
3.   DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS OF ADVISER WITH RESPECT TO THE ADMINISTRATION OF THE TRUST. The Adviser also agrees to furnish office facilities and equipment and clerical, bookkeeping and administrative services (other than such services, if any, provided by the Trust’s Custodian, Transfer Agent, Administrator and Dividend Disbursing Agent and other service providers) for the Trust. To the extent
 
 
 

 
 
requested by the Trust, the Adviser agrees to provide the following administrative services:
 
(a)   Oversee the determination and publication of the Trust’s net asset value in accordance with the Trust’s policy as adopted from time to time by the Board of Trustees;
 
(b)   Oversee the maintenance by the Trust’s Custodian and Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent of certain books and records of the Trust as required under Rule 31a-1(b)(4) of the 1940 Act and maintain (or oversee maintenance by the Trust’s Administrator or such other persons as approved by the Board of Trustees) such other books and records required by law or for the proper operation of the Trust;
 
(c)   Oversee the preparation and filing of the Trust’s federal, state and local income tax returns and any other required tax returns;
 
(d)   Review the appropriateness of and arrange for payment of the Trust’s expenses;
 
(e)   Prepare (or oversee the preparation) for review and approval by officers of the Trust financial information for the Trust’s semi-annual and annual reports, proxy statements and other communications with shareholders required or otherwise to be sent to Trust shareholders, and arrange for the printing and dissemination of such reports and communications to shareholders;
 
(f)   Prepare (or oversee the preparation) for review by an officer of the Trust the Trust’s periodic financial reports required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on Form N-SAR, N-CSR and such other reports, forms and filings, as may be mutually agreed upon;
 
(g)   Prepare reports relating to the business and affairs of the Trust as may be mutually agreed upon and not otherwise appropriately prepared by the Trust’s Custodian, counsel or auditors;
 
(h)   Prepare (or oversee the preparation of) such information and reports as may be required by any stock exchange or exchanges on which the Trust’s shares are listed;
 
(i)   Make such reports and recommendations to the Board of Trustees concerning the performance of the independent accountants as the Board of Trustees may reasonably request or deems appropriate;
 
(j)   Make such reports and recommendations to the Board of Trustees concerning the performance and fees of the Trust’s Custodian, Transfer Agent, Administrator and Dividend Disbursing Agent as the Board of Trustees may reasonably request or deems appropriate;
 
 
2

 
 
(k)   Oversee and review calculations of fees paid to the Trust’s service providers;
 
(l)   Oversee the Trust’s portfolio and perform necessary calculations as required under Section 18 of the 1940 Act;
 
(m)   Consult with the Trust’s officers, independent accountants, legal counsel, Custodian, Administrator or other accounting agent, Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent in establishing the accounting policies of the Trust and monitor financial and shareholder accounting services;
 
(n)   Review implementation of any share purchase programs authorized by the Board of Trustees;
 
(o)   Determine the amounts available for distribution as dividends and distributions to be paid by the Trust to its shareholders; prepare and arrange for the printing of dividend notices to shareholders; and provide the Trust’s Dividend Disbursing Agent and Custodian with such information as is required for such parties to effect the payment of dividends and distributions and to implement the Trust’s dividend reinvestment plan;
 
(p)   Prepare such information and reports as may be required by any banks from which the Trust borrows funds;
 
(q)   Provide such assistance to the Custodian and the Trust’s counsel and auditors as generally may be required to properly carry on the business and operations of the Trust;
 
(r)   Assist in the preparation and filing of Forms 3, 4, and 5 pursuant to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Section 30(f) of the 1940 Act for the officers and trustees of the Trust, such filings to be based on information provided by those persons;
 
(s)   Respond to or refer to the Trust’s officers or Transfer Agent, shareholder (including any potential shareholder) inquiries relating to the Trust; and
 
(t)   Supervise any other aspects of the Trust’s administration as may be agreed to by the Trust and the Adviser.
 
All services are to be furnished through the medium of any directors, officers or employees of the Adviser or its affiliates as the Adviser deems appropriate in order to fulfill its obligations hereunder. The Trust will reimburse the Adviser or its affiliates for all out-of- pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with the performance of the administrative services described in this paragraph 3.
 
 
3

 
 
4.   COVENANTS. In the performance of its duties under this Agreement, the Adviser:
 
(a)   shall at all times conform to, and act in accordance with, any requirements imposed by:  (i) the provisions of the 1940 Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and all applicable Rules and Regulations of the SEC; (ii) any other applicable provision of law; (iii) the provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of the Trust, as such documents are amended from time to time; (iv) the investment objective and policies of the Trust as set forth in its Registration Statement on Form N-2; and (v) any policies and determinations of the Board of Trustees of the Trust;
 
(b)   will place orders either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer. Subject to the other provisions of this paragraph, in placing orders with brokers and dealers, the Adviser will attempt to obtain the best price and the most favorable execution of its orders. In placing orders, the Adviser will consider the experience and skill of the firm’s securities traders as well as the firm’s financial responsibility and administrative efficiency. Consistent with this obligation, the Adviser may select brokers on the basis of the research, statistical and pricing services they provide to the Trust and other clients of the Adviser. Information and research received from such brokers will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Adviser hereunder. A commission paid to such brokers may be higher than that which another qualified broker would have charged for effecting the same transaction, provided that the Adviser determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in terms either of the transaction or the overall responsibility of the Adviser to the Trust and its other clients and that the total commissions paid by the Trust will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to the Trust over the long-term.  In no instance, however, will the Trust’s securities be purchased from or sold to the Adviser, or any affiliated person thereof, except to the extent permitted by the SEC or by applicable law; and
 
(c)   will treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Trust all records and other information relative to the Trust, and the Trust’s prior, current or potential shareholders, and will not use such records and information for any purpose other than performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder, except after prior notification to and approval in writing by the Trust, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld where the Adviser may be exposed to civil  or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply, when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, or when so requested by the Trust.
 
5.   SERVICES NOT EXCLUSIVE. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Adviser or any officer, employee or other affiliate thereof from acting as investment adviser for any other person, firm or corporation, or from engaging in any other lawful activity, and shall not in any way limit or restrict the Adviser or any of its officers, employees or agents from buying, selling or trading any securities for its or their own accounts or for the accounts of others for whom it or they may be acting; provided, however, that the Adviser will undertake no activities which, in its judgment, will adversely affect the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.
 
 
4

 
 
6.   BOOKS AND RECORDS. In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Adviser hereby agrees that all records which it maintains for the Trust are the property of the Trust and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Trust any such records upon the Trust’s request. The Adviser further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act the records required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act.
 
7.   AGENCY CROSS TRANSACTIONS. From time to time, the Adviser or brokers or dealers affiliated with it may find themselves in a position to buy for certain of their brokerage clients (each an “Account”) securities which the Adviser’s investment advisory clients wish to sell, and to sell for certain of their brokerage clients securities which advisory clients wish to buy. Where one of the parties is an advisory client, the Adviser or the affiliated broker or dealer cannot participate in this type of transaction (known as a cross transaction) on behalf of an advisory client and retain commissions from one or both parties to the transaction without the advisory client’s consent. This is because in a situation where the Adviser is making the investment decision (as opposed to a brokerage client who makes his own investment decisions), and the Adviser or an affiliate is receiving commissions from both sides of the transaction, there is a potential conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities on the Adviser’s part regarding the advisory client. The SEC has adopted a rule under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, which permits the Adviser or its affiliates to participate on behalf of an Account in agency cross transactions if the advisory client has given written consent in advance. By execution of this Agreement, the Trust authorizes the Adviser or its affiliates to participate in agency cross transactions involving an Account. The Trust may revoke its consent at any time by written notice to the Adviser.
 
8.   EXPENSES. During the term of this Agreement, the Adviser will bear all costs and expenses of its employees and any overhead incurred in connection with its duties hereunder and shall bear the costs of any salaries or trustees fees of any officers or trustees of the Trust who are affiliated persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Adviser.
 
9.   COMPENSATION OF THE ADVISER.
 
(a)   The Trust agrees to pay to the Adviser and the Adviser agrees to accept as full compensation for all services rendered by the Adviser as such, a monthly fee in arrears at an annual rate equal to 1.00% of the Trust’s average daily Managed Assets. “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Trust, including the assets attributable to the proceeds from financial leverage, including the issuance of senior securities represented by indebtedness (including through borrowing from financial institutions or issuance of debt securities, including notes or commercial paper), the issuance of preferred shares, the effective leverage of certain portfolio transactions such as reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and inverse floating rate securities, or any other form of financial leverage, minus liabilities, other than liabilities related to any financial leverage. For any period less than a month during which this Agreement is in effect, the fee shall be prorated according to the proportion which such period bears to a full month of 28, 29, 30 or 31 days, as the case may be.
 
 
5

 
 
 
(b)   For purposes of this Agreement, the total assets of the Trust shall be calculated pursuant to the procedures adopted by resolutions of the Trustees of the Trust for calculating the value of the Trust’s assets or delegating such calculations to third parties.
 
10.   LIMITATION ON LIABILITY.
 
(a)   The Adviser will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by Adviser or by the Trust in connection with the performance of this Agreement, except a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services or a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its duties under this Agreement.
 
(b)   The Trust may, but shall not be required to, make advance payments to the Adviser in connection with the expenses of the Adviser in defending any action with respect to which damages or equitable relief might be sought against the Adviser under this Section (which payments shall be reimbursed to the Trust by the Adviser as provided below) if the Trust receives (i) a written affirmation of the Adviser’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for the limitation of liability in this Section has been met and (ii) a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust whether or not the Adviser shall be deemed to have liability under this Section, such reimbursement to be due upon (1) a final decision on the merits by a court or other body before whom the proceeding was brought as to whether or not the Adviser is liable under this Section or (2) in the absence of such a decision, upon the request of the Adviser for reimbursement by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of trustees of the Trust who are neither “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding (“Disinterested Non-Party Trustees”). In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (A) the Adviser shall provide a security for such Adviser undertaking, (B) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advance, or (C) a majority of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees of the Trust or an independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is reason to believe that the Adviser ultimately will be found not to be liable under this Section.
 
11.   DURATION AND TERMINATION. This Agreement shall become effective as of the date hereof and, unless sooner terminated with respect to the Trust as provided herein, shall continue in effect for a period of two years. Thereafter, if not terminated, this Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to the Trust for successive periods of 12 months, provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (a) the vote of a majority of the Trust’s Board of Trustees or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote, and (b) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of any party to this Agreement, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated by the Trust at any time, without the
 
 
6

 
 
payment of any penalty, upon giving the Adviser 60 days’ notice (which notice may be waived by the Adviser), provided that such termination by the Trust shall be directed or approved by the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust in office at the time or by the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote, or by the Adviser on 60 days’ written notice (which notice may be waived by the Trust). This Agreement will also immediately terminate in the event of its assignment. (As used in this Agreement, the terms “majority of the outstanding voting securities,” “interested person” and “assignment” shall have the same meanings of such terms in the 1940 Act.)
 
12.   NOTICES. Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing to the other party at such address as the other party may designate from time to time for the receipt of such notice and shall be deemed to be received on the earlier of the date actually received or on the fourth day after the postmark if such notice is mailed first class postage prepaid.
 
13.   AMENDMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT. No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. Any amendment of this Agreement shall be subject to the 1940 Act.
 
14.   GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware for contracts to be per formed entirely therein without reference to choice of law principles thereof and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act.
 
15.   USE OF THE NAME “GUGGENHEIM.” Pursuant to a Name Licensing Agreement, dated June 25, 2013, the Adviser has consented to the use by the Trust of the name or identifying word “Guggenheim” in the name of the Trust.
 
16.   MISCELLANEOUS. The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby. This Agreement shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors.
 
17.   COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts by the parties hereto, each of which shall constitute an original counterpart, and all of which, together, shall constitute one Agreement.
 
 
 
7

 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused the foregoing instrument to be executed by their duly authorized officers, all as of the day and the year first above written.

GUGGENHEIM CREDIT ALLOCATION FUND


By: /s/ Mark E. Mathiasen                                                                 
Name: Mark E. Mathiasen
Title: Secretary


GUGGENHEIM FUNDS INVESTMENT ADVISORS, LLC


By: /s/ Donald C. Cacciapaglia                                                                 
Name: Donald C. Cacciapaglia
Title: Chief Executive Officer and President
 
 
8
 
 

Exhibit (g)(ii)
 
INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
 
THIS INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated as of June 25, 2013, among Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust”), Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Adviser”), and Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sub-Adviser”).
 
WHEREAS, the Adviser has agreed to furnish investment management and advisory services to the Trust, a closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) with respect to the assets of the Trust;
 
WHEREAS, the investment advisory agreement between the Adviser and the Trust dated as of June 25, 2013 (such agreement or the most recent successor agreement between such parties relating to advisory services to the Trust is referred to herein as the “Investment Advisory Agreement”) contemplates that the Adviser may sub-contract investment advisory services with respect to the Trust to a sub-adviser(s) pursuant to a sub-advisory agreement(s) agreeable to the Trust and approved in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act;
 
WHEREAS, the Adviser wishes to retain the Sub-Adviser to provide certain sub-advisory services;
 
WHEREAS, the Sub-Adviser is a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”); and
 
WHEREAS, this Agreement has been approved in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, and the Sub-Adviser is willing to furnish such services upon the terms and conditions herein set forth;
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:
 
1.            APPOINTMENT. The Adviser hereby appoints the Sub-Adviser to act as a sub-adviser with respect to the Trust as set forth in this Agreement and the Sub-Adviser accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services herein set forth for the compensation herein provided.

2.            SERVICES OF THE SUB-ADVISER. Subject to the succeeding provisions of this section, the oversight and supervision of the Adviser and the direction and control of the Trust’s Board of Trustees, the Sub-Adviser will perform certain of the day-to-day operations of the Trust which may include one or more of the following services at the request of the Adviser: (i) managing the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Trust in accordance with the investment policies of the Trust; (ii)

 
 
 

 



arranging, subject to the provisions of paragraph 3 hereof, for the purchase and sale of securities and other assets for the Trust; (iii) providing investment research and credit analysis concerning the assets of the Trust; (iv) placing orders for purchases and sales of assets of the Trust; (v) maintaining the books and records as are required to support Trust investment operations; (vi) monitoring on a daily basis the investment activities and portfolio holdings relating to the Trust; and (vii) voting proxies relating to the Trust’s portfolio securities in accordance with the proxy voting policies and procedures of the Sub-Adviser. At the request of the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser will also, subject to the oversight and supervision of the Adviser and the direction and control of the Trust’s Board of Trustees, consult with the Adviser as to the overall management of the assets of the Trust and the investment policies and practices of the Trust, including (but not limited to) the use by the Trust of financial leverage and elements (e.g., form, amount and costs) relating to such financial leverage and the utilization by the Trust of any interest rate or other hedging or risk management transactions in connection therewith, and will perform any of the services described in the Investment Advisory Agreement.  In addition, the Sub-Adviser will keep the Trust and the Adviser informed of developments materially affecting the Trust and shall, upon request, furnish to the Trust all information relevant to such developments. The Sub-Adviser will periodically communicate to the Adviser, at such times as the Adviser may direct, information concerning the purchase and sale of securities for the Trust, including: (i) the name of the issuer, (ii) the amount of the purchase or sale, (iii) the name of the broker or dealer, if any, through which the purchase or sale is effected, (iv) the CUSIP number of the instrument, if any, and (v) such other information as the Adviser may reasonably require for purposes of fulfilling its obligations to the Trust under the Investment Advisory Agreement. The Sub-Adviser will provide the services rendered by it under this Agreement in accordance with the Trust’s investment objective, policies and restrictions (as currently in effect and as they may be amended or supplemented from time to time) as stated in the Trust’s Prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) as part of the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 and the resolutions of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.  The Trust shall maintain its books and records, and the Sub-Adviser shall have no responsibility with respect thereto, other than its obligations under the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act or other applicable law.  In addition, the Sub-Adviser may, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act and other applicable law, aggregate purchase and sale orders being made simultaneously for other accounts managed by the Sub-Adviser or its affiliates and allocate the securities so purchased or sold, as well as expenses incurred in the transaction, among the Trust and other accounts in an equitable manner.
 
 
3.            COVENANTS. In the performance of its duties under this Agreement, the Sub-Adviser:

(a)          shall at all times comply and act in accordance with: (i) the provisions of the 1940 Act and the Advisers Act and all applicable Rules and Regulations of the SEC thereunder; (ii) any other applicable provision of law; (iii) the provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of the Trust, as such documents are amended from time to time; (iv) the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the
 
 
2

 


Trust as set forth in the Trust’s Prospectus filed with the SEC as part of the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-2; and (v) any policies, determinations and/or resolutions of the Board of Trustees of the Trust or the Adviser;
 
(b)           will place orders either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer. Subject to the other provisions of this paragraph, in placing orders with brokers and dealers, the Sub-Adviser will obtain the best price and the most favorable execution of its orders. In placing orders, the Sub-Adviser will consider the experience and skill of the firm’s securities traders as well as the firm’s financial responsibility and administrative efficiency. Consistent with this obligation, the Sub-Adviser may select brokers on the basis of the research, statistical and pricing services they provide to the Trust and other clients of the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser, as the case may be. Information and research received from such brokers will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Sub-Adviser hereunder. A commission paid to such brokers may be higher than that which another qualified broker would have charged for effecting the same transaction, provided that the Sub-Adviser determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in terms either of the transaction or the overall responsibility of the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser to the Trust and their other clients and that the total commissions paid by the Trust will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to the Trust over the long-term. In no instance, however, will the Trust’s securities be purchased from or sold to the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser or any affiliated person thereof, except to the extent permitted by the SEC or by applicable law;
 
(c)           maintain books and records with respect to the Trust’s securities transactions and render to the Adviser and the Trust’s Board of Trustees such periodic and special reports as they may reasonably request;  and
 
(d)          treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Trust all non-public records and other information relative to the Trust, and the Trust’s prior, current or potential shareholders, and will not use such records and information for any purpose other than performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder.
 
4.           SERVICES NOT EXCLUSIVE. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Sub-Adviser or any officer, employee or other affiliate thereof from acting as investment adviser for any other person, firm or corporation, or from engaging in any other lawful activity, and shall not in any way limit or restrict the Sub-Adviser or any of its officers, employees or agents from buying, selling or trading any securities for their own accounts or for the accounts of others for whom it or they may be acting; provided, however, that any of the foregoing activities are consistent with applicable law and the Sub-Adviser’s fiduciary obligations to the Trust.

5.           BOOKS AND RECORDS. In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Sub-Adviser hereby agrees that all records which it maintains for the Trust are the property of the Trust and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Trust any such records upon the Trust’s request. The Sub-Adviser further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act the records required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act.
 
 
 
3

 
 

 
6.           AGENCY CROSS TRANSACTIONS. From time to time, the Sub-Adviser or brokers or dealers affiliated with the Sub-Adviser may find themselves in a position to buy for certain of their brokerage clients (each an “Account”) securities which the Sub-Adviser’s investment advisory clients wish to sell, and to sell for certain of their brokerage clients securities which advisory clients wish to buy. Where one of the parties is an advisory client, the Sub-Adviser or the affiliated broker or dealer cannot participate in this type of transaction (known as a cross transaction) on behalf of an advisory client and retain commissions from both parties to the transaction without the advisory client’s consent. This is because in a situation where a Sub-Adviser is making the investment decision (as opposed to a brokerage client who makes his own investment decisions), and the Sub-Adviser or an affiliate is receiving commissions from one or both sides of the transaction, there is a potential conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities on the Sub-Adviser’s part regarding the advisory client. The SEC has adopted a rule under the Advisers Act which permits a Sub-Adviser or its affiliates to participate on behalf of an Account in agency cross transactions if the advisory client has given written consent in advance. By execution of this Agreement, the Trust authorizes the Sub-Adviser or its affiliates to participate in agency cross transactions involving an Account, consistent with any policies and procedures that may be adopted by the Board of Trustees of the Trust, and this Agreement shall constitute executed, written consent of the Trust for the Sub-Adviser engaging in agency cross transactions. The Trust may revoke its consent at any time by written notice to the Sub-Adviser.

7.           EXPENSES. During the term of this Agreement, the Sub-Adviser will bear all costs and expenses of its employees and any overhead incurred by the Sub-Adviser in connection with their duties hereunder and shall bear the costs of any salaries or trustees, fees of any officers or trustees of the Trust who are affiliated persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Sub-Adviser.  The Sub-Adviser shall not be responsible for any expenses of the Adviser or the Trust not specifically set forth in this Section 7 or otherwise in any written agreement between the Sub-Adviser and the Trust or the Adviser, as the case may be.

8.           COMPENSATION.
 
(a)          The Adviser agrees to pay to the Sub-Adviser and the Sub-Adviser agrees to accept as full compensation for all services rendered by the Sub-Adviser as such, a monthly fee payable in arrears at an annual rate equal to 0.50% of the Trust’s average daily Managed Assets.  “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Trust, including the assets attributable to the proceeds from financial leverage, including the issuance of senior securities represented by indebtedness (including through borrowing from financial institutions or issuance of debt securities, including notes or commercial paper), the issuance of preferred shares, the effective leverage of certain portfolio transactions such as reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and inverse floating rate securities, or any other form of financial leverage, minus liabilities, other than liabilities related to any financial leverage.  For any period less than a month during which this Agreement is in

 
 
4

 
 


effect, the fee shall be prorated according to the proportion which such period bears to a full month of 28, 29, 30 or 31 days, as the case may be.

(b)           For purposes of this Agreement, the total assets of the Trust shall be calculated pursuant to the procedures adopted by resolutions of the Trustees of the Trust for calculating the value of the Trust’s assets or delegating such calculations to third parties.

9.            CERTAIN INFORMATION. The Sub-Adviser shall promptly notify the Adviser in writing of the occurrence of any of the following events: (a) the Sub-Adviser failing to be registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act, (b) the Sub-Adviser having been served or otherwise have notice of any action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation, at law or in equity, before or by any court, public board or body, involving the affairs of the Trust, (c) the occurrence of any change in control of the Sub-Adviser or any parent of the Sub-Adviser within the meaning of the 1940 Act, or (d) the occurrence of any material adverse change in the business or financial position of the Sub-Adviser.

10.           LIMITATION ON LIABILITY.

(a)           the Sub-Adviser will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Adviser or by the Trust (or their respective agents) in connection with the performance of this Agreement, except a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services or a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its duties under this Agreement.

(b)           The Trust may, but shall not be required to, make advance payments to the Sub-Adviser in connection with the expenses of the Sub-Adviser in defending any action with respect to which damages or equitable relief might be sought against the Sub-Adviser under this Section (which payments shall be reimbursed to the Trust by the Sub-Adviser as provided below) if the Trust receives (i) a written affirmation of the Sub-Adviser’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for the limitation of liability in this Section has been met and (ii) a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust whether or not the Sub-Adviser shall be deemed to have liability under this Section, such reimbursement to be due upon (1) a final decision on the merits by a court or other body before whom the proceeding was brought as to whether or not the Sub-Adviser is liable under this Section or (2) in the absence of such a decision, upon the request of the Sub-Adviser for reimbursement by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of trustees of the Trust who are neither “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding (“Disinterested Non-Party Trustees”). In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (A) the Sub-Adviser shall provide a security for such Sub-Adviser undertaking, (B) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advance, or (C) a majority of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees of the Trust or an

 
 
5

 



independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is a reasonable belief that the Sub-Adviser ultimately will be found not to be liable under this Section.

11.           DURATION AND TERMINATION. This Agreement shall become effective as of the date hereof and shall continue (unless terminated automatically as set forth below) in effect for a period of two years. Thereafter, if not terminated, this Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to the Trust for successive periods of 12 months, provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (a) the vote of a majority of the Trust’s Board of Trustees or a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote and (b) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees, who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated by the Trust, without the payment of any penalty, upon giving the Sub-Adviser 60 days’ notice (which notice may be waived by the Sub-Adviser), provided that such termination by the Trust shall be directed or approved by the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust in office at the time or by the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote, or by the Sub-Adviser on 60 days’ written notice (which notice may be waived by the Trust), and will terminate automatically upon any termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust and the Adviser. This Agreement will also immediately terminate in the event of its assignment. (As used in this Agreement, the terms “majority of the outstanding voting securities,” “interested person” and “assignment” shall have the same meanings of such terms in the 1940 Act.)

12.           NOTICES. Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing to the other party at such address as the other party may designate from time to time for the receipt of such notice and shall be deemed to be received on the earlier of the date actually received or on the fourth day after the postmark if such notice is mailed first class postage prepaid.

13.           AMENDMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT. No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. Any amendment of this Agreement shall be subject to the 1940 Act.

           14.           GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware for contracts to be performed entirely therein without reference to choice of law principles thereof and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act.
 
 
15.            USE OF THE NAME “GUGGENHEIM.” Pursuant to a Name Licensing Agreement, dated June 25, 2013, the Sub-Adviser has consented to the use by the Trust of the name or identifying word “Guggenheim” in the name of the Trust.
 
 
 
6

 
 

 
16.           MISCELLANEOUS. The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or other wise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby. This Agreement shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors.

17.           COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts by the parties hereto, each of which shall constitute an original counterpart, and all of which, together, shall constitute one Agreement.
 
 
 
7

 

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed by their duly authorized officers designated below as of the day and year first above written.
 
 
 
GUGGENHEIM FUNDS INVESTMENT
ADVISORS, LLC
   
   
By:
/s/ Donald C. Cacciapaglia
 
Name: Donald C. Cacciapaglia
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
   
 


 
GUGGENHEIM PARTNERS INVESTMENT
MANAGEMENT, LLC
   
   
By:
/s/ B. Scott Minerd
 
Name: B. Scott Minerd
Title:   Chief Investment Officer, President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 


 
GUGGENHEIM CREDIT ALLOCATION FUND
   
   
By:
/s/ Mark E. Mathiasen
 
Name: Mark E. Mathiasen
Title:   Secretary

 
 
 
Exhibit (j)(i)
CUSTODY AGREEMENT
 
AGREEMENT, dated as of June 25, 2013 between Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund, a fund organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware   having its principal office and place of business at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532 (the “Fund”) and The Bank of New York Mellon, a New York corporation authorized to do a banking business having its principal office and place of business at 101 Barclay 11E, New York, New York 10286 (“Custodian”).
 
W I T N E S S E T H:
 
That for and in consideration of the mutual promises hereinafter set forth the Fund and Custodian agree as follows:
 
ARTICLE I
 
DEFINITIONS
 
Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words shall have the meanings set forth below:
 
1.   “Authorized Person” shall be any person, whether or not an officer or employee of the Fund, duly authorized by the Fund’s board to execute any Certificate or to give any Oral Instruction with respect to one or more Accounts, such persons to be designated in a Certificate annexed hereto as Schedule I hereto or such other Certificate as may be received by Custodian from time to time.
 
2.   “BNY Affiliate” shall mean any office, branch or subsidiary of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation.
 
3.   “Book-Entry System” shall mean the Federal Reserve/Treasury book-entry system for receiving and delivering securities, its successors and nominees.
 
4.   “Business Day” shall mean any day on which Custodian and relevant Depositories are open for business.
 
5.   “Certificate” shall mean any notice, instruction, or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to Custodian, which is actually received by Custodian by letter or facsimile transmission and signed on behalf of the Fund by an Authorized Person or a person reasonably believed by Custodian to be an Authorized Person.
 
6.   “Composite Currency Unit” shall mean the Euro or any other composite currency unit consisting of the aggregate of specified amounts of specified currencies, as such unit may be constituted from time to time.
 
7.   “Depository” shall include (a) the Book-Entry System, (b) the Depository Trust Company, (c) any other clearing agency or securities depository registered with the Securities
 
 
 

 
 


and Exchange Commission identified to the Fund from time to time, and (d) the respective successors and nominees of the foregoing.
 
8.   “Foreign Depository” shall mean (a) Euroclear, (b) Clearstream Banking, societe anonyme, (c) each Eligible Securities Depository as defined in Rule 17f-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, identified to the Fund from time to time,   and (d) the respective successors and nominees of the foregoing.
 
9.   “Instructions” shall mean communications actually received by Custodian by S.W.I.F.T., tested telex, letter, facsimile transmission, or other method or system specified by Custodian as available for use in connection with the services hereunder.
 
10.   “Oral Instructions” shall mean verbal instructions received by Custodian from an Authorized Person or from a person reasonably believed by Custodian to be an Authorized Person.
 
11.   “Series” shall mean the various portfolios, if any, of the Fund listed on Schedule II hereto, and if none are listed references to Series shall be references to the Fund.
 
12.   “Securities” shall include, without limitation, any common stock and other equity securities, bonds, debentures and other debt securities, notes, mortgages or other obligations, and any instruments representing rights to receive, purchase, or subscribe for the same, or representing any other rights or interests therein (whether represented by a certificate or held in a Depository or by a Subcustodian).
 
13.   “Subcustodian” shall mean a bank (including any branch thereof) or other financial institution (other than a Foreign Depository) located outside the U.S. which is utilized by Custodian in connection with the purchase, sale or custody of Securities hereunder and identified to the Fund from time to time, and their respective successors and nominees.
 
ARTICLE II
APPOINTMENT OF CUSTODIAN; ACCOUNTS;
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS
 
1.   (a)      The Fund hereby appoints Custodian as custodian of all Securities and cash at any time delivered to Custodian during the term of this Agreement, and authorizes Custodian to hold Securities in registered form in its name or the name of its nominees.  Custodian hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to establish and maintain one or more securities accounts and cash accounts for each Series in which Custodian will hold Securities and cash as provided herein.  Custodian shall maintain books and records segregating the assets of each Series from the assets of any other Series.  Such accounts (each, an “Account,” and collectively, the “Accounts”) shall be in the name of the Fund.
 
(b)   Custodian may from time to time establish on its books and records such sub-accounts within each Account as the Fund and Custodian may agree upon (each a “Special Account”), and Custodian shall reflect therein such assets as the Fund may specify in a Certificate or Instructions.
 
 
 
- 2 -

 
 
 
(c)   Custodian may from time to time establish pursuant to a written agreement with and for the benefit of a broker, dealer, future commission merchant or other third party identified in a Certificate or Instructions such accounts on such terms and conditions as the Fund and Custodian shall agree, and Custodian shall transfer to such account such Securities and money as the Fund may specify in a Certificate or Instructions.
 
2.   The Fund hereby represents and warrants, which representations and warranties shall be continuing and shall be deemed to be reaffirmed upon each delivery of a Certificate or each giving of Oral Instructions or Instructions by the Fund, that:
 
(a)   It is duly organized and existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, with full power to carry on its business as now conducted, to enter into this Agreement, and to perform its obligations hereunder;
 
(b)   This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Fund, approved by a resolution of its board, constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Fund, enforceable in accordance with its terms, and there is no statute, regulation, rule, order or judgment binding on it, and no provision of its charter or by-laws, nor of any mortgage, indenture, credit agreement or other contract binding on it or affecting its property, which would prohibit its execution or performance of this Agreement;
 
(c)   It is conducting its business in substantial compliance with all applicable laws and requirements, both state and federal, and has obtained all regulatory licenses, approvals and consents necessary to carry on its business as now conducted;
 
(d)   It will not use the services provided by Custodian hereunder in any manner that is, or will result in, a violation of any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Fund;
 
(e)   Its board or its foreign custody manager, as defined in Rule 17f-5 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “‘40 Act”), has determined that use of each Subcustodian (including any Replacement Custodian) which Custodian is authorized to utilize in accordance with Section 1(a) of Article III hereof satisfies the applicable requirements of the ‘40 Act and Rule 17f-5 thereunder;
 
(f)   The Fund or its investment adviser has determined that the custody arrangements of each Foreign Depository provide reasonable safeguards against the custody risks associated with maintaining assets with such Foreign Depository within the meaning of Rule 17f-7 under the ‘40 Act;
 
(g)   It is fully informed of the protections and risks associated with various methods of transmitting Instructions and Oral Instructions and delivering Certificates to Custodian, shall, and shall cause each Authorized Person, to safeguard and treat with extreme care any user and authorization codes, passwords and/or authentication keys, understands that there may be more secure methods of transmitting or delivering the same than the methods selected by the Fund, agrees that the security procedures (if any) to be followed in connection therewith provide a commercially reasonable degree of protection in light of its particular needs and circumstances, and acknowledges and agrees that Instructions need not be reviewed by Custodian, may conclusively be presumed by
 
 
- 3 -

 
 
Custodian to have been given by person(s) duly authorized,  and may be acted upon as given;
 
(h)   It shall manage its borrowings, including, without limitation, any advance or overdraft (including any day-light overdraft) in the Accounts, so that the aggregate of its total borrowings for each Series does not exceed the amount such Series is permitted to borrow under the ‘40 Act;
 
(i)   Its transmission or giving of, and Custodian acting upon and in reliance on, Certificates, Instructions, or Oral Instructions pursuant to this Agreement shall at all times comply with the ‘40 Act;
 
(j)   It shall impose and maintain restrictions on the destinations to which cash may be disbursed by Instructions to ensure that each disbursement is for a proper purpose; and
 
(k)   It has the right to make the pledge and grant the security interest and security entitlement to Custodian contained in Section 1 of Article V hereof, free of any right of redemption or prior claim of any other person or entity, such pledge and such grants shall have a first priority subject to no setoffs, counterclaims, or other liens or grants prior to or on a parity therewith, and it shall take such additional steps as Custodian may require to assure such priority.
 
3.   The Fund hereby covenants that it shall from time to time complete and execute and deliver to Custodian upon Custodian’s request a Form FR U-1 (or successor form) whenever the Fund borrows from Custodian any money to be used for the purchase or carrying of margin stock as defined in Federal Reserve Regulation U.
 
ARTICLE III
CUSTODY AND RELATED SERVICES
 
1.   (a)      Subject to the terms hereof, the Fund hereby authorizes Custodian to hold any Securities received by it from time to time for the Fund’s account.  Custodian shall be entitled to utilize, subject to subsection (c) of this Section 1, Depositories, Subcustodians, and, subject to subsection (d) of this Section 1, Foreign Depositories, to the extent possible in connection with its performance hereunder.  Securities and cash held in a Depository or Foreign Depository will be held subject to the rules, terms and conditions of such entity.  Securities and cash held through Subcustodians shall be held subject to the terms and conditions of Custodian’s agreements with such Subcustodians.  Subcustodians may be authorized to hold Securities in Foreign Depositories in which such Subcustodians participate.  Unless otherwise required by local law or practice or a particular subcustodian agreement, Securities deposited with a Subcustodian, a Depositary or a Foreign Depository will be held in a commingled account, in the name of Custodian, holding only  Securities held by Custodian as custodian for its customers.  Custodian shall identify on its books and records the Securities and cash belonging to the Fund, whether held directly or indirectly through Depositories, Foreign Depositories, or Subcustodians.  Custodian shall, directly or indirectly through Subcustodians, Depositories, or Foreign Depositories, endeavor, to the extent feasible, to hold Securities in the country or other jurisdiction in which the principal trading market for such Securities is located, where such Securities are to be presented for cancellation and/or payment and/or registration, or where such Securities are acquired.  
 
 
- 4 -

 



Custodian at any time may cease utilizing any Subcustodian and/or may replace a Subcustodian with a different Subcustodian (the “Replacement Subcustodian”).  In the event Custodian selects a Replacement Subcustodian, Custodian shall not utilize such Replacement Subcustodian until after the Fund’s board or foreign custody manager has determined that utilization of such Replacement Subcustodian satisfies the requirements of the ‘40 Act and Rule 17f-5 thereunder.
 
(b)   Unless Custodian has received a Certificate or Instructions to the contrary, Custodian shall hold Securities indirectly through a Subcustodian only if (i) the Securities are not subject to any right, charge, security interest, lien or claim of any kind in favor of such Subcustodian or its creditors or operators, including a receiver or trustee in bankruptcy or similar authority, except for a claim of payment for the safe custody or administration of Securities on behalf of the Fund by such Subcustodian, and (ii) beneficial ownership of the Securities is freely transferable without the payment of money or value other than for safe custody or administration.
 
(c)   With respect to each Depository, Custodian (i) shall exercise due care in accordance with reasonable commercial standards in discharging its duties as a securities intermediary to obtain and thereafter maintain Securities or financial assets deposited or held in such Depository, and (ii) will provide, promptly upon request by the Fund, such reports as are available concerning the internal accounting controls and financial strength of Custodian.
 
(d)   With respect to each Foreign Depository, Custodian shall exercise reasonable care, prudence, and diligence (i) to provide the Fund with an analysis of the custody risks associated with maintaining assets with the Foreign Depository, and (ii) to monitor such custody risks on a continuing basis and promptly notify the Fund of any material change in such risks.  The Fund acknowledges and agrees that such analysis and monitoring shall be made on the basis of, and limited by, information gathered from Subcustodians or through publicly available information otherwise obtained by Custodian, and shall not include any evaluation of Country Risks.  As used herein the term “Country Risks” shall mean with respect to any Foreign Depository:  (a) the financial infrastructure of the country in which it is organized, (b) such country’s prevailing custody and settlement practices, (c) nationalization, expropriation or other governmental actions, (d) such country’s regulation of the banking or securities industry, (e) currency controls, restrictions, devaluations or fluctuations, and (f) market conditions which affect the order execution of securities transactions or affect the value of securities.
 
2.   Custodian shall furnish the Fund with an advice of daily transactions (including a confirmation of each transfer of Securities) and a monthly summary of all transfers to or from the Accounts.
 
3.   With respect to all Securities held hereunder, Custodian shall, unless otherwise instructed to the contrary:
 
(a)   Receive all income and other payments and advise the Fund as promptly as practicable of any such amounts due but not paid;
 
 
 
- 5 -

 
 
(b)   Present for payment and receive the amount paid upon all Securities which may mature and advise the Fund as promptly as practicable of any such amounts due but not paid;
 
(c)   Forward to the Fund copies of all information or documents that it may actually receive from an issuer of Securities which, in the opinion of Custodian, are intended for the beneficial owner of Securities;
 
(d)   Execute, as custodian, any certificates of ownership, affidavits, declarations or other certificates under any tax laws now or hereafter in effect in connection with the collection of bond and note coupons;
 
(e)   Hold directly or through a Depository, a Foreign Depository, or a Subcustodian all rights and similar Securities issued with respect to any Securities credited to an Account hereunder; and
 
(f)   Endorse for collection checks, drafts or other negotiable instruments.
 
4.             (a) Custodian shall notify the Fund of rights or discretionary actions with respect to Securities held hereunder, and of the date or dates by when such rights must be exercised or such action must be taken, provided that Custodian has actually received, from the issuer or the relevant Depository (with respect to Securities issued in the United States) or from the relevant Subcustodian, Foreign Depository, or a nationally or internationally recognized bond or corporate action service to which Custodian subscribes, timely notice of such rights or discretionary corporate action or of the date or dates such rights must be exercised or such action must be taken.  Absent actual receipt of such notice, Custodian shall have no liability for failing to so notify the Fund.
 
(b)   Whenever Securities (including, but not limited to, warrants, options, tenders, options to tender or non-mandatory puts or calls) confer discretionary rights on the Fund or provide for discretionary action or alternative courses of action by the Fund, the Fund shall be responsible for making any decisions relating thereto and for directing Custodian to act.  In order for Custodian to act, it must receive the Fund’s Certificate or Instructions at Custodian’s offices, addressed as Custodian may from time to time request, not later than noon (New York time) at least two (2) Business Days prior to the last scheduled date to act with respect to such Securities (or such earlier date or time as Custodian may specify to the Fund).  Absent Custodian’s timely receipt of such Certificate or Instructions, Custodian shall not be liable for failure to take any action relating to or to exercise any rights conferred by such Securities.
 
5.   All voting rights with respect to Securities, however registered, shall be exercised by the Fund or its designee.  Custodian will make available to the Fund proxy voting services upon the request of, and for the jurisdictions selected by, the Fund in accordance with terms and conditions to be mutually agreed upon by Custodian and the Fund.
 
6.   Custodian shall promptly advise the Fund upon Custodian’s actual receipt of notification of the partial redemption, partial payment or other action affecting less than all Securities of the relevant class.  If Custodian, any Subcustodian, any Depository, or any Foreign Depository holds any Securities in which the Fund has an interest as part of a fungible mass, Custodian, such Subcustodian, Depository, or Foreign
 
 
- 6 -

 
 

Depository may select the Securities to participate in such partial redemption, partial payment or other action in any non-discriminatory manner that it customarily uses to make such selection.
 
7.   Custodian shall not under any circumstances accept bearer interest coupons which have been stripped from United States federal, state or local government or agency securities unless explicitly agreed to by Custodian in writing.
 
8.   The Fund shall be liable for all taxes, assessments, duties and other governmental charges, including any interest or penalty with respect thereto (“Taxes”), with respect to any cash or Securities held on behalf of the Fund or any transaction related thereto.  The Fund shall indemnify Custodian and each Subcustodian for the amount of any Tax that Custodian, any such Subcustodian or any other withholding agent is required under applicable laws (whether by assessment or otherwise) to pay on behalf of, or in respect of income earned by or payments or distributions made to or for the account of the Fund (including any payment of Tax required by reason of an earlier failure to withhold).  Custodian shall, or shall instruct the applicable Subcustodian or other withholding agent to, withhold the amount of any Tax which is required to be withheld under applicable law upon collection of any dividend, interest or other distribution made with respect to any Security and any proceeds or income from the sale, loan or other transfer of any Security.  In the event that Custodian or any Subcustodian is required under applicable law to pay any Tax on behalf of the Fund, Custodian is hereby authorized to withdraw cash from any cash account in the amount required to pay such Tax and to use such cash, or to remit such cash to the appropriate Subcustodian or other withholding agent, for the timely payment of such Tax in the manner required by applicable law.  If the aggregate amount of cash in all cash accounts is not sufficient to pay such Tax, Custodian shall promptly notify the Fund of the additional amount of cash (in the appropriate currency) required, and the Fund shall directly deposit such additional amount in the appropriate cash account promptly after receipt of such notice, for use by Custodian as specified herein.  In the event that Custodian reasonably believes that Fund is eligible, pursuant to applicable law or to the provisions of any tax treaty, for a reduced rate of, or exemption from, any Tax which is otherwise required to be withheld or paid on behalf of the Fund under any applicable law, Custodian shall, or shall instruct the applicable Subcustodian or withholding agent to, either withhold or pay such Tax at such reduced rate or refrain from withholding or paying such Tax, as appropriate; provided that Custodian shall have received from the Fund all documentary evidence of residence or other qualification for such reduced rate or exemption required to be received under such applicable law or treaty.  In the event that Custodian reasonably believes that a reduced rate of, or exemption from, any Tax is obtainable only by means of an application for refund, Custodian and the applicable Subcustodian shall have no responsibility for the accuracy or validity of any forms or documentation provided by the Fund to Custodian hereunder.  The Fund hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Custodian and each Subcustodian in respect of any liability arising from any underwithholding or underpayment of any Tax which results from the inaccuracy or invalidity of any such forms or other documentation, and such obligation to indemnify shall be a continuing obligation of the Fund, its successors and assigns notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement.

 
 
- 7 -

 
 
 
9.   (a)      For the purpose of settling Securities and foreign exchange transactions, the Fund shall provide Custodian with sufficient immediately available funds for all transactions by such time and date as conditions in the relevant market dictate. As used herein, “sufficient immediately available funds” shall mean either (i) sufficient cash denominated in U.S. dollars to purchase the necessary foreign currency, or (ii) sufficient applicable foreign currency, to settle the transaction.  Custodian shall provide the Fund with immediately available funds each day which result from the actual settlement of all sale transactions, based upon advices received by Custodian from Subcustodians, Depositories, and Foreign Depositories.  Such funds shall be in U.S. dollars or such other currency as the Fund may specify to Custodian.
 
(b)   Any foreign exchange transaction effected by Custodian in connection with this Agreement may be entered with Custodian or a BNY Affiliate acting as principal or otherwise through customary banking channels.  The Fund may issue a standing Certificate or Instructions with respect to foreign exchange transactions, but Custodian may establish rules or limitations concerning any foreign exchange facility made available to the Fund.  The Fund shall bear all risks of investing in Securities or holding cash denominated in a foreign currency.
 
10.   Until such time as Custodian receives a certificate to the contrary with respect to a particular Security, Custodian may release the identity of the Fund to an issuer which requests such information pursuant to the Shareholder Communications Act of 1985 for the specific purpose of direct communications between such issuer and shareholder.
 
ARTICLE IV
PURCHASE AND SALE OF SECURITIES;
CREDITS TO ACCOUNT
 
1.   Promptly after each purchase or sale of Securities by the Fund, the Fund shall deliver to Custodian a Certificate or Instructions, or with respect to a purchase or sale of a Security generally required to be settled on the same day the purchase or sale is made, Oral Instructions specifying all information Custodian may reasonably request to settle such purchase or sale.  Custodian shall account for all purchases and sales of Securities on the actual settlement date unless otherwise agreed by Custodian.
 
2.   The Fund understands that when Custodian is instructed to deliver Securities against payment, delivery of such Securities and receipt of payment therefor may not be completed simultaneously.  Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, settlements, payments and deliveries of Securities may be effected by Custodian or any Subcustodian in accordance with the customary or established securities trading or securities processing practices and procedures in the jurisdiction in which the transaction occurs, including, without limitation, delivery to a purchaser or dealer therefor (or agent) against receipt with the expectation of receiving later payment for such Securities.  The Fund assumes full responsibility for all risks, including, without limitation, credit risks, involved in connection with such deliveries of Securities.
 
3.   Custodian may, as a matter of bookkeeping convenience or by separate agreement with the Fund, credit the Account with the proceeds from the sale, redemption or other disposition of Securities or interest, dividends or other distributions payable on Securities prior to
 
 
- 8 -

 
 
its actual receipt of final payment therefor.  All such credits shall be conditional until Custodian’s actual receipt of final payment and may be reversed by Custodian to the extent that final payment is not received.  Payment with respect to a transaction will not be “final” until Custodian shall have received immediately available funds which under applicable local law, rule and/or practice are irreversible and not subject to any security interest, levy or other encumbrance, and which are specifically applicable to such transaction.
 
ARTICLE V
OVERDRAFTS OR INDEBTEDNESS
 
1.   If Custodian should in its sole discretion advance funds on behalf of any Series which results in an overdraft (including, without limitation, any day-light overdraft) because the money held by Custodian in an Account for such Series shall be insufficient to pay the total amount payable upon a purchase of Securities specifically allocated to such Series, as set forth in a Certificate, Instructions or Oral Instructions, or if an overdraft arises in the separate account of a Series for some other reason, including, without limitation, because of a reversal of a conditional credit or the purchase of any currency, or if the Fund is for any other reason indebted to Custodian with respect to a Series, including any indebtedness to The Bank of New York Mellon under the Fund’s Cash Management and Related Services Agreement (except a borrowing for investment or for temporary or emergency purposes using Securities as collateral pursuant to a separate agreement and subject to the provisions of Section 2 of this Article), such overdraft or indebtedness shall be deemed to be a loan made by Custodian to the Fund for such Series payable on demand and shall bear interest from the date incurred at a rate per annum ordinarily charged by Custodian to its institutional customers, as such rate may be adjusted from time to time.  In addition, the Fund hereby agrees that Custodian shall to the maximum extent permitted by law have a continuing lien, security interest, and security entitlement in and to any property, including, without limitation, any investment property or any financial asset, of such Series at any time held by Custodian for the benefit of such Series or in which such Series may have an interest which is then in Custodian’s possession or control or in possession or control of any third party acting in Custodian’s behalf.  The Fund authorizes Custodian, in its sole discretion, at any time to charge any such overdraft or indebtedness together with interest due thereon against any balance of account standing to such Series’ credit on Custodian’s books.
 
2.   If the Fund borrows money from any bank (including Custodian if the borrowing is pursuant to a separate agreement) for investment or for temporary or emergency purposes using Securities held by Custodian hereunder as collateral for such borrowings, the Fund shall deliver to Custodian a Certificate specifying with respect to each such borrowing:  (a) the Series to which such borrowing relates; (b) the name of the bank, (c) the amount of the borrowing, (d) the time and date, if known, on which the loan is to be entered into, (e) the total amount payable to the Fund on the borrowing date, (f) the Securities to be delivered as collateral for such loan, including the name of the issuer, the title and the number of shares or the principal amount of any particular Securities, and (g) a statement specifying whether such loan is for investment purposes or for temporary or emergency purposes and that such loan is in conformance with the ‘40 Act and the Fund’s prospectus.  Custodian shall deliver on the borrowing date specified in a Certificate the specified collateral against payment by the lending bank of the total amount of the loan payable, provided that the same conforms to the total amount payable as set forth in the
 
 
 
- 9 -

 
 


Certificate. Custodian may, at the option of the lending bank, keep such collateral in its possession, but such collateral shall be subject to all rights therein given the lending bank by virtue of any promissory note or loan agreement.  Custodian shall deliver such Securities as additional collateral as may be specified in a Certificate to collateralize further any transaction described in this Section.  The Fund shall cause all Securities released from collateral status to be returned directly to Custodian, and Custodian shall receive from time to time such return of collateral as may be tendered to it.   In the event that the Fund fails to specify in a Certificate the Series, the name of the issuer, the title and number of shares or the principal amount of any particular Securities to be delivered as collateral by Custodian, Custodian shall not be under any obligation to deliver any Securities.
 
ARTICLE VI
SALE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES
 
1.   Whenever the Fund shall sell any shares issued by the Fund (“Shares”) it shall deliver to Custodian a Certificate or Instructions specifying the amount of money and/or Securities to be received by Custodian for the sale of such Shares and specifically allocated to an Account for such Series.
 
2.   Upon receipt of such money, Custodian shall credit such money to an Account in the name of the Series for which such money was received. 
 
3.   Except as provided hereinafter, whenever the Fund desires Custodian to make payment out of the money held by Custodian hereunder in connection with a redemption of any Shares, it shall furnish to Custodian (a) a resolution of the Fund’s board directing the Fund’s transfer agent to redeem the Shares, and (b) a Certificate or Instructions specifying the total amount to be paid for such Shares.  Custodian shall make payment of such total amount to the transfer agent specified in such Certificate or Instructions out of the money held in an Account of the appropriate Series.
 
ARTICLE VII
PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS OR DISTRIBUTIONS
 
1.   Whenever the Fund shall determine to pay a dividend or distribution on Shares it shall furnish to Custodian Instructions or a Certificate setting forth with respect to the Series specified therein the date of the declaration of such dividend or distribution, the total amount payable, and the payment date.
 
2.   Upon the payment date specified in such Instructions or Certificate, Custodian shall pay out of the money held for the account of such Series the total amount payable to the dividend agent of the Fund specified therein.
 
ARTICLE VIII
CONCERNING CUSTODIAN
 
1.          (a) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Custodian shall not be liable for any costs, expenses, damages, liabilities or claims, including attorneys’ and accountants’ fees
 
 
- 10 -

 
 
(collectively, “Losses”), incurred by or asserted against the Fund, except those Losses arising out of Custodian’s own negligence or willful misconduct.  Custodian shall have no liability whatsoever for the action or inaction of any Depositories or of any Foreign Depositories, except in each case to the extent such action or inaction is a direct result of the Custodian’s failure to fulfill its duties hereunder.  With respect to any Losses incurred by the Fund as a result of the acts or any failures to act by any Subcustodian (other than a BNY Affiliate), Custodian shall take appropriate action to recover such Losses from such Subcustodian; and Custodian’s sole responsibility and liability to the Fund shall be limited to amounts so received from such Subcustodian (exclusive of costs and expenses incurred by Custodian).  In no event shall Custodian be liable to the Fund or any third party for special, indirect or consequential damages, or lost profits or loss of business, arising in connection with this Agreement, nor shall BNY or any Subcustodian be liable:  ( i ) for acting in accordance with any Certificate or Oral Instructions  actually received by Custodian and reasonably believed by Custodian to be given by an Authorized Person; ( ii ) for acting in accordance with Instructions without reviewing the same; ( iii ) for conclusively presuming that all Instructions are given only by person(s) duly authorized; ( iv ) for conclusively presuming that all disbursements of cash directed by the Fund, whether by a Certificate, an Oral Instruction, or an Instruction, are in accordance with Section 2(i) of Article II hereof; ( v ) for holding property in any particular country, including, but not limited to, Losses resulting from nationalization, expropriation or other governmental actions; regulation of the banking or securities industry; exchange or currency controls or restrictions, devaluations or fluctuations; availability of cash or Securities or market conditions which prevent the transfer of property or execution of Securities transactions or affect the value of property; ( vi ) for any Losses due to forces beyond the control of Custodian, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, acts of war or terrorism, insurrection, revolution, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, or interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; (vii) for the insolvency of any Subcustodian (other than a BNY Affiliate), any Depository, or, except to the extent such action or inaction is a direct result of the Custodian’s failure to fulfill its duties hereunder, any Foreign Depository; or ( viii ) for any Losses arising from the applicability of any law or regulation now or hereafter in effect, or from the occurrence of any event, including, without limitation, implementation or adoption of any rules or procedures of a Foreign Depository, which may affect, limit, prevent or impose costs or burdens on, the transferability, convertibility, or availability of any currency or Composite Currency Unit in any country or on the transfer of any Securities, and in no event shall Custodian be obligated to substitute another currency for a currency (including a currency that is a component of a Composite Currency Unit) whose transferability, convertibility or availability has been affected, limited, or prevented by such law, regulation or event, and to the extent that any such law, regulation or event imposes a cost or charge upon Custodian in relation to the transferability, convertibility, or availability of any cash currency or Composite Currency Unit, such cost or charge shall be for the account of the Fund, and Custodian may treat any account denominated in an affected currency as a group of separate accounts denominated in the relevant component currencies.
 
(b)   Custodian may enter into subcontracts, agreements and understandings with any BNY Affiliate, whenever and on such terms and conditions as it deems necessary or appropriate to perform its services hereunder.  No such subcontract, agreement or understanding shall discharge Custodian from its obligations hereunder.
 
 
- 11 -

 
 

 
(c)   The Fund agrees to indemnify Custodian and hold Custodian harmless from and against any and all Losses sustained or incurred by or asserted against Custodian by reason of or as a result of any action or inaction, or arising out of Custodian’s performance hereunder, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel incurred by Custodian in a successful defense of claims by the Fund; provided however, that the Fund shall not indemnify Custodian for those Losses arising out of Custodian’s own negligence or willful misconduct.  This indemnity shall be a continuing obligation of the Fund, its successors and assigns, notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement.
 
2.   Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Custodian shall be under no obligation to inquire into, and shall not be liable for:
 
(a)   Any Losses incurred by the Fund or any other person as a result of the receipt or acceptance of fraudulent, forged or invalid Securities, or Securities which are otherwise not freely transferable or deliverable without encumbrance in any relevant market;
 
(b)   The validity of the issue of any Securities purchased, sold, or written by or for the Fund, the legality of the purchase, sale or writing thereof, or the propriety of the amount paid or received therefor;
 
(c)   The legality of the sale or redemption of any Shares, or the propriety of the amount to be received or paid therefor;
 
(d)   The legality of the declaration or payment of any dividend or distribution by the Fund;
 
(e)   The legality of any borrowing by the Fund;
 
(f)   The legality of any loan of portfolio Securities, nor shall Custodian be under any duty or obligation to see to it that any cash or collateral delivered to it by a broker, dealer or financial institution or held by it at any time as a result of such loan of portfolio Securities is adequate security for the Fund against any loss it might sustain as a result of such loan, which duty or obligation shall be the sole responsibility of the Fund.  In addition, Custodian shall be under no duty or obligation to see that any broker, dealer or financial institution to which portfolio Securities of the Fund are lent makes payment to it of any dividends or interest which are payable to or for the account of the Fund during the period of such loan or at the termination of such loan, provided, however that Custodian shall promptly notify the Fund in the event that such dividends or interest are not paid and received when due;
 
(g)   The sufficiency or value of any amounts of money and/or Securities held in any Special Account in connection with transactions by the Fund; whether any broker, dealer, futures commission merchant or clearing member makes payment to the Fund of any variation margin payment or similar payment which the Fund may be entitled to receive from such broker, dealer, futures commission merchant or clearing member, or whether any payment received by Custodian from any broker, dealer, futures commission merchant or clearing member is the amount the Fund is entitled to receive, or to notify the Fund of Custodian’s receipt or non-receipt of any such payment; or
 
 
 
- 12 -

 
 
 
(h)   Whether any Securities at any time delivered to, or held by it or by any Subcustodian, for the account of the Fund and specifically allocated to a Series are such as properly may be held by the Fund or such Series under the provisions of its then current prospectus and statement of additional information, or to ascertain whether any transactions by the Fund, whether or not involving Custodian, are such transactions as may properly be engaged in by the Fund.
 
3.   Custodian may, with respect to questions of law specifically regarding an Account, obtain the advice of counsel and shall be fully protected with respect to anything done or omitted by it in good faith in conformity with such advice.
 
4.   Custodian shall be under no obligation to take action to collect any amount payable on Securities in default, or if payment is refused after due demand and presentment.
 
5.   Custodian shall have no duty or responsibility to inquire into, make recommendations, supervise, or determine the suitability of any transactions affecting any Account.
 
6.   The Fund shall pay to Custodian the fees and charges as may be specifically agreed upon from time to time and such other fees and charges at Custodian’s standard rates for such services as may be applicable.  The Fund shall reimburse Custodian for all costs associated with the conversion of the Fund’s Securities hereunder and the transfer of Securities and records kept in connection with this Agreement.  The Fund shall also reimburse Custodian for out-of-pocket expenses which are a normal incident of the services provided hereunder.
 
7.   Custodian has the right to debit any cash account for any amount payable by the Fund in connection with any and all obligations of the Fund to Custodian.  In addition to the rights of Custodian under applicable law and other agreements, at any time when the Fund shall not have honored any of its obligations to Custodian, Custodian shall have the right without notice to the Fund to retain or set-off, against such obligations of the Fund, any Securities or cash Custodian or a BNY Affiliate may directly or indirectly hold for the account of the Fund, and any obligations (whether matured or unmatured) that Custodian or a BNY Affiliate may have to the Fund in any currency or Composite Currency Unit.  Any such asset of, or obligation to, the Fund may be transferred to Custodian and any BNY Affiliate in order to effect the above rights.
 
8.   The Fund agrees to forward to Custodian a Certificate or Instructions confirming Oral Instructions by the close of business of the same day that such Oral Instructions are given to Custodian.  The Fund agrees that the fact that such confirming Certificate or Instructions are not received or that a contrary Certificate or contrary Instructions are received by Custodian shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of transactions authorized by such Oral Instructions and effected by Custodian.  If the Fund elects to transmit Instructions through an on-line communications system offered by Custodian, the Fund’s use thereof shall be subject to the Terms and Conditions attached as Appendix I hereto.  If Custodian receives Instructions which appear on their face to have been transmitted by an Authorized Person via (i) computer facsimile, email, the Internet or other insecure electronic method, or (ii) secure electronic transmission containing applicable authorization codes, passwords and/or authentication keys, the Fund understands and agrees that Custodian cannot determine the identity of the actual sender of such
 
 
 
- 13 -

 
 
Instructions and that Custodian shall conclusively presume that such Written Instructions have been sent by an Authorized Person, and the Fund shall be responsible for ensuring that only Authorized Persons transmit such Instructions to Custodian.  If the Fund elects (with Custodian’s prior consent) to transmit Instructions through an on-line communications service owned or operated by a third party, the Fund agrees that Custodian shall not be responsible or liable for the reliability or availability of any such service.
 
9.   The books and records pertaining to the Fund which are in possession of Custodian shall be the property of the Fund.  Such books and records shall be prepared and maintained as required by the ‘40 Act and the rules thereunder. The Fund, or its authorized representatives, shall have access to such books and records during Custodian’s normal business hours.  Upon the reasonable request of the Fund, copies of any such books and records shall be provided by Custodian to the Fund or its authorized representative.  Upon the reasonable request of the Fund, Custodian shall provide in hard copy or on computer disc any records included in any such delivery which are maintained by Custodian on a computer disc, or are similarly maintained.
 
10.   It is understood that Custodian is authorized to supply any information regarding the Accounts which is required by any law, regulation or rule now or hereafter in effect.  The Custodian shall provide the Fund with any report obtained by the Custodian on the system of internal accounting control of a Depository, and with such reports on its own system of internal accounting control as the Fund may reasonably request from time to time.
 
11.   Custodian shall have no duties or responsibilities whatsoever except such duties and responsibilities as are specifically set forth in this Agreement, and no covenant or obligation shall be implied against Custodian in connection with this Agreement.
 
ARTICLE IX
TERMINATION
 
1.   Either of the parties hereto may terminate this Agreement by giving to the other party a notice in writing specifying the date of such termination, which shall be not less than ninety (90) days after the date of giving of such notice.  In the event such notice is given by the Fund, it shall be accompanied by a copy of a resolution of the board of the Fund, certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, electing to terminate this Agreement and designating a successor custodian or custodians, each of which shall be a bank or trust company eligible to serve as a custodian of a unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.  In the event such notice is given by Custodian, the Fund shall, on or before the termination date, deliver to Custodian a copy of a resolution of the board of the Fund, certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, designating a successor custodian or custodians.  In the absence of such designation by the Fund, Custodian may designate a successor custodian which shall be a bank or trust company eligible to serve as custodian for a unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.  Upon the date set forth in such notice this Agreement shall terminate, and Custodian shall upon receipt of a notice of acceptance by the successor custodian on that date deliver directly to the successor custodian all Securities and money then owned by the Fund and held by it as Custodian, after deducting all fees, expenses and other amounts for the payment or reimbursement of which it shall then be entitled.

 
 
- 14 -

 
 
2.   If a successor custodian is not designated by the Fund or Custodian in accordance with the preceding Section, the Fund shall upon the date specified in the notice of termination of this Agreement and upon the delivery by Custodian of all Securities (other than Securities which cannot be delivered to the Fund) and money then owned by the Fund be deemed to be its own custodian and Custodian shall thereby be relieved of all duties and responsibilities pursuant to this Agreement, other than the duty with respect to Securities which cannot be delivered to the Fund to hold such Securities hereunder in accordance with this Agreement.
 
ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS
 
1.   The Fund agrees to furnish to Custodian a new Certificate of Authorized Persons in the event of any change in the then present Authorized Persons.  Until such new Certificate is received, Custodian shall be fully protected in acting upon Certificates or Oral Instructions of such present Authorized Persons.
 
2.   Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to Custodian, shall be sufficiently given if addressed to Custodian and received by it at its offices at 101 Barclay 11E, New York, New York 10286, or at such other place as Custodian may from time to time designate in writing.
 
3.   Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to the Fund shall be sufficiently given if addressed to the Fund and received by it at its offices at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532, or at such other place as the Fund may from time to time designate in writing.
 
4.   Each and every right granted to either party hereunder or under any other document delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, or allowed it by law or equity, shall be cumulative and may be exercised from time to time.  No failure on the part of either party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise by either party of any right preclude any other or future exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.
 
5.   In case any provision in or obligation under this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any exclusive jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected thereby.  This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any manner except by a written agreement executed by both parties, except that any amendment to the Schedule I hereto need be signed only by the Fund and any amendment to Appendix I hereto need be signed only by Custodian.  This Agreement shall extend to and shall be binding upon the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not be assignable by either party without the written consent of the other.
 
6.   This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.  The Fund and Custodian hereby consent to the jurisdiction of a state or federal court situated in New York City,
 
 
 
- 15 -

 
 
New York in connection with any dispute arising hereunder.  The Fund hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.  The Fund and Custodian each hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.
 
7.   The Fund hereby acknowledges that Custodian is subject to federal laws, including its Customer Identification Program (CIP) requirements under the USA PATRIOT Act and its implementing regulations, pursuant to which Custodian must obtain, verify and record information that allows Custodian to identify the Fund.  Accordingly, prior to opening an Account hereunder Custodian will ask the Fund to provide certain information including, but not limited to, the Fund’s name, physical address, tax identification number and other information that will help Custodian to identify and verify the Fund’s identity such as organizational documents, certificate of good standing, license to do business, or other pertinent identifying information.  The Fund agrees that Custodian cannot open an Account hereunder unless and until Custodian verifies the Fund’s identity in accordance with its CIP.
 
8.   This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but such counterparts shall, together, constitute only one instrument.
 

 
 
- 16 -

 
 

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Fund and Custodian have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers, thereunto duly authorized, as of the day and year first above written.
 
GUGGENHEIM CREDIT ALLOCATION FUND
 
By:        /s/ Mark E. Mathiasen                                                           
Name:        Mark E. Mathiasen
Title:          Secretary
Tax Identification No: 46-2533885
 
 

 
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
 
By:        /s/Timothy Driscoll                                                           
Name:       Timothy Driscoll
Title:         Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
[ Custody Agreement ]
 
 
 
 
- 17 -

 
 

 
SCHEDULE I
 
CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORIZED PERSONS
 
(The Fund - Oral and Written Instructions)
 
The undersigned hereby certifies that he is the duly elected and acting Secretary of Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund  (the “Fund”), and further certifies that the following officers or employees of the Fund have been duly authorized in conformity with the Fund’s Declaration of Trust and By-Laws to deliver Certificates and Oral Instructions to The Bank of New York Mellon (“Custodian”) pursuant to the Custody Agreement between the Fund and Custodian dated June 25, 2013, and that the signatures appearing opposite their names are true and correct:
 
John L. Sullivan                                      
Name
 
Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer  
Title
/s/ John L. Sullivan                                   
Signature
B. Scott Minerd                                      
Name
 
Authorized Person                                                                                 
Title
/s/ B. Scott Minerd                                   
Signature
Anne Walsh                                           
Name
 
Authorized Person                                                                                  
Title
/s/ Anne Walsh                                         
Signature
Donald C. Cacciapaglia  
Name
 
Chief Executive Officer                                                                        
Title
/s/ Donald C. Cacciapaglia                     
Signature
Michael Sterling                                     
Name
 
Authorized Person                                                                                   
Title
/s/ Michael Sterling                                   
Signature
Maureen Moster                                    
Name
 
Authorized Person                                                                                    
Title
/s/ Maureen Moster                                  
Signature

 
This certificate supersedes any certificate of Authorized Persons you may currently have on file.
 
By: /s/ Mark E. Mathiasen
Name: Mark E. Mathiasen
Title:   Secretary
 
Date: June 25, 2013
 

 
 
 

 
 
 

 
SCHEDULE II
 
SERIES
 

 
None
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
APPENDIX I
 
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
 
ON-LINE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (THE “SYSTEM”)
 
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
 
1.   License; Use .  Upon delivery to an Authorized Person or a person reasonably believed by Custodian to be an Authorized Person, Fund of software enabling the Fund to obtain access to the System (the “Software”), Custodian grants to the Fund a personal, nontransferable and nonexclusive license to use the Software solely for the purpose of transmitting Written Instructions, receiving reports, making inquiries or otherwise communicating with Custodian in connection with the Account(s).  The Fund shall use the Software solely for its own internal and proper business purposes and not in the operation of a service bureau.  Except as set forth herein, no license or right of any kind is granted to the Fund with respect to the Software.  The Fund acknowledges that Custodian and its suppliers retain and have title and exclusive proprietary rights to the Software, including any trade secrets or other ideas, concepts, know-how, methodologies, or information incorporated therein and the exclusive rights to any copyrights, trademarks and patents (including registrations and applications for registration of either), or other statutory or legal protections available in respect thereof.  The Fund further acknowledges that all or a part of the Software may be copyrighted or trademarked (or a registration or claim made therefor) by Custodian or its suppliers.  The Fund shall not take any action with respect to the Software inconsistent with the foregoing acknowledgments, nor shall the Fund attempt to decompile, reverse engineer or modify the Software.  The Fund may not copy, sell, lease or provide, directly or indirectly, any of the Software or any portion thereof to any other person or entity without Custodian’s prior written consent.  The Fund may not remove any statutory copyright notice or other notice included in the Software or on any media containing the Software.  The Fund shall reproduce any such notice on any reproduction of the Software and shall add any statutory copyright notice or other notice to the Software or media upon Custodian’s request.
 
2.   Equipment .  The Fund shall obtain and maintain at its own cost and expense all equipment and services, including but not limited to communications services, necessary for it to utilize the Software and obtain access to the System, and Custodian shall not be responsible for the reliability or availability of any such equipment or services.
 
3.   Proprietary Information .  The Software, any data base and any proprietary data, processes, information and documentation made available to the Fund (other than which are or become part of the public domain or are legally required to be made available to the public) (collectively, the “Information”), are the exclusive and confidential property of Custodian or its suppliers.  The Fund shall keep the Information
 
 
 
 

 



confidential by using the same care and discretion that the Fund uses with respect to its own confidential property and trade secrets, but not less than reasonable care.  Upon termination of the Agreement or the Software license granted herein for any reason, the Fund shall return to Custodian any and all copies of the Information which are in its possession or under its control.
 
4.   Modifications .  Custodian reserves the right to modify the Software from time to time and the Fund shall install new releases of the Software as Custodian may direct.  The Fund agrees not to modify or attempt to modify the Software without Custodian’s prior written consent.  The Fund acknowledges that any modifications to the Software, whether by the Fund or Custodian and whether with or without Custodian’s consent, shall become the property of Custodian.
 
5.   NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES .  CUSTODIAN AND ITS MANUFACTURERS AND SUPPLIERS MAKE NO WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE SOFTWARE, SERVICES OR ANY DATABASE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, IN FACT OR IN LAW, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE FUND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND ANY DATABASE ARE PROVIDED “AS IS.”  IN NO EVENT SHALL CUSTODIAN OR ANY SUPPLIER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES, WHETHER DIRECT, INDIRECT SPECIAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL, WHICH THE FUND MAY INCUR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE, SERVICES OR ANY DATABASE, EVEN IF CUSTODIAN OR SUCH SUPPLIER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.  IN NO EVENT SHALL CUSTODIAN OR ANY SUPPLIER BE LIABLE FOR ACTS OF GOD, MACHINE OR COMPUTER BREAKDOWN OR MALFUNCTION, INTERRUPTION OR MALFUNCTION OF COMMUNICATION FACILITIES, LABOR DIFFICULTIES OR ANY OTHER SIMILAR OR DISSIMILAR CAUSE BEYOND THEIR REASONABLE CONTROL.
 
6.   Security; Reliance; Unauthorized Use .  The Fund will cause all persons utilizing the Software and System to treat all applicable user and authorization codes, passwords and authentication keys with extreme care, and it will establish internal control and safekeeping procedures to restrict the availability of the same to persons duly authorized to give Instructions.  Custodian is hereby irrevocably authorized to act in accordance with and rely on Instructions received by it through the System.  The Fund acknowledges that it is its sole responsibility to assure that only persons duly authorized use the System and that Custodian shall not be responsible nor liable for any unauthorized use thereof.
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
7.   System Acknowledgments .  Custodian shall acknowledge through the System its receipt of each transmission communicated through the System, and in the absence of such acknowledgment Custodian shall not be liable for any failure to act in accordance with such transmission and the Fund may not claim that such transmission was received by Custodian.
 
8.   EXPORT RESTRICTIONS .  EXPORT OF THE SOFTWARE IS PROHIBITED BY UNITED STATES LAW.  THE FUND MAY NOT UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES RESELL, DIVERT, TRANSFER, TRANSSHIP OR OTHERWISE DISPOSE OF THE SOFTWARE (IN ANY FORM) IN OR TO ANY OTHER COUNTRY.  IF CUSTODIAN DELIVERED THE SOFTWARE TO THE FUND OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES, THE SOFTWARE WAS EXPORTED FROM THE UNITED STATES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EXPORTER ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS.  DIVERSION CONTRARY TO U.S. LAW IS PROHIBITED.  The Fund hereby authorizes Custodian to report its name and address to government agencies to which Custodian is required to provide such information by law.
 
9.            ENCRYPTION .   The Fund acknowledges and agrees that encryption may not be available for every communication through the System, or for all data.  The Fund agrees that Custodian may deactivate any encryption features at any time, without notice or liability to the Fund, for the purpose of maintaining, repairing or  troubleshooting the System or the Software.
 

 
Exhibit (j)(ii)
FOREIGN CUSTODY MANAGER AGREEMENT
 
AGREEMENT made as of June 25, 2013 by and between Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund (the “Fund”) and The Bank of New York Mellon (“BNY”).
 
W I T N E S S E T H:
 
WHEREAS , the Fund desires to appoint BNY as a Foreign Custody Manager on the terms and conditions contained herein;
 
WHEREAS , BNY desires to serve as a Foreign Custody Manager and perform the duties set forth herein on the terms and conditions contained herein;
 
NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises hereinafter contained in this Agreement, the Fund and BNY hereby agree as follows:
 

 
ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS
 
Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases, unless the context otherwise requires, shall have the following meanings:
 
1.   “Board” shall mean the board of directors or board of trustees, as the case may be, of the Fund.
 
2.   “Eligible Foreign Custodian” shall have the meaning provided in the Rule.
 
3.   “Monitoring System” shall mean a system established by BNY to fulfill the Responsibilities specified in clauses (d) and (e) of Section 1 of Article III of this Agreement.
 
4.   “Responsibilities” shall mean the responsibilities delegated to BNY under the Rule as a Foreign Custody Manager with respect to each Specified Country and each Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by BNY, as such responsibilities are more fully described in Article III of this Agreement.
 
5.   “Rule” shall mean Rule 17f-5 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
 
6.   “Specified Country” shall mean each country listed on Schedule I attached hereto and each country, other than the United States, constituting the primary market for a security with respect to which the Fund has given settlement instructions to The Bank of New York Mellon as custodian (the “Custodian”) under its Custody Agreement with the Fund.
 
 
ARTICLE II.
BNY AS A FOREIGN CUSTODY MANAGER
 
1.   The Fund on behalf of its Board hereby delegates to BNY with respect to each Specified Country the Responsibilities.
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
2.   BNY accepts the Board’s delegation of Responsibilities with respect to each Specified Country and agrees in performing the Responsibilities as a Foreign Custody Manager to exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence such as a person having responsibility for the safekeeping of the Fund’s assets would exercise.
 
3.   BNY shall provide to the Board at such times as the Board deems reasonable and appropriate based on the circumstances of the Fund’s foreign custody arrangements written reports notifying the Board of the placement of assets of the Fund with a particular Eligible Foreign Custodian within a Specified Country and of any material change in the arrangements (including the contract governing such arrangements) with respect to assets of the Fund with any such Eligible Foreign Custodian.
 
 
ARTICLE III.
RESPONSIBILITIES
 
1.   Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, BNY shall with respect to each Specified Country select an Eligible Foreign Custodian.  In connection therewith, BNY shall: (a) determine that assets of the Fund held by such Eligible Foreign Custodian will be subject to reasonable care, based on the standards applicable to custodians in the relevant market in which such Eligible Foreign Custodian operates, after considering all factors relevant to the safekeeping of such assets, including, without limitation, those contained in paragraph (c)(1) of the Rule; (b) determine that the Fund’s foreign custody arrangements with each Eligible Foreign Custodian are governed by a written contract with the Custodian which will provide reasonable care for the Fund’s assets based on the standards specified in paragraph (c)(1) of the Rule; (c) determine that each contract with an Eligible Foreign Custodian shall include the provisions specified in paragraph (c)(2)(i)(A) through (F) of the Rule or, alternatively, in lieu of any or all of such (c)(2)(i)(A) through (F) provisions, such other provisions as BNY determines will provide, in their entirety, the same or a greater level of care and protection for the assets of the Fund as such specified provisions; (d) monitor pursuant to the Monitoring System the appropriateness of maintaining the assets of the Fund with a particular Eligible Foreign Custodian pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of the Rule and the performance of the contract governing such arrangement; and (e) advise the Fund whenever BNY determines under the Monitoring System that an arrangement (including, any material change in the contract governing such arrangement) described in preceding clause (d) no longer meets the requirements of the Rule.
 
2.   For purposes of preceding Section 1 of this Article, BNY’s determination of appropriateness shall not include, nor be deemed to include, any evaluation of Country Risks associated with investment in a particular country.  For purposes hereof, “Country Risks” shall mean systemic risks of holding assets in a particular country including but not limited to (a) an Eligible Foreign Custodian’s use of any depositories that act as or operate a system or a transnational system for the central handling of securities or any equivalent book-entries; (b) such country’s financial infrastructure; (c) such country’s prevailing custody and settlement practices; (d) nationalization, expropriation or other governmental actions; (e) regulation of the banking or securities industry; (f) currency controls, restrictions, devaluations or fluctuations; and (g) market conditions which affect the orderly execution of securities transactions or affect the value of securities.
 
 
 
- 2 -

 
 
ARTICLE IV.
REPRESENTATIONS
 
1.   The Fund hereby represents that: (a) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Fund, constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Fund enforceable in accordance with its terms, and no statute, regulation, rule, order, judgment or contract binding on the Fund prohibits the Fund’s execution or performance of this Agreement; (b) this Agreement has been approved and ratified by the Board at a meeting duly called and at which a quorum was at all times present, and (c) the Board or the Fund’s investment advisor has considered the Country Risks associated with investment in each Specified Country and will have considered such risks prior to any settlement instructions being given to the Custodian with respect to any other country.
 
2.   BNY hereby represents that: (a) BNY is duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, with full power to carry on its businesses as now conducted, and to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder; (b) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by BNY, constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of BNY enforceable in accordance with its terms, and no statute, regulation, rule, order, judgment or contract binding on BNY prohibits BNY’s execution or performance of this Agreement; and (c) BNY has established the Monitoring System.
 
 
ARTICLE V.
CONCERNING BNY
 
1.   BNY shall not be liable for any costs, expenses, damages, liabilities or claims, including attorneys’ and accountants’ fees, sustained or incurred by, or asserted against, the Fund except to the extent the same arises out of the failure of BNY to exercise the care, prudence and diligence required by Section 2 of Article II hereof.  In no event shall BNY be liable to the Fund, the Board, or any third party for special, indirect or consequential damages, or for lost profits or loss of business, arising in connection with this Agreement.
 
2.   The Fund shall indemnify BNY and hold it harmless from and against any and all costs, expenses, damages, liabilities or claims, including attorneys’ and accountants’ fees, sustained or incurred by, or asserted against, BNY by reason or as a result of any action or inaction, or arising out of BNY’s performance hereunder, provided that the Fund shall not indemnify BNY to the extent any such costs, expenses, damages, liabilities or claims arises out of BNY’s failure to exercise the reasonable care, prudence and diligence required by Section 2 of Article II hereof.
 
3.   For its services hereunder, the Fund agrees to pay to BNY such compensation and out-of-pocket expenses as shall be mutually agreed.
 
4.   BNY shall have only such duties as are expressly set forth herein.  In no event shall BNY be liable for any Country Risks associated with investments in a particular country.
 
 
 
 
- 3 -

 
 
 
ARTICLE VI.
MISCELLANEOUS
 
1.   This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Fund and BNY as a foreign custody manager, and no provision in the Custody Agreement between the Fund and the Custodian shall affect the duties and obligations of BNY hereunder, nor shall any provision in this Agreement affect the duties or obligations of the Custodian under the Custody Agreement.
 
2.   Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to BNY, shall be sufficiently given if received by it at its offices at 101 Barclay 11E, New York, New York 10286, or at such other place as BNY may from time to time designate in writing.
 
3.   Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to the Fund shall be sufficiently given if received by it at its offices at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532 or at such other place as the Fund may from time to time designate in writing.
 
4.   In case any provision in or obligation under this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected thereby.  This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any manner except by a written agreement executed by both parties.  This Agreement shall extend to and shall be binding upon the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns; provided however, that this Agreement shall not be assignable by either party without the written consent of the other.
 
5.   This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.  The Fund and BNY hereby consent to the jurisdiction of a state or federal court situated in New York City, New York in connection with any dispute arising hereunder.  The Fund hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.  The Fund and BNY each hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.
 
6.   The parties hereto agree that in performing hereunder, BNY is acting solely on behalf of the Fund and no contractual or service relationship shall be deemed to be established hereby between BNY and any other person by reason of this Agreement.
 
7.   This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but such counterparts shall, together, constitute only one instrument.
 
8.   This Agreement shall terminate simultaneously with the termination of the Custody Agreement between the Fund and the Custodian, and may otherwise be terminated by either

 
 
- 4 -

 



party giving to the other party a notice in writing specifying the date of such termination, which shall be not less than thirty (30) days after the date of such notice.
 

[ Signature page follows ]

 
 
 
- 5 -

 

 

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Fund and BNY have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers, thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.
 

 
GUGGENHEIM CREDIT ALLOCATION
FUND
 
By:        /s/ Mark E. Mathiasen                                                           
Name:        Mark E. Mathiasen
Title:          Secretary

 
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
 
By:        /s/Timothy Driscoll                                                           
Name:       Timothy Driscoll
Title:         Vice President

 


 
 

 

 

 

 
[ Foreign Custody Manager Agreement ]
 
 

 
 
- 6 -

 

 
 
SCHEDULE I
 
Specified Countries
 

 
 
 
Exhibit (k)(i)
SERVICE AGREEMENT
 
FOR
 
TRANSFER AGENT SERVICES
 
TO
 
GUGGENHEIM  CREDIT ALLOCATION FUND
 
 
 

 
 
 
THIS SERVICE AGREEMENT FOR TRANSFER AGENT SERVICES (this “Agreement”) between Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund, a Delaware statutory trust (“Client”) and Computershare Shareowner Services LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company (“Agent”), is dated as of June 28, 2013.
 
1.            Appointment .   Client appoints Agent as its transfer agent, registrar and dividend disbursing agent and Agent accepts such appointment in accordance with and subject to the following terms and conditions for all authorized shares of each class of stock listed in Exhibit A hereto (the “Shares”).
 
2.            Term of Agreement.   Agent’s appointment hereunder shall commence on the next business day after the later of (i) the date hereof, or (ii) the date Agent has confirmed that Client’s records have been converted to Agent’s system (the “Effective Date”), and shall continue for three years thereafter (the “Initial Term”).  Unless either party gives written notice of termination of this Agreement at least 60 days prior to the end of the Initial Term, or any successive three-year term, this Agreement shall automatically renew for successive additional three-year terms.
 
3.            Duties of Agent.   Commencing on the Effective Date, Agent shall provide the services listed in Exhibit B hereto, in the performance of its duties hereunder.
 
4.            Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Client.   Client represents, warrants and covenants to Agent that:
 
(a)           it is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of its state of incorporation;
 
(b)           the Shares issued and outstanding on the date hereof have been duly authorized, validly issued and are fully paid and are non-assessable; and any Shares to be issued hereafter, when issued, shall have been duly authorized, validly issued and fully paid and will be non-assessable;
 
(c)           the Shares issued and outstanding on the date hereof have been duly registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and such registration has become effective, or are exempt from such registration; and have been duly registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or are exempt from such registration;
 
(d)           any Shares to be issued hereafter, when issued, shall have been duly registered under the Securities Act, and such registration shall have become effective, or shall be exempt from such registration; and shall have been duly registered under the Exchange Act, or shall be exempt from such registration;
 
(e)           Client has paid or caused to be paid all taxes, if any, that were payable upon or in respect of the original issuance of the Shares issued and outstanding on the date hereof;
 
 
 
2

 
 
 
(f)           the use of facsimile signatures by Agent in connection with the countersigning and registering of Share certificates of Client has been duly authorized by Client and is valid and effective;
 
(g)           the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and the issuance and any subsequent transfer of the Shares in accordance with this Agreement, do not and will not conflict with, violate, or result in a breach of, the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, the charter or the by-laws of Client, any law or regulation, any order or decree of any court or public authority having jurisdiction, or any mortgage, indenture, contract, agreement or undertaking to which Client is a party or by which it is bound.  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Client and is enforceable against Client in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization and other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally; and
 
(h)           Client agrees to provide to Agent the documentation and notifications listed in Exhibit C hereto according to the requirements set forth therein.
 
5.            Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Agent.   Agent represents, warrants and covenants to Client that:
 
(a)           Agent is a limited liability company duly organized and validly existing under the laws of its state of organization;
 
(b)           Agent is, and for the term of this Agreement shall remain, duly registered as a transfer agent under the Exchange Act;
 
(c)           subject to Section 7 hereof, during the term of this Agreement, Agent shall comply with its obligations as a transfer agent under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder; and
 
(d)           assuming the accuracy of Client’s representations and warranties and compliance by Client with its covenants hereunder, the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and the performance by Agent of its obligations in accordance with this Agreement, do not and will not conflict with, violate, or result in a breach of, the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, the organizational documents of Agent, any law or regulation, any order or decree of any court or public authority having jurisdiction, or any mortgage, indenture, contract, agreement or undertaking to which Agent is a party or by which it is bound.  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Agent and is enforceable against Agent in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization and other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally.
 
6.            Scope of Agency.
 
(a)           Agent shall act solely as agent for Client under this Agreement and owes no duties hereunder to any other person.  Agent undertakes to perform the duties and only
 
 
3

 
 
the duties that are specifically set forth in this Agreement, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against Agent.
 
(b)           Agent may rely upon, and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting in reliance upon, (i) any communication from Client, any predecessor Transfer Agent or co-Transfer Agent or any Registrar (other than Agent), predecessor Registrar or co-Registrar; (ii) any instruction, notice, request, direction, consent, report, certificate, opinion or other instrument, paper, document or electronic transmission believed by Agent to be genuine and to have been signed or given by the proper party or parties; (iii) any guaranty of signature by an “eligible guarantor institution” that is a member or participant in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program or other comparable “signature guarantee program” or insurance program in addition to, or in substitution for, the foregoing; (iv) any instructions received through Direct Registration System/Profile; or (v) any law, act, regulation or any interpretation of the same even though such law, act, or regulation may thereafter have been altered, changed, amended or repealed. In addition, Agent is authorized to refuse to make any transfer that it determines in good faith not to be in good order.
 
(c)           In connection with any question of law arising in the course of Agent performing its duties hereunder, Agent may consult with legal counsel (including internal counsel) whose advice shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by Agent hereunder in good faith and in reasonable reliance thereon.
 
(d)           Any instructions given by Client to Agent orally shall be confirmed in writing by Client as soon as practicable.   Agent shall not be liable or responsible and shall be fully authorized and protected for acting, or failing to act, in reliance upon any oral instructions that do not conform with the written confirmation received in accordance with this Section 6(d).
 
7.            Indemnification.   Client shall indemnify Agent for, and hold it harmless from and against, any loss, liability, claim (whether with or without basis in fact or law), demand, cost or expense (collectively, “Loss”) arising out of or in connection with Agent’s duties under this Agreement or this appointment, including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against any Loss or enforcing this Agreement, except to the extent that such Loss shall have been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be a result of Agent’s gross negligence or intentional misconduct.
 
8.            Limitation of Liability.
 
(a)           In the absence of gross negligence or intentional misconduct on its part, Agent shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it or for any error of judgment made by it in the performance of its duties under this Agreement.  In no event will Agent be liable for special, indirect, incidental, consequential or punitive losses or damages of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if Agent has been advised of the possibility of such losses or damages and regardless of the form
 
 
4

 
 
of action.  Any liability of Agent will be limited in the aggregate to an amount equal to twelve (12) times the monthly administrative fee to be paid by Client as set forth in Exhibit B hereto.
 
(b)           If any question or dispute arises with respect to the proper interpretation of this Agreement or Agent’s duties hereunder, Agent shall not be required to act or be held liable or responsible for its failure or refusal to act until the question or dispute has been (i) judicially settled (and Agent may, if it deems it advisable, but shall not be obligated to, file a suit in interpleader or for a declaratory judgment for such purpose) by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction that is binding on all parties interested in the matter and is no longer subject to review or appeal, or (ii) settled by a written document in form and substance satisfactory to Agent and executed by Client.  For such purpose, Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, require the execution of such a document.
 
9.            Force Majeure.   Agent shall not be liable for any failures, delays or losses, arising directly or indirectly out of conditions beyond its reasonable control, including, but not limited to, acts of government, exchange or market ruling, suspension of trading, work stoppages or labor disputes, civil disobedience, riots, rebellions, electrical or mechanical failure, computer hardware or software failure, communications facilities failures including telephone failure, war, terrorism, insurrection, fires, earthquakes, storms, floods, acts of God or similar occurrences.
 
10.            Market Data.   Client acknowledges that Agent may provide real-time or delayed quotations and other market information and messages (“Market Data”), which Market Data is provided to Agent by certain national securities exchanges and associations who assert a proprietary interest in Market Data disseminated by them but do not guarantee the timeliness, sequence, accuracy or completeness thereof.  Client agrees and acknowledges that Agent shall not be liable in any way for any loss or damage arising from or occasioned by any inaccuracy, error, delay in, omission of, or interruption in any Market Data or the transmission thereof.
 
11.            Termination.
 
(a)           Client may terminate this Agreement if (i) Agent defaults on any of its material obligations hereunder and such default remains uncured thirty (30) days after Agent’s receipt of notice of such default from Client; or (ii) any proceeding in bankruptcy, reorganization, receivership or insolvency is commenced by or against Agent, Agent shall become insolvent or shall cease paying its obligations as they become due or makes any assignment for the benefit of its creditors.
 
(b)           Agent may suspend providing services hereunder or terminate this Agreement if (i) Client fails to pay amounts due hereunder or defaults on any of its material obligations hereunder and such failure or default remains uncured thirty (30) days after Client’s receipt of notice of such failure or default from Agent; (ii) any proceeding in bankruptcy, reorganization, receivership or insolvency is commenced by or
 
 
5

 
 
against Client, Client shall become insolvent, or shall cease paying its obligations as they become due or makes any assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (iii) Client is acquired by or is merged with or into another entity where Client is not the surviving company.
 
(c)           Upon termination of this Agreement, all fees earned and expenses incurred by Agent up to and including the date of such termination shall be immediately due and payable to Agent on or before the effective date of such termination.
 
(d)           In addition to the payments required in Section 11(c) above, if this Agreement is terminated by Client for any reason other than pursuant to Section 11(a) above or by Agent pursuant to Section 11(b) above, then Client shall pay a termination fee, due and payable to Agent on or before the effective date of such termination, calculated as follows: (i) if the termination occurs prior to the first anniversary of the commencement date of the current term (the “Commencement Date”), then the termination fee shall equal twelve (12) times the average monthly invoice charged to Client by Agent hereunder, (ii) if the termination occurs on or after the first anniversary of the Commencement Date but prior to the second anniversary of the Commencement Date, then the termination fee shall equal nine (9) times the average monthly invoice charged to Client by Agent hereunder, and (iii) if the termination occurs on or after the second anniversary of the Commencement Date, then the termination fee shall equal six (6) times the average monthly invoice charged to Client by Agent hereunder.  For purposes of this paragraph, fees for non-recurring events shall be excluded when calculating the average monthly invoice charged to Client by Agent.
 
(e)           Prior to termination of this Agreement, Client shall provide Agent with written instructions as to the disposition of records, as well as any additional documentation reasonably requested by Agent.  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the respective rights and duties of Client and Agent under this Agreement shall cease upon termination of this Agreement.
 
12.            Lost Certificates.   Agent shall not be obligated to issue a replacement share certificate for any share certificate reported to have been lost, destroyed or stolen unless Agent shall have received: (a) an affidavit of such loss, destruction or theft; (b) a bond of indemnity in form and substance satisfactory to Agent; and (c) payment of all applicable fees.  Shareholders may obtain such a bond of indemnity from a surety company of the shareholder’s choice, provided the surety company satisfies Agent’s minimum requirements.
 
13.            Confidentiality.
 
(a)           In connection with Agent’s appointment hereunder, each party shall obtain confidential information related to the other party or its stockholders that is not available to the general public (“Confidential Information”), which Confidential Information shall include the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the exhibits attached hereto.  Each party agrees that the Confidential Information shall be held and treated by it, its
 
 
6

 
 
directors, officers, employees, affiliates, agents and subcontractors (collectively, “Representatives”) in confidence and, except as hereinafter provided, shall not be disclosed in any manner whatsoever except as otherwise required by law, regulation, subpoena or governmental authority.  Confidential Information shall be used by each party and its Representatives only for the purposes for which provided and shall be disclosed by such party only to those Representatives who have a need to know in order to accomplish the business purpose in connection with which the Confidential Information has been provided.  Confidential Information does not include information that (i) is now or subsequently becomes generally available to the public through no fault or breach on the part of the receiving party; (ii) the receiving party had rightfully in its possession prior to disclosure to it by the disclosing party; (iii) is independently developed by the receiving party without the use of or reference to any Confidential Information; or (iv) the receiving party rightfully obtains on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the disclosing party who has the right to transfer or disclose it.
 
(b)           In connection with the provision of services under this Agreement, Client may direct Agent to release information, including non-public personal information (“NPPI”), as defined in Title V of the Gramm Leach Bliley Act and the regulations issued thereunder (including but not limited to Regulation P of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve) to Client’s agents or other third party service providers, including, without limitation, broker/dealers, custodians and depositories.   In addition, Client consents to the release of information, including NPPI, (i) to any of Agent’s Representatives in connection with the services provided hereunder and (ii) as required by law, regulation, subpoena or governmental authority.  Agent shall not be liable for the release of information in accordance with the foregoing provisions.
 
14.            Publicity.    Neither party will issue a news release, public announcement, advertisement, or other form of publicity concerning the existence of this Agreement or the Services to be provided hereunder without obtaining the prior written approval of the other party, which may be withheld in the other party’s sole discretion; provided that Agent may use Client’s name in its customer lists.
 
15.            Lost Stockholders; In-Depth Stockholder Search.
 
(a)           Agent shall conduct such database searches to locate lost stockholders as are required by Rule 17Ad-17 under the Exchange Act, without charge to the stockholder.  If a new address is so obtained in a database search for a lost stockholder, Agent shall conduct a verification mailing and update its records for such stockholder accordingly.
 
(b)           Agent may conduct a more in-depth search for the purpose of (i) locating lost stockholders for whom a new address is not obtained in accordance with clause (a) above, (ii) identifying stockholders who are deceased (or locating their next of kin) and (iii) locating stockholders whose accounts contain two or more consecutive uncashed checks, in each case using the services of a locating service provider selected by Agent.  
 
 
7

 
 
Such provider may compensate Agent for processing and other services that Agent provides in connection with such in-depth search.
 
(c)           Upon locating any stockholder (or next of kin) pursuant to clause (b) above, the locating service provider shall clearly identify to such stockholder (or next of kin) all assets held in such stockholder’s account.  Such provider shall inform any such located stockholders (or next of kin) that they may choose either (i) to contact Agent directly to obtain the assets in such account, at no charge other than any applicable fees to replace lost certificates, or (ii) to use the services of such provider for a fee, which may not exceed (A) 10% of the asset value of such stockholder’s property where the registered stockholder is a living person or (B) 20% of the asset value of such stockholder’s property where the registered stockholder is deceased or is not a natural person; provided that in no case shall such fee exceed the maximum statutory fee permitted by the applicable state jurisdiction.  If Client selects a locating service provider other than one selected by Agent, then Agent shall not be responsible for the terms of any agreement with such provider and additional fees may apply.
 
  16.            Compensation and Expenses.
 
(a)           Commencing on the Effective Date, Client shall compensate Agent for its services hereunder in accordance with the fee schedules listed in Exhibit B hereto.  After the second anniversary of the Effective Date, such fees may be adjusted annually, on or about each anniversary of the Effective Date, by the annual percentage of change in the latest Consumer Price Index of All Urban Consumers (CPI-U) United States City Average, as published by the U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics plus one half percent (0.5%).
 
(b)           All amounts owed to Agent hereunder are due within thirty (30) days of the invoice date.  Delinquent payments are subject to a late payment charge of one and one half percent (1.5%) per month commencing forty-five (45) days from the invoice date.  Client agrees to reimburse Agent for any attorney’s fees and any other costs associated with collecting delinquent payments.
 
(c)            Client shall be charged for certain expenses advanced or incurred by Agent in connection with Agent’s performance of its duties hereunder.  Such charges include, but are not limited to, stationery and supplies, such as transfer sheets, dividend checks, envelopes, and paper stock, as well as any disbursements for telephone, mail insurance, electronic document creation and delivery, travel expenses for annual meetings, link-up charges from Broadridge and tape charges from The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation.  While Agent endeavors to maintain such charges (both internal and external) at competitive rates, these charges will not, in all instances, reflect actual out-of-pocket costs, and in some instances may include handling charges to cover internal processing and use of Agent’s billing systems.
 
(d)           With respect to any shareholder mailings processed by Agent, Client shall be charged postage as an out-of-pocket expense at postage rates that may not reflect all
 
 
8

 
 
available or utilized postal discounts, such as presort or NCOA discounts.  Client shall, at least one business day prior to mail date, provide immediately available funds sufficient to cover all postage due on such mailing.  Any material shareholder mailing schedule changes, including, but not limited to, delays in delivering materials to Agent or changes in a mailing commencement date, may result in additional fees and/or expenses.
 
(e)           Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, Client shall pay Agent a fee for deconversion services (e.g., providing shareholder lists and files, producing and shipping records, answering successor agent inquiries).  This fee shall be based on Agent’s then-current deconversion fee schedule.  Agent may withhold the Client’s records, reports and unused certificate stock pending Client’s payment in full of all fees and expenses owed to Agent under this Agreement.
 
17.            Notices.   All notices, demands and other communications given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing, shall be deemed effective on the date of receipt, and may be sent by overnight delivery service, or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested to:
                                                        
If to Client:
Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund
2455 Corporate West Drive
Lisle, Illinois 60532
Attn: Chief Financial Officer
 
with an additional copy to:
                                                            
If to Agent:     
Computershare Shareowner Services LLC
480 Washington Boulevard, 29 th Floor
Attn: Relationship Manager
 
with an additional copy to:
Computershare Shareowner Services LLC Newport Office Center VII
480 Washington Blvd.
Jersey City, NJ 07310
Attn: Legal Department
 
 
18.            Submission to Jurisdiction; Foreign Law.
 
(a)           The parties irrevocably (i) submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court sitting in New York City or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, (ii) waive, to the fullest extent they may effectively do so, any defense based on inconvenient forum, improper venue or lack of jurisdiction to the maintenance of any such action or proceeding, and (iii) waive all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
 
9

 
 
(b)           Agent shall not be required hereunder to comply with the laws or regulations of any country other than the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof.  Agent may consult with foreign counsel, at Client’s expense, to resolve any foreign law issues that may arise as a result of Client or any other party being subject to the laws or regulations of any foreign jurisdiction.
 
19.            Miscellaneous.  
 
(a)            Amendments.   This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any manner except by a written agreement signed by both Client and Agent.
 
(b)            Governing Law.   This Agreement shall be governed by, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.
 
(c)            Survival of Terms.   Sections 7, 8, 13 and 16 hereof shall survive termination of this Agreement and Agent’s appointment hereunder.
 
(d)            Assignment.   This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; provided that this Agreement may not be assigned, or otherwise transferred, in whole or in part, by either party without the prior written consent of the other party, which the other party will not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay; and provided further that (i) consent is not required for an assignment to an affiliate of Agent and (ii) any reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of assets or other form of business combination by Agent shall not be deemed to constitute an assignment of this Agreement.  Any attempted assignment in violation of the foregoing will be void.
 
(e)            Headings.   The headings contained in this Agreement are for the purposes of convenience only and are not intended to define or limit the contents of this Agreement.
 
(f)            Severability.   Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is found to violate a law, it will be severed from the rest of the Agreement and ignored.
 
(g)            Counterparts.   This Agreement may be executed manually in any number of counterparts, each of which such counterparts, when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original, and all such counterparts when taken together shall constitute one and the same original instrument.
 
(h)            Entire Agreement.   This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supercedes all prior written or oral communications, understandings, and agreements with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. The parties acknowledge that the Exhibits hereto are an integral part of this Agreement.
 
 
10

 
 
(i)            Benefits of this Agreement .   Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to give any person or entity other than Agent and Client any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement; but this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of Agent and Client.
 
(j)            Customer Identification Program.   Client acknowledges that Agent is subject to the customer identification program (“Customer Identification Program”) requirements under the USA PATRIOT Act and its implementing regulations, and that Agent must obtain, verify and record information that allows Agent to identify Client.  Accordingly, prior to accepting an appointment hereunder, Agent may request information from Client that will help Agent to identify Client, including without limitation Client’s physical address, tax identification number, organizational documents, certificate of good standing, license to do business, or any other information that Agent deems necessary.  Client agrees that Agent cannot accept an appointment hereunder unless and until Agent verifies Client’s identity in accordance with the Customer Identification Program requirements.
 

 
[The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.  Signature page follows.]
 
 
11

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year above written.

 
GUGGENHEIM DYNAMIC CREDIT OPPORTUNITIES FUND
 
 
By:               /s/ Mark E. Mathiasen                                                               
 
Name:        Mark E. Mathiasen
 
Title:          Secretary
 
 
COMPUTERSHARE SHAREOWNER SERVICES LLC
 
 
By:              / s/ Dennis V. Moccia                                                               
 
Name:        Dennis V. Moccia
 
Title:          Manager, Contract Administration
 
 
12

 
 
Exhibit A
 
 
STOCK SUBJECT TO THE AGREEMENT
 
 
 
 
 
 
Class of Stock
 
 
 
 
Number of Authorized Shares
Number of
Authorized Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
(including Treasury
Shares)
Number of
Authorized Shares
Reserved for
Future Issuance
Under Existing
Agreements
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A-1
 
 
 

 
 
Exhibit B
 
SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED AND SCHEDULE OF FEES
 

 
Monthly Fee for Stock Transfer Services Per Fund –with monthly disbursements*                 $ 1,500.00
 
IPO Services
 
Full Fast Closing (onetime fee)                                                                                               $2,500.00
 
Monthly Fee includes items 1-9 (see section IIl for detailed descriptions) :
 
1.  
ACCOUNT MAINTENANCE
              Each active account maintained                                                                              Included
 
              Each inactive or closed account maintained                                                         Included
 
2.  
PROXY AND ANNUAL MEETING SERVICES
          Provide proxy services for annual shareholder meeting                      Included/ all funds
 
3.  
STOCK TRANSFER SYSTEM ACCESS
              Access to the system                                                                                                 Included
 
4.  
TELEPHONE CALLS
             Telephone calls from shareowners                                                                          Included
 
5.  
TRANSFER AND ISSUANCE SERVICES
              Certificates or DRS statements issued, non-routine transfers processed          Included
 
              Same day issuance or DWAC transactions                                        Assessed to Brokers
 
6.  
DIVIDEND DISBURSEMENT
Monthly or quarterly (where applicable)                                                             Included
 
7.  
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN
 
Administer plan services                                                                                    Included
Each dividend disbursement reinvested                                                               Included
 
Each optional cash transaction                                                                             Included
 
Each withdrawal or liquidation of shares from the plan                                     Included
 
Each deposit of share certificates into the plan or book to book transfer   Included
 
Service fee–includes brokerage commission (per share purchased/sold)*                   $      0.03
 
8.  
 ESCHEAT SERVICES & LOST SHAREOWNER SEARCH
 
 
B-1

 
 
                          Performed in accordance with statutory or SEC requirements                               Included
 
9.  
 VOLUNTARY OR INITIAL COMPLIANCE ESCHEAT SERVICES
 
               Performed in accordance with statutory or SEC requirements        Not billed to Company
 

 
 
II.  
ADDITIONAL TRANSFER AGENCY SERVICES AND FEES
 
A.  
PROXY AND ANNUAL MEETING SERVICES
 
Minimum fee per tape in CPU format to convert proxy tape files from outside Agent
for issuance of proxy material by CPU                                                                          $    500.00
 
Provide shareholder data for proxy to a third-party proxy agent                                 $        0.10
 
                      (Per account, billed when proxy tape is forwarded to proxy agent)
 
                     Minimum fee to provide tape data to third-party proxy agent                                  $ 1,500.00
 

B.  
INTERNET AND TELEPHONE VOTING (Subject to fee revision adjustment after the first meeting)
Set-up and administration (includes dedicated toll free number)                                    Appraisal
 
Each proxy voted by phone                                                                                                $        0.22
 
Each proxy voted by Internet                                                                                             $        0.07
 
Custom changes to toll free number or website                                                                Appraisal
 
                      Alterations to website after final sign-off                                                                          Appraisal
 
 
C.  
SHAREOWNER LISTS, ANALYSES & LABEL SETS
 
                   4 Shareowner list included                                                                                                    Included
 
                  Standard shareowner lists, analyses or labels (per account)                                              $        0.03
 
                  In excess of 4 lists, analysis or label set                                                                             $    500.00
 
                  Additional weekly, monthly or custom lists or analyses                                                     Appraisal
 
 
D.  
SPECIAL & MAILINGS
            Convert date of last contact (DLC) tape and update system
 
                   (per tape submitted by ADP or outside proxy tabulation agent)                                  $ 2,000.00
 
                   Special Mailings
 
                   Prepare and machine Insert up to two enclosures (per account)                                       $        0.10
 
 
B-2

 
 
 
                   Insert additional enclosures (per enclosure)                                                                       $        0.03
 
                   Minimum fee per mailing                                                                                                      $    250.00
 
                   Insert enclosures manually or matched mailings                                                                   Appraisal
 
 
E.  
LOST SHAREOWNER SEARCH
 
  Each electronic search program (management and set-Up)                          $      75.00
 
 
 Each lost account searched                                                                                $        3.50

 
 
B-3

 
 
 
SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED
 
Account Maintenance Functions
·   Opening new accounts
·   Posting debits and credits
·   Maintaining certificate history
·   Placing and releasing stop transfer notations
·   Consolidating accounts
·   Coding accounts requiring special handling (e.g. “bad address,” “do not mail,” “VIP,” etc.)
·   Processing address changes
·   Responding to shareholder correspondence (includes address changes, coding changes, W8/W9 Inquiries, 1099 duplicate requests, statement inquiries, check replacements, and other routine transactions)
·   Providing a toll-free phone number for shareholder inquiries
·   Obtaining and posting Taxpayer Identification Number certifications pursuant to IDTCA regulations
·   Maintaining inactive accounts for the purpose of research and tax reporting
·   Closing (purging) inactive accounts that meet selected criteria
·   Maintaining shareholder consents to electronic delivery of materials
·   Review and reporting of information required by the Office of Foreign Asset Control
Security Issuance Functions
·   Qualifying under the rules of the NYSE and NASDAQ/AMEX to act in the dual capacity as transfer agent and registrar
·   Maintaining mail and window facilities for the receipt of transfer requests
·   Maintaining and securing unissued certificate inventory and supporting documents
·   Establishing procedures designed to verify that surrendered certificates are genuine and have not been altered
·   Obtaining a legal opinion and/or other documentation to the effect that original issuances are properly authorized and have been registered under federal securities laws or are exempt from such registration
·   In connection with requests for transfer, verifying that Shares issued equal the number surrendered
·   Place and remove stop orders on Shares
·   Verifying that Agent has not received any active stop orders against Shares submitted for transfer
·   Issuing and registering new securities
·   Recording canceled and issued securities
·   Canceling surrendered certificates
·   Delivering completed transfers
·   Processing restricted and legal transfers upon presentment of appropriate supporting documentation
·   Providing online access to daily transfer or management summary journals
·   Providing delivery and receipt of DWAC transfers
·   Provide and process safekeeping requests
·   Replacing lost, destroyed or stolen certificates (charge imposed on shareholder)
·   Supporting custodial arrangements for selling stockholders or otherwise as requested by Client in connection with public offerings
Dividend Disbursement Services
·   Preparing and mailing checks
·   ACH/Direct Deposit file transmission
·   Reconciling checks
·   Preparing payment register in list form
·   Withholding and filing taxes for non-resident aliens and others
·   Filing federal tax information returns
 
 
 
B-4

 
 
 
 
·   Processing “B” and “C” notices received from the IRS
·   Mailing required statements (Form 1099DIV or Form 1042)
·   Maintaining stop payment files and issuing replacement checks
·   Maintaining separate dividend addresses
·   Receiving, verifying and posting dividend payment funds
Investment Plan Services (per separate Plan agreement)
·   Opening and maintaining participant accounts
·   Processing reinvestment and optional cash payments
·   Preparing participant statement of accounts, after each transaction, showing activity for current period
·   Processing liquidations and terminations according to plan specifications
·   Providing periodic investment reports to Client
·   Preparing Form 1099B to report sale proceeds
·   Issuing replacement checks
·   Mail authorization material as requested either separately or part of new account mailing
Escheatment Functions
·   Assist in establishing compliance with the unclaimed property requirements of all jurisdictions that may have a claim on escheatable property held by Agent on behalf of Client.
·   Processing records and property subject to reporting based upon current state statutes, rules, and regulations
·   Identifying property that has become escheatable since the last filing date
·   Assist in reviewing state regulations to determine if there have been any changes in reporting procedures
·   Reporting and remitting property to states
Proxy and Annual Meeting Functions
·   Assisting in Annual Meeting planning
·   Processing and mailing Annual Meeting materials
·   Provide eKit interactive Annual Meeting materials integrated with Internet Proxy Voting
·   Tabulating physical (both scanner and manual) proxies returned by shareholders
·   Soliciting registered shareholders for their consent to receive electronic meeting materials
·   Collecting, processing and archiving electronic consents and revocations
·   Tabulating telephone and Internet proxies returned by shareholders
·   Identifying shareholders who will attend the Annual Meeting
·   Providing Inspector(s) of Election for the Annual Meeting
·   Maintaining an automated link with (i) DTC to redistribute record date Cede & Co. share positions to participants and (ii) ADP to receive transmissions of broker votes
·   Providing certified list of record date holders
·   Processing omnibus proxies for respondent banks
·   Providing report of final vote
·   Providing remote access to proxy tabulation system
Web Services and System Access
·   Providing Client access to Agent’s mainframe inquiry and internet via Client ServiceDirect
·   Providing daily data on registered shareholders
·   Providing daily access to proxy tabulation file during proxy season
·   Providing Shareholder access to their account via Investor ServiceDirect
·   Providing on-line access to shareholder statements and tax forms via MLink
 
 
 
B-5

 
 
OTHER SERVICES AND CHARGES
 
Shareholder Plan Enrollment :  If Client has appointed a banking affiliate of Agent to administer a direct stock purchase and/or dividend reinvestment plan, Agent (on behalf of such affiliate) shall accept requests by Client’s shareholders to enroll Shares in such plan via paper enrollment form, in the case of certificated securities, and via paper enrollment form, Internet enrollment and telephonic enrollment, in the case of book-entry (i.e., Direct Registration System) securities.  If Client has not appointed a banking affiliate of Agent to administer a direct stock purchase or dividend reinvestment plan, then Client hereby appoints and directs a banking affiliate of Agent to implement and administer a share selling program (“Program”) pursuant to which shareholders may enroll book-entry Shares in the Program in order to liquidate them.  The Program terms and conditions are outlined in the then current Program term sheet, which shall be made available to Program participants.
 
Prior Agent Out-of-Proof Conditions:    If an out-of-proof condition exists on the Effective Date, and such condition is not resolved within 90 calendar days thereafter, Client agrees to provide Agent with funds or shares sufficient to resolve the out-of-proof condition promptly upon the expiration of such 90 day period.
 
Lost Certificates:   Agent shall charge shareholders an administrative fee for replacement of lost certificates, which shall be charged only once in instances where a single surety bond obtained covers multiple certificates.  Agent may receive compensation from surety companies or surety agents for administrative services provided to them.
 
Legal Expenses, System Modifications:    Certain expenses may be incurred in resolving legal matters, including receiving and responding to routine subpoenas that arise in the course of performing services hereunder.  This may result in a separate charge to cover Agent’s expenses (including the cost of external or internal counsel) in resolving such matters; provided that any legal expenses charged to the Client shall be reasonable.
 
In the event any federal, state or local laws, rules or regulations are enacted that require Agent to (i) make any adjustments and/or modifications to its current system, or (ii) provide additional services to Client for which Agent is not being compensated hereunder, then Client shall compensate Agent (a) on a pro rata basis proportionate to the Client’s registered shareholder base, for the costs associated with making such required adjustments and/or modifications, or (b) according to Agent’s standard fees established, in good faith, with respect to such additional services.
 
Initial Compliance Escheatment Services :  If, at the time escheat services are commenced for any asset type, Client is not in compliance with applicable state unclaimed property regulations with respect to that asset type, then Agent shall provide initial compliance services, which shall include working with one or more state unclaimed property clearinghouses to identify specific reportable records and property, and organizing and formatting such records and property for remittance to the applicable states, as required.  Where applicable, in concert with state clearinghouses, Agent shall also attempt to obtain releases and indemnification agreements protecting Client from interest and penalties that may be assessable against Client by the states for prior non-compliance. If a release or indemnification agreement is not so obtained from a state, Client may be responsible for interest and/or penalties from such state for prior non-compliance.  Agent may receive compensation from state clearinghouses for the processing and support services it provides to them in connection with initial compliance services.
 
 
 
B-6

 
 
Cash Dividends and Distributions:   Client shall, by 11:00 a.m. Eastern Standard Time one day prior to payable date, provide to Agent full funding sufficient to pay the aggregate amount for any dividend to be paid.  Upon receipt of any such funds, Agent shall (a) in the case of registered shareholders who are participants in a dividend reinvestment plan of Client as of the record date, reinvest such funds in accordance with the terms of such plan, and (b) in the case of registered shareholders who are not participants in any such plan as of the record date, make payment of such funds to such shareholders by mailing a check, payable to the registered shareholder, to the address of record or, if different, dividend mailing address.  If Agent has not timely received sufficient funds to make payments of any dividend or distribution pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) above to all registered shareholders of Client as of the record date, Agent shall notify Client and withhold all payments until Client has provided sufficient funds to Agent.
 
Other Services:    Fees, out of pocket expenses and disbursements for any services, including, but not limited to, down posting for odd lots, provided to Client or any of its agents or representatives by or on behalf of Agent hereunder that are not set forth above will be based on Agent’s standard fees at the time such services are provided or, if no standard fees have been established, an appraisal of the work to be performed.
 
 
B-7

 
 
Exhibit C
 
DOCUMENTS AND NOTIFICATIONS TO BE DELIVERED TO AGENT
 
Prior to the Effective Date, to the extent not previously provided by Client to Agent, Client shall provide Agent with the following:
 
1.
An adequate supply of Share certificates (including new Share certificates and specimens whenever the form thereof shall change), properly signed, by facsimile or otherwise, by officers of Client authorized by law or by Client’s By-Laws to sign Share certificates, and, if required, bearing the corporate seal or a facsimile thereof.
 
2.
A copy of the resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of Client appointing or authorizing the appointment of Agent as Transfer Agent and/or Registrar and Dividend Disbursing Agent, as the case may be, duly certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of Client under the corporate seal.
 
3.
A copy of the Certificate of Incorporation of Client, and all amendments thereto, certified by the Secretary of State of the state of incorporation.
 
4.
A copy of the By-laws of Client as amended to date, duly certified by the Secretary of Client under the corporate seal.
 
5.
A certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of Client, under its corporate seal, stating as follows:
 
a)      this Agreement has been executed and delivered pursuant to the authority of  Client’s Board of Directors;
 
b)      the attached specimen Share certificate(s) are in substantially the form submitted to and approved by Client’s Board of Directors for current use, and the attached specimen Share certificates for each Class of Stock with issued and outstanding Shares are in the form previously submitted to and approved by Client’s Board of Directors for past use;
 
c)      no shares have been reserved for future issuance except as set forth on the attached list of existing agreements pursuant to which Shares have been reserved for future issuance, which list specifies the number of reserved Shares subject to each such existing agreement and the substantive provisions thereof.
 
d)      each shareholder list provided to Agent is true and complete; or no Shares are outstanding;
 
e)      the name of each stock exchange upon which any of the Shares are listed and the number and identity of the Shares so listed;
 
f)      the name and address of each co-Transfer Agent, Registrar (other than Agent) or co-Registrar for any of the Shares and the extent of its appointment, or there are no co-Transfer Agents, Registrars (other than Agent) or co-Registrars for any of the Shares; and
 
 
1
 
 
 

 
 
g)      the officer(s) of Client, who executed this Agreement as well as any certificates or papers delivered to Agent pursuant to this Agreement (including without limitation any Share certificates, as such certificates may be amended from time to time), were validly elected or appointed to, and are the incumbents of, the offices they purported to hold at the time of such execution and delivery, are authorized to execute this Agreement as well as all other certificates or papers delivered hereunder, and that their signatures on all such documentation are genuine.
 
Such Secretary’s certificate shall contain a certificate of an officer of Client, other than the officer executing the Secretary’s certificate, stating that the person executing the Secretary’s certificate  was validly elected to, and is the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of Client and that his signature on the certificate is genuine.
 
6.
A shareholder list, preferably in machine readable format, certified as true and complete by the person preparing the list, for the issued and outstanding Shares, setting forth as to each holder, his/her name and address, tax identification number certified by the shareholder pursuant to requirements of the Internal Revenue Code and applicable regulations, the number of Shares held, the Share certificate numbers and the existence of any stop orders or other transfer restrictions.
 
7.           Opinion of counsel for Client, addressed to Agent, to the effect that:
 
a)      the Shares issued and outstanding on the date hereof have been duly authorized, validly issued and are fully paid and are non-assessable;
 
b)      the Shares issued and outstanding on the date hereof have been duly registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and such registration has become effective, or are exempt from such registration; and have been duly registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or are exempt from such registration;
 
c)      the use of facsimile signatures by Agent in connection with the countersigning and registering of Share certificates of Client has been duly authorized by Client and is valid and effective; and
 
d)      the execution and delivery of this Agreement do not and will not conflict with, violate, or result in a breach of, the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, the charter or the by-laws of Client, any law or regulation, any order or decree of any court or public authority having jurisdiction, or any mortgage, indenture, contract, agreement or undertaking to which Client is a party or by which it is bound and this Agreement is enforceable against Client in accordance with it terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization and other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.
 
8.           A completed Internal Revenue Service Form 2678.
 
9.           A completed Form W-8 or W-9, as applicable.
 
Client further agrees to deliver an opinion of counsel as provided in this Exhibit C, Section 7(a) and (b) upon any future original issuance of Shares for which Agent will act as transfer agent hereunder.
 
2
 
 
 

 
 

NOTIFICATION OF CHANGES
 
 
Client shall promptly notify Agent of the following:
 
1.
Any change in the name of Client, amendment of its certificate of incorporation or its by-laws;
 
2.
Any change in the title of a Class of Stock from that set forth in the first column of Exhibit A;
 
3.
Any change in the Number of Authorized Shares from that set forth in the second column of Exhibit A;
 
4.
Any change in existing agreements or any entry into new agreements changing the Number of Authorized Shares Reserved for Future Issuance Under Existing Agreements from that listed in the fourth column of Exhibit A hereto;
 
5.
Any change in the number of outstanding Shares subject to stop orders or other transfer limitations;
 
6.           The listing or delisting of any Shares on any stock exchange;
 
7.
The appointment after the date hereof of any co-Transfer Agent, Registrar (other than Agent) or any co-Registrar for any of the Shares;
 
8.
The merger of Client into, or the consolidation of Client with, or the sale or other transfer of the assets of Client substantially as an entirety to, another person; or the merger or consolidation of another person into or with Client; and
 
9.
Any other change in the affairs of Client of which Agent must have knowledge to perform properly its duties under this Agreement.
 
3


Exhibit (k)(ii)
FUND ACCOUNTING AGREEMENT
 
This AGREEMENT is made as of this 25th day of June, 2013, between Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund (the “Trust”), a Delaware statutory trust having its principal place of business at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532, and Rydex Fund Services, LLC (“RFS”), a Maryland limited liability company having its principal place of business at 805 King Farm Boulevard, Rockville, MD 20850.
 
WHEREAS, the Trust desires that RFS perform fund accounting services for the Trust;
 
WHEREAS, RFS is willing to perform such services on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement;
 
WHEREAS, RFS and the Trust wish to enter into this Agreement in order to set forth the terms under which RFS will perform the fund accounting services set forth herein for the Trust;
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants hereinafter contained, the Trust and RFS hereby agree as follows:
 
1.   Services as Fund Accountant
 
(a)   Maintenance of Books and Records .  RFS will keep and maintain the following books and records of the Trust pursuant to Rule 31a-1 (the “Rule”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”):
 
(i)  
Journals containing an itemized daily record in detail of all purchases and sales of securities, all receipts and disbursements of cash and all other debits and credits, as required by subsection (b)(1) of the Rule;
 
(ii)  
General and auxiliary ledgers reflecting all asset, liability, reserve, capital, income and expense accounts, including interest accrued and interest received, as required by subsection (b)(2)(i) of the Rule;
 
(iii)  
Separate ledger accounts required by subsection (b)(2)(ii) and (iii) of the Rule; and
 
(iv)  
A monthly trial balance of all ledger accounts (except shareholder accounts) as required by subsection (b)(8) of the Rule.
 
(b)   Performance of Daily Accounting Services .  In addition to the maintenance of the books and records specified above, RFS shall perform the following accounting services daily for the Trust:
 
 
 
 
1

 
 
 
(i)  
On each day that the Fund calculates the net asset values, calculate the net asset value per share utilizing prices obtained from the sources described in subsection 1(b)(ii) below;
 
(ii)  
Obtain security prices from independent pricing services, or if such quotes are unavailable, then obtain such prices from the Trust’s investment adviser or its designee, as determined in accordance with procedures adopted and approved by the Trust’s Board of Trustees (hereafter referred to as the “Board”);
 
(iii)  
Verify and reconcile with the Trust’s custodian all daily trade activity;
 
(iv)  
Compute, as appropriate, the Trust’s net income and capital gains, dividend payables, dividend factors, 7-day yields, 7-day effective yields, 30-day yields, and weighted average portfolio maturity;
 
(v)  
On each day that the Fund calculates net asset values, review the net asset value calculation and dividend factor (if any) for the Trust prior to release, check and confirm the net asset values and dividend factors for reasonableness, and distribute net asset values and yields;
 
(vi)  
Determine unrealized appreciation and depreciation on securities held by the Trust;
 
(vii)  
Amortize premiums and accrete discounts on securities purchased at a price other than face value, if requested by the Trust;
 
(viii)  
Update fund accounting system to reflect rate changes, as received from an independent pricing service, on variable interest rate instruments;
 
(ix)  
Post Trust transactions to appropriate categories;
 
(x)  
Accrue all necessary and appropriate expenses of the Trust;
 
(xi)  
Determine the outstanding receivables and payables for all (1) security trades, (2) Trust share transactions and (3) income and expense accounts;
 
(xii)  
Provide accounting reports in connection with the Trust’s regular annual audit and other audits and examinations by regulatory agencies; and
 
(xiii)  
Provide such periodic reports as the parties shall agree upon, as set forth in a separate schedule.
 
(c)   Special Reports and Services .
 
(i)  
RFS may provide additional special reports upon the request of the Trust or the Trust’s investment adviser, which may result in an additional charge, the amount of which shall be agreed upon between the parties.
 
 
 
 
2

 
 
 
(ii)  
RFS may provide such other similar services with respect to a Fund as may be reasonably requested by the Trust, which may result in an additional charge, the amount of which shall be agreed upon between the parties.
 
(d)   Additional Accounting Services .  RFS shall also perform the following additional accounting services for the Trust, without additional compensation:
 
(i)  
Provide accounting information for the following:
 
(A)  
federal and state income tax returns and federal excise tax returns;
 
(B)  
semi-annual reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on Form N-SAR;
 
(C)  
annual and semi-annual  shareholder reports and related Form N-CSR filings;
 
(D)  
registration statements on Form N-2 and other filings relating to the registration of shares;
 
(E)  
the fund administrator’s monitoring of the Trust’s status as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended;
 
(F)  
annual audits by the Trust’s auditors; and
 
(G)  
examinations performed by the SEC.
 
2.   Subcontracting
 
RFS, upon consultation with the Board, may subcontract with any entity or person concerning the provision of fund accounting services contemplated hereunder (a “Sub-Fund Accountant”); provided, however, that RFS shall not be relieved of any of its duties and obligations under this Agreement by the appointment of such subcontractor and provided further, that RFS shall be responsible, to the extent provided in herein, for all acts of such subcontractor as if such acts were its own.
 
3.   Compensation
 
The Trust shall pay RFS compensation for the services to be provided by RFS under this Agreement in accordance with, and in the manner set forth in Schedule A attached hereto.
 
 
 
3

 
 
 
4.   Reimbursement of Expenses and Miscellaneous Service Fees Relating to Fund Accounting.
 
(a)   In addition to paying RFS the fees provided in Schedule A, the Trust agrees to reimburse RFS for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in providing fund accounting services hereunder, including without limitation the following:
 
(i)  
All freight and other delivery and bonding charges incurred by RFS in delivering materials to and from the Trust or other service providers of the Trust;
 
(ii)  
All direct telephone, telephone transmission and telecopy or other electronic transmission expenses incurred by RFS in communication with the Trust, the Trust’s investment advisor or custodian, dealers or others as required for RFS to perform the services to be provided hereunder;
 
(iii)  
The cost of microfilm or microfiche of records or other materials;
 
(iv)  
All systems-related expenses associated with the provision of special reports and services pursuant to Section 1(c) herein; and
 
(v)  
Any additional expenses reasonably incurred by RFS in the performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement.
 
(b)   In addition, RFS shall be entitled to receive the following amounts:
 
(i)  
Systems development fees billed at an hourly rate of $150 per hour, as approved by the Trust;
 
(ii)  
Ad hoc reporting fees billed at an agreed upon rate; and
 
(iii)  
Charges for the pricing information obtained from third party vendors for use in pricing the securities of each Trust’s portfolio pursuant to Section 1(b)(ii) of this Agreement, which shall not exceed the amounts that would be incurred if the Trust were to obtain the information directly from the relevant vendor or vendors.
 
5.   Standard of Care; Uncontrollable Events; Limitation of Liability
 
RFS shall use reasonable professional diligence to ensure the accuracy of all services performed under this Agreement, but shall not be liable to the Trust for any action taken or omitted by RFS in the absence of bad faith, willful misfeasance, negligence or reckless disregard by it of its obligations and duties.  The duties of RFS shall be confined to those expressly set forth herein, and no implied duties are assumed by or may be asserted against RFS hereunder.
 
RFS shall maintain adequate and reliable computer and other equipment necessary or appropriate to carry out its obligations under this Agreement.  Upon the
 
 
 
4

 
 


Trust’s reasonable request, RFS shall provide supplemental information concerning the aspects of its disaster recovery and business continuity plan that are relevant to the services provided hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Agreement, RFS assumes no responsibility hereunder, and shall not be liable, for any damage, loss of data, delay or any other loss whatsoever caused by events beyond its reasonable control.   Events beyond RFS’s reasonable control include, without limitation, force majeure events.  Force majeure events include natural disasters, actions or decrees of governmental bodies, and communication lines failures that are not the fault of either party.  In the event of force majeure, computer or other equipment failures or other events beyond its reasonable control, RFS shall follow applicable procedures in its disaster recovery and business continuity plan and use all commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any service interruption.
 
RFS shall provide the Trust, at such times as the Trust may reasonably require, copies of reports rendered by independent public accountants on the internal controls and procedures of RFS relating to the services provided by RFS under this Agreement.
 
Notwithstanding anything in this agreement to the contrary, in no event shall RFS, its affiliates or any of its or their directors, officers, employees, agents or subcontractors be liable for exemplary, punitive, special, incidental, indirect or consequential damages, or lost profits, each of which is hereby excluded by agreement of the parties regardless of whether such damages were foreseeable or whether either party or any entity has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
 
6.   Term
 
This Agreement shall become effective upon its approval by a majority of the Board, including a majority of the Board who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of such party and shall continue in effect for a period of two years from the date hereof, subject thereafter to being continued in force and effect from year to year if specifically approved each year by the Board. In addition to the foregoing, each renewal of this Agreement must be approved by the vote of a majority of the Trust’s trustees who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. Prior to voting on the renewal of this Agreement, the Board may request and evaluate, and RFS shall furnish, such information as may reasonably be necessary to enable the Board to evaluate the terms of this Agreement. This Agreement may be terminated at any time by either party, without cause, upon 90 days written notice to the other, and for cause upon 30 days written notice by the party alleging cause.
 
For purposes of this Agreement, “cause” shall mean (a) a material breach of this Agreement that has not been remedied for thirty (30) days following written notice of such breach from the non-breaching party; (b) a final, unappealable judicial, regulatory or administrative ruling or order in which the party to be terminated has been found guilty of criminal or unethical behavior in the conduct of its business; or (c) financial difficulties on the part of the party to be terminated  which are evidenced by the authorization or commencement of, or involvement by way of pleading, answer, consent
 
 
 
5

 



or acquiescence in, a voluntary or involuntary case under Title 11 of the United States Code, as from time to time is in effect, or any applicable law, other than said Title 11, of any jurisdiction relating to the liquidation or reorganization of debtors or to the modification or alteration of the rights of creditors.  RFS shall not terminate this Agreement pursuant to clause (a) above based solely upon the Trust’s failure to pay an amount to RFS which is the subject of a good faith dispute, if (i) the Trust is attempting in good faith to resolve such dispute with as much expediency as may be possible under the circumstances, and (ii) the Trust continues to perform its obligations hereunder in all other material respects (including paying all fees and expenses not subject to reasonable dispute hereunder).
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, following any such termination, in the event that RFS in fact continues to perform any one or more of the services contemplated by this Agreement (or any Schedule or exhibit hereto) with the consent of the Trust, the provisions of this Agreement, including without limitation the provisions dealing with indemnification, shall continue in full force and effect.  Fees and out-of-pocket expenses due RFS but unpaid by the Trust upon such termination shall be immediately due and payable upon and notwithstanding such termination.  RFS shall be entitled to collect from the Trust, in addition to the fees and disbursements provided for herein, the amount of all of RFS’s reasonable cash disbursements in connection with RFS’s activities in effecting such termination, including without limitation, the delivery to the Trust and/or its designees of the Trust’s property, records, instruments and documents.
 
7.   Indemnification
 
The Trust agrees to indemnify and hold harmless RFS, its employees, agents, directors, officers and nominees from and against any and all claims, demands, actions and suits, and from and against any and all judgments, liabilities, losses, damages, costs, charges, counsel fees and other expenses of every nature and character arising out of or in any way relating to RFS’s actions taken or omissions with respect to the performance of services under this Agreement or based, if applicable, upon reasonable reliance on information, records, instructions or requests given or made to RFS by the Trust, the investment adviser or custodian thereof; provided that this indemnification shall not apply to actions or omissions of RFS in cases of its own bad faith, willful misfeasance, negligence or reckless disregard by it of its obligations and duties.
 
RFS shall indemnify, defend, and hold the Trust harmless from and against any and all claims, actions and suits and all losses, damages, costs, charges, reasonable counsel fees and disbursements, payments, expenses and liabilities (including reasonable investigation expenses) resulting directly and proximately from RFS’s willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder.
 
The indemnification rights hereunder shall include the right to reasonable advances of defense expenses in the event of any pending or threatened litigation with respect to which indemnification hereunder may ultimately be merited.  In order that the indemnification provisions contained herein shall apply, however, it is understood that if
 
 
6

 
 


in any case a party may be asked to indemnify or hold the other party harmless, the indemnifying party shall be fully and promptly advised of all pertinent facts concerning the situation in question, and it is further understood that the indemnified party will use all reasonable care to identify and notify the indemnifying party promptly concerning any situation which presents or appears likely to present the probability of such a claim for indemnification against the indemnifying party, but failure to do so in good faith shall not affect the rights hereunder except to the extent the indemnifying party is materially prejudiced thereby.  As to any matter eligible for indemnification, an Indemnified Party shall act reasonably and in accordance with good faith business judgment and shall not effect any settlement or confess judgment without the consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
 
The indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate at its own expense or, if it so elects, to assume the defense of any suit brought to enforce any claims subject to this indemnity provision.  If the indemnifying party elects to assume the defense of any such claim, the defense shall be conducted by counsel chosen by it and reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party, whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.  In the event that the indemnifying party elects to assume the defense of any suit and retain counsel, the indemnified party shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it.  If the indemnifying party does not elect to assume the defense of suit, it will reimburse the indemnified party for the reasonable fees and expenses of any counsel retained by the indemnified party.  The indemnity and defense provisions set forth herein shall indefinitely survive the termination of this Agreement.
 
8.   Record Retention and Confidentiality
 
RFS shall keep and maintain on behalf of the Trust all books and records which the Trust and RFS is, or may be, required to keep and maintain pursuant to any applicable statutes, rules and regulations, including without limitation Rules 31a-1 and 31a-2 under the 1940 Act, relating to the maintenance of books and records in connection with the services to be provided hereunder. Any records required to be maintained and preserved pursuant to Rules 31a-1 and 31a-2 under the 1940 Act which are prepared or maintained by RFS on behalf of the Trust shall be prepared and maintained at the expense of RFS, but shall be the property of the Trust and will be surrendered promptly to the Trust on request, and made available for inspection by the Trust or by the Commission at reasonable times.
 
In case of any request or demand for the inspection of such records by another party, RFS may make such records available to such party if (i) disclosure is required by law, (ii) RFS is advised by counsel that it may incur liability for failure to make a disclosure, (iii) RFS is requested to divulge such information by duly-constituted authorities or court process, or (iv) RFS is requested to make a disclosure by the Trust.
 
9.   Activities of RFS
 
The services of RFS rendered to the Trust hereunder are not to be deemed to be exclusive.  RFS is free to render such services to others and to have other businesses and
 
 
 
7

 
 


interests.  It is understood that directors, officers, employees and Shareholders of the Trust are or may be or become interested in RFS, as officers, employees or otherwise and that partners, officers and employees of RFS and its counsel are or may be or become similarly interested in the Trust, and that RFS may be or become interested in the Trust as a shareholder or otherwise.
 
10.   Reports
 
RFS shall furnish to the Trust and to its properly authorized auditors, investment advisers, examiners, distributors, dealers, underwriters, salesmen, insurance companies and others designated by the Trust in writing, such reports and at such times as are prescribed pursuant to the terms and the conditions of this Agreement to be provided or completed by RFS, or as subsequently agreed upon by the parties pursuant to an amendment hereto.
 
11.   Rights of Ownership
 
All computer programs and procedures employed or developed by or on behalf of RFS to perform services required to be provided by RFS under this Agreement are the property of RFS.  All records and other data except such computer programs and procedures are the exclusive property of the Trust and all such other records and data shall be furnished to the Trust in appropriate form as soon as practicable after termination of this Agreement for any reason.
 
12.   Return of Records
 
RFS may at its option at any time, and shall promptly upon the Trust’s demand, turn over to the Trust, files, records and documents created and maintained by RFS pursuant to this Agreement which are no longer needed by RFS in the performance of its services or for its legal protection.  If not so turned over to the Trust, such documents and records will be retained by RFS for six years from the year of creation. At the end of such six-year period, such records and documents will be turned over to the Trust unless the Trust authorizes in writing the destruction of such records and documents.
 
13.   Representations and Warranties
 
(a)   The Trust represents and warrants that this Agreement has been duly authorized by the Trust and, when executed and delivered by the Trust, will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Trust, enforceable against the Trust in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and secured parties.
 
(b)   RFS represents and warrants that: (1) the various procedures and systems which RFS has implemented with regard to safeguarding from loss or damage attributable to fire, theft, or any other cause the records, and other data of the Trust and RFS’s records, data, equipment facilities and other property used in the performance of its obligations hereunder are adequate and that it will make such changes therein from
 
 
 
8

 


time to time as are reasonably required for the secure performance of its obligations hereunder, and (2) this Agreement has been duly authorized by RFS and, when executed and delivered by RFS, will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of RFS, enforceable against RFS in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and secured parties.
 
Except as expressly provided in this agreement, all representations and warranties, including, without limitation, any warranties regarding quality, suitability, merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose or otherwise (irrespective of any course of dealing, custom or usage of trade) concerning the services or any goods provided incidental to the services provided under this agreement by RFS are completely disclaimed.
 
14.   Insurance
 
RFS shall maintain a fidelity bond covering larceny and embezzlement and an insurance policy with respect to directors and officers errors and omissions coverage in amounts that are appropriate in light of its duties and responsibilities hereunder.  Upon the request of the Trust, RFS shall provide evidence that coverage is in place.
 
RFS shall notify the Trust should its insurance coverage with respect to professional liability or errors and omissions coverage be canceled.  Such notification shall include the date of cancellation and the reasons therefore.  RFS shall notify the Trust of any material claims against it with respect to services performed under this Agreement, whether or not they may be covered by insurance, and shall notify the Trust should the total outstanding claims made by RFS under its insurance coverage materially impair, or threaten to materially impair, the adequacy of its coverage.
 
15.   Legal Advice; Reliance on Prospectus and Instructions
 
RFS may apply to the Trust at any time for instructions and may consult with counsel for the Trusts and with accountants and other experts with respect to any matter arising in connection with RFS’s duties, and RFS shall not be liable nor accountable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith in accordance with such instruction or with the opinion of such counsel, accountants or other experts.  RFS shall notify the Trust at any time RFS believes that it is in need of the advice of counsel (other than counsel in the regular employ of RFS or any affiliated companies) with regard to RFS’s responsibilities and duties specific to the Trust  pursuant to this Agreement.  After so notifying the Trust, RFS, at its discretion, shall be entitled to seek, receive and act upon advice of legal counsel of its choosing, such advice to be at the expense of the Trusts unless relating to a matter involving RFS’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence or reckless disregard of
 
RFS’s responsibilities and duties hereunder, and RFS shall in no event be liable to the Trust or any shareholder or beneficial owner of the Trust for any action reasonably taken pursuant to such advice.
 
As to the services to be provided hereunder, RFS may rely conclusively upon the terms of the Prospectuses and Statement of Additional Information of the Trust, if any, as
 
 
9

 
 
 

of their respective dates, as well as the minutes of Board meetings (if applicable) and other records of the Trust unless RFS receives written instructions to the contrary in a timely manner from the Trust.
 
16.   Notices
 
Any notice provided hereunder shall be sufficiently given when sent by registered or certified mail to the party required to be served with such notice at the following address: if to the Trust, to it at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532 Attn: President; and if to RFS, to it at 805 King Farm Boulevard, Rockville, MD 20850, Attn:  President, or at such other address as such party may from time to time specify in writing to the other party pursuant to this Section.
 
17.   Assignment
 
This Agreement and the rights and duties hereunder shall not be assignable by either of the parties hereto except by the specific written consent of the other party.  This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
 
18.   Governing Law
 
This Agreement shall be governed by and provisions shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. To the extent that the applicable laws of the State of Delaware, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control.
 
19.   Privacy
 
Nonpublic personal financial information relating to consumers or customers of the Trust provided by, or at the direction of the Trust to RFS, or collected or retained by RFS to perform its duties shall be considered confidential information.
 
RFS shall not give, sell or in any way transfer such confidential information to any person or entity, other than affiliates of RFS except at the direction of the Trust or as required or permitted by law.  RFS shall have in place and maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards reasonably designed to protect the security, confidentiality and integrity of, and to prevent unauthorized access to or use of records and information relating to consumers or customers of the Trust.
 
20.   Miscellaneous
 
(a)   Paragraph headings in this Agreement are included for convenience only and are not to be used to construe or interpret this Agreement.
 
(b)   This Agreement constitutes the complete agreement of the parties hereto as to the subject matter covered by this Agreement, and supercedes all prior negotiations, understandings and agreements bearing upon the subject matter covered herein.
 
 
 
 
10

 
 
 
 
(c)   This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same agreement.
 
(d)   No amendment to this Agreement shall be valid unless made in writing and executed by both parties hereto.
 

 

 
*           *           *           *           *
 
 
 
 
11

 
 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed all as of the day and year first above written.
 


GUGGENHEIM CREDIT ALLOCATION FUND



By: /s/ Mark E. Mathiasen                                            
Name:           Mark E. Mathiasen
Title:             Secretary


RYDEX FUND SERVICES, LLC



By: /s/ Nikolaos Bonos                                            
Name:           Nikolaos Bonos
Title:             Chief Executive Officer and
       President
 
 
 
 
 
12

 
 

 
 
SCHEDULE A
 
TO THE FUND ACCOUNTING AGREEMENT
BETWEEN RYDEX FUND SERVICES, LLC
AND GUGGENHEIM CREDIT ALLOCATION FUND
Date: June 25, 2013

Fund Accounting Fees
 
Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund agrees to pay RFS the following fees:
 
§  
3.00 bps on first $200M
 
§  
1.50 bps on next $300M
 
§  
1.00 bps on next $500M
 
§  
0.75 bps excess over $1B
 
§  
$50,000 minimum per fund per year.
 
The fees described herein shall be calculated daily and payable monthly.  If this Agreement is in effect for only a portion of a month, the fee shall be prorated for such month.
 
 
 
13
 
 
Exhibit (k)(iii)
FUND ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT
 
AGREEMENT made as of this 13th day of May, 2013, by and between each closed-end registered investment company listed on Schedule A hereto (as amended from time to time) , (each individually referred to below as a “Trust”) and Rydex Fund Services, LLC (“RFS” or the “Administrator”), a Maryland limited liability company having its principal place of business at 805 King Farm Boulevard, Rockville, MD 20850.
 
WHEREAS, each Trust operates as a closed-end management investment company, and is so re gistere d under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”);
 
WHEREAS, each Trust desires that RFS perform fund administration services for the Trust under the terms and conditions stated in this Agreement and RFS is willing to perform such services on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and
 
WHEREAS, RFS and each Trust wish to enter into this Agreement in order to set forth the terms under which RFS will perform the fund administration services set forth herein for the Trust;
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, each Trust and RFS hereby agree as follows:
 
1.   Appointment .  The Trust hereby appoints the Administrator to administer the Trust and the Administrator accepts such appointment and agrees that it will furnish the services, subject to the supervision of the Trust’s Board of Trustees (the “Board”), set forth in Schedule B attached hereto and made part hereof.
 
2.   Representations and Warranties .
 
(a)   The Trust represents and warrants that: (1) as of the close of business on the effective date of this Agreement, the Trust is registered under the 1940 Act as a closed-end management investment company, and (2) this Agreement has been duly authorized by the Trust and, when executed and delivered by the Trust, will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Trust, enforceable against the Trust in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and secured parties.
 
(b)   RFS represents and warrants that: (1) the various procedures and systems which RFS has implemented with regard to safeguarding from loss or damage attributable to fire, theft, or any other cause the records, and other data of the Trust and RFS’s records, data, equipment facilities and other property used in the performance of its obligations hereunder are adequate and that it will make such changes therein from time to time as are reasonably required for the secure performance of its obligations
 
 
 

 
 


hereunder, and (2) this Agreement has been duly authorized by RFS and, when executed and delivered by RFS, will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of RFS, enforceable against RFS in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and secured parties.
 
3.   Compliance with the Trust’s Governing Documents and Applicable Law .  In all matters relating to the performance of this Agreement, the Administrator will act in conformity with the Declaration of Trust, By-Laws and registration statement of the Trust and with the direction of the Trust’s Board and executive officers.  Further, the Administrator will conform to and comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act and all other applicable federal or state laws and regulations.
 
The Administrator shall keep and maintain on behalf of the Trust those books and records which the Trust or Administrator is, or may be, required to keep and maintain in connection with the services to be provided hereunder pursuant to any applicable statutes, rules and regulations, including without limitation Rules 31a-1 and 31a-2 under the 1940 Act, relating to the maintenance of books and records.  Any records required to be maintained and preserved pursuant to Rules 31a-1 and 31a-2 under the 1940 Act which are prepared or maintained by Administrator on behalf of the Trust shall be prepared and maintained at the expense of Administrator, but shall be the property of the Trust and will be surrendered promptly to the Trust on request, and made available for inspection by the Trust at reasonable times.

Administrator will treat all books and records of the Trust as confidential and proprietary and will not disclose or use any such books and records for any purpose other than to the performance of its duties and responsibilities hereunder; except that, in case of any request or demand for the inspection of such records by another party, the Administrator may make such records available to such party if (i) disclosure is required by law, (ii) the Administrator is advised by counsel that it may incur liability for failure to make a disclosure after notifying the Trust and providing the Trust a reasonable opportunity to object to the party making such a request, (iii) the Administrator is requested to divulge such information by duly-constituted authorities or court process, or (iv) the Administrator is requested to make a disclosure by the Trust.

4.   Services Not Exclusive .  The Administrator’s services hereunder are not deemed to be exclusive, and the Administrator is free to render administrative services or other services to other funds or clients so long as the Administrator’s services under this Agreement are not impaired thereby.
 
5.   Compensation.   The Trust shall pay Administrator compensation for the services to be provided under this Agreement in accordance with, and in the manner set forth, in Schedule C attached hereto.  Schedule C may be amended from time to time by mutual agreement of Administrator and the Trust.
 
6.   Limitation of Liability of the Administrator .  The Administrator will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Trust or
 
 
2

 
 

its shareholders in connection with the performance of its duties under this Agreement, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence on its part in the performance of its duties, or from the reckless disregard by it of its duties under this Agreement.
 
The Administrator may apply to the Trust at any time for instructions and may consult with counsel for the Trust and with accountants and other experts with respect to any matter arising in connection with Administrator’s duties, and Administrator shall not be liable nor accountable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith in accordance with such instruction or with the opinion of such counsel, accountants or other experts.  Administrator shall notify the Trust if at any time Administrator believes that it is in need of the advice of counsel (other than counsel in the regular employ of Administrator or any affiliated companies) with regard to Administrator’s responsibilities and duties specific to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement.  After so notifying the Trust, Administrator, at its discretion, shall be entitled to seek, receive and act upon advice of legal counsel of its choosing, the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel to be at the expense of the Trust unless relating to a matter involving Administrator’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence or reckless disregard of Administrator’s responsibilities and duties hereunder, and Administrator shall in no event be liable to the Trust or any shareholder or beneficial owner of the Trust for any action reasonably taken pursuant to such advice.
 
As to the services to be provided hereunder, Administrator may rely conclusively upon the terms of the Prospectuses and Statement of Additional Information of the Company, if any, as of their respective dates (as modified from time to time by disclosure in shareholder reports, press releases, privacy statements, or the Trust’s website) as well as the minutes of Board meetings (if applicable) and other records of the Trust unless Administrator receives written instructions to the contrary in a timely manner from the Trust.
 
RFS shall maintain adequate and reliable computer and other equipment necessary or appropriate to carry out its obligations under this Agreement.  Upon the Trust’s reasonable request, RFS shall provide supplemental information concerning the aspects of its disaster recovery and business continuity plan that are relevant to the services provided hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Agreement, RFS assumes no responsibility hereunder, and shall not be liable for, any damage, loss of data, delay or any other loss whatsoever caused by events beyond its reasonable control.  Events beyond RFS’s reasonable control include, without limitation, force majeure events.  Force majeure events include natural disasters, actions or decrees of governmental bodies, and communication lines failures that are not the fault of either party.  In the event of force majeure, computer or other equipment failures or other events beyond its reasonable control, RFS shall follow applicable procedures in its disaster recovery and business continuity plan and use all commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any service interruption.
 
7.   Duration and Termination .  This Agreement shall become effective as of the date hereof and shall continue in effect until June 30, 2014, unless sooner terminated.  
 
 
 
3

 



Thereafter, the Agreement shall continue on an annual basis provided that such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by (a) the vote of a majority of the Board, and (b) a majority of the Board who are not parties to this Agreement or “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust or the Administrator.  Notwithstanding the initial term, this Agreement may be terminated by either party hereto (without penalty) with at least 60 days’ prior written notice to the other party hereto.  For the avoidance of doubt, the continuation or termination of this Agreement with respect to a Trust shall be independent of the continuation or termination of this Agreement with respect to any other Trust.
 
8.   Amendment .  This Agreement (or any provision hereof) may only be amended, waived, discharged, or terminated with respect to a Trust in writing, and with the agreement of such Trust and the Administrator.
 
In the event that any close-end investment company other than those listed on Schedule A hereto desires to appoint Administrator under the terms hereof, and Administrator desires to accept such appointment, Administrator and such company will execute a letter agreement.  Upon execution thereof, Schedule A hereto will be updated and such company will become a Trust hereunder and be bound by all terms, conditions, and provisions hereof.
 
9.   Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without respect to choice of law principles thereof.  To the extent that the applicable laws of the State of Delaware, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control.
 
10.   Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts by the parties hereto, each of which shall constitute an original counterpart, and all of which together shall constitute one Agreement.
 
11.   Notices .  Any notice provided hereunder shall be sufficiently given when sent by registered or certified mail to the party required to be served with such notice at the following address: if to the Trust, to it at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois, 60532, Attn: President; and if to RFS, to it at 805 King Farm Boulevard, Rockville, MD 20850, Attn: President, or at such other address as such party may from time to time specify in writing to the other party pursuant to this Section.
 
12.   Assignment .  This Agreement and the rights and duties hereunder shall not be assignable by either of the parties hereto except by the specific written consent of the other party.  This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
 
13.   Subcontracting.   With the written consent of the Trust, RFS may subcontract with any entity or person concerning the provision of the services contemplated; provided, however, that RFS shall not be relieved of any of its duties and obligations under this Agreement by the appointment of such subcontractor and provided further, that
 
 
 
4

 

 

RFS shall be responsible, to the extent provided in Section 6 hereof, for all acts of such subcontractor as if such acts were its own.
 
14.   Miscellaneous .
 
(a)           This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings in relation to the subject matter hereof.  The headings of each section to this Agreement are included for convenience and reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereto or otherwise affect their construction or effect.  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.
 
(b)           A copy of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Guggenheim Enhanced Equity and Income Fund (“GPM”) is on file with the Secretary of State of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and notice is hereby given that this instrument is executed on behalf of an officer of the GPM as an officer and not individually and that the obligations of this instrument are not binding upon any of the Trustees of GPM, officers or shareholders individually, but are binding only upon the assets and property of GPM.
 
*           *           *           *           *
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed all as of the day and year first above written.
 
Rydex Fund Services, LLC



By:                /s/ Nikolaos Bonos                                                                 
 
Name:           Nikolaos Bonos
 
Title:             Chief Executive Officer and
       President

 
/s/ John L. Sullivan
On behalf of each Trust identified on
Schedule A attached hereto
 
Name:           John L. Sullivan
 
Title:             Chief Financial Officer, Chief
       Accounting Officer and Treasurer
 

 
 
5

 
 

 
SCHEDULE A
 
Closed-End Trusts Party to this Agreement
Fund Name
Symbol
Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust
GBAB
Guggenheim Equal Weight Enhanced Equity Income Fund
GEQ
Guggenheim Enhanced Equity Strategy Fund
GGE
Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities Fund
GOF
Guggenheim Enhanced Equity Income Fund
GPM
Fiduciary/Claymore MLP Opportunity Fund
FMO

 
 
 
6

 
 

 
 
SCHEDULE B
 
FINANCIAL REPORTING AND ANALYSIS
 
·  
Annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders, including coordination of typesetting, printing and distribution of reports
 
·  
Annual and semi-annual regulatory filings (Forms N-CSR and N-SAR)
 
·  
Quarterly portfolio filings (Form N-Q)
 
·  
Quarterly Board of Trustees reporting
 
·  
Establish and monitor expense accruals
 
·  
Coordinate with custodian and fund accounting agent the timely processing of invoices
 
·  
Recommend and monitor fund distributions and corresponding earnings levels, including preparation of Section 19 notices, as appropriate
 
·  
Facilitate the preparation of statistical reports for outside tracking agencies (i.e. ICI, Lipper Analytics) as appropriate
 
·  
Calculate required yields, total returns, and portfolio turnover rate
 
·  
Monitor leverage use and requirements (and preferred share asset maintenance tests or borrowing base requirements) and evaluate exposure to short-terms interest rates
 
·  
Coordinate the annual audit with independent registered public accounting firm
 
·  
Assist in the preparation of registration statements (Form N-1A) and other filings relating to the registration of shares, and proxy statements (Form N-PX)
 
·  
Assisting the Trust in responding to and providing documents for routine regulatory examinations or investigations; and working closely with counsel to the Trust in response to such routine or any non-routine regulatory matters
 
·  
Assist in preparing for Board meetings by (i) coordinating Board book production and distribution, (ii) preparing the relevant sections of the Board materials pertaining to the responsibilities of RFS, (iii) assisting and coordinating special materials related to annual contract approvals and related matters, and (v) performing such other Board meeting functions as agreed by the parties
 
·  
Obtain, maintain and file fidelity bonds and directors and officers/errors and omissions insurance policies for the Trust at the expense of the Trust in accordance with the requirements of Rules 17g-1 and 17d-1(7) under the 1940 Act to the extent such bonds and policies are approved by the Board
 
·  
Make available appropriate individuals to serve as officers of the Company, upon designation as such by the Board
 
·  
Such other services for the Trust that are mutually agreed upon by the parties from time to time
 
 
 
 
7

 
 
 
 
TAX
·  
Provide oversight of tax service provider
 
·  
Provide on-premises tax guidance, with consultation of outside service provider, to portfolio managers, product development and other business units as needed.
 
·  
Preparation of tax related financial statement footnote disclosures
 
·  
Preparation of FIN 48 memoranda
 
·  
Analyze wash sales
 
·  
Analysis of potential fund ownership changes
 
·  
Preparation of annual ICI Survey/1099 information
 
·  
Monitor quarterly sub-chapter M diversification tests
 
·  
Perform high level review of tax returns
 
·  
Provide portfolio managers with periodic realized/unrealized gain/loss reports
 
·  
Review in conjunction with the service provider
 
·  
new securities tax treatments
 
·  
fund tax provisions
 
·  
fund distribution calculations
 

COMPLIANCE
 
·  
Maintain required books and records in accordance with Rules 31a-1 and 31a-2 under the 1940 Act
 
·  
Monitor compliance with the requirements of the 1940 Act, Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code, and the U.S. Commodities and Futures Commission, and the Trust’s prospectus and statement of additional information on a post-trade basis, coordinating findings with the Trust’s Adviser and Sub-Adviser (as applicable and necessary)
 
·  
Facilitate annual filings of Trust proxy voting (Form N-PX)
 
·  
Sarbanes Oxley considerations, including the provision of necessary sub-certifications
 

 
 
8

 

 

SCHEDULE C
 
Compensation : For the services provided and expenses assumed by Administrator under this Agreement, each Trust will pay the Administrator a fee, accrued daily and paid monthly at the following annualized rates based on the daily Managed Assets of the Trust:
 
1.   0.0275% for the first $200,000,000;
 
2.   0.0200% for the next $300,000,000;
 
3.   0.0150% for the next $500,000,000; and
 
4.   0.0100% for amounts over $1,000,000,000.
 
 
9
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
GUGGENHEIM CREDIT ALLOCATION FUND
2455 Corporate West Drive
Lisle, Illinois 60532




June 25 , 2013



To: Rydex Fund Services, LLC

Reference is made to the Fund Administration Agreement, dated May 14, 2013 (the “Agreement”), by and between the closed-end closed-end registered investment company listed on Schedule A hereto and Rydex Fund Services, LLC (“RFS” or the “Administrator”).  In accordance with Section 8 of the Agreement, Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund (the “Fund”) hereby appoints the Administrator and shall become a Trust (as  such term is defined in the Agreement) and be bound by all terms, conditions, and provisions hereof, effective as of the date hereof. Schedule A of the Agreement shall be updated accordingly.


Very truly yours,

GUGGENHEIM CREDIT ALLOCATION FUND



By:          /s/ Mark E. Mathiasen  
 Name:             Mark E. Mathiasen
 Title:               Secretary

 
ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO ON
BEHALF OF RYDEX FUND SERVICES, LLC

 

 
By:        /s/ Nikolaos Bonos                                                                     
  Name:           Nikolaos Bonos
  Title:             Chief Executive Officer and President
 
 
 
 

 
Exhibit (k)(iv)
 
 
GUGGENHEIM FUNDS INVESTMENT ADVISORS, LLC
227 West Monroe Street
Chicago, Illinois 60606


August 27, 2014
Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund

The purpose of this letter is to confirm the understanding and agreement of the parties as follows.

Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (the “Adviser”) and Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund (the “Trust”) hereby agree that the offering expenses (other than sales loads or other forms of underwriting discounts or commissions) borne by the Trust in connection any offering of common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Shares”), pursuant to the Trust’s current registration statement on Form N-2 (the “Registration Statement”) will not exceed 0.60% of the total offering price of the Common Shares sold in such offering and offering expenses that exceed 0.60% of the total offering price of the Common Shares will be paid by the Adviser. The Adviser and the Trust have also agreed that certain offering expenses of the Trust may be paid by the Adviser and reimbursed by the Trust, subject to the foregoing limitation.

In connection with any offering of Common Shares under the Registration Statement, the Trust will pay offering expenses or reimburse the Adviser for offering expenses of the Trust initially incurred by the Adviser in an amount not to exceed the lesser of the Trust’s actual offering expenses or 0.60% of the total offering price of the Common Shares sold in such offering.

The instrument shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware for contracts to be performed entirely therein without reference to choice of law principles thereof.


Very truly yours,

GUGGENHEIM FUNDS INVESTMENT ADVISORS, LLC
 

By:       /s/ Donald C. Cacciapaglia       
Name: Donald C. Cacciapaglia
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer


ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO
ON BEHALF OF THE TRUST:
 

By:    /s/ John L. Sullivan        
Name: John L. Sullivan
Title: Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Exhibit (k)(v)
 
Committed Facility Agreement  

 
BNP PARIBAS PRIME BROKERAGE, INC., ON BEHALF OF ITSELF AND AS AGENT FOR THE BNPP ENTITIES (“BNPP PB, Inc.”) and the counterparty specified on the signature page (“Customer”), hereby enter into this Committed Facility Agreement (this “Agreement”), dated as of the date specified on the signature page.
 
Whereas BNPP PB, Inc. and Customer have entered into the U.S. PB Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the “U.S. PB Agreement”);
 
Whereas BNPP PB, Inc., Customer and The Bank of New York Mellon (“Custodian”) have entered into the Special Custody and Pledge Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2014 (the “Special Custody Agreement” and together with this Agreement and the U.S. PB Agreement, the “40 Act Financing Agreements”);
 
Whereas this Agreement supplements and forms part of the other 40 Act Financing Agreements and sets out the terms of the commitment of BNPP PB, Inc. to provide financing to Customer under the 40 Act Financing Agreements.
 
Now, therefore, in consideration of the foregoing promises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
 
1.
Definitions -

 
(a)
Capitalized terms not defined in this Agreement have the respective meanings assigned to them in the U.S. PB Agreement. The 40 Act Financing Agreements are included in the term “Contract,” as defined in the U.S. PB Agreement.
     
 
(b)
“Account Agreement” means the Account Agreement attached as Exhibit A to the U.S. PB Agreement.
     
 
(c)
“Borrowing” means a draw of cash financing by Customer from BNPP PB, Inc. pursuant to Section 2 of this Agreement.
     
 
(d)
“Closing Date” means March 3, 2014.
     
 
(e)
“Collateral Requirements” means the margin requirements set forth in Appendix A attached hereto.
     
 
(f)
“Maximum Commitment Financing” means USD $0; provided, however, that Customer may reduce the Maximum Commitment Financing (i) no more than once during any calendar month by an amount no greater than 20% of the Financing Cap, upon one (1) Business Day’s prior written notice to BNPP PB, Inc., and (ii) by any amount, upon thirty (30) calendar days prior written notice to BNPP PB, Inc. In addition, Customer may, subject to BNPP PB, Inc.’s approval, subsequently increase the Maximum Commitment Financing upon one (1) Business Day’s prior written notice to BNPP PB, Inc., provided that the Maximum Commitment Financing shall not exceed USD $70,000,000 (the “Financing Cap”).
     
 
(g)
“Net Asset Value” means, with respect to Customer, the aggregate net asset value of the common stock issued by Customer calculated in accordance with the 1940 Act.
     
 
(h)
“Net Asset Value Floor” means, with respect to Customer, an amount equal to USD $80,000,000.
     
 
(i)
“Outstanding Debit Financing” means the aggregate cash borrowings under the 40 Act
 
 
1

 
 
   
Financing Agreements. For the purposes of calculating such aggregate cash borrowings, if Customer holds debit cash balances in non-USD currencies, BNPP PB, Inc. will convert each of these balances into USD at prevailing market spot rates to determine Customer's aggregate cash borrowings.
     
 
(j)
“1940 Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
 
2.
Borrowings -
   
 
Subject to the terms hereof, BNPP PB, Inc. shall make available cash financing under the 40 Act Financing Agreements in an amount up to the Maximum Commitment Financing. Such cash financing shall be made available in immediately available funds. Customer may borrow under this Section 2, prepay pursuant to Section 4 and reborrow under this Section 2 without premium or penalty.
   
 
On the Closing Date and at any time thereafter until the termination of this Agreement (taking into account any prior Borrowings), subject to the terms hereof, BNPP PB. Inc. shall make funds available to Customer in an amount up to the Maximum Commitment Financing. Each subsequent Borrowing (not to exceed, in the aggregate with each other outstanding Borrowing, the Maximum Commitment Financing) shall be made on written notice (the “Borrow Request”), given by Customer to BNPP PB, Inc. not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the Business Day immediately preceding the date of the proposed Borrowing (which must be a Business Day) by Customer. Subject to Section 7, BNPP PB, Inc. shall, before 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the requested date of such Borrowing, make available to Customer the amount of such Borrowing (provided that the Outstanding Debit Financing, taking into account the amount specified in the Borrow Request, does not exceed the Maximum Commitment Financing) payable to the account designated by Customer in such Borrow Request.
   
3.
Repayment -

 
(a)
Upon the occurrence of a Facility Termination Event, an event described in Section 15(a) hereof, or the date specified in the Facility Modification Notice as described in Section 6 (which shall be no earlier than 180 days following the date on which such Facility Modification Notice is sent to Customer), all outstanding Borrowings (including all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder) shall be due in accordance with Section 1 of the U.S. PB Agreement.
     
 
(b)
Upon the occurrence of a Default, the BNPP Entities shall have the right to take any action described in Section 13(b) hereof.
 
4.
Prepayments -
   
 
Customer may, upon at least one Business Day’s notice to BNPP PB, Inc. stating the proposed date and aggregate principal amount of the prepayment, prepay all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of the Outstanding Debit Financing, together with accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the principal amount prepaid, without premium or penalty; provided that Customer shall continue to be obligated to pay the Commitment Fee as set forth in Appendix B attached hereto.
   
5.
Interest -
   
 
Customer shall pay interest on the outstanding principal amount of each Borrowing from the date of such Borrowing until such principal amount has been paid in full, at the rates specified in Appendix B attached hereto. Such interest shall be payable monthly, and if not paid when due, any unpaid interest shall be capitalized on the principal balance as additional cash borrowing by Customer; provided that, notwithstanding such capitalization, the failure by

 
2

 
 
  Customer to pay such interest when due, shall be a failure of Customer to comply with an obligation under this Agreement. 
   
6.
Scope of Committed Facility -
   
 
Subject to Section 7, BNPP PB, Inc. may not take any of the following actions except upon at least 180 calendar days’ prior written notice (the ‘Facility Modification Notice”):
 
 
(a)
modify the method for calculating the Collateral Requirements;
     
 
(b)
recall or cause repayment of any cash borrowings under the 40 Act Financing Agreements;
     
 
(c)
modify the interest rate spread on cash borrowings under the 40 Act Financing Agreements, as set forth in Appendix B attached hereto;
     
 
(d)
modify any other fees specified in Appendix B attached hereto (the “Fees”); or
     
 
(e)
terminate any of the 40 Act Financing Agreements.
 
7.
Conditions for Committed Facility -
   
 
The commitment as set forth in Sections 2 and 6 only applies so long as -
 
 
(a)
Customer satisfies the Collateral Requirements; and
     
 
(b)
no Default or Facility Termination Event has occurred
.
8.
Commitment Fee -
   
 
Customer shall pay when due a Commitment Fee as set forth in Appendix B attached hereto.
 
9.
Substitution -
 
 
(a)
After BNPP PB, Inc. sends a Facility Modification Notice, Customer may not substitute any collateral, provided that Customer may, subject to the Special Custody Agreement, purchase and sell portfolio securities in the ordinary course of business consistent with its investment restrictions; provided further that BNPP PB, Inc. may permit substitutions upon request, which permission shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided further that for substitutions of rehypothecated collateral, such collateral shall be returned for substitution within a commercially reasonable period (in any event no sooner than the standard settlement period applicable to such collateral).
     
 
(b)
Prior to BNPP PB, Inc. sending a Facility Modification Notice, Customer may, subject to the Special Custody Agreement, substitute collateral, provided that for substitutions of rehypothecated collateral, such collateral shall be returned for substitution within a reasonable period (in any event no sooner than the standard settlement period applicable to such collateral).
 
10.
Collateral Delivery -
   
 
If notice of a Collateral Requirement is sent to Customer orally or via facsimile or electronic mail or such delivery method as the parties otherwise agree (in each case, with delivery deemed when sent): (i) on or before 10:00 a.m. (New York time) on any Business Day, then Customer shall deliver all required Collateral no later than the close of business on such Business Day, and (ii) after 10:00 a.m. (New York time) on any Business Day, then Customer shall deliver all required Collateral no later than the close of business on the immediately succeeding Business Day.
 
 
3

 
 
11.
Representations and Warranties -
   
 
Customer hereby makes all the representations and warranties set forth in Section 5 of the Account Agreement, which are deemed to refer to this Agreement, and such representations and warranties shall survive each transaction and the termination of the 40 Act Financing Agreements until such time as no assets remain in the Account.
 
12.
Financial Information -
   
 
Customer shall provide BNPP PB, Inc. with copies of -
 
 
(a)
the most recent annual report of Customer containing financial statements audited by independent certified public accountants and prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, as soon as available and in any event within 120 calendar days after the end of each fiscal year of Customer;
     
 
(b)
the most recent monthly financial statement of Customer, including performance returns and Net Asset Value of Customer, as soon as available and in any event within 30 calendar days after the end of each month;
     
 
(c)
a monthly statement of the leverage and asset coverage ratios of Customer as of the last day of each calendar month as soon as available and in any event within 15 calendar days after the end of each calendar month; and
     
 
(d)
the estimated Net Asset Value statement of Customer as of any Business Day within 1 Business Day of request therefor by BNPP PB, Inc.
     
  For the purposes of complying with subsections (a) through (d) of this Section, Customer shall be deemed to have provided the items requested in subsections (a) through (d) if such information is available on the Customer's website, www.guggenheiminvestments.com/ggm or any other publicly-available website.
 
13.
Termination -
 
 
(a)
Upon the occurrence of a Facility Termination Event, BNPP PB, Inc. shall have the right to terminate this Agreement, accelerate the maturity of any and all Borrowings to be immediately due and payable, modify the method for calculating the Collateral Requirements, and modify any interest rate spread, fees, charges, or expenses, in each case, in accordance with the timeframes specified in the U.S. PB Agreement.
     
 
(b)
Upon the occurrence of a Default, the BNPP Entities may terminate any of the 40 Act Financing Agreements and/or take Default Action or any other action provided for under the 40 Act Financing Agreements.
     
 
(c)
Each of the following events constitutes a “Default” and shall be an “Event of Default” for purposes of the Account Agreement:

   
i.
Customer fails to meet the Collateral Requirements within the time periods set forth in Section 10;
       
   
ii.
Customer fails to deliver its financial information within the time periods set forth in Section 12 and such failure is not remedied within (A) five (5) days for a failure under Sections 12(a), 12(b), and 12(c), and (B) one (1) Business Day for a failure under Section 12(d);
       
   
iii.
any representation or warranty made or deemed made by Customer to BNPP PB. Inc. under any 40 Act Financing Agreement (including under Section 11 herein) proves false or misleading when made or deemed made;
 
 
4

 
 
   
iv.
Customer fails to comply with or perform any other agreement or obligation under this Agreement or the other 40 Act Financing Agreements (other than those otherwise covered by Section 13), provided, however, that other than a failure by Customer to make a payment due to a BNPP Entity or a Default as otherwise set forth in Section13 such event or occurrence shall not be deemed a Default and Default Action may not be taken unless Customer has failed to remedy such event or occurrence within five Business Days of its receipt or deemed receipt, pursuant to Section 12(a) of Exhibit A of the U.S. PB Agreement, of notice of such event or occurrence;
       
   
v.
Customer becomes bankrupt, insolvent, or subject to any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or similar proceeding or all or substantially all its assets become subject to a suit, levy, enforcement, or other legal process where a secured party maintains possession of such assets, has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger), seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets, has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets, or takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts, provided that, in the case of a proceeding instituted against Customer, the existence of such proceeding shall not constitute a Default unless such proceeding is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case, within one Business Day of the institution thereof, or if, within such one Business Day period, Customer provides information to the BNPP Entities which shows (in the sole discretion of the BNPP Entities) that such proceeding is likely to be dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained within 5 Business Days of the institution thereof, in which case such proceeding shall not constitute a Default unless such proceeding is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case, within 5 Business Days of the institution thereof; or
       
   
vi.
the occurrence of a repudiation, material misrepresentation, material breach or the occurrence of a default, termination event or similar condition (howsoever characterized, which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes the occurrence of an Additional Termination Event under an ISDA Master Agreement) by, or with respect to, Customer under any contract or agreement with a BNPP Entity or affiliate of a NPP Entity.

  (d)
Each of the following events constitutes a “Facility Termination Event”:
       
   
i.
there occurs any change in BNPP PB, Inc.'s interpretation of any Applicable Law or the adoption of or any change in the same (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any new or amended rules, requests, guidelines and directives promulgated in connection with current Applicable Law, including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act) that, in the reasonable opinion of counsel to BNPP PB, Inc., has the effect with regard to BNPP PB, Inc. of impeding or prohibiting the arrangements under the 40 Act Financing Agreements (including, but not limited to, imposing or adversely modifying or affecting the amount of regulatory capital to be maintained by BNPP PB, Inc.); provided, however, that it shall not be a Facility Termination Event if there occurs a change in, or change in BNPP PB, Inc.’s interpretation of, any Applicable Law that results in a cost increase to BNPP PB, Inc. (as determined in its sole discretion), rather than a prohibition (as determined in BNPP PB, Inc.’s sole discretion), and such cost increase is accepted by Customer (for the avoidance of doubt, such cost increase may be implemented by adjusting the fees and rates in Appendix B or in any other manner, as determined by BNPP PB, Inc. in its sole discretion); provided, however, that it shall not be a Facility Termination Event if there occurs a change in, or change in BNPP PB, Inc.’s
       
 
 
5

 

   
interpretation of, any Applicable Law that results in a cost increase to BNPP PB, Inc. (as determined in its sole discretion), rather than a prohibition (as determined in BNPP PB, Inc.’s sole discretion), and such cost increase is accepted by Customer (for the avoidance of doubt, such cost increase may be implemented by adjusting the fees and rates in Appendix B or in any other manner, as determined by BNPP PB, Inc. in its sole discretion);
     
 
ii.
the occurrence of a repudiation, material misrepresentation, material breach or the occurrence of a default, termination event or similar condition (howsoever characterized, which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes the occurrence of an Additional Termination Event under an ISDA Master Agreement) by Customer under any contract or agreement with a third party, where the aggregate principal amount of any such contract or agreement (which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes any obligations with respect to borrowed money or other assets in connection with such contract or agreement) is not less than USD $10,000,000;
     
 
iii.
 (A) as of the close of business on the last Business Day of any calendar month, the Net Asset Value of Customer has declined by thirty percent (30%) or more from the Net Asset Value as of the last Business Day of the immediately preceding calendar month; or (B) as of the close of business on the last Business Day of any calendar month, the Net Asset Value of Customer has declined by forty percent (40%) or more from the Net Asset Value as of the last Business Day of the calendar month three months prior; or (C) as of the close of business on the last Business Day of any calendar month, the Net Asset Value of Customer, has declined by fifty percent (50%) or more from the Net Asset Value as of the last Business Day of the calendar month 12-months prior, provided that, for purposes of (A), (B) and (C), the calculations under this paragraph shall be adjusted to exclude any decline in the Net Asset Value attributable to the payment of distributions, the repayment or redemption of any senior securities representing preferred stock or indebtedness or other corporate actions or any positive change caused by subscriptions, contributions or investments;
     
 
iv.
(A)  the investment management agreement between Customer and its investment advisor (“Advisor”) is terminated or (B) the Advisor otherwise ceases to act as investment advisor of Customer and a replacement investment advisor approved by BNPP PB, Inc. in its sole discretion has not been appointed immediately; provided, however, that it shall not be a Facility Termination Event under sub-clause (A) if such investment management agreement has automatically terminated in connection with a change of control relating to the Advisor and a new investment management agreement with the Advisor is approved in accordance with applicable law and effective as of such termination date;
     
 
v.
the asset coverage for all borrowing constituting “senior securities’’ (as defined for purposes of Section 18 of the 1940 Act) of Customer falls below the minimum required by Section 18 of the 1940 Act or such other minimum percentage as may be approved by U.S. governmental authorities from time to time under applicable U.S. securities law, including any exemptive relief granted to Customer by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) or any regulatory or interpretative guidance by SEC staff (whether generally or specifically to Customer, provided that for purposes of this provision, such minimum percentage cannot be lower than 200%;
     
 
vi.
customer fails to make any filing necessary to comply with the rules of any exchange in which its shares are listed where such failure (A) has a material, adverse effect on Customer’s business, or (B) continues for five (5) Business Days after notice to Customer by BNPP PB, Inc.;

 
6

 

 
vii.
customer is not classified as a “closed-end company” as defined in Section 5 of the 1940 Act;
     
 
viii.
customer enters into any additional indebtedness with a party other than a BNPP Entity or its affiliates beyond the financing provided hereunder through the 40 Act Financing Agreements, including without limitation any further borrowings constituting ‘senior securities' (as defined for purposes of Section 18 of the 1940 Act) or any promissory note or other evidence of indebtedness, whether with a bank or any other person; provided, however, that indebtedness of Customer pursuant to a Credit Support Annex to an ISDA Master Agreement or in connection with listed call options transactions or repurchase agreements pursuant to Customer’s investment portfolio activities shall be permissible additional indebtedness;
     
 
ix.
Customer changes its fundamental investment policies;
     
 
x.
Customer pledges to any other party, other than a BNPP Entity or its affiliates, any securities owned or held by Customer; provided, however, that pledges by Customer of assets under a Credit Support Annex to an ISDA Master Agreement or in connection with listed call options transactions or repurchase agreements pursuant to Customer’s investment portfolio activities shall be permissible; or
     
 
xi.
the Net Asset Value of Customer declines below the Net Asset Value Floor.
 
    (e) Upon 180 calendar days’ prior written notice, Customer may terminate this Agreement.
   
14.
Notices -
   
  Notices under this Agreement shall be provided pursuant to Section 12(a) of the Account Agreement.
 
15.
Compliance with Applicable Law -

 
(a)
Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, to the extent required by Applicable Law (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any new or amended rules, requests, guidelines and directives promulgated in connection with current Applicable Law, including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act) -

 
i.
the BNPP Entities may terminate any 40 Act Financing Agreement and any Contract;
     
 
ii.
BNPP PB, Inc. may recall any outstanding cash borrowing under the 40 Act Financing Agreements;
     
 
iii.
BNPP PB, Inc. may modify the Collateral Requirements (as and to the extent required by Applicable Law); and
     
 
iv.
the BNPP Entities may take Default Action.

 
(b)
This Agreement will not limit the ability of BNPP PB, Inc. to change the product provided under this Agreement and the other 40 Act Financing Agreements as and to the extent necessary to comply with Applicable Law (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any new or amended rules, requests, guidelines and directives promulgated in connection with current Applicable Law, including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act).
     
 
(c)
The BNPP Entities may exercise any remedies permitted under the Contracts if Customer fails to comply with Applicable Law that relates to (i) felonies, (ii) fraud, (iii) activities related to the conduct of Customer's business or (iv) activities related to the securities industry (except in the case of (iii) or (iv), where the failure to do so would not

 
7

 
 
   
have a material adverse effect on Customer or its ability to perform under the Contracts, as determined by the BNPP Entities).
 
16.
Miscellaneous -
 
 
(a)
In the event of a conflict between any provision of this Agreement and the other 40 Act Financing Agreements, this Agreement prevails.
     
 
(b)
This Agreement is governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the conflict of laws doctrine.
     
 
(c)
Section 16(c) of the Account Agreement is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety and shall be deemed to be a part of this Agreement to the same extent as if such provision had been set forth in full herein.
     
 
(d)
This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original instrument and all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement.
     
 
(e)
This Agreement and the other 40 Act Financing Agreements shall not be publicly distributed via syndication (for the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this subsection shall affect the rehypothecation rights in the 40 Act Financing Agreements).
 
(The remainder of this page is blank.)

 
8

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of March 3, 2014.
 
 
 
 
GUGGENHEIM CREDIT ALLOCATION FUND
   
 
By: /s/ John L. Sullivan     
        Name: John L. Sullivan
        Title: Chief Financial Officer
   
  BNP PARIBAS PRIME BROKERAGE, INC.,
  ON BEHALF OF ITSELF AND AS AGENT
  FOR THE BNPP ENTITIES
   
  By: /s/ Jeffrey Lowe           
        Name: Jeffrey Lowe
        Title: Managing Director
   
  By: /s/ Raphael Masqnaux  
         Name: Raphael Masgnaux
         Title: Managing Director
 
 
 
9

 
 
 
Appendix A - Collateral Requirements  

THIS APPENDIX forms a part of the Committed Facility Agreement entered into between BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage, Inc. (“BNPP PB, Inc.”) and Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund ( Customer”) (the “Committed Facility Agreement”) .
 
1.
Collateral Requirements -

 
The Collateral Requirements in relation to all positions held in the accounts established pursuant to the 40 Act Financing Agreements (the “Positions”) in Eligible Securities shall be the greatest of:

 
(a) the aggregate sum of the Rating-Based Position Requirements;
   
 
(b)  the aggregate sum of the Spread-Based Position Requirements, less USD $10,000,000;
   
 
(c) the sum of the collateral requirements of such Positions as per Regulation T or Regulation X, as applicable, of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as amended from time to time;
   
 
(d)  the sum of the collateral requirements of such Positions as per Financial Industry Regulatory Authority Rule 4210;
   
 
(e)  the Issuer Concentration Charge;
   
 
(f) the Sector Concentration Charge: and
   
 
(g) 20% of the Portfolio Gross Market Value.
 
2.
Eligible Securities -

 
(a)
Positions in the following eligible fixed income security types (“Eligible Securities”, which term shall exclude any securities described in Section 2(b)) are covered under the Committed Facility Agreement:
 
 
i.
non-convertible corporate debt securities or preferred securities, provided that such securities (A) are issued by an issuer incorporated in one of the following countries: USA, Canada, United Kingdom, France, Germany, Switzerland, Austria, Spain, Italy, The Netherlands, Finland, Belgium, Japan, Australia, or Portugal, and (B) are denominated in USD, EUR or CAD; or
     
 
ii.
Treasury Securities.

 
(b)
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following will not be part of the collateral commitment and shall have no collateral value:

 
i.
any security type not covered above, as determined by BNPP PB, Inc. in its sole discretion;
     
 
ii.
any short security position;
     
 
iii.
any security offered through a private placement or any restricted securities (other than securities issued pursuant to Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933);
     
 
iv.
any securities that are municipal securities, asset-backed securities, mortgage securities, capital contingent convertible bonds or Structured Securities (notwithstanding the fact that such securities would otherwise be covered);
 
 
10

 
 
 
v.
to the extent that the Gross Market Value of non-USD denominated positions exceeds 50% of the Portfolio Gross Market Value, any non-USD denominated positions in excess of such 50% (and BNPP PB, Inc. shall determine in its sole discretion which specific securities shall be considered to be in excess of such 50%);
     
 
vi.
any Debt Security which trades below 40% of its nominal value;
     
 
vii.
any Debt Security which was initially sold as part of an issuance of less than USD $50,000,000;
     
 
xiii.
any Debt Security Position with an Issuer Position Concentration in excess of 10%;
       
 
ix.
any Positions with a long-term debt rating below CCC- by S&P or below Caa3 by Moody's or any defaulted Debt Security (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, unrated securities); 
 
       
  x. any Debt Security Position which has a Percentage of Issue Size greater than 35%; and  
       
 
xi.
to the extent that the Gross Market Value of Positions in any industry sector (as defined by Bloomberg) exceeds 35% of the Portfolio Gross Market Value, any Positions in excess of such 35% (and BNPP PB, Inc. shall determine in its sole discretion which specific securities shall be considered to be in excess of such 35%).
 
 
3.
Position Requirement -
 
 
(a)  Position Requirement

 
(i)
The “Rating-Based Position Requirement” with respect to any Position in an Eligible Security shall be equal to the product of (I) the Rating-Based Collateral Percentage for such Position and (II) the Current Market Value of such Position.
     
 
(ii)
The “Spread-Based Position Requirement” with respect to any Position in an Eligible Security shall be equal to the product of (I) the Spread-Based Collateral Percentage for such Position and (II) the Current Market Value of such Position.
 
 
(b)  Collateral Percentage

 
(i)
The “Rating-Based Collateral Percentage” for any Position in an Eligible Security shall be equal to the product of (i) the Rating-Based Debt Core Rate and (ii) the Debt Liquidity Factor.
     
 
(ii)
The “Spread-Based Collateral Percentage” for any Position in an Eligible Security shall be equal to the product of (i) the Spread-Based Debt Core Rate and (ii) the Debt Liquidity Factor.

 
(c)  Debt Core Rate

 
(i)
The “Spread-Based Debt Core Rate” with respect to a Position in an Eligible Security shall be determined pursuant to the following table. For the avoidance of doubt, linear interpolation shall be used to determine the Spread-Based Debt Core Rate applicable to such Positions between points on the table below.
 
 
 
11

 

 
Years to Maturity
Spread to
Treasuries
1
3
5
10
20
Treasuries
2%
2%
4%
4%
4%
2%
2%
2%
4%
4%
4%
5%
12%
15%
18%
22%
25%
8%
20%
25%
30%
32%
35%
10%
25%
30%
35%
40%
45%
12%
35%
40%
45%
50%
50%
15%
40%
45%
50%
50%
50%
>15%
Spread-Based Debt Core Rate shall be the greater of (i) 50% of Current Market Value and (ii) 30% of Face Value
 
 
( ii )
The “Rating-Based Debt Core Rate” with respect to a Position in an Eligible Security shall be (i) for Treasury Securities, 10%, and (ii) for all other Debt Securities, as determined pursuant to the following table, based on the credit rating of the Issuer, using the lower of the S&P or Moody’s long term debt rating as shown below; provided, that (i) if there is only one such rating, then the Rating-Based Debt Core Rate corresponding to such rating shall be used, (ii) if there is no such rating, then the Rating-Based Debt Core Rate shall be 20%.
 

S& P’s Rating
Moody’s Rating
Rating-Based Debt Core
Rate
AAA to A-
Aaa to A3
10%
BBB+ to BBB-
Baal to Baa3
10%
BB+ to BB-
Ba1 to Ba3
15%
B+ to B-
B1 to B3
18%
CCC+ to CCC-
Caa1 to Caa3
25%
 
 
(d)
Debt Liquidity Factor
     
 
The Debt Liquidity Factor ’’ with respect to a Position in an Eligible Security shall be determined pursuant to the following table based on the Percentage of Issue Size. For the avoidance of doubt, linear interpolation shall be used to determine the Debt Liquidity Factor applicable to such Positions between points on the table below.
 
Percentage of Issue Size
Debt Liquidity Factor
9% or less
1.0 (no liquidity charge)
12%
2.5
30%
3.0
35%
3.0
 
4.
Issuer Concentration Charge -
   
  The Issuer Concentration Charge is determined by grouping Positions consisting of Eligible Securities according to Issuer (each such grouping, an “Issuer Position”). BNPP PB, Inc. shall aggregate the three Issuer Positions with the largest Gross Market Values (expressed as a positive number) in accordance with the following formula; provided that if there is only
 
 
12

 
 
  one Issuer Position, then the Issuer Concentration Charge shall equal 100% of such Issuer Position.
   
  “Issuer Concentration Charge” = (125% x Issuer Position with largest Gross Market Value) + (25% x Issuer Position with 2 nd largest Gross Market Value) + (15% x largest Issuer Position with 3 rd largest Gross Market Value)
   
5.
Sector Concentration Charge
   
 
The Sector Concentration Charge is determined by grouping Positions consisting of Eligible Securities in the same industry sector (as classified by Bloomberg) (each such grouping, a “Sector Position”). BNPP PB, Inc. shall determine the Sector Position with the largest Gross Market Value and calculate the Sector Concentration Charge in accordance with the following formula:
   
 
“Sector Concentration Charge” = 35% x Sector Position with largest Gross Market Value
 
6.
Positions Outside the Scope of this Appendix -
   
  For the avoidance of doubt, the Collateral Requirements set forth herein are limited to the types and sizes of securities specified herein. The Collateral Requirement for any Position or part of a Position not covered by the terms of this Appendix shall be determined by BNPP PB, Inc. in its sole discretion.
 
7.
One-off Collateral Requirements -
   
 
From time to time BNPP PB, Inc., in its sole discretion, may agree to a different Collateral Requirement than the Collateral Requirement determined by this Appendix for a particular Position; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the commitment in Section 6(a) of the Committed Facility Agreement shall apply only with respect to the Collateral Requirements determined pursuant to this Appendix A and BNPP PB, Inc. shall have the right at any time to increase the Collateral Requirement for such Position up to the Collateral Requirement that would be required as determined in accordance to Sections 1, 3, and 4 hereof.
 
8.
Certain Definitions -

   
(a)
“Bloomberg” means the Bloomberg Professional service.
       
   
(b)
“Current Market Value” means with respect to a Position, an amount equal to the product of (i) the number of units of the relevant security and (ii) the price per unit of the relevant security (determined by BNPP PB, Inc.).
       
   
(c)
“Debt Security” means non-convertible preferred securities and corporate debt securities.
       
   
(d)
“Face Value” means the value in USD representing the principal of a Debt Security.
       
   
(e)
“Gross Market Value” of one or more Positions means an amount equal to the sum of all Current Market Values of all such Positions.
       
   
(f)
“Issuer” means, with respect to a Debt Security, the ultimate parent company or similar term as used by Bloomberg; provided that, if the relevant security was issued by a company or a subsidiary of a company that has issued common stock, the Issuer shall be deemed to be the entity that has issued common stock; provided further that, with respect to any exchange-traded funds, the Issuer of such securities shall be the index to which the relevant securities relate, if any.
 
 
13

 
 
 
(g)
“Issuer Position Concentration” means with respect to a Position issued by an Issuer, an amount equal to the quotient of (i) the Gross Market Value of all Positions issued by the same Issuer, as numerator and (ii) the Portfolio Gross Market Value, expressed as a percentage.
     
 
(h)
“Issue Size” means with respect to a Position in a Debt Security of an Issuer, the Current Market Value of all such Debt Securities issued by the Issuer and still outstanding.
     
 
(i)
“Moody’s” means Moody's Investor Service, Inc.
     
 
(j)
“Percentage of Issue Size” means the quotient of (i) the Gross Market Value of all Positions in the same Debt Security, as numerator and (ii) the Issue Size for such Debt Security, expressed as a percentage.
     
 
(k)
“Portfolio Gross Market Value” means the Gross Market Value of all of the Positions that are Eligible Securities.
     
 
(l)
“Spread to Treasuries” means, with respect to a Debt Security, the spread of such Debt Security to Treasury Securities as determined by BNPP PB, Inc.
     
 
(m)
“Structured Securities” means any security (i) the payment to a holder of which is linked to a different security, provided that such different security is issued by a different issuer or (ii) structured in such a manner that the credit risk of acquiring the security is primarily related to an entity other than the issuer of the security itself.
     
 
(n)
“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.
     
 
(o)
“Treasury Security” means any security that is a direct obligation of the United States Treasury. For the avoidance of doubt, neither Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities nor securities issued under the Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of Securities program nor securities issued by any other United States government agency or government sponsored enterprise are herein considered Treasury Securities.
 

 
14

 
 
 
Appendix B
 
 Pricing
 

GUGGENHEIM CREDIT ALLOCATION FUND

Financint! Rate
 
Customer Debit Rate
 
3 Month LIBOR + 85 bps
 
ISO Code
 
USD

Commitment Fee

Customer shall pay a commitment fee (the “Commitment Fee”) to BNPP PB. Inc. equal to sum of the Daily Commitment Fees over the relevant calculation period, when the amount calculated under the Financing Rate above is due. For purposes of this section, the “Daily Commitment Fee” on each day shall be the product of (a) the difference between (i) the Maximum Commitment Financing and (ii) the current Outstanding Debit Financing, (b) 1/360 and (c) 65 bps.
 
15
 
 
 
Exhibit (k)(vi)

BNP PARIBAS
 
 

 
U.S. PB Agreement
 
This U.S. PB Agreement (including all terms, schedules, supplements and exhibits attached hereto, this “Agreement” ) is entered into between the customer specified below (“Customer”) and BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage, Inc. (“BNPP PB, Inc.”) on behalf of itself and as agent for the BNPP Entities (as defined in the Account Agreement attached as Exhibit A hereto). The Agreement sets forth the terms and conditions on which BNPP PB, Inc. will transact business with Customer. Customer and BNPP PB, Inc., on behalf of itself and as agent for the BNPP Entities, have also entered into the Account Agreement.
 
All terms, provisions and agreements set forth in each agreement listed below are hereby incorporated herein by reference with the same force and effect as though fully set forth herein, all of which taken together shall constitute a single, integrated agreement. All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Account Agreement.
 
(a) Account Agreement, attached as Exhibit A hereto;
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this U.S. PB Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of March 3, 2014.
 
 
BNP PARIBAS PRIME BROKERAGE, INC.
  for itself and as agent for the BNPP Entities
   
  By: /s/ Jeffrey Lowe            
         Name: Jeffrey Lowe
         Title: Managing Director
   
  By: /s/ Raphael Masgnaux   
         Name: Raphael Masgnaux
         Title: Managing Director
 
 
 

 
 
BNP PARIBAS
 
GUGGENHEIM CREDIT ALLOCATION FUND
Name of Customer
 
By: /s/ John L. Sullivan            
      Name: John L. Sullivan
      Title: Chief Financial Officer
 
Jurisdiction of organization
      Delaware
 
Type of organization
      Statutory Trust
 
Place of business / chief executive office
     2455 Corporate West Dr., Lisle, IL 60532
Organizational identification number 46-2533885
 
Addresses for Notices to Customer

Address
2455 Corporate West Dr
   
 
Lisle, IL 60532
   
Attention
Chief Legal Officer
   
       
Telephone
(630) 505-3700
Fax (630) 799-3834
Email amy.Iee@guggenheimpartners.com

 
 

 

Exhibit A to U.S. PB Agreement - Account Agreement

 
This account agreement (including all schedules attached hereto, this “Account Agreement” ) is entered into between Customer and BNP PARIBAS PRIME BROKERAGE, INC. (“BNPP PB, Inc.”) , on behalf of itself and as agent for the BNPP Entities. This Account Agreement is incorporated as an exhibit to the U.S. PB Agreement (the “Agreement” ) and sets forth the terms and conditions on which BNPP PB, Inc. will open and maintain accounts (the Accounts” ) for cash loans and other products or services and otherwise transact business with Customer. Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in Section 18.
 
1.
Collateral Maintenance, Repayment of Financing - The provisions of this Subsection shall apply except to the extent any such provisions contravene the Committed Facility Agreement (as defined herein) and such Committed Facility Agreement has not been terminated or the commitment therein has not expired. Customer will at all times maintain in, and upon written (including, without limitation, via electronic mail) demand furnish to, the Accounts, or otherwise provide to the BNPP Entities in a manner satisfactory to the BNPP Entities. assets of the types and in the amounts required by the BNPP Entities in accordance with the terms of the outstanding Contracts (“ Deliverable Collateral ”); provided that , it shall not be a breach of this Agreement if (i) the failure to pay or post is caused by an error or omission of an administrative or operational nature. (ii) funds were available for Customer to pay or post, as applicable, when due, (iii) Customer has provided written proof reasonably satisfactory to BNPP PB, Inc. of (i) and (ii), and (iv) such posting is made by within one (1) Business Day after such payment or posting was originally due. Immediately upon written or oral demand by BNPP PB, Inc., Customer shall pay to BNPP PB, Inc. in immediately available U.S. funds any principal balance of, accrued unpaid interest on, and any other Obligation owing in respect of, any Account.
   
2.
Security Interest -
     
 
(a)
Grant of Security Interest. Customer hereby assigns and pledges to the BNPP Entities all Collateral, and Customer hereby grants a continuing first priority security interest therein, a lien thereon and a right of set off against any Collateral, and all such Collateral shall be subject to a general lien and a continuing first security interest, in each case securing the discharge of all Obligations and the termination of all Contracts, whether now existing or hereafter arising and irrespective of whether or not any of the BNPP Entities have made advances in connection with such Collateral. and irrespective of the number of accounts Customer may have with any of the BNPP Entities, and of which BNPP Entity holds such Collateral.
     
 
(b)
No other Liens. All Collateral delivered to a BNPP Entity shall be free and clear of all prior liens. Claims and encumbrances (other than liens solely in favor of the BNPP Entities). and Customer will not cause or allow any of the Collateral, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to be or become subject to any liens, security interests, mortgages or encumbrances of any nature other than security interests solely in the BNPP Entities’ favor. Furthermore, Collateral consisting of securities shall be delivered in good deliverable form (or the BNPP Entities shall have the power to place such securities in good deliverable form) in accordance with the requirements of the primary market or markets for such securities.
     
 
(c)
Perfection. Customer shall execute such documents and take such other actions as the BNPP Entities shall reasonably request in order to perfect the BNPP Entities’ rights with respect to any such Collateral. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Customer agrees to record the security interests granted hereunder in any internal or external register of mortgages and charges maintained by or with respect to Customer under Applicable Law. Customer shall pay the fees for any filing. registration. recording or perfection of any security interest contemplated by this Agreement and pay. or cause to be paid, from the Accounts any and all Taxes imposed on the Collateral by any authority (except such Taxes which are being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings (“ Contested Taxes ”)): provided Customer has provided notice in writing of the amount of any Contested Taxes: and provided further that the BNPP Entities shall adjust the value of Collateral for any Contested Taxes. In addition. Customer appoints the BNPP Entities as Customer’s attorney-in-fact to act on Customer’s behalf to sign, seal. execute and deliver all documents. and do all acts. as may be required, or as any BNPP Entity shall determine to be advisable. to perfect the security interests created hereunder in. provide for any BNPP Entity to have control of, or realize upon any rights of any BNPP Entity in. any or all of the Collateral, as expressly permitted under this Agreement, (including without limitation as permitted under Section 8(a) herein) and/or the Committed Facility Agreement. The BNPP Entities and Customer each acknowledge and agree that each account maintained by any of the BNPP Entities to which any Collateral is credited is a “securities account” within the meaning of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect in the State of New York (the “ NYUCC ’). and all property and assets held in or credited from time to time to such an account (other than any commodity contract (as defined in Section 9-115 of the NYUCC) shall be treated as a “financial asset” for purposes of Article 8 of the NYUCC, provided that any such account may also be a “deposit account” (within the meaning of Section 9-102(a)(29) of the NYUCC) or a “commodity account” (within the meaning of Section 9-102(a)(14) of the NYUCC). Each BNPP Entity represents and warrants that it is a “securities intermediary” within the meaning of Article 8 of the NYUCC and is acting in such capacity with respect to each such account maintained by it.
     
 
(d)
Effect of Security Interest. The BNPP Entities’ security interest in the Collateral shall (i) remain in full force and effect until the payment and performance in full of Customer’s Obligations, (ii) be binding upon Customer, its successors and permitted assigns, and (iii) inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the BNPP Entities and their respective successors, transferees and assigns.

 
 

 


 
(e)
Contract Status. The parties acknowledge that this Agreement and each Contract entered into pursuant to this Agreement are each a “securities contract”. “swap agreement,” “forward contract,” or “commodity contract” within the meaning of the United States Bankruptcy Code (Title 11 of the United States Code) (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”) and that each delivery. transfer. payment and grant of a security interest made or required to be made hereunder or thereunder or contemplated hereby or thereby or made. required to be made or contemplated in connection herewith or therewith is a “transfer” and a “margin payment” or a “settlement payment” within the meaning of Sections 362(b)(6),(7),(17) and/or (27) and Sections 546(e), (f), (g) and/or (i) of the Bankruptcy Code. The parties further acknowledge that this Agreement is a “master netting agreement” within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code and a “netting contract” within the meaning of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991.
     
3.
Maintenance of Collateral -
     
 
(a)
General. Each BNPP Entity that holds Collateral holds such Collateral for itself and also as agent and bailee for any other applicable BNPP Entity. Except where otherwise required by Applicable Law or where adverse regulatory capital, reserve or other similar costs (“ Adverse Costs ”) would thereby arise. the security interests of the BNPP Entities in any Collateral shall rank in such order of priority as the BNPP Entities may agree from time to time; provided, however, that BNPP PB, Inc. shall have first priority interest in the assets that it holds other than assets held in a cash account. In the event that any BNPP Entity is obliged by Applicable Law to maintain a first priority lien, or where such BNPP Entity would suffer Adverse Costs if it did not maintain a first priority lien, such BNPP Entity’s interest in the applicable Collateral shall have priority over that of the other BNPP Entities to the extent required to satisfy the requirements of Applicable Law or avoid such Adverse Costs. In the event that two or more BNPP Entities are so obliged to maintain a first priority lien, or would suffer Adverse Costs if they did not maintain a first priority lien, such BNPP Entities shall determine among themselves the priority of their respective interests in the relevant Collateral. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, except as otherwise agreed among the BNPP Entities, the security interest of the BNPP Entities in any Collateral consisting of the Customer’s right, title or interest in, to or under any Contract shall be subject to any enforceable right of setoff or netting (including, without limitation, any such right granted pursuant to Section 8 hereof) that any BNPP Entity that is party to such Contract may have with respect to the obligations of the Customer to such BNPP Entity (whether arising under such Contract or any other Contract).
     
 
(b)
Transfers of Collateral between Accounts. Customer agrees that the BNPP Entities, at any time, at any BNPP Entity’s discretion and subject to using commercially reasonable efforts to provide prior notice to Customer, may use, apply, or transfer any and all Collateral interchangeably between the BNPP Entities in any accounts in which Customer has an interest. With respect to Collateral pledged principally to secure Obligations under any Contract, the BNPP Entities shall have the right, but in no event the Obligation, to apply all or any portion of such Collateral to Customer’s Obligations to any of the BNPP Entities under any other Contract, to transfer all or any portion of such Collateral to secure Customer’s Obligations to any of the BNPP Entities under any other Contract or to release any such Collateral. Under no circumstances shall any Collateral pledged principally to secure Obligations to any of the BNPP Entities under any Contract be required to be applied or transferred to secure Obligations to any of the other BNPP Entities or to be released if (i) any BNPP Entity determines that such transfer would render it undersecured with respect to any Obligations, (ii) an event of default has occurred with respect to Customer under any Contract or Obligation or (iii) any such application. transfer or release would be contrary to Applicable Law. The BNPP Entities shall not transfer Collateral from any account in which Customer has an interest to satisfy a deficit in another such account. unless the first account has an excess of Collateral and such transfer would not cause a deficit in the first account.
     
 
(c)
Control by BNPP Entities. Each BNPP Entity that (i) is the securities intermediary in respect of any securities account constituting Collateral. or to which any Collateral is credited or in which any Collateral is held or carried. agrees that it will comply with entitlement Orders originated by any other BNPP Entity with respect to any such securities account or Collateral without any further consent by Customer, (ii) is the bank in respect of any deposit account constituting Collateral. or to which any Collateral is credited or in which any Collateral is held or carried. agrees with Customer and each other BNPP Entity (each of whom so agrees with it) that it will comply with instructions originated by any other BNPP Entity directing disposition of the funds in such deposit account without further consent by Customer and (iii) is the commodity intermediary in respect of any commodity contract or commodity account constituting Collateral, or any commodity account to which any Collateral is credited or in which any Collateral is held or carried, agrees with Customer and each other BNPP Entity (each of whom so agrees with it) that it will apply any value on account of any such Collateral as directed by any other BNPP Entity without further consent by Customer. Customer hereby consents to the foregoing agreements of the BNPP Entities. Each of the BNPP Entities that is the securities intermediary, commodity intermediary or bank with respect to any such securities, commodity or deposit account or any such commodity contract represents and warrants that it has not, and agrees that it will not. agree to comply with entitlement Orders, directions or instructions concerning any such account or any security entitlements, financial assets. commodity contracts or funds credited thereto or held or carried thereon that are originated by any person other than (i) a BNPP Entity or (ii) (until a BNPP Entity shall have given a “notice of sole control”) Customer. Each BNPP Entity hereby notifies each other BNPP Entity of its security interest in, and the assignment by way of security to it of. the Collateral. Each BNPP Entity acknowledges such notice from each other BNPP Entity and each BNPP Entity and Customer consent to the security interest granted by this Section.
 
 
2

 

4.
Rehypothecation -
     
 
(a)
General. Customer expressly grants the BNPP Entities the right, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so under Applicable Law, and without further notice to Customer, (i) to pledge, repledge. hypothecate, rehypothecate, sell, lend, or otherwise transfer or use Collateral as principal (and not as agent of Customer), with all attendant rights of ownership (including the right to vote the securities or to provide consent or take any similar action with respect thereto) and without retaining in their possession and control a like amount of similar Collateral and (ii) to use or invest the proceeds of any securities lending transaction at its own risk. For the avoidance of doubt, Customer hereby grants the BNPP Entities its consent to hypothecate its securities for the purposes of Rule 5c2-1(a)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”).
     
 
(b)
Collateral Return. The BNPP Entities will return rehypothecated Collateral to Customer within the ordinary settlement cycle for such securities upon (i) the removal or transfer by Customer of the securities from the Special Custody Account or (ii) five Business Days’ prior notice from Customer. For the purposes of the return of any Collateral to Customer, the BNPP Entities’ return obligations shall be satisfied by delivering securities or other financial assets of the same issuer, class and quantity as the Collateral initially transferred.
     
 
(c)
Rehypothecation Excess: Distribution: Delivery Failure. Rehypothecation of Customer’s collateral shall be subject to the following: (i) if as of the close of business on any Business Day the value of all outstanding rehypothecated Collateral exceeds the Outstanding Debit Financing (as defined in the Committed Facility Agreement) (such excess amount, the “ Rehypothecation Excess ”), the applicable BNPP Entity shall, at its option, either (A) reduce the amount of outstanding rehypothecated Collateral so that the total value of rehypothecated Collateral does not exceed the Outstanding Debit Financing or (B) deliver to, and maintain within, the Special Custody Account an amount of cash at least equal to any Rehypothecation Excess (for the avoidance of doubt, if there is no Rehypothecation Excess, the BNPP Entities can recall any cash delivered hereunder): (ii) to the extent the BNPP Entities receive any distributions (including dividends or Coupons) on the rehypothecated Collateral, the BNPP Entities shall deliver such distributions to the Special Custody Account; and (iii) if the BNPP Entities are unable to return securities of the same issuer, dass and quantity as the Collateral initially transferred, the Customer may elect by three Business Days’ notice to reduce its overall debit by the value of the rehypothecated Collateral unable to be returned. at a value agreed to between the parties, in which case the BNPP Entities’ Obligation to return a like amount of the rehypothecated Collateral shall terminate.
     
5.
Representations and Warranties of Customer - Customer (and, if a person or entity is signing this Agreement on behalf of Customer, such person or entity) hereby represents and warrants as of the date hereof, which representations and warranties will be deemed repeated on each date on which a loan is outstanding under this Agreement, that:
     
 
(a)
Due Organization: Organizational Information. Customer is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization; Customer’s jurisdiction of organization, type of organization, place of business (if it has only one place of business) or chief executive office (if it has more than one place of business) and organizational Identification number are. in each case as set forth on the cover page hereof or as shall have been notified to BNPP PB, Inc. not less than 30 days prior to any change of such Information; and unless Customer otherwise informs BNPP PB, Inc. in writing, Customer does not have any place of business in the United Kingdom.
     
 
(b)
Non-Contravention: Compliance with Applicable Laws . Customer is and will at all times be. in compliance with (i) Applicable Law that relates to (a) felonies. (b) fraud. (c) the conduct of Customer’s business or (d) activities related to the securities industry (except in the case of (c) or (d), where the failure to do so would not have a material adverse effect on Customer or its ability to perform under the Contracts, as reasonably determined by the BNPP Entities), (ii) all material Orders and awards binding on Customer or its property. (iii) Customer’s internal documents and policies (including organizational documents) (except where such failure would not have a material adverse effect on Customer or its ability to perform under the Contracts, as reasonably determined by the BNPP Entities), and (iv) all material contracts (including this Agreement) or other Instruments binding on or affecting Customer or any of its property. Further, Customer maintains adequate Controls to be reasonably assured of such compliance. Except as previously disclosed in Customer’s public filings, there are and have been no criminal or governmental enforcement proceedings, investigations, or other litigation pending or. to Customer’s knowledge, threatened which relate to (a) felonies. (b) fraud, (c) activities related to the conduct of Customer’s business or, to Customer’s knowledge, the business of Customer’s Investment advisers or (d) activities related to the security industry to which Customer or any Related Person is a party or to which any of the properties of Customer or any Related Person is subject. Further. to Customer’s knowledge the education, employment and other qualifications for the officers for the Customer in the prospectus provided to any Investors or otherwise made available by the Customer are correct and complete.
     
 
(c)
Full Power. Customer has full power and is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. Customer has full power to enter into and engage in any and all transactions (i) in any Account with any BNPP Entity or (ii) that is subject to this Agreement. Further. this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Customer, and constitutes a valid, binding and enforceable agreement of Customer, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.
     
 
(b)
No Consent. No consent of any person and no authorization or other action by. and no notice to, or filing with, any governmental authority or any other person is required that has not already been obtained
 
 
3

 

    (i) for the due execution, delivery and performance by Customer of this Agreement; or (ii) for the exercise by any of the BNPP Entities of the rights or remedies provided for in this Agreement, including rights and remedies in respect of the Collateral.
     
 
(e)
No Prior Lien. Customer is the lawful owner of all Collateral, free and clear of all liens. Claims, encumbrances and transfer restrictions, except such as are created under this Agreement, other liens in favor of one or more BNPP Entities, and Customer will not cause or allow any of the Collateral, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to be or become subject to any liens, security interests, mortgages or encumbrances of any nature other than those in favor of the BNPP Entities. No person (other than any BNPP Entity) has an interest in any Account or any other accounts of Customer with any of the BNPP Entities, any Collateral or other assets or property held therein or credited thereto or any other Collateral. Unless Customer has notified BNPP PB. Inc. to the contrary, none of the Collateral are “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.
     
 
(f)
ERISA. (i) The assets used to consummate the transactions provided hereunder shall not constitute the assets of (A) an “employee benefit plan” that is subject to Part 4, Subtitle B, Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”), (B) a “plan” within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), that is subject to Section 4975 of the Code, or (C) a person or entity the underlying assets of which are deemed to include plan assets as determined under Section 3(42) of ERISA and the regulations thereunder, and (ii) either (A) the assets used to consummate the transactions provided hereunder shall not constitute the assets of a governmental plan that is subject to any federal, state or local law that is substantially similar to the provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (a “ Similar Law ”) or (B) the transactions hereunder do not violate any applicable Similar Law. Customer will notify BNPP PB, Inc. (1) if Customer is aware in advance that it will breach the foregoing representation and warranty (the “ Representation ”), reasonably in advance of it breaching the Representation, or (2) promptly upon becoming aware that it is in breach of the Representation. If Customer provides such notice or if BNPP PB, Inc. is aware that Customer is in breach or will be in breach of the Representation, upon a BNPP Entity’s written request, Customer will terminate any or all transactions under this Agreement (x) if Customer gave advance notice that it would breach the Representation, prior to breaching the Representation, (y) if Customer gave no notice but BNPP PB, Inc. is aware that Customer will be in breach of the Representation, prior to breaching the Representation (unless Customer avoids the occurrence of such breach) or, (z) if Customer is in breach of the Representation, immediately.
     
 
(g)
Market Timing. Customer does not presently engage in and will not engage in any Market- Timing Trading Activity. and Customer will not use the proceeds of any financing in furtherance of any Market-Timing Trading Activity. Customer will not use the proceeds of any financing to invest. whether directly or indirectly, in Market-Timing Investment Entities. To the extent that Customer learns that Customer has invested in a Market-Timing Investment Entity. Customer shall immediately notify BNPP PB. Inc. of such Investment, including the name of each such Market-Timing Investment Entity and the amount of the Investment, as well as Customer’s plan to divest Customer’s Investment in such entity in a timely manner, and Customer shall immediately commence such divestment and complete the same in a timely manner.
     
 
(h)
Information Provided by Customer; Financial Statements. Any Information provided by Customer to any BNPP Entity in connection with this Agreement is correct and complete. in all material respects. and Customer agrees promptly to notify the relevant BNPP Entity if there is any material change with respect to any such Information. Customer’s financial statements or similar documents previously or hereafter provided to the BNPP Entities (i) do or will fairly present the financial condition of Customer as of the date of such financial statements and the results of its operations for the period for which such financial statements are applicable, (ii) have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied and, (iii) if audited, have been certified without reservation by a firm of independent public accountants. Customer will promptly furnish to the relevant BNPP Entity any Information (including financial Information) about Customer upon such BNPP Entity’s reasonable request.
     
 
(i)
Anti-Money Laundering. To the best of Customer’s knowledge, none of Customer, any person controlling or controlled by Customer, or any person for whom Customer acts as agent or nominee in connection herewith is: (i) an individual or entity, country or territory, that is named on a list issued by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”), or an individual or entity that resides, is organized or chartered. or has a place of business, in a country or territory subject to OFAC’s various sanctions/embargo programs; (ii) a resident in, or organized or chartered under the laws of (A) a jurisdiction that has been designated by the Secretary of the Treasury under the USA PATRIOT Act as warranting special measures and/or as being of primary money laundering concern, or (B) a jurisdiction that has been designated as non-cooperative with international anti-money laundering principles by a multinational or inter-governmental group such as the Financial Action Task Force on Money Laundering (“ FATF ”) of which the United States is a member; (iii) a financial Institution that has been designated by the Secretary of the Treasury as warranting special measures and/or as being of primary money laundering concern; (iv) a “senior foreign political figure,” or any immediate family” member or “close associate” of a senior foreign political figure, in each case within the meaning of Section 5318(i) of Title 31 of the United States Code or regulations issued thereunder; or (v) a prohibited “foreign Shell bank’’ as defined in Section 5318(j) of Title 31 of the United States Code or regulations issued thereunder, or a U.S. financial Institution that has established, maintains. administers or manages an
 
 
4

 
 
    account in the U.S. for. or on behalf of, a prohibited “foreign Shell bank”.

6.
Short Sales - Customer agrees to comply with Applicable Law relating to short sales, including but not limited to any requirement that Customer designate a sale as “long” or “short”.
   
7.
No Obligation - Customer agrees that BNPP PB, Inc. shall be under no Obligation to effect or settle any trade on behalf of Customer and that BNPP PB. Inc. reserves the right at any time to place a limit on the type or size of transactions which are to be settled and cleared by BNPP PB, Inc. For the avoidance of doubt, no BNPP Entity is required to extend, renew or “roll-over” any Contract or transaction including, but not limited to, any Contract executed on an “open” basis or demand basis with Customer, notwithstanding past practice or market custom.
   
8.
Events of Default; Setoff -
   
 
(a)
Events of Default. The Events of Default described in clauses (i) through (iii) below shall apply only to the extent the Committed Facility Agreement has been terminated or the commitment therein has expired. (i) In the event of default by Customer on any Obligation under any transaction or contract or a default. event of default. declaration of default. termination event. exercise of default remedies. or other similar condition or event under any transaction or contract (howsoever characterized. which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes the occurrence of an Additional Termination Event or Specified Condition under an ISDA Master Agreement between Customer and any BNPP Entity, affiliate of a BNPP Entity or a third party entity. if applicable) in respect of Customer or any guarantor or credit support provider of Customer, (ii) if Customer shall become bankrupt, insolvent, or subject to any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or similar proceeding or all or substantially all its assets become subject to a suit. levy, enforcement, or other legal process where a secured party maintains possession of such assets. has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger), seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator. conservator. receiver, trustee. custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets, has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets. or takes any action in furtherance of. or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts, or (iii) if any representation or warranty made or deemed made by Customer under the Agreement proves false or misleading when made or deemed made (each of the foregoing, an “ Event of Default ”), the BNPP Entities are hereby authorized, in their discretion, to take Default Action. If a BNPP Entity elects to sell any Collateral. buy in any property, or cancel any orders upon an Event of Default, such sale, purchase or cancellation may be made on the exchange or other market where such business is then usually transacted, or at public auction or at private sale. and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, without advertising the same and without any notice of the time or place of sale to Customer or to the personal representatives of Customer, and without prior tender, demand or call of any kind upon Customer or upon the personal representatives of Customer, all of which are expressly waived. The BNPP Entities may purchase or sell the property to or from any BNPP Entity or third parties in whole or in any part thereof free from any right of redemption. and Customer shall remain liable for any deficiency. A prior tender. demand or call of any kind from the BNPP Entities. or prior notice from the BNPP Entities. of the time and place of such sale or purchase shall not be considered a waiver of the BNPP Entities’ right to sell or buy any Collateral at any time as provided herein.
     
 
(b)
Close-out. Upon the Close-out of any Contract. the Close-out Amount for such Contract shall be due and payable by the relevant party thereto. If, however. Applicable Law would stay or otherwise impair the enforcement of the provisions of this Agreement or any Contract upon the occurrence of an insolvency related Close-out or Event of Default, then Close-out shall automatically occur immediately prior to the occurrence of such insolvency related Close-out or Event of Default.
     
 
(c)
Setoff. At any time and from time to time, the BNPP Entities are hereby authorized. in their discretion. to set off and otherwise apply any and all of the obligations of any and all BNPP Entities then due to Customer against any and all Obligations of Customer then due to such BNPP Entities (whether at maturity, upon acceleration or termination or otherwise). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing. upon the occurrence of the Close-out of any Contract, each BNPP Entity shall have the right to net the Close-out Amounts due from it to Customer and from Customer to it, so that a single Settlement payment (the “ Net Payment ”) shall be payable by one party to the other. which Net Payment shall be immediately due and payable (subject to the other provisions hereof and of any Contract); provided that if any Close-out Amounts may not be netted against all other Close-out Amounts. such excluded Close-out Amounts shall be netted among themselves to the fullest extent permitted under Applicable Law. Upon the occurrence of a Close-out. each BNPP Entity may also (i) liquidate, apply and set off any or all Collateral against any Net Payment, payment, or Obligation owed to it or any other BNPP Entity under any Contract and (ii) set off and net any Net Payment, payment or Obligation owed by it or any other BNPP Entity under any Contract against (x) any or all collateral or margin (or the Cash value thereof) posted by it or any other BNPP Entity to Customer under any Contract and (y) any Net Payment, payment or Obligation owed by Customer to any BNPP Entity (whether mature or unmatured, fixed or contingent. liquidated or unliquidated).
     
 
(d)
Reinstatement of Obligations. If the exercise of any right to reduce and set-off pursuant to this Agreement shall be avoided or set aside by a court or shall be restrained. stayed or enjoined under Applicable Law, the obligations in respect thereof shall be reinstated or. in the event of restraint, stay or injunction. preserved in at least the amounts as of the date of restraint, stay or injunction between the applicable BNPP Entities, on the one hand, and Customer on the other. until such time as such restraint, stay or injunction shall no longer prohibit exercise of such right.
 
 
5

 

 
(e)
BNPP Entity Consent . No BNPP Entity shall make any payment to Customer in respect of a Close- Out Amount without the consent of each other BNPP Entity that has a security interest in such Close-Out Amount; provided that nothing herein shall excuse or diminish the Obligation of the applicable BNPP Entity to make the required payment to Customer (taking into account any amounts that Customer may owe other BNPP Entities).
     
9.
Indemnity -
     
 
(a)
General. Customer agrees, subject to Section 10(c) hereof, to indemnify and hold the BNPP Entities harmless from and fully reimburse the BNPP Entities for any Indemnified Losses. The indemnities under this Section 9 shall be separate from and in addition to any other indemnity under any Contract.
     
 
(b)
Delivery Failures. In case of the sale of any security. commodity, or other property by the BNPP Entities at the direction of Customer and the BNPP Entities’ inability to deliver the same to the purchaser by reason of failure of Customer to supply the BNPP Entities therewith. Customer authorizes the BNPP Entities to borrow or purchase any such security, commodity, or other property to the extent necessary to make delivery thereof. Customer hereby agrees to be responsible for any cost, expense or loss which the BNPP Entities may actually sustain thereby.
     
10.
Limitation of Liability -
     
 
(a)
General. None of the BNPP Entities, nor any of their respective officers. directors, employees, agents or counsel, shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them hereunder or in connection herewith and no BNPP Entity shall be liable for any error of judgment made by it in good faith. in each case except for the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the applicable BNPP Entity. The BNPP Entities may consult with legal counsel and any action taken or suffered in good faith in accordance with the advice of such counsel shall be full justification and protection to them.
     
 
(b)
Third Parties. The BNPP Entities may execute any of their duties and exercise their rights hereunder by or through agents (which may include affiliates) or employees. None of the BNPP Entities shall be liable for the acts or omissions of any subcustodian or other agent selected by it with reasonable care. All transactions effected with a third party for Customer shall be for the account of Customer and the BNPP Entities shall have no responsibility to Customer or such third party with respect thereto. Nothing in this Agreement shall create, or be deemed to create, any third party beneficiary rights in any person or entity (including any investor or adviser of Customer), other than the BNPP Entities.
     
 
(c)
No Liability for Indirect. Consequential. Exemplary or Punitive Damages: Force Maieure. In no event shall any party hereto be held liable for indirect, consequential. exemplary or punitive damages. In no event shall the BNPP Entities be held liable for any loss of any kind caused. directly or indirectly, by any Force Majeure Event.
     
11.
Taxes -
     
 
(a)
Withholding Tax. Except as required by Applicable Law, each payment by Customer and all deliveries of Deliverable Collateral or Collateral under this Agreement shall be made, and the value of any Deliverable Collateral or Collateral shall be calculated, without withholding or deducting any Taxes. If any Taxes are required to be withheld or deducted, Customer shall pay such additional amounts as necessary to ensure that the actual net amount received by the BNPP Entities is equal to the amount that the BNPP Entities would have received had no such withholding or deduction been required. Customer will provide the BNPP Entities with any forms or documentation reasonably requested by the BNPP Entities in order to reduce or eliminate withholding tax on payments made to Customer with respect to this Agreement. The BNPP Entities are hereby authorized to withhold Taxes from any payment in delivery made hereunder and remit such Taxes to the relevant taxing authorities to the extent required by Applicable Law.
     
 
(b)
Qualified Dividends. Customer acknowledges that. with respect to the reduced U.S. federal income tax rate that applies to dividends received from U.S. corporations and certain foreign corporations by individuals who are citizens or residents of the United States, (i) the individual must satisfy applicable holding period requirements in order to be eligible for the reduced tax rate; (ii) the reduced tax rate does not apply to substitute or “in lieu” dividend payments paid to shareholders by broker-dealers under cash lending or securities lending arrangements which permit the broker-dealers to borrow securities from Investors; and (iii) the reduced tax rate may not apply to dividends received from certain corporations. including money market funds, bond mutual funds, and Real Estate Investment Trusts. Customer further acknowledges that although Customer may receive from BNPP PB. Inc. a Form 1099-DIV indicating which dividends may qualify for the reduced tax rate, as required by applicable rules, Customer is responsible for determining which dividends qualify for the reduced tax rate based on Customer’s own tax Situation.
     
 
(c)
Income and Other Taxes. Except as otherwise expressly stated herein or in the applicable Contract: (i) the BNPP Entities have no Obligation or responsibility to Customer with respect to the accounting or reporting of income or other taxes with respect to the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, each related agreement and each transaction hereunder or thereunder (for the sake of clarity, including without limitation, with respect to any related margin lending agreement and each related transaction) (each a “ Transaction ”), including, without limitation, unrelated business taxable income under section 514 of the Code; and (ii) Customer shall alone be responsible for the payment of any and all taxes and related penalties. interests and costs arising from or relating to the Transactions. Customer represents and warrants. on and as of the date hereof and each date any Transaction remains outstanding, that Customer has in place policies and procedures necessary to ensure proper accounting and reporting of any and all taxation of the Customer and/or Accounts in connection with the Transactions.
 
 
6

 

12.
Notices; Instructions -
     
 
(a)
Notices. All notices and other Communications provided hereunder shall be (i) in writing (including, for avoidance of doubt, electronic mail) and delivered to the address of the intended recipient specified on the cover page hereof or to such other address as such intended recipient may provide in writing or (ii) posted onto the website maintained by the BNPP Entities for Customer or (iii) in such other form agreed to by the parties. All Communications sent to Customer, shall be deemed delivered to Customer as of (x) the date sent. if sent via facsimile. email or posted ontothe Internet, (y) the date the messenger arrives at Customer’s address as set forth on the signature page hereof, if sent via messenger; or (z) the next Business Day if sent via mail, in each case, whether actually received or not. Failure by Customer to object in writing to any communication within five Business Days of delivery shall be deemed evidence, in the absence of manifest error, that such communication is complete and correct.
     
 
(b)
Instructions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Customer agrees that the BNPP Entities may rely upon any authorized instructions or any notice, request, waiver, consent, receipt or other document which the BNPP Entities reasonably believe to be genuine and transmitted by authorized persons.
     
13.
BNPP Entities Are Not Advisers or Fiduciaries - Customer represents that it is capable of assessing the merits (on its own behalf or through independent Professional advice), and understands and accepts. the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and any transaction it may undertake  with the BNPP Entities. Customer acknowledges that (a) none of the BNPP Entities is (i) acting as a fiduciary for or an adviser to Customer in respect of this Agreement or any transaction it may undertake with the BNPP Entities; (ii) advising it, performing any analysis. or making any judgment on any matters pertaining to the suitability of any transaction, or (iii) offering any opinion, judgment or other type of Information pertaining to the nature, value, potential or suitability of any particular Investment or transaction, (b) the BNPP Entities do not guarantee or warrant the accuracy. reliability or timeliness of any Information that the BNPP Entities may from time to time provide or make available to Customer and (c) the BNPP Entities may take positions in financial Instruments discussed in the Information provided Customer (which positions may be inconsistent with the Information provided) and may execute transactions for themselves or others in those Instruments and may provide Investment banking and other services to the issuers of those Instruments or with respect to those Instruments. Customer agrees that (x) it is solely responsible for monitoring compliance with its own internal restrictions and procedures governing Investments, trading limits and manner of authorizing Investments, and with the Applicable Law affecting its authority and ability to trade and invest and (y) in no event shall a BNPP Entity undertake to assess whether a Contract or transaction is appropriate or legal for Customer.
   
14.
Litigation in Court, Sovereign Immunity, Service -
     
 
(a)
ANY LITIGATION BETWEEN CUSTOMER AND THE BNPP ENTITIES OR INVOLVING THEIR RESPECTIVE PROPERTY MUST BE INSTITUTED IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK OR THE SUPREME COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK FOR THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK. EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS . WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH COURTS. EACH PARTY HEREBY AGREES THAT A JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH DISPUTE MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW.
     
 
(b)
ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIM. ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER LEGAL ACTION IS HEREBY WAIVED BY ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT.
     
 
(c)
EACH PARTY HERETO. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IRREVOCABLY WAIVES WITH RESPECT TO ITSELF AND ITS REVENUES AND ASSETS (IRRESPECTIVE OF THEIR USE OR INTENDED USE) ALL IMMUNITY ON THE GROUNDS OF SOVEREIGNTY OR SIMILAR GROUNDS FROM (I) SUIT, (II) JURISDICTION OF ANY COURT, (III) RELIEF BY WAY OF INJUNCTION, ORDER FOR SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE. OR RECOVERY OF PROPERTY, (IV) ATTACHMENT OF ITS ASSETS (WHETHER BEFORE OR AFTER JUDGMENT) AND (V) EXECUTION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT TO WHICH IT OR ITS REVENUES OR ASSETS MIGHT OTHERWISE BE ENTITLED IN ANY ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS IN SUCH COURTS, AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT CLAIM SUCH IMMUNITY IN ANY SUCH ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS.
     
 
(d)
CUSTOMER HEREBY CONSENTS TO PROCESS BEING SERVED BY ANY BNPP ENTITY ON CUSTOMER IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING OF THE NATURE SPECIFIED IN CLAUSE (a) ABOVE BY THE MAILING OF A COPY THEREOF BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED AIRMAIL, POSTAGE PRE-PAID, TO CUSTOMER AT THE ADDRESS SET FORTH AFTER CUSTOMER’S SIGNATURE ABOVE; SUCH SERVICE SHALL BE DEEMED COMPLETED AND EFFECTIVE AS FROM 30 DAYS AFTER SUCH MAILING NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.
     
15.
Applicable Law, Enforceability - THIS AGREEMENT. ITS ENFORCEMENT, ANY CONTRACT (UNLESS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED TO THE CONTRARY THEREIN), AND ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN THE BNPP ENTITIES AND CUSTOMER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO CUSTOMER’S ACCOUNTS OR OTHERWISE INCIDENTAL TO SUCH ACCOUNTS OR THIS AGREEMENT. SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. The parties hereto
 
 
7

 

  further agree that (i) the securities intermediary’s jurisdiction, within the meaning of Section 8-110(e) of the NYUCC, in respect of any securities account constituting Collateral or to which any Collateral is credited or in which any Collateral is held or carried and in respect of any Collateral consisting of security entitlements; (ii) the bank’s jurisdiction. within the meaning of Section 9-304(b) of the NYUCC. in respect of any deposit account constituting Collateral, or to which any Collateral is credited or in which any Collateral is held or carried; and (iii) the commodity intermediary’s jurisdiction, within the meaning of Section 9-305(b) of the NYUCC, in respect of any commodity account constituting Collateral. or to which any Collateral is credited or in which any Collateral is held or carried and in respect of any Collateral consisting of commodity contracts, is the State of New York and agree that none of them has or will enter into any agreement to the contrary. Customer and BNPP PB, Inc. agree that, in respect of any Account maintained by BNPP PB, Inc., the law applicable to all the issues specified in Article 2(1) of the “Hague Convention on the Law Applicable to Certain Rights in Respect of Securities Held with an Intermediary (Hague Securities Convention)” is the law in force in the State of New York and agree that none of them has or will enter into any agreement to the contrary.
   
16.
Modification; Termination: Assignment -
     
 
(a)
Modification. Any modification of the terms of this Agreement must be made in writing and executed by the parties to this Agreement.
     
 
(b)
Termination. Subject to the Committed Facility Agreement, either BNPP PB, Inc. or Customer may terminate this Agreement upon delivery of written notice to the other party. provided that Customer’s termination notice is only effective if it is accompanied by instructions as to the transfer of all property held in the Accounts. Sections 8, 9, 10, 14 and 15 shall survive any termination and Sections 2 and 3 and each representation made hereunder shall survive any termination until such time as no assets remain in the Accounts.
     
 
(c)
Assignment. BNPP PB. Inc. may assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein or under any other Contract (i) to BNP Paribas or any entity guaranteed by BNP Paribas, upon written notice to Customer, (ii) in connection with a sale or transfer of its prime brokerage business. upon 30 days prior written notice to Customer, or (iii) otherwise, with the consent of Customer. Customer may not assign its rights under or any interest in (i) any Contract without the prior written consent of BNPP PB. Inc. and each BNPP Entity that is a party thereto or (ii) this Agreement, including without limitation its right to any Close-Out Amount. without the prior written consent of each BNPP Entity. Any attempted assignment by Customer in violation of this Agreement shall be null, void and without effect.
     
17.
Miscellaneous -
     
 
(a)
Fees. The provisions of this Subsection shall apply except to the extent any such provisions contravene the Committed Facility Agreement and such Committed Facility Agreement has not been terminated or the commitment therein has not expired. Customer agrees to pay all brokerage commissions. markups or markdowns in connection with the execution of transactions and other fees for custody and other services rendered to Customer as determined by BNPP PB, Inc. Customer authorizes the BNPP Entities to pay themselves for fees, commissions, markups and other charges, expenses and Obligations otherwise reimbursable or payable by Customer to such BNPP Entity from any Account.
     
 
(b)
Contingencv. The fulfillment of the obligations of a BNPP Entity to Customer under any Contract is contingent upon there being no repudiation, Event of Default or Default (as defined in the Committed Facility Agreement), by Customer which has occurred and is continuing under any Contract.
     
 
(c)
Conversion of Currencies . The BNPP Entities shall have the right to convert currencies to the extent necessary in connection with the effecting of transactions and the exercise of any of their rights hereunder in a commercially reasonable manner.
     
 
(d)
Truth-in-Lending Statement. Customer hereby acknowledges receipt of a Truth-in-Lending disclosure statement. Subject to the Committed Facility Agreement (unless such agreement has been terminated or the commitment therein has expired). interest will be charged on any debit balances in the Accounts in accordance with the methods described in such Statement or in any amendment or revision thereto which may be provided to Customer. Any debit balance which is not paid at the close of an interest period will be added to the opening balance for the next interest period.
     
 
(e)
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Unless explicitly stated otherwise, transactions hereunder and funds held in the Accounts (i) are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any government agency, (ii) are not deposits or obligations of. or guaranteed by, BNP Paribas or any other bank; and (iii) involve market and Investment risks, including possible loss of the principal amount invested.
     
 
(f)
USA Patriot Act Disclosure. BNPP PB. Inc., like all financial institutions, is required by Federal law to obtain, verify and record Information that identifies each customer who opens an account with BNPP PB, Inc. When Customer opens an account with BNPP PB, Inc., BNPP PB, Inc. will ask for Customer’s name, address, date of birth, government-issued Identification number and/or other Information that will allow BNPP PB. Inc. to form a reasonable belief as to Customer’s identity, such as documents that establish legal status.
     
 
(g)
Anti-Money Laundering. Customer understands and acknowledges that the BNPP Entities are, or may in the future become. subject to money laundering statutes. regulations and conventions of the United States or other international jurisdictions. and Customer agrees to execute Instruments, provide Information, or perform any other acts as may reasonably be requested by any BNPP Entity for the purpose of carrying out due diligence as may be required by Applicable Law. Customer agrees that it will provide the BNPP Entities with such Information as any BNPP Entity may reasonably require to comply with applicable anti- money laundering laws or regulations. Customer understands, acknowledges and agrees that to the extent permitted by Applicable Law. any BNPP Entity may provide Information, including confidential Information, to the Financial Crimes Enforcement
 
 
8

 

    Network, a bureau of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, or any other agency or instrumentality of the U.S. Government, or as otherwise required by Applicable Law, in connection with a request for Information on behalf of a U.S. federal law enforcement agency investigating terrorist activity or money laundering.
     
 
(h)
Money Market Funds. Customer agrees that with respect to transactions effected in shares of any money market fund and any other transactions listed in Rule 10b-10(b)(1) of the Exchange Act. BNPP PB. Inc. or another BNPP Entity may provide Customer with a monthly or quarterly written statement pursuant to Rule 10b-10(b) of the Exchange Act in lieu of an immediate confirmation.
     
 
(i)
No Waivers. No failure or delay in exercising any right, or any partial exercise of a right will operate as a waiver of the full exercise of that right. The rights provided in the Contracts are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights provided by law.
     
 
(j)
Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be an original, but all of which counterparts will together constitute one and the same Instrument.
     
 
(k)
Integration: Severability. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements as to matters within its scope. To the extent this Agreement contains any provision which is inconsistent with provisions in any other Contract or agreement between Customer and any of the BNPP Entities, or of which Customer is a beneficiary, the provisions of this Agreement shall control except if such other Contract explicitly states that it is intended to supersede this Agreement by name, in which case such other Contract shall prevail. If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes inconsistent with Applicable Law. that provision will be deemed modified or. if necessary, rescinded in order to comply. All other provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. To the extent that this Agreement is not enforceable as to any Contract. this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and be enforceable in accordance with its terms as to all other Contracts.
     
 
(l)
Master Agreement . This Agreement, together with each Contract and any supplements, modifications or amendments hereto or thereto, shall constitute a single business and contractual relationship among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.
     
 
(m)
Captions. Section designations and captions are provided for convenience of reference, do not constitute a part of this Agreement, and are not to be considered in its Interpretation.
     
 
(n)
Recording of Conversations. Customer is aware that the BNPP Entities may record conversations between any of them and Customer or Customer’s representatives relating to the matters referred to in this Agreement and Customer has no objection and hereby agrees to such recording.
     
 
(o)
Proxy Disclosures. Any attempt to vote securities will be void to the extent that such securities are not in the possession or control of either BNPP PB, Inc. or a BNPP Entity. including (i) securities not yet delivered to BNPP PB. Inc. or a BNPP Entity. (ii) securities purchased and not paid for by Settlement date, and (iii) securities that either BNPP PB, Inc. or a BNPP Entity has hypothecated. re-hypothecated. pledged, re- pledged, sold. lent or otherwise transferred. Please be advised that for the purposes of proxy voting. Customer will not be notified that the securities are not in either BNPP PB, Inc. or a BNPP Entity’s possession or control. Furthermore. neither BNPP PB, Inc. nor any other BNPP Entity will notify Customer that a vote was void.
     
 
(p)
SIPC. BNPP PB, Inc. is a member of the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (“ SIPC ”) through which customer accounts are protected in the event of a broker-dealer’s insolvency up to $500,000. including a maximum of $100.000 for free cash balances. Neither SIPC nor the additional coverage is the same as or a substitute for FDIC deposit insurance. and they do not protect against declines in the market value of your securities. If you would like to contact the SIPC to obtain a SIPC brochure or to obtain other Information about SIPC, you may call SIPC directly at (202) 371- 8300 or visit the SIPC website at www.sipc.org
     
18.
Certain Definitions -
     
 
(a)
Applicable Law ” means all applicable laws. rules. and regulations, including, without limitation, those of all U.S. and non-U.S. federal, state and local governmental authorities, self-regulatory organizations, markets, exchanges and Clearing facilities, in all cases where applicable.
     
 
(b)
BNPP Entities ”‘ means BNP Paribas. BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage International, Ltd. and BNPP PB. Inc.
     
 
(c)
Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which the New York Stock Exchange is closed.
     
 
(d)
Close-out ” means the termination. cancellation, liquidation, acceleration, or other similar action with respect to all transactions under one or more Contracts.
     
 
(e)
Close-out Amount ” means with respect to each Contract, the amount (expressed in U.S. Dollars or the U.S. Dollar Equivalent) calculated as payable by one party to the other upon Close-out of such Contract determined in accordance with the provisions of such Contract. or if no such provisions are specified, by following such procedures as the BNPP Entities determine in good faith are commercially reasonable and in accordance with industry practice.
     
 
(f)
Collateral ” means all right, title and interest of Customer in and to (i) each deposit, custody, securities, commodity or other account maintained by Customer with any of the BNPP Entities (including, but not limited to, any or all Accounts); (ii) any cash, securities, commodity contracts, general intangibles and other property which may from time to time be deposited, credited. held or carried in any such account, that is due to Customer from any of the BNPP Entities, or that is delivered to or in the possession or control of any of the BNPP Entities or any of the BNPP Entities’ agents and all security entitlements with respect to any of the foregoing: (iii) all of Customer’s right, title or interest in, to or under any Contract, including obligations owed by
 
 
 
9

 

    any of the BNPP Entities (after any netting or set off. in each case to the extent enforceable. of amounts owed under such Contract); (iv) all of Customer’s security interests (or similar interests) in any property of any BNPP Entity securing any BNPP Entity’s obligations to Customer under any Contract; (v) any property of Customer in which any of the BNPP Entities is granted a security interest under any Contract or otherwise (howsoever held); (vi) all income and profits on any of the foregoing, all dividends. interest and other payments and distributions with respect to any of the foregoing, all other rights and Privileges appurtenant to any of the foregoing, including any voting rights and any redemption rights, and any substitutions for any of the foregoing; and (vii) all proceeds of any of the foregoing, in each case whether now existing or owned by Customer or hereafter arising or acquired.
     
 
(g)
Contract ” means this Agreement, the Committed Facility Agreement between the Customer and BNPP PB. Inc. (as amended from time to time, the “ Committed Facility Agreement ”) dated as of the date hereof, and the Special Custody and Pledge Agreement between Customer, BNPP PB. Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon (the “ Custodian ”) (as amended from time to time, the “ Special Custody and Pledge Agreement ”) dated as of the date hereof, including in each case, the schedules, exhibits, and appendices thereto.
     
 
(h)
Default Action ” means (i) to terminate, liquidate and accelerate any Contract. (ii) to exercise any right under any security relating to any Contract. (iii) to net or set off payments which may arise under any Contract or other agreement or under Applicable Law. (iv) to cancel any outstanding Orders for the purchase or sale or borrowing or lending of any securities or other property, (v) to sell, apply or collect on any or all of the Collateral (either individually or jointly with others), (vi) to buy in any securities, commodities or other property of which any Account of Customer may be short, and (vii) to exercise any rights and remedies available to a secured creditor under any Applicable Law or under the NYUCC (whether or not the NYUCC is otherwise applicable in the relevant jurisdiction).
     
 
(i)
Force Majeure Event ” means government restrictions. exchange or market actions or rulings, suspension of trading, war (whether declared or undeclared), terrorist acts, insurrection, riots. fires, floods, strikes, failure of utility or similar services. accidents, adverse weather or other events of nature (including but not limited to earthquakes, hurricanes and tornadoes) and any other conditions beyond the BNPP Entities’ control and any event where any Communications network, data processing system or Computer system used by any of the BNPP Entities or Customer or by any relevant market participants is rendered wholly or partially inoperable.
     
 
(j)
Indemnified Losses ” means any loss. Claim, damage, liability, penalty, fine or excise tax (including any reasonable legal fees and expenses relating to any action, proceeding, investigation and preparation therefor) when and as incurred by the BNPP Entities (i) pursuant to authorized instructions received by the BNPP Entities’ from Customer or its agents, (ii) as a consequence of a breach by Customer of any covenant, representation or warranty hereunder, (iii) in settlement of any claim or litigation relating to BNPP Entities’ acting as agent for Customer or (iv) in connection with or related to any Account, this Agreement, any Contract. any transactions hereunder or thereunder. any activities or services of the BNPP Entities in connection with this Agreement or otherwise (including, without limitation, (A) any technology services, reporting, trading, research or capital introduction services or (B) any DK or disaffirmance of any transaction hereunder). “indemnified Losses” shall (x) include without limitation any damage, loss, cost and expense that is incurred to put the BNPP Entities in the same economic position as they would have been in had a default (howsoever defined) under any Contract not occurred, or that arises out of any other commitment any BNPP Entity has entered into in connection with or as a hedge in connection with any transaction in relation to any Contract or related to an effort to mitigate any resulting loss to which any BNPP Entity is exposed because of a default (howsoever defined) under any Contract and (y) not include any losses of a BNPP Entity resulting directly from such BNPP Entity’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.
     
 
(k)
Market-Timing Investment Entities ” means hedge funds. private Investment funds or other Companies or partnerships that engage in Market Timing Trading Activity.
     
 
(l)
Market-Timing Trading Activity ” means (i) purchasing and selling, or exchanging, mutual fund or similar Investment units to exploit short-term differentials in the prices of such funds or similar units and their underlying assets, and similar trading strategies or (ii) purchasing and selling, or exchanging mutual fund or similar Investment units more than twice within a thirty-day period. Notwithstanding the above. the following shall not constitute “Market-Timing Trading Activity”; (x) trading of money market funds, short-term bond funds or exchange-traded funds or (y) trading of mutual funds in the manner consistent with such funds prospectus or other offering documents.
     
 
(m)
Obligations ” means any and all obligations of Customer to any BNPP Entity arising at any time and from time to time under or in connection with any Contract (including but not limited to obligations to deliver or return Deliverable Collateral or other assets or property (howsoever described) under or in connection with any such Contract), in each case whether now existing or hereafter arising. whether or not mature or contingent.
     
 
(n)
Related Person ” means principals, directors and officers (in such official capacity as principal, director or officer, as the case may be) of (i) Customer, (ii) Customer’s Investment manager or (iii) any person or entity for which Customer’s Investment manager acts as Investment manager.
     
 
(o)
Special Custody Account ” means the Custody Account, as defined in the Special Custody and Pledge Agreement between BNPP PB, Inc., Customer and The Bank of New York Mellon.
     
 
(p)
Taxes ” means any taxes, levies. imposts, duties. charges. assessments or fees of any nature. including
 
 
10

 

    interest, penalties and additions thereto that are imposed by any taxing authority.
     
 
(q)
U.S. Dollar Equivalent ” of an amount. as of any date, means: in respect of any amount denominated in a currency, including a composite currency, other than U.S. Dollars (an “ Other Currency ”), the amount expressed in U.S. Dollars, as determined by the BNPP Entities, that would be required to purchase such amount (where the BNPP Entities would require Customer to deliver such Other Currency in connection with a Contract) or would be received for the sale of such amount of such Other Currency (where the BNPP Entities would deliver such Other Currency to Customer in connection with a Contract), as of such date at the rate equal to the spot exchange rate of a foreign exchange agent (selected in good faith by the BNPP Entities) at or about 11:00 a m. (in the city in which such foreign exchange agent is located) or such later time as the BNPP Entities in their reasonable discretion shall determine.
     
19.
Software -
     
 
(a)
License: Use. Upon any BNPP Entity’s delivering to Customer, or making available for use by Customer, any Computer Software or application, as such may be delivered, made available. and modified by any BNPP Entity from time to time in its sole discretion (the “ Software ”), the BNPP Entities grant to Customer a personal, non­transferable and non-exclusive license to use the Software solely for Customer’s own internal and proper business purposes and not in the operation of a service bureau or other business outside of or in addition to Customer’s ordinary course of business. The Software includes all associated “Information” as that term is used in this Section. The Software may include trade blotter functions, Capital accounting functions, interfaces with other systems and accounting functions. a Customer website, and other Software or communication or encryption systems that may be developed from time to time. Except as set forth herein, no license or right of any kind is granted to Customer with respect to the Software.
     
 
(b)
Ownership. Customer acknowledges that the BNPP Entities and their suppliers retain and have title and exclusive proprietary rights to the Software, including any trade secrets or other ideas. concepts. know-how, methodologies, or Information incorporated therein and the exclusive rights to any Copyrights, trademarks and patents (including registrations and applications for registration of either). or other statutory or legal protections available in respect thereof. Customer further acknowledges that all or a part of the Software may be copyrighted or trademarked (or a registration or Claim made therefore) by a BNPP Entity or its suppliers. Customer may not remove any statutory Copyright notice or other notice included in the Software or on any media containing the Software. Customer shall not take any action with respect to the Software inconsistent with the foregoing acknowledgments.
     
 
(c)
Limitation on Reverse Engineering. Decompilation and Disassembly . Customer shall not. nor shall it attempt to decompile, disassemble, reverse engineer, modify, or create derivative works from the Software.
     
 
(d)
Transfer. Customer may not, directly or indirectly. sell, rent. lease or lend the Software or provide any of the Software or any portion thereof to any other person or entity without the BNPP Entities’ prior written consent. Customer may not copy or reproduce except to create a backup copy or to move the Software to a different Computer.
     
 
(e)
Upgrades . The Software includes all Updates or supplements to the Software and this Section 19 applies to all such Updates or supplements, unless the BNPP Entities provide other terms along with the update or Supplement.
     
 
(f)
Equipment. Customer shall obtain and shall maintain all equipment. Software and services, including but not limited to Computer equipment and telecommunications services, necessary for it to use the Software, and the BNPP Entities shall not be responsible for the reliability or availability of any such equipment, Software or services.
     
 
(g)
Proprietary Information. The Software, any database and any proprietary data, processes, Information and documentation made available to Customer (other than those that are or become part of the public domain or are legally required to be made available to the public) (collectively, the “ Information ”), are the exclusive and confidential property of the BNPP Entities or their suppliers. Customer shall keep the Information confidential by using the same care and discretion that Customer uses with respect to its own confidential property and trade secrets, but not less than reasonable care. Upon termination of the Account Agreement, the PB Terms or the Software license granted herein for any reason, Customer shall return to the BNPP Entities any and all copies of the Information that are in its possession or under its control.
     
 
(h)
Support Services. Other than the assistance provided in the Information, the BNPP Entities do not offer any support services in connection with the Software.
     
 
(i)
DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. THE BNPP ENTITIES AND THEIR SUPPLIERS PROVIDE THE SOFTWARE TO CUSTOMER. AND ANY (IF ANY) SUPPORT SERVICES RELATED TO THE SOFTWARE AS IS AND WITH ALL FAULTS; AND THE BNPP ENTITIES AND THEIR SUPPLIERS HEREBY DISCLAIM WITH RESPECT TO THE SOFTWARE AND SUPPORT SERVICES ALL WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING. BUT NOT LIMITED TO. ANY (IF ANY) WARRANTIES, DUTIES OR CONDITIONS OF OR RELATED TO: MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. LACK OF VIRUSES, ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF RESPONSES. RESULTS. WORKMANLIKE EFFORT AND LACK OF NEGLIGENCE. ALSO THERE IS NO WARRANTY. DUTY OR CONDITION OF TITLE. QUIET ENJOYMENT. QUIET POSSESSION. CORRESPONDENCE TO DESCRIPTION OR NON- INFRINGEMENT. THE ENTIRE RISK ARISING OUT OF USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE
 
 
11

 
 
    AND ANY SUPPORT SERVICES REMAINS WITH CUSTOMER.
     
 
(j)
EXCLUSION OF INCIDENTAL. CONSEQUENTIAL AND CERTAIN OTHER DAMAGES. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE BNPP ENTITIES OR THEIR SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL. INDIRECT. OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING. BUT NOT LIMITED TO, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS OR CONFIDENTIAL OR OTHER INFORMATION, FOR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, FOR PERSONAL INJURY, FOR LOSS OF PRIVACY, FOR FAILURE TO MEET ANY DUTY INCLUDING OF GOOD FAITH OR OF REASONABLE CARE. FOR NEGLIGENCE, AND FOR ANY OTHER PECUNIARY OR OTHER LOSS WHATSOEVER) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE. THE PROVISION OF OR FAILURE TO PROVIDE SUPPORT SERVICES, OR OTHERWISE UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY PROVISION OF THIS SECTION 19, EVEN IN THE EVENT OF THE FAULT. TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE). STRICT LIABILITY. BREACH OF CONTRACT OR BREACH OF WARRANTY OF THE BNPP ENTITIES OR ANY SUPPLIER, AND EVEN IF THE BNPP ENTITIES OR ANY SUPPLIER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY BNPP ENTITY OR ANY SUPPLIER BE LIABLE FOR ACTS OF GOD, ACTS OF WAR OR TERRORISM, MACHINE OR COMPUTER BREAKDOWN OR MALFUNCTION, INTERRUPTION OR MALFUNCTION OF COMMUNICATION FACILITIES, LABOR DIFFICULTIES OR ANY OTHER SIMILAR OR DISSIMILAR CAUSE BEYOND THEIR REASONABLE CONTROL.
     
 
(k)
Security: Reliance: Unauthorized Use. Customer will cause all persons using the Software to treat all applicable user and authorization codes. passwords and authentication keys with extreme care, and Customer will establish internal control and safekeeping procedures to restrict the availability of the same to duly authorized persons only. No BNPP Entity shall be liable or responsible to Customer or any third party for any unauthorized use of the Software or of the user and authorization codes, passwords and authentications keys that may be used in connection with the Software.
     
 
(l)
Encryption. Customer acknowledges and agrees that encryption may not be available for any or all data or Communications between Customer and a BNPP Entity. Customer agrees that a BNPP Entity may. at any time, deactivate any encryption features such BNPP Entity may in its sole discretion provide, without notice or liability to Customer.
     
 
(m)
Termination. Customer acknowledges and agrees that any BNPP Entity may. in its sole discretion, at any time, and without any notice or liability to Customer, suspend or terminate this license of the Software to Customer and deny Customer’s access to and use of the Software.
     
 
(n)
Other Terms and Conditions. Customer shall comply with all other terms and conditions that may be posted by a BNPP Entity on any website or web page through which Customer accesses or uses the Software or that may otherwise be delivered in any form to Customer in connection with its use of the Software. The use by Customer of the Software constitutes Customer’s acceptance of and agreement to be bound by all such other terms and conditions.
     
 
(o)
Compliance with Law. Customer shall comply with all Applicable Law applicable to Customer’s use of the Software.
 
12
 
Exhibit (k)(vii)
 
SPECIAL CUSTODY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT
 
AGREEMENT, (hereinafter “Agreement”) dated as of March 3. 2014 among Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund (“Customer), BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage, Inc. (“Counterparty”) and The Bank of New York Mellon as Custodian hereunder (“Custodian”).
 
WHEREAS. Customer and Counterparty have entered into a Committed Facility Agreement and attachments thereto of even date (as amended from time to time, the “Committed Facility Agreement”) and a U.S. PB Agreement and attachments thereto of even date (as amended from time to time, the “U.S. PB Agreement”, and collectively with the Committed Facility Agreement, the “40 Act Financing Agreements”), and Counterparty has agreed to provide secured financing to Customer pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Committed Facility Agreement (to the extent the Committed Facility Agreement has not been terminated or the commitment has not expired) and the U.S. PB Agreement (which, for the avoidance of doubt, is not a committed facility); and
 
WHEREAS, Customer will provide pledged collateral to Counterparty and has opened an account with Counterparty and for those purposes has entered into an account agreement with Counterparty as part of the U.S. PB Agreement dated as of the date hereof (as amended from time to time the “Account Agreement”); and
 
WHEREAS, Counterparty and Customer are required to comply with applicable laws and regulations pertaining to extensions of credit and Short Sales, including the margin regula­tions of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and of any relevant securities exchanges and other self-regulatory associations (the “Margin Rules”) and Counterparty’s internal policies; and
 
WHEREAS, to facilitate extensions of credit and Short Sales from the Counterparty. Customer and Counterparty desire to establish procedures for compliance with the Margin Rules; and
 
WHEREAS, Custodian, as custodian of certain assets of the Customer pursuant to a custody agreement dated as of June 25. 2013 (the “Custody Agreement”) is prepared to act as custodian for Collateral (as hereinafter defined) pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement:
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, it is agreed as follows:
 
(1) As used herein, capitalized terms have the following meanings unless otherwise defined herein and any capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Committed Facility Agreement or U.S. PB Agreement:
 
“Adequate Performance Assurance” shall mean such Collateral held in the Special Custody Account(as hereinafter defined) as is adequate under the Margin Rules and as set forth in the Committed Facility Agreement, and. to the extent such Committed Facility Agreement has been terminated or the commitment therein has expired, the Account Agreement.
 
“Advice from Counterparty” means a notice, instruction or entitlement order (as defined in Section 8-102 of the UCC (as defined herein) delivered by Counterparty to Customer or
 
 
 

 
 
Custodian, as applicable hereunder, communicated: (i) in writing: (ii) by a facsimile- sending device, or such other means as may be agreed to amongst the parties from time to time (including, for the avoidance of doubt, S.W.I.F.T. connectivity): or (iii) in cases of calls for additional Collateral (as such term is hereinafter defined) or notices referred to in Section 8 hereof, by telephone to a person designated by Customer in writing as authorized to receive such advice or, in the event that no such person is available, to any officer of the Customer
 
“Business Day” means a day on which Custodian. Customer and Counterparty are open for business.
 
“Collateral” means U.S. cash. Eligible Securities or other margin-eligible securities acceptable to Counterparty which are pledged to Counterparty as provided herein (for the avoidance of doubt. Counterparty shall attribute a collateral value of zero USD to any securities pledged as collateral hereunder, if such securities do not satisfy the eligibility requirements as set forth in the Committed Facility Agreement).
 
“Depository” shall mean the Treasury/Reserve Automated Debt Entry System maintained at The Federal Reserve Bank of New York for receiving and delivering securities. The Depository Trust Company and any other clearing corporation within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC or otherwise authorized to act as a securities depository or clearing agency, and their respective successors and nominees.
 
“Insolvency” means that: (i) an order, judgment or decree has been entered under the bankruptcy, reorganization, compromise, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation or similar law (herein called the “Bankruptcy Law”) of any jurisdiction adjudicating the Customer insolvent; or (ii) the Customer has petitioned or applied to any tribunal for. or consented to the appointment of, or taking possession by, a trustee, receiver, liquidator or similar official, of the Customer, or commenced a voluntary case under the Bankruptcy Law of the United States or any proceedings relating to the Customer under the Bankruptcy Law of any other jurisdiction, whether now or hereinafter in effect: or (iii) any such petition or application has been filed, or any such proceedings commenced, against the Customer and the Customer by any act has indicated its approval thereof, consent thereto or acquiescence therein, or an order for relief has been entered in an involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Law of the United States or any other jurisdiction, as now or hereinafter constituted, or an order, judgment or decree has been entered appointing any such trustee, receiver, liquidator or similar official, or approving the petition in any such proceedings.
 
“Instructions from Customer” means a request, instruction, direction or certification in writing signed in the name of the Customer by a person authorized by Customer and delivered to Custodian or transmitted to it by a facsimile-sending device or such other means as may be agreed to amongst the parties from time to time (including, for the avoidance of doubt. S.W.I.F.T. connectivity).
 
Short Sales” shall mean the sale by Customer of securities which Customer does not own, and which is consummated by the delivery of securities borrowed from or through the facilities of Counterparty, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Margin Rules, particularly Sections 220.10 and 220.12 of Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve.
 
 
2

 
 
(2) (a) Custodian, in its capacity as a Securities Intermediary as defined in Revised Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect from time to time in the State of New York (the “UCC”). to the extent the same may be applicable, or in applicable federal law or regulations, shall segregate Collateral on its books and records into the special custody account, which shall be identified as and entitled “BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage, Inc.. Pledgee of Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund ” (the “Special Custody Account” ) and shall be separate and distinct from the custody account established by Custodian solely for the benefit of Customer pursuant to the Custody Agreement (“Custody Account”), and Custodian shall hold therein for Counterparty as pledgee upon the terms of this Agreement all Collateral delivered to Custodian for credit to the Special Custody Account and all monies or other property paid or distributed with respect thereto. The Custodian hereby agrees that any Collateral except U.S. cash held in the Special Custody Account shall be treated as a financial asset for purposes of Revised Article 8 of the UCC to the extent the same may be applicable, and Custodian shall be deemed to hold such collateral that is U.S. cash as a deposit in its capacity as a “bank” as such term is defined in Section 9-102(a)(8) of the UCC. For the avoidance of doubt, such cash held as a deposit shall constitute part of the Special Custody Account. Customer agrees to instruct Custodian in Instructions from Customer as to the cash and specific securities which Custodian is to identify on its books and records as pledged to Counterparty as Collateral in the Special Custody Account.
 
(b) Customer agrees to provide and at all times maintain Adequate Performance Assurance in the Special Custody Account pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Custodian will maintain accounts and records for the Collateral in the Special Custody Account separate from the accounts and records of any other property of the Customer which may be held by Custodian, subject to the interest therein of Counterparty as the pledgee thereof in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Interest, dividends or proceeds attributable to Collateral shall be credited to the Special Custody Account as additional Collateral and shall be held in the Special Custody Account as Collateral until released therefrom or withdrawn in accordance with this Agreement.
 
(c) Customer, Counterparty and Custodian agree (i) that Collateral will be held for Counterparty in the Special Custody Account by Custodian as agent of Counterparty, (ii) that the Custodian will make such deliveries and permit such withdrawals of all or any Collateral as Counterparty shall direct in an Advice from Counterparty, (iii) that Custodian shall comply with all entitlement orders originated by Counterparty, (iv) that, in its capacity as a bank, Custodian shall comply with instructions originated by Counterparty directing the disposition of cash in the Special Custody Account, (v) that in no event shall any consent of Customer be required for the taking of any such action by Custodian and (vi) that in no event shall Custodian permit any withdrawal or release of Collateral otherwise than pursuant to an Advice from Counterparty.
 
(d) Customer hereby grants a continuing security interest to Counterparty: (i) in Collateral and any proceeds thereof: (ii) in all other property in the Special Custody Account: and (iii) in its accounts (including the Account) with Counterparty and the Special Custody Account, to secure Customer’s obligations to Counterparty hereunder and under the Account Agreement. Custodian shall have no responsibility for the validity or enforceability of such security interest.
 
 
3

 
 
(3) Custodian will confirm in writing or send confirmations via S.W.I.F.T. to Counterparty and Customer, within one Business Day of all deposits, releases or substitutions of Collateral and will supply or make available to Counterparty and Customer a monthly statement of Collateral in the Special Custody Account and transactions in the Special Custody Account during the preceding month. Custodian will also advise Counterparty or Customer upon request, at any time, or make available a report of the holdings and cash balances in the Special Custody Account by use of an online communications and reporting system offered by Custodian.
 
(4) Custodian agrees to release Collateral to Customer from the Special Custody Account only upon receipt of an Advice from Counterparty. Counterparty agrees, upon request of Customer, to provide such an Advice from Counterparty with respect to Collateral selected by Customer: (i) if said Collateral represents an excess in value of the Collateral necessary to constitute Adequate Performance Assurance at that time: (ii) against receipt in the Special Custody Account of substitute Collateral having a value at least equal (with any remaining Collateral) to Adequate Performance Assurance; or (iii) upon termination of Customer’s accounts with Counterparty including the Account and settlement in full of all transactions therein and any amounts owed to Counterparty with respect thereto. It is understood that Counterparty will be responsible for valuing Collateral; Custodian at no time has any responsibility for determining whether the value of Collateral is equal in value to Adequate Performance Assurance.
 
(5) Customer represents and warrants to Counterparty that securities pledged to Counterparty shall be in good deliverable form (or Custodian shall have the unrestricted power to put such securities into good deliverable form), and that Collateral will not be subject to any liens or encumbrances other than the lien in favor of Counterparty contemplated hereby.
 
(6) Customer shall ensure that Collateral shall at all times remain the property of the Customer subject only to the extent of the interest and rights therein of Counterparty as the pledgee and secured party thereof. Custodian represents that Collateral shall not be subject to any other lien, charge, security interest or other right or claim of the Custodian or any person claiming through Custodian, and Custodian hereby waives any right, charge, security interest, lien or right of set off of any kind which it may have or acquire with respect to the Collateral. Custodian shall notify the Counterparty and Customer as soon as practicable under the facts and circumstance if Custodian receives any notice of levy, lien, court order or other process purporting to affect the Collateral. If there shall arise for any reason an overdraft in the Special Custody Account, whether in connection with an advance by Custodian to settle a transaction involving the Special Custody Account or reversing any provisional credit to the Special Custody Account, or if such overdraft shall otherwise arise, such overdraft or indebtedness shall be deemed an overdraft or indebtedness within the meaning of the Custody Agreement and Custodian shall have all the rights and remedies available to it thereunder, solely as related to the assets held in the Custody Account, and for the avoidance of doubt not the Collateral in the Special Custody Account.
 
(7) The Counterparty shall, on each Business Day. compute the aggregate net credit or debit balance under the 40 Act Financing Agreements, and advise the Customer by 11:00 A.M. New York time of the amount of the net debit or credit, as the case may be. If a net debit balance exists on such day, the Customer will cause, by the close of business on such day. an
 
 
4

 
 
amount of Collateral to be deposited in the Special Custody Account to provide Adequate Performance Assurance related to such net debit balance: provided that, in the event that Counterparty advises Customer of such net debit balance after 11:00 A.M., then such amount of Collateral shall be deposited in the Special Custody Account by the close of business on the following business day. Counterparty will charge interest on debit balances in accordance with Counterparty’s policies as set forth in the Committed Facility Agreement (and to the extent such Committed Facility Agreement has been terminated or the commitment therein has expired, the Account Agreement) and Counterparty will not pay interest on credit balances. Balances will be appropriately adjusted when extensions of credit are closed out.
 
 
(8) The occurrence of any of the following constitutes a “Customer Default “ hereunder:
     
  (e) There occurs a Default (as defined in the Committed Facility Agreement), an Event of Default (as defined in the Account Agreement):
     
  (f)
Failure by Customer to perform any obligation hereunder including, without limitation, its obligation to maintain Adequate Performance Assurance as herein provided; or
     
  (b)
Customer’s Insolvency.
     
Upon Counterparty’s determination that a Customer Default has occurred, if Counterparty wishes to declare such default, Counterparty shall notify the Customer in an Advice from Counterparty of such Customer Default. After transmittal by Counterparty of such Advice from Counterparty, Counterparty may thereupon take Default Action or any other action permitted pursuant to the 40 Act Financing Agreements, including without limitation, the conversion of any convertible securities or exercise of Customer’s rights in warrants (if any) held in the Special Custody Account, the buy-in of any securities of which the Account may be short, and the sale of any or all property or securities in the Special Custody Account to the extent necessary to satisfy Customer’s obligations to Counterparty (in which event such Collateral shall be delivered to Counterparty as directed in an Advice from Counterparty). Any sale of Collateral made by Counterparty shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the New York Uniform Commercial Code. Customer shall be liable to Counterparty for any deficiency which may exist after the exercise by Counterparty of its rights and remedies as aforesaid. Any surplus resulting from the sale of Collateral shall be transmitted to Custodian for the benefit of Customer. Counterparty shall notify Customer of any sale of Collateral and any deficiency remaining thereafter in an Advice from Counterparty. Any such sale of Collateral held in the Special Custody Account shall be made only after such Collateral has been withdrawn from the Special Custody Account by Counterparty.
 
(9) Counterparty hereby covenants, for the benefit of Customer, that Counterparty will not instruct Custodian to deliver Collateral free of payment with respect to any sale of Collateral pursuant to Section 8 until after the occurrence of the events described in Section 8. The foregoing covenant is for the benefit of Customer only and shall in no way be deemed to constitute a limitation on Counterparty s right at any time to instruct Custodian pursuant to an Advice of Counterparty and Custodian’s right and obligation to act upon such Advice from Counterparty. Custodian shall not be required to make any determination as to whether such delivery is made in accordance with any provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement
 
 
5

 
 
between Counterparty and Customer. Custodian will, however, endeavor to provide telephone notice of Custodian’s receipt of an Advice of Counterparty explicitly stating that Counterparty is exercising its rights under this Section 8 following a Customer Default by placing a call to the number specified in Section 15(b) below, as promptly as practicable under the circumstances, to Customer of receipt by Custodian of such an Advice from Counterparty to deliver Collateral to Counterparty.
 
(10) It is understood that all determinations and directions for obtaining extensions of credit and effecting Short Sales for the account of the Customer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be made by Customer. The Customer is not relying upon Counterparty to make recommendations with respect thereto.
 
(11) Custodian’s duties and responsibilities are set forth in this Agreement. Custodian shall act only upon receipt of an Advice from Counterparty regarding release of Collateral. Custodian shall not be liable for any costs, expenses, damages, liabilities or claims, including attorney’s fees (“Losses” ) incurred by or asserted against Customer or Counterparty, except those Losses arising out of its negligence or willful misconduct of or by Custodian. Custodian shall have no liability whatsoever for the action or inaction of any Depository; provided that, to the extent that there is some Loss of Counterparty that results from some action or inaction of any Depository and Custodian is reimbursed for such Loss by the relevant Depository or any other party, Custodian agrees to compensate Counterparty for such Loss to the extent of the relevant reimbursement. In no event shall Custodian or Counterparty be liable for special, indirect or consequential damages, or lost profits or loss of business, arising in connection with this Agreement. In matters concerning or relating to this Agreement. Custodian shall not be responsible for compliance with any applicable Margin Rules. Custodian shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of any of the other parties to this Agreement.
 
Customer agrees to indemnify and hold Custodian harmless from and against any and all Losses sustained or incurred by or asserted against Custodian by reason of or as a result of any action or inaction, or arising out of Custodian’s performance hereunder, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel incurred by Custodian in a successful defense of claims by either party; provided, that Custodian shall not be indemnified for those Losses arising out of Custodian’s own negligence or willful misconduct. This indemnity shall be a continuing obligation of Customer and its respective successors and assigns, notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement.
 
Counterparty agrees to indemnify Custodian from and against any and all Losses sustained or incurred by or asserted against Custodian arising out of Custodian’s performance hereunder pursuant to an Advice from Counterparty which it believes in good faith to be genuine and authorized; provided, that Custodian shall not be indemnified for those Losses arising out of Custodian’s own negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this Agreement.
 
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing. Custodian shall be under no obligation to inquire into, and shall not be liable for, any Losses incurred by Customer, Counterparty or any other person as a result of the receipt or acceptance of fraudulent, forged or invalid Collateral, or Collateral which otherwise is not freely transferrable or deliverable without encumbrance in any relevant market.
 
 
6

 
 
Neither Counterparty nor Custodian shall be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fires; floods; wars; civil or military disturbances: sabotage: epidemics: riots: interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communications service; accidents (any such event, a “Force Majeure Event”); provided, that the Custodian or Counterparty, as applicable, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to resume normal performance as soon as is practicable under the circumstances: provided further, that, should any Force Majeure Event occur with respect to Custodian and such event (a)  prevents or would prevent Custodian from releasing the Collateral to Counterparty upon an Advice from Counterparty directing such release or (b) would inhibit Counterparty’s ability to monitor the amount of Collateral in the Special Custody Account (each of (a) and (b). a “Custodian Failure Event”), then during the period from the day on which the Force Majeure Event begins (the “Force Majeure Event Day”) up to the day on which the relevant Custodian Failure Event is no longer occurring, for purposes of determining whether Customer has met its obligation to provide and maintain Adequate Performance Assurance under this Agreement or to meet the Collateral Requirements (as defined in the Committed Facility Agreement), Counterparty shall take account only of the Collateral that was in the Special Custody Account on the Business Day immediately prior to the Force Majeure Event Day.
 
Customer and Counterparty hereby agree that, notwithstanding references to any agreements in this Agreement, including, without limitation, the 40 Act Financing Agreements. Custodian has no interest in, and no duty, responsibility or obligation with respect to, such agreement or transaction or the Account (including without limitation, no duty, responsibility or obligation to monitor compliance with any of the same or to know the terms thereof).
 
Custodian shall be under no obligation to take action to collect any amount payable on Collateral in default, or if payment is refused after due demand and presentment.
 
Custodian shall have no duties or responsibilities whatsoever except such duties and responsibilities as are specifically set forth in this Agreement, and no covenant or obligation shall be implied against Custodian in connection with this Agreement.
 
(12) All charges for Custodian’s services under this Agreement shall be paid by Customer.
 
(13) Counterparty shall not be liable for any losses, costs, damages, liabilities or expenses suffered or incurred by Customer as a result of any transaction executed hereunder, or any other action taken or not taken by Counterparty hereunder for Customer’s account at Customer’s direction or otherwise, except to the extent that such loss, cost, damage, liability or expense is the result of Counterparty’s own gross negligence, fraud, willful misconduct or bad faith.
 
(14) No amendment of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and signed by a general partner of Counterparty and by an authorized officer of each of Customer and Custodian.
 
(15) Written communications hereunder, other than an Advice from Counterparty.
 
 
7

 
 
shall be sent by facsimile-sending device or telegraphed when required herein, hand delivered or mailed first class postage prepaid, except that written notice of termination shall be sent by certified mail, in any such case addressed:
 
  (a)  if to Custodian, to:
The Bank of New York Mellon
One Wall Street, 25 th Floor
New York. NY 10286
Attention: Client Services
Fax No : 212-635-6389
       
  (b) if to Customer, to:
Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund
c/o Guggenheim Partners Investment
Management, LLC
       
     
330 Madison Avenue
New York. NY 10017
Attn: Legal Department
Fax No.: 212-644-8107
Phone No.: 212-389-9295
 
or
 
100 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 500
Santa Monica. CA 10401
Attn: Legal Department
Fax No.: 310-576-1271
Phone No.: 310-576-1229
       
  With a copy of legal and documentation matters to:
 
     
Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund
c/o Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors. LLC
2455 Corporate West Dr.
Lisle, IL 60532
Attn: Chief Legal Officer
Phone No : 630-505-3700
       
  (c) if to Counterparty, to: 
BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage. Inc.
787 Seventh Avenue
New York. NY 10019
Attention: Tomer Seifan
Fax No.: 201-850-4602
Phone No.: 212-471-6565
Attention: Alex Bergelson
Fax No.: 201-850-4601
Phone No.: 212-471-6533
       
    With a copy to:
BNP Paribas
525 Washington Blvd
Jersey City. New Jersey 07310
Attention: David Koppel
Fax No.: 201-850-4618
Phone No.: 201-850-5391
 
 
8

 
 
(16) Any of the parties hereto may terminate this Agreement by not less than thirty (30) days notice in writing to the other parties hereto ( Termination Notice’’ ); provided, however, that the status of any Collateral pledged to Counterparty at the time of such Termination Notice shall not be affected by such termination until the release of such pledge pursuant to the terms of the 40 Act Financing Agreements and any applicable Margin Rules. For the avoidance of doubt, upon any such termination, any Collateral pledged to Counterparty at the time of such Termination Notice shall be held by Custodian pursuant to the terms of this Agreement until the release of such pledge by Counterparty pursuant to the terms of the 40 Act Financing Agreements, this Agreement and any applicable Margin Rules or the transfer of such Collateral to another custodian pursuant to the terms of this Section 16. Custodian shall, with Counterparty’s consent, follow Instructions from Customer concerning transfer of any Collateral in the Special Custody Account. If Custodian does not receive Instructions from Customer within ninety (90) days of its receipt of such Termination Notice, Counterparty and Customer agree that Custodian shall transfer upon receipt of an Instruction from Customer any Collateral in the Special Custody Account to a substitute third-party custodian that is (i) acceptable under the Investment Company Act of 1940. and (ii) an Approved Substitute Custodian or otherwise acceptable to Counterparty (such acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), to hold the Collateral pursuant to terms substantially similar to those hereunder. “Approved Substitute Custodian’’ means any of Brown Brothers Harriman. Northern Trust, State Street Bank and Trust Company. Union Bank of California or US Bank.
 
(17) Nothing in this Agreement prohibits Counterparty, Customer or Custodian from entering into similar agreements with others in order to facilitate options transactions.

(18) Each of Customer, Custodian and Counterparty agrees that any litigation relating to this Agreement between any of them hereunder must be instituted in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or the Supreme Court of the State of New York for the County of New York. Each party hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. any objection, including any objection to the laying of venue or based on the grounds of forum non conveniens, which it may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any such action or proceeding in such courts. Each party hereby agrees that a judgment in any such dispute may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIM. ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER LEGAL ACTION RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IS HEREBY WAIVED BY ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT. Customer hereby consents to process being served by Counterparty on Customer in any suit, action or proceeding referred to above by the mailing of a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, postage pre-paid to Customer at the address set forth above. Nothing contained herein shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
 
(19) If any provision or condition of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid or
 
 
9

 
 
unenforceable by any court, or regulatory or self-regulatory agency or body, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision or condition. The validity of the remaining provisions and conditions shall not be affected thereby and this Agreement shall be carried out as if any such invalid or unenforceable provision or condition were not contained herein.
 
(20) All references herein to times of day shall mean the time in New York. New York. U.S.A.
 
(21) This Agreement and its enforcement (including, without limitation, the establishment and maintenance of the Special Custody Account and all interests, duties and obligations related thereto) shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York without regard to its conflict of law rules and the “securities intermediary’s jurisdiction” within the meaning of the UCC for purposes of this Agreement is the State of New York. This Agreement shall be binding on the parties and any successor organizations thereof irrespective of any change or changes in personnel thereof.
 
(22) Notwithstanding any other provision herein, (i) Counterparty may request release of Collateral from the Special Custody Account through an Advice from Counterparty for purposes of rehypothecation under the Account Agreement and Custodian agrees to release such Collateral to Counterparty upon receipt of such Advice from Counterparty, though Custodian shall at no time have responsibility for determining whether Counterparty is in compliance with permissible purposes under the Account Agreement or any other agreement between Customer and Counterparty in directing such release and (ii) any cash or securities delivered by Counterparty to the Special Custody Account shall be considered pledged to Counterparty as Collateral in the Special Custody Account.
 
(23) This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement in any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile transmission or by electronic mail of images of executed signature pages hereto), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.
 
(24) Counterparty may, upon notice to the Customer and Custodian, assign its rights or any interest under this Agreement to any affiliate of Counterparty (including, without limitation, BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage International, Ltd.).
 
 
10

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the duly authorized representatives of the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first written above.

GUGGENHEIM CREDIT ALLOCATION FUND
 
By:     /s/ John L. Sullivan              
           John L. Sullivan
Title: Chief Financial Officer
 
 
BNP PARIBAS PRIME BROKERAGE, INC.
 
By:     /s/ Jeffrey Lowe              
           Jeffrey Lowe
Title: Managing Director
 
By:     /s/ Raphael Masgnaux       
           Raphael Masgnaux
           Managing Director
 
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
 
By:       /s/ Timothy E. Dasvell     
           Timothy E. Dasvell
Title:  Managing Director
 
 
11

 
 
APPENDIX A
 
TO
SPECIAL CUSTODY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT
 
A UTHORIZED PERSONS FOR BNP PARIBAS PRIME BROKERAGE, INC.
 
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants to the Customer and Custodian that each person specifically identified below has actual authority to act, and as such. is authorized and empowered for and on behalf of Counterparty to deliver Advices from Counterparty.
 
 
Daily Collateral Movements (e.g., approving releases)    
     
Name Telephone/Fax Signature
     
1. Dave Koppel Tel. 201-850-5391 /s/ Dave Koppel
  Fax. 201-850-4618 Dave Koppel
     
2. Vincent Gazzillo Tel. 201-850-4163 /s/ Vincent Gazzillo
  Fax. 201-850-6594 Vincent Gazzillo
     
3. Matt McConnell Tel. 201-850-6347 /s/ Matt McConnell
  Fax. 201-850-6594 Matt McConnell
     
4. Jeff Hoffmann Tel. 201-850-5376 /s/ Jeff Hoffmann
  Fax. 201-850-6594  Jeff Hoffmann
     
5. Thomas Anderson Tel. 201-850-4161 /s/ Thomas Anderson
  Fax. 201-850-6594 Thomas Anderson
     
6. Cindy Yeung Tel. 201-850-5480 /s/ Cindy Yeung
  Fax. 201-850-6594 Cindy Yeung
 
Authorized by: /s/ Raphael Masgnaux       , as duly authorized officer of Counterparty
Name: Raphael Masgnaux
Title:   Managing Director
 
 
12
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit (n)
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


We consent to the references to our firm under the captions “Financial Highlights” and “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Prospectus and “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and “Financial Statements” in the Statement of Additional Information and to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement (Form N-2) of Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund of our report dated July 29, 2014 on the financial statements and financial highlights of Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund included in the May 31, 2014 Annual Report to shareholders.



/s/ Ernst & Young LLP


McLean, Virginia
September 4, 2014


Exhibit (p)
SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT is entered into as of the 17 th day of May, 2013, between Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund, a statutory trust organized and existing under the laws of Delaware (the “Trust”), and Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC (the “Purchaser”).

THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

1.           PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE SHARES

1.1         SALE AND ISSUANCE OF SHARES. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Trust agrees to sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Trust, 4,189 common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01, representing undivided beneficial interests in the Trust (the “Shares”) at a price per Share of $23.875 for an aggregate purchase price of $100,012.37.

2.           REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF THE PURCHASER. The Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to, and covenants for the benefit of, the Trust that:

2.1         PURCHASE ENTIRELY FOR OWN ACCOUNT.  This Agreement is made by the Trust with the Purchaser in reliance upon the Purchaser’s representation to the Trust, which by the Purchaser’s execution of this Agreement the Purchaser hereby confirms, that the Shares are being acquired for investment for the Purchaser’s own account, and not as a nominee or agent and not with a view to the resale or distribution by the Purchaser of any of the Shares, and that the Purchaser has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Shares, in either case in violation of any securities registration requirement under applicable law, but subject nevertheless, to any requirement of law that the disposition of its property shall at all times be within its control.  By executing this Agreement, the Purchaser further represents that the Purchaser does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participation to such person or to any third person, with respect to any of the Shares.

2.2         INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE.  The Purchaser acknowledges that it can bear the economic risk of the investment for an indefinite period of time and has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters (and particularly in the business in which the Trust operates) as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Shares.  The Purchaser is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”).

2.3         RESTRICTED SECURITIES.  The Purchaser understands that the Shares are characterized as “restricted securities” under the United States securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Trust in a transaction not involving a public
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
offering and that under such laws and applicable regulations such Shares may be resold without registration under the 1933 Act only in certain circumstances.  In this connection, the Purchaser represents that it understands the resale limitations imposed by the 1933 Act and is generally familiar with the existing resale limitations imposed by Rule 144.

2.4         FURTHER LIMITATIONS ON DISPOSITION.  The Purchaser further agrees not to make any disposition directly or indirectly of all or any portion of the Shares unless and until:

(a)           There is then in effect a registration statement under the 1933 Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

(b)           The Purchaser shall have furnished the Trust with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Trustees, that such disposition will not require registration of such Shares under the 1933 Act.

2.5         LEGENDS.  It is understood that the certificate evidencing the Shares may bear either or both of the following legends:

(a)           “These securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933. They may not be sold, offered for sale, pledged or hypothecated in the absence of a registration statement in effect with respect to the Shares under such Act or an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustees of Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund that such registration is not required.”

(b)           Any legend required by the laws of any other applicable jurisdiction.

(c)           The Purchaser and the Trust agree that the legend contained in the paragraph (a) above shall be removed at a holder’s request when they are no longer necessary to ensure compliance with federal securities laws.

2.6          COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.


[ signature page follows ]
 
 
 
2

 
 

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.



GUGGENHEIM CREDIT ALLOCATION FUND



By:            /s/ John L. Sullivan                                                       
 Name: John L. Sullivan
 Title:   Chief Financial Officer



GUGGENHEIM FUNDS DISTRIBUTORS, LLC



By:            /s/ Authorized Signatory                                                       
 Name:
 Title:

 
 
3
 
 
Exhibit (r)(i)
Code of Ethics

 
Procedure Creation Date:
 
 
Adopted December 11, 1998 (by RDF, RSF, RVT, RGA, RFS, and RDI)
Adopted on April 23, 2003 (by Rydex ETF Trust)
Adopted by the Security Investors, LLC, February 1, 2005
Adopted by the Board, February 11, 2005
Ratified by the Board, February 17, 2007
Ratified by the Board, February 29, 2008
Ratified by the Boards, November 10, 2009 and November 18, 2009
February 13, 2014
Ratified by the Boards, May/June, 2014
     
Procedure Reviewed As Of:
 
September 2004
January 2006
December 2006
January 2008
January 2009
October 2009
January 2012
October 2013
February 13, 2014
April 23, 2014
     
Procedure Revised As Of:
 
February 1, 2002
January 30, 2003
August 25, 2003
February 1, 2005
January 9, 2006
December 29, 2006
January 8, 2008
September 30, 2008
January 13, 2009
January 1, 2010
May 19, 2010
January 30, 2012
October 1, 2013
February 13, 2014
April 23, 2014
     
Regulatory Rules:
 
Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940
 


Business Unit:
Compliance Department
   
Responsibility:
Compliance Administrator
   
Manager Responsible:
Compliance Manager
 
Covered Entities:
 
This Combined Code of Ethics adopted under Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) and Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”) covers the following companies:
 
Funds
Advisers
Service Providers
·   Rydex Dynamic Funds
·   Security Investors, LLC
·   Rydex Fund Services, LLC
·   Rydex Series Funds
·   Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisers, LLC
·   Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC*
·   Rydex Variable Trust
·   Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC*
 
·   Rydex ETF Trust
   
·   SBL Fund
   
 
 
 
 

 
 
Funds
Advisers
Service Providers
·   Security Equity Fund
   
·   Guggenheim Funds Trust
   
·   Guggenheim Variable Funds Trust
   
·   Guggenheim Strategy Funds Trust
   
·   Claymore Exchange-Traded Fund Trust
   
·   Claymore Exchange-Traded Fund Trust 2
   
·   Fiduciary/Claymore MLP Opportunity Fund
 
   
·   Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust
 
   
·   Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund
 
   
·   Guggenheim Enhanced Equity Income Fund
 
   
·   Guggenheim Enhanced Equity Strategy Fund
 
   
·   Guggenheim Equal Weight Enhanced Equity Income Fund
 
   
·   Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities Fund
 
   
       *This code also covers those unit investment trusts for which Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC serves as depositor and references 
       to “clients” herein include the unit investment trusts.
 
 
Procedure:
 
Rydex Dynamic Funds, Rydex Series Funds, Rydex Variable Trust, Rydex ETF Trust, SBL Fund, Security Equity Fund, Guggenheim Funds Trust, Guggenheim Variable Funds Trust, Guggenheim Strategy Funds Trust, Claymore Exchange-Traded Fund Trust, Claymore Exchange-Traded Fund Trust 2, Fiduciary/Claymore MLP Opportunity Fund, Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust, Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund, Guggenheim Enhanced Equity Income Fund, Guggenheim Enhanced Equity Strategy Fund, Guggenheim Equal Weight Enhanced Equity Income Fund and Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities Fund (each a “Fund” and jointly the “Funds”), and Security Investors, LLC, Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisers, LLC, Rydex Fund Services, LLC, and Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC (each a “Company,” jointly the “Companies,” and together with the Funds, “Guggenheim Investments” or “GI”) are confident that their officers, trustees, directors and employees act with integrity and good faith. GI recognizes, however, that personal interests may conflict with a Fund’s or Company’s interests where trustees, directors, officers or employees:
 
§  
Know about present or future portfolio transactions or
§  
Have the power to influence portfolio transactions; and
§  
Engage in personal transactions in securities.
 
In an effort to prevent these conflicts from arising and in accordance with Rule 17j-1(c)(1) under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act, GI has adopted this Code of Ethics and all amendments thereto (together, the “Code”) to prohibit transactions that create, may create, or appear to create conflicts of interest, and to establish reporting requirements and enforcement procedures. Each trustee, director, officer and employee of GI should carefully read and review this Code.
 
1.   About GI
 
1.1.   The Funds are separately registered open-end and closed-end management investment companies as well as exchange traded funds.  Each Fund may consist of multiple investment portfolios (each a “Fund” and together, the “Funds”).
 
 
 
2

 
 
1.2.   Security Investors, LLC, and/or Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisers, LLC (each an “Advisor” and together, the “Advisers”) is the investment adviser or sub-investment adviser to certain of the Funds.
 
1.3.   Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC serves as distributor to certain Funds and depositor of certain unit investment trusts.
 
1.4.   Rydex Fund Services, LLC provides general administrative services and/or serves as transfer agent to certain Funds.
 
2.   About this Code of Ethics
 
2.1.   Transaction-Related and Reporting Provisions
 
This Code sets forth specific prohibitions relating to securities transactions and also sets out certain reporting requirements. They cover the persons identified below:
 
§  
All Company officers and directors;
§  
Company employees who have access to nonpublic information regarding any client’s purchase or sale of securities or the portfolio holdings of any reportable fund , e.g., portfolio management and fund accounting personnel, or who are involved in making securities recommendations to clients, or have access to such recommendations that are nonpublic;
§  
Employees of any sub-adviser to the Funds who, in connection with their regular functions or duties, make, participate in, or obtain information regarding, the purchase or sale of a security by a Fund, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales (“ Sub-Advisor Access Persons ”);
§  
All Trustees and Directors of the Funds, both Interested and Independent ; and
§  
Natural persons in a control relationship with a Company who obtain information concerning recommendations made to a Fund or client about the purchase or sale of a security and are not specifically covered by any other section of the Code.
 
In addition to the general principals and limitations set forth below, for the prohibitions and reporting requirements that specifically apply to you, please refer to Parts A-C, as indicated below. (Definitions of underlined terms are included in Appendix A.)
 
§  
Independent Trustees/Directors of the Funds - Part A
§  
Advisers Access Persons (Other than Independent Trustees/Directors of the Funds) - Part B
§  
Natural Control Persons - Part C
 
2.2.   Other Provisions
 
The remainder of this Code sets forth general principles, required course of conduct, reporting obligations, and GI’s review, enforcement and recordkeeping responsibilities as well as other miscellaneous information and general limits.
 
3.   Statement of General Principles
 
In recognition of the trust and confidence placed in GI by its clients and shareholders of the Funds, and because GI believes that its operations should benefit clients and shareholders, GI has adopted the following universally applicable principles.
 
1.  
Shareholders’ and clients’ interests are paramount. You must place shareholder and client interests before your own.
2.  
You must accomplish all personal securities transactions in a manner that avoids an actual conflict or even the appearance of a conflict of your personal interests with those of a Company’s clients, including a Fund’s shareholders.
3.  
You must avoid actions or activities that allow (or appear to allow) you or your family to profit or benefit from your position with GI, or that bring into question your independence or judgment.
4.  
You must comply with all applicable federal securities laws, including the prohibitions against the misuse of material nonpublic information, in conducting yourself and the operations of GI.
 
This Code does not attempt to identify all possible conflicts of interest, and literal compliance with each of its specific provisions will not shield investment personnel from liability for personal trading or other conduct that violates a fiduciary duty to a Company’s clients or a Fund’s shareholders.
 
 
 
3

 
 

4.   Required Course of Conduct and General Limits
 
4.1.   Prohibition Against Fraud, Deceit and Manipulation
 
You may not, in connection with the purchase or sale , directly or indirectly, of a security held or to be acquired by any Fund or client account:
 
a.  
employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud the Fund or client account;
b.  
make to a Fund or client any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state to a Fund or client a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;
c.  
engage in any act, practice or course of business which would operate as a fraud or deceit upon a Fund or client; or
d.  
engage in any manipulative practice with respect to a Fund or client account.
 
Two of the most common risks associated with personal securities transactions are front-running and trading opposite a fund or client account.  For example, front-running would include the purchase of a security any time within seven days ahead of when a fund or client account purchases the same security or the sale of a security any time within seven days ahead of when a fund or client account sells the same security . An example of trading opposite a fund or client account would include the sale of a security any time within seven days after a fund or client account purchases the same security or the purchase of a security any time within seven days after a fund or client account sells the same security .
 
4.2.  
Limits on Accepting or Receiving Gifts
 
Advisers Access Persons , excluding any Independent Trustees or Directors, may not accept or receive any gift of more than $100 value from, or give any such gift to, any existing or prospective client, person or entity that does business with or on behalf of GI. This provision does not include:
 
§  
occasional meals, tickets to a sporting event or the theater, or normal business entertainment (if the person or entity providing the entertainment is present); and
§  
any payment or reimbursement for professional training or educational meetings.
 
Gifts in excess of $100 must either be returned to the donor or paid for by the recipient.  It is not the intent of the Code to prohibit the everyday courtesies of business life.  Therefore, this prohibition does not include an occasional meal or ticket to a theater, entertainment or sporting event that is an incidental part of a meeting that has a clear business purpose. For Advisers Access Persons other than the Independent Trustees/Directors, Gifts in excess of $50 must be reported to the Chief Compliance Officer or his/her designee.
 
4.3   Limits on Service as a Director
 
         Advisers   Access Persons, excluding any Independent Trustees or Directors, shall not serve on the boards of directors of publicly traded companies without prior approval from the applicable Chief Compliance Officer and Central Compliance .
 
4.4      Excessive Trading
 
Advisers Access Persons shall not engage in excessive trading or market timing of the Funds; provided, however, that this prohibition does not apply to the Tradable Funds .  Such activity is inconsistent with the fiduciary principles of this Code, which require that Advisers Access Persons place the interests of clients above their own interests.   Advisers Access Persons shall not make more than 60 securities trades in any 90-day period.  Transactions that do not require pre-clearance are not included in the 60 securities trades permitted during any 90-day period.
 
4.5      Section 16 Reporting on Closed-End Fund Shares
 
For all Trustees/Directors and Officers, please be reminded that Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“1934 Act”) imposes reporting requirements with respect to your ownership of the closed-end Funds (the “Closed-End Funds”).   Section 16(a) requires each Trustee/Director and Officer to file (i) an initial report with the SEC on Form 3 disclosing his or her status as a reporting person under Section 16(a), and his or her beneficial ownership of all equity securities of the Closed-End Funds at the time of attaining such status; (ii) changes in such beneficial
 
 
4

 


ownership on Form 4; and (iii) an annual statement of changes in beneficial ownership on Form 5 (if such changes were not previously reported on Forms 3 or 4).  The Trustees/Directors and Officers should review the Closed-End Funds’ Section 16 policies and procedures for more information relating to their reporting requirements under those policies and procedures as well as Section 16 of the 1934 Act.
 
5.   Confidentiality
 
All personal securities transactions reports and any other information filed with GI under this Code will be treated as confidential, provided, however, that such reports and related information may be produced to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and other regulatory agencies or as otherwise required by law.
 
6.   Interpretation of Provisions and Interrelationship with Other Codes of Ethics
 
The Board of Trustees or Board of Directors of the Funds may from time to time adopt such interpretations of this Code as they deem appropriate.
 
To the extent that any of the Advisers delegate certain of their advisory responsibilities to an investment sub-adviser, such sub-adviser must:
 
§  
establish, maintain and enforce a code of ethics that meets the minimum requirements set forth in Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act and Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, and submit such code of ethics to the Fund’s Board of Trustees or Directors;
 
§  
on a quarterly basis provide the appropriate Fund(s) or the Advisor of such Fund a written attestation that the sub-adviser is in compliance with its code of ethics adopted pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act;
 
§  
promptly report, in writing, to the appropriate Fund(s) any material amendments to such code(s) of ethics;
 
§  
promptly furnish to such Fund or the Advisor to such Fund, upon request, copies of any reports made pursuant to such code of ethics by any person who is an Sub-Advisor Access Person ;
 
§  
immediately furnish to such Fund or the Advisor to such Fund, without request, all material information regarding any violation of such code of ethics by any person who is a Sub-Advisor Access Person; and
 
§  
at least once a year, provide such Fund or the Advisor of such Fund a written report that describes any issue(s) that arose during the previous year under its code of ethics, including any material code violations and any resulting sanction(s), and a certification that it has adopted measures reasonably necessary to prevent its personnel from violating its code of ethics.
 
The sub-adviser should also establish a policy or adopt in its code of ethics that Sub-Advisor Access Persons shall not engage in excessive trading.  Such activity is inconsistent with the fiduciary principles of this Code, which require that Sub-Advisor Access Persons place the interests of clients above their own interests.
 
7.   Acknowledgment of Receipt and Annual Certification
 
Each director, officer, employee and member of the Companies will receive a copy of the Code and any subsequent amendments to the Code, and each such person must acknowledge receipt of the Code in writing.  In addition, each such person is required to certify annually that he/she (i) has read and understands the Code, (ii) is aware that he/she is subject to the provisions of this Code, (iii) has complied with the Code at all times during the previous calendar year, and (iv) has, during the previous calendar year, reported all holdings and transactions that he/she is required to report pursuant to the Code. The acknowledgement of receipt and certification may be made electronically via the Financial Tracking (www.financial-tracking.com) web site.
 
Exception Handling:
 
The Compliance Officer , in his or her discretion, may exempt any person from any specific provision of the Code, if the Compliance Officer determines that: (a)   granting the exemption does not detrimentally affect any client or the shareholders of the Funds, (b) the failure to grant the exemption will result in an undue burden on the person or limit the person’s ability to render services to GI and (c) the exception is consistent with Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act. In order to request an exemption from a provision of the Code, an Advisers Access Person must submit a written request for the exemption to the Compliance Officer .  If the exemption request relates to the access person’s beneficial interest in securities, the request should identify the securities, any account where they are held, and the person or firm responsible for managing the securities.  The request should also describe the nature of the access person’s interest in the securities and the basis on which the exemption is requested, i.e. , the nature of the hardship.  The Compliance Officer will prepare a report documenting the nature of any exemption granted, the persons involved, and the reasons for granting such exemption.
 
 
 
5

 
 
Reporting Requirements:
 
1.   Individual Reporting Obligations - See Parts A, B, or C as appropriate, for your specific reporting obligations.
 
1.1.   Obligation to Report Violations of the Code - In addition to the individual reporting requirements referenced above, any violation of the Code must be promptly reported to the Compliance Officer .
 
1.2.   Reports of individual securities transactions are required only if you knew at the time of the transaction or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling your official duties as a Trustee or Director, should have known , that during the 15-calendar day period immediately preceding or following the date of your transaction, the same security was purchased or sold, or was being considered for purchase or sale, by a Fund.  Note: The " should have known " standard does not:
 
§  
  Imply a duty of inquiry;
 
§  
Presume you should have deduced or extrapolated from discussions or memoranda dealing with the Fund’s
investment strategies; or
Impute knowledge from your prior knowledge of the Fund’s portfolio holdings, market considerations, or
investment policies, objectives and restrictions.

2.   Annual Written Report to the Boards of Trustees and Boards of Directors of the Funds - At least once a year, the Compliance Officer , on behalf of the Companies that provide services to the Funds, including the Advisers, will provide the Board of Trustees/Directors of each Fund a written report that includes:
 
2.1.   Issues Arising Under the Code - The Report will describe any issue(s) that arose during the previous year under the Code, including any material Code violations, and any resulting sanctions.
 
2.2.   Certification - The Report will certify to the Boards of Trustees and Boards of Directors that each Company has adopted measures reasonably necessary to prevent its personnel from violating the Code currently and in the future.
 
3.   Periodic Review and Reporting - The Compliance Officer (or his or her designee) will report to the Boards of Trustees and Boards of Directors at least annually as to the operation of this Code and will address in any such report the need (if any) for further changes or modifications to this Code.
 
Testing and Review:
 
Each Fund and Company shall appoint the Compliance Officer .
 
1.   Duties of the Compliance Officer and Compliance Administrator
 
1.1.   The Compliance Administrator will, on a quarterly basis, review electronic reports generated by Financial Tracking, a service used by GI,   that compares all reported personal securities transactions with the Funds’ portfolio and client accounts, as applicable, transactions completed by the Advisor, and the restricted securities list, maintained  by Central Compliance and GI, to determine whether a Code violation may have occurred. The Compliance Officer may request additional information or take any other appropriate measures that the Compliance Officer decides is necessary to aid in this determination. Before determining that a person has violated the Code, the Compliance Officer must give the person an opportunity to supply explanatory material.
 
1.2.   If the Compliance Administrator determines that a Code violation may have occurred, the Compliance Administrator must submit the determination, together with the confidential quarterly report and any explanatory material provided by the person, to the Compliance Officer to make a determination.
 
1.3.   No person is required to participate in a determination of whether he or she has committed a Code violation or of the imposition of any sanction against himself or herself. If a securities transaction of the President is under consideration, a Vice President will act for the President for purposes of this Section.
 
2.             Sanctions - If the Compliance Officer finds that the person violated the Code, the Compliance Officer will impose upon the person sanctions that the Compliance Officer deems appropriate and will report the violation and the sanction imposed to the Board of Trustees or Board of Directors of the Funds at the next regularly scheduled Board meeting unless, in the sole discretion of the Funds’ Compliance Officer , circumstances warrant an earlier report.  An example of such sanction letter is attached as Exhibit A.  All violations will be addressed with a letter of censure.  Sanctions for multiple, consecutive, or egregious violations may include but are not limited to disgorgement of profits, suspension of trading privileges, or suspension or termination of employment of the violator.
 
Recordkeeping:
 
The Companies will maintain records as set forth below. These records will be maintained in accordance with Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204-2(a)(12) under the Advisers Act and will be available for examination by representatives of the SEC.
 
 
 
6

 
 
§  
A copy of this Code and any other code which is, or at any time within the past five years has been, in effect will be preserved in an easily accessible place;
§  
A list of all persons who are, or within the past five years have been, required to submit reports under this Code will be maintained in an easily accessible place;
§  
A copy of each report made by a person under this Code will be preserved for a period of not less than five years from the end of the fiscal year in which it is made, the first two years in an easily accessible place;
§  
A copy of each duplicate brokerage confirmation and each periodic statement provided under this Code will be preserved for a period of not less than five years from the end of the fiscal year in which it is made, the first two years in an easily accessible place.
§  
A record of any Code violation and of any sanctions taken will be preserved in an easily accessible place for a period of not less than five years following the end of the fiscal year in which the violation occurred;
§  
A copy of each annual report to the Board of Trustees and Board of Directors will be maintained for at least five years from the end of the fiscal year in which it is made, the first two years in an easily accessible place;
§  
A copy of all Acknowledgements of Receipt and Annual Certifications as required by this Code for each person who is currently, or within the past five years was required to provide such Acknowledgement of Receipt or Annual Certification; and
§  
The Companies will maintain a record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the acquisition of securities in a private placement , for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval is granted.
 
Disclosure:
 
The Code of Ethics will be disclosed in accordance with the requirements of applicable federal law and all rules and regulations thereunder with the applicable disclosure documents.
 
Revisions:
 
These procedures shall remain in effect until amended, modified or terminated. The Boards of Trustees and Boards of Directors must approve any material amendments to the Code within six months of the amendment.
 
 
 
7

 


Part A
Procedures for Independent Trustees/Directors
 
General Obligations.
 
1.   Limitations
 
1.1.   You are subject to Sections 4.1and 4.5 of the “Procedure” section of the Code.
 
2.   Required Transaction Reports
 
2.1.   On a quarterly basis you must report any securities transactions, unless such transaction is excepted from reporting as described in 2.2 below.  If reporting is required, you must submit your report of securities transactions and information about the relevant securities account to the Compliance Officer no later than 30 calendar days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the transaction to which the report relates was effected.
 
2.2.   Reports of individual securities transactions are required only if you knew at the time of the transaction or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling your official duties as a Trustee or Director, should have known , that during the 15-calendar day period immediately preceding or following the date of your transaction, the same security was purchased or sold , or was being considered for purchase or sale , by a Fund.
 
Note : The " should have known " standard does not:
 
·  
imply a duty of inquiry;
·  
presume you should have deduced or extrapolated from discussions or memoranda dealing with the Fund’s investment strategies; or
·  
impute knowledge from your prior knowledge of the Fund’s portfolio holdings, market considerations, or investment policies, objectives and restrictions.
 
2.3.   If you had no reportable transactions or did not open any securities accounts during the quarter, you are not required to submit a report.
 
3.   What Securities Are Covered Under Your Quarterly Reporting Obligation?
 
If the transaction is reportable because it came within paragraph (1), above, you must report all transactions in securities that: (i) you directly or indirectly beneficially own or (ii) because of the transaction, you acquire direct or indirect beneficial ownership . The report must also contain any account you established in which any securities were held during the quarter.  You are not required to detail or list purchases or sales effected for any account over which you have no direct or indirect influence or control .
 
You may include a statement in your report that the report shall not be construed as your admission that you have any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security included in the report.
 
4.   Other Recommended Practices
 
5.   Although not strictly prohibited, it is recommended that Independent Trustees/Directors refrain from trading in shares of the Funds they oversee for a period of seven calendar days before and after meetings of the Board of such Funds.
 
In lieu of the sanctions contemplated under Section 2 of the “Testing and Review” section of the Code, Independent Trustees/Directors shall be subject to sanctions as determined by the Board of the relevant Fund.
 

 
8

 
 
 
Part B
Advisers Access Persons (Other Than Independent Trustees/Directors of the Funds)
 
General Obligations
 
1.   Providing a List of Securities – Initial and Annual Holdings Reports
 
1.1.    Initial Holdings Reports.  You must submit the initial listing within 10 calendar days of the date you first become an access person . The initial listing should be a complete listing of all securities you beneficially own as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date you become an access person.
 
1.2.   Annual Holdings Reports.  In addition to the Initial Holdings Report, each following year, you must submit a revised list to the Compliance Officer showing the securities you beneficially own as of December 31.  You must submit each annual update listing no later than 45 calendar days after December 31.
 
The Initial Holdings Report and Annual Holdings Reports, as applicable, will be delivered electronically, via the www.financial-tracking.com web site. You will receive notification via email when the applicable report is due, including instructions on how to access the information and complete the report.
 
You are not required to provide this list of securities if you are not currently affiliated with or employed by a Company covered by this Code.
 
2.   Duplicate Brokerage Confirmation and Statements
 
You must direct your brokers to provide the Compliance Officer with duplicate copies of confirmations of all securities transactions in which you will acquire beneficial ownership of a security and copies of periodic statements for all personal securities accounts.  Duplicate copies of periodic statements for all personal securities accounts covering an entire quarter must be received no later than 30 calendar days after the quarter end.  If you are unable to submit duplicate copies of periodic statements for all of your personal securities accounts covering the entire quarter within 30 calendar days after the quarter end, then you must notify Compliance and you will be required to submit the quarterly transaction report discussed in Section 3 no later than 30 calendar days after the quarter end.
 
3.   Required Transaction Reports – Quarterly Personal Securities Transaction Reports
 
On a quarterly basis you must report transactions in securities , as well as any securities accounts established. You must submit your report to the Compliance Officer no later than 45 calendar days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the transaction to which the report relates was effected.  The Quarterly Personal Securities Transaction Reports are required in addition to delivery of duplicate brokerage confirmations and statements.  Quarterly Personal Securities Transactions Reports will be made electronically, via the www.financial-tracking.com web site. You will receive notification via email when the Quarterly Transaction Report is due, including instructions on how to access the information and complete the report.
 
If you had no reportable transactions or did not open any securities accounts during the quarter, you are still required to report that you did not have any transactions.
 
 What Securities Are Covered Under Your Quarterly Reporting Obligation?
 
You must report all transactions in securities that: (i) you directly or indirectly beneficially own or (ii) because of the transaction, you acquire direct or indirect beneficial ownership . The report must contain any account you established in which any securities were held during the quarter.  You are not required to detail or list purchases or sales effected for any account over which you have no direct or indirect influence or control .
 
You may include a statement in your report that the report shall not be construed as your admission that you have any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security included in the report.
 
4.   Pre-Clearance Requirement
 
You must submit a report detailing every proposed securities transaction in which you will acquire a beneficial ownership interest to the Compliance Officer and obtain pre-clearance for each securities transaction prior to engaging in the transaction.   The report shall include the name of the security, date of the proposed transaction, quantity, price, and broker-dealer through which the transaction is to be effected.
 
All requests for pre-clearance of Personal Securities Transactions must be made by logging into Financial Tracking, LLC (www.Financial-Tracking.com) and selecting “Trade Request”.  This will display the online pre-trade clearance request form.
 
 
 
9

 
 
Pre-cleared transactions are valid until 4:00 p.m. the next business day after the day on which such transaction was pre-cleared as noted on the pre-clearance request form, unless otherwise specified by the Compliance Officer .  Any transaction, or portion thereof, not so completed will require a new pre-clearance. If the transaction is not executed within the specified time, the access person must obtain written approval for the transaction again.  The Companies reserve the right to cancel previously pre-cleared trades if an actual conflict arises or in certain other limited circumstances, and access persons may be obliged to sell previously pre-cleared positions.  The Companies will not be responsible for any losses as a result of such cancellation and all profits received by the access person from such sale will be disgorged and donated to a charity approved by the Compliance Officer.

5.   What Securities and Transactions May Be Excluded from the Pre-Clearance Requirement?
 
 Securities:
Security Type:
Pre-Clearance Required:
Include on Quarterly Transaction & Annual Holdings Reports:
-Equities (stocks)
Yes
Yes
-Corporate, US Gov Agency, and Municipal Bonds
-Debt instruments issued directly by US Gov. (doesn’t include US Gov Agencies)
No
No
-All Options  & Futures
Yes
Yes
-Commodity Futures
Yes
Yes
-Affiliated & Unaffiliated ETFs
Yes
Yes
-Affiliated & Unaffiliated Closed-End Funds
Yes
Yes
- Open End Mutual Funds (Affiliated – Rydex Transparent Value (TV), GFunds except money market fund)
No
Yes*
- Open End Mutual Funds (not advised by the Advisers covered by the code)
No
No
-Money Market Funds – Affiliated & Unaffiliated
No
No
-Bankers’ Acceptances & Bank CDs
No
No
-Commercial Paper
-Repurchase Agreements
-Affiliated & Unaffiliated Unit Investment Trusts invested exclusively in mutual funds
No
No
*Report transactions in any Funds held outside of the Rydex Transfer Agent.  Do not need to report Funds held at the Rydex Transfer Agent.

Special Transaction Types:
Special Transaction Type**:
Pre-Clearance Required:
Include on Quarterly Transaction & Annual Holdings Reports:
IPOs (issued directly from the underwriting syndicate)
Prohibited
Prohibited
Limited Offering
Prohibited
Prohibited
Private Placements
Yes
Yes
Automatic Dividend Reinvestments
No***
No***
Automatic Investment Plan
No***
No***
Exercising a put/call option that you purchased
Yes
Yes
Purchases/sales resulting from a put/call option written by you being exercised by other party
No
Yes
Tender offer transactions**
No
Yes
ALL Transactions by an Investment Club which the access person is a member (IPO & limited offering purchases are still prohibited)
Yes
Yes
Acquisition of securities by gift or inheritance
No
Yes
Sale of securities by gift or inheritance****
Yes
Yes
Trades in accounts managed on a discretionary basis by broker/RIA (documentation required)
No
Yes
Guggenheim Capital LLC membership interests
No
No
Guggenheim 401K****
Yes
Yes
Purchases arising from the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities , as long as you acquired these rights from the issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired.
No
Yes
Transactions which are non-volitional on your part, including sales from a margin account due to a bona fide margin call.
No
Yes
 
 
 
10

 
 
Special Transaction Type**:
Pre-Clearance Required:
Include on Quarterly Transaction & Annual Holdings Reports:
Transactions   effected for any account over which you have no direct or indirect influence or control .
No
No
**You will be required to provide additional supporting documentation to the extent the information is not available on your brokerage statements.
***Any transaction that overrides the pre-set schedule of the automatic investments plan must be pre-cleared and reported.  Annual Holdings report must represent updated holdings resulting from any automatic investment plans.
****Pre-clearance is required to the extent that it is for a security type listed above under ‘Pre-Clearance required’.

The above transactions that are not subject to pre-clearance are also NOT subject to the prohibition of selling securities (discussed in section 7 below),the seven-day blackout period on personal securities transactions (discussed in section 8 below), or the excessive trading limitation (discussed in section 9  below).
 
6.   Pre-Approval of Private Placements and Prohibition on IPOs and Limited Offerings
 
You shall not acquire beneficial ownership of any securities offered in connection with an IPO or limited offering  and you must obtain approval from the Compliance Officer before acquiring beneficial ownership of any securities offered in connection with a private placement . In determining whether to grant pre-approval, the Compliance Officer will consider, among other factors, whether the investment opportunity should be offered to a client .
 
7.   Sixty-Day Prohibition on Selling/Buying Securities
 
You cannot purchase and sell, or sell and purchase, the same security within 60 calendar days. This prohibition does not apply to securities and transactions that are not subject to the pre-clearance requirement (discussed in section 5 above).
 
8.   Seven-Day Blackout Period on Personal Securities Transactions
 
You cannot purchase or sell , directly or indirectly, any security in which you had (or by reason of such transaction acquire) any beneficial ownership, at any time within seven calendar days before or after the time that the same (or a related): (i) the security is being purchased or sold by any Fund; (ii) the security is being purchased for initial deposit in a Fund that is an unit investment trust or the security is in an unit investment trust is being terminated.
 
This prohibition does not apply to securities and transactions that are not subject to the pre-clearance requirement (discussed in section 6 above).
 
8.1.   Exception to Blackout Period
 
The seven-day blackout period does not apply to the purchase or sale of any security (i) of a company with a market capitalization in excess of $1 billion and (ii) made in dollar amounts less than $25,000.  The exception to the blackout period does not apply to the purchase and sale of options, the GI restricted list and any other derivatives or futures.
 
9.   Excessive Trading
 
You shall not make more than 60 securities trades in any 90-day period.  Transactions that do not require pre-clearance are not included in the 60 securities trades permitted during any 90-day period.
 

 
 
11

 
 
Part C
Natural Control Persons
 
General Obligations.
 
1.   Providing a List of Securities – Initial and Annual Holdings Reports
 
1.1.    Initial Holdings Reports.  You must submit the initial listing within 10 calendar days of the date you first become an access person . The initial listing should be a complete listing of all securities you beneficially own as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date you become an access person .
 
1.2.   Annual Holdings Reports.  In addition to the Initial Holdings Report, each following year, you must submit a revised list to the Compliance Officer showing the securities you beneficially own as of December 31.  You must submit each annual update listing no later than 45 calendar days after December 31.
 
The Initial Holdings Report and Annual Holdings Reports, as applicable, will be delivered electronically, via the www.financial-tracking.com web site. You will receive notification via email when the applicable report is due, including instructions on how to access the information and complete the report.
 
You are not required to provide this list of securities if you are not currently affiliated with or employed by a Company covered by this Code.
 
2.   Duplicate Brokerage Confirmation and Statements
 
You must direct your brokers to provide the Compliance Officer with duplicate copies of confirmations of all securities transactions in which you will acquire beneficial ownership of a security and copies of periodic statements for all personal securities accounts.  Duplicate copies of periodic statements for all personal securities accounts covering an entire quarter must be received no later than 30 calendar days after the quarter end. If you are unable to submit duplicate copies of periodic statements for all of your personal securities accounts covering the entire quarter within 30 calendar days after the quarter end, then you must notify Compliance and you will be required to submit the quarterly transaction report discussed in Section 3 no later than 30 calendar days after the quarter end.
 
3.   Required Transaction Reports
 
On a quarterly basis you must report any securities transactions, as well as any securities accounts established. You must submit your report to the Compliance Officer no later than 45 calendar days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the transaction to which the report relates was effected. The Quarterly Personal Securities Transaction Reports are required in addition to delivery of duplicate brokerage confirmations and statements.  Quarterly Personal Securities Transactions Reports will be made electronically, via the www.financial-tracking.com web site. You will receive notification via email when the Quarterly Transaction Report is due, including instructions on how to access the information and complete the report.
 
If you had no reportable transactions or did not open any securities accounts during the quarter, you are still required to report that you did not have any transactions.
 
4.   What Securities Are Covered Under Your Quarterly Obligation?
 
You must report all transactions in securities that: (i) you directly or indirectly beneficially own or (ii) because of the transaction, you acquire direct or indirect beneficial ownership . The report must also include any account you established in which securities were held during the quarter.  You are not required to detail or list purchases or sales effected for any account over which you have no direct or indirect influence or control .
 
You may include a statement in your report that the report shall not be construed as your admission that you have any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security included in the report.
 
5.   Pre-Approval of Private Placements and Prohibition on IPOs and Limited Offerings
 
You shall not acquire beneficial ownership of any securities offered in connection with an IPO or limited offering and you must obtain approval from the Compliance Officer before acquiring beneficial ownership of any securities offered in connection with a private placement . In determining whether to grant pre-approval, the Compliance Officer will consider, among other factors, whether the investment opportunity should be offered to a client.
 

 
12

 
 

Appendix A
Definitions
 
Advisers Access Person includes: (a) any trustee, director or officer of any Fund, Advisor and/or Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC and (b) any supervised person who has access to nonpublic information regarding any clients’ purchase or sale of securities or the portfolio holdings of any client or reportable fund, e.g. portfolio management and fund accounting personnel, is involved in making securities recommendations to clients, or has access to such recommendations that are nonpublic.
 
Sub-Advisor Access Person includes any trustee, director, officer or employee of any sub-adviser who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding, the purchase or sale of a Security by a Fund, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales.
 
Beneficial ownership means the same as under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 16a-1(a)(2) thereunder. You should generally consider yourself the beneficial owner of any security in which you have a direct or indirect pecuniary interest, which is the opportunity to profit directly or indirectly or share in any profit derived from a transaction securities. In addition, you should consider yourself the beneficial owner of securities held by your spouse, your minor children, a relative who shares your home, or other persons by reason of any contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship that provides you with sole or shared voting or investment power.
 
Compliance Officer means, as applicable, the chief compliance officer of Rydex Dynamic Funds, Rydex Series Funds, Rydex Variable Trust, Rydex ETF Trust, SBL Fund, Security Equity Fund, Guggenheim Funds Trust, Guggenheim Variable Funds Trust, Guggenheim Strategy Funds Trust, Claymore Exchange-Traded Fund Trust, Claymore Exchange-Traded Fund Trust 2, Fiduciary/Claymore MLP Opportunity Fund, Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust, Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund, Guggenheim Enhanced Equity Income Fund, Guggenheim Enhanced Equity Strategy Fund, Guggenheim Equal Weight Enhanced Equity Income Fund and Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities Fund pursuant to Rule 38a-1 under the 1940 Act, or the chief compliance officer of Security Investors, LLC, Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisers, LLC or Guggeneheim Funds Distributors, LLC pursuant to Rule 206(4)-7 under the Advisers Act, or any person designated by such chief compliance officer to act in the chief compliance officer’s absence.  As of January 1, 2014, the Compliance Officers are:
 
Entity
Rydex Dynamic Funds, Rydex Series Funds, Rydex Variable Trust, Rydex ETF Trust, SBL Fund, Security Equity Fund, Guggenheim Funds Trust, Guggenheim Variable Funds Trust, Guggenheim Strategy Funds Trust, Security Investors, LLC and Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisers, LLC
Claymore Exchange-Traded Fund Trust, Claymore Exchange-Traded Fund Trust 2, Fiduciary/Claymore MLP Opportunity Fund, Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust, Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund, Guggenheim Enhanced Equity Income Fund, Guggenheim Enhanced Equity Strategy Fund, Guggenheim Equal Weight Enhanced Equity Income Fund and Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities Fund
Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC
Compliance Officer
Elisabeth Miller
Joanna Catalucci
Dennis Metzger

Compliance Administrator means a compliance personnel employee designated by the Compliance Officer.
 
Control means the same as that under Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act. Section 2(a)(9) provides that “control” means the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a company, unless such power is solely the result of an official position with such company. Ownership of 25% or more of a company's outstanding voting securities is presumed to give the holder of such securities control over the company. This presumption may be countered by the facts and circumstances of a given situation.
 
Independent Trustee/Director means a trustee or director of a Fund who is not an “interested person” of the Fund within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.
 
 
 
13

 
 
Initial public offering (“IPO”) means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the issuer of which, immediately before registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Interested Trustee/Director means a trustee or director of a Fund who is an “interested person” of the Fund within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.
 
Limited offering means an offering of securities conducted in reliance on an available exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 due to either a) the aggregate offering price of the offering or b) the number of purchasers.
 
Private placement means a non-public offering of securities conducted in reliance on an available exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933. Purchase or sale of a security includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a security .
 
Reportable fund means any fund, except money market funds, for which an Advisor serves as investment adviser, any fund whose investment adviser or principal underwriter controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Advisers, or any closed-end fund regardless of affiliation.  For purposes of this Code definition, control has the same meaning as it does above.
 
Security means the same as that set forth in Section 2(a)(36) of the 1940 Act, except that it does not include direct obligations of the U.S. Government, bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, shares of registered open-end mutual funds other than reportable funds , and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements. A high quality short-term debt instrument is an instrument that has a maturity at issuance of less than 366 days and that is rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a NRSRO.    For purposes of this Code, a security includes shares issued by exchange-traded funds, futures, options on futures, and other types of derivatives.  A security also includes options on securities and single stock futures.  A security does not include index futures, commodities futures or commodities. A security also does not include shares issued by UITs that are invested exclusively in one or more unaffiliated open-end funds, none of which are reportable funds .
 
A security held or to be acquired by any Fund or any client account means any security which, within the most recent 15 days, (i) is or has been held by any Fund or any client account or (ii) is being or has been considered by an Advisor or sub-adviser for purchase by a Fund or client account, and any option to purchase or sell, and any security convertible into or exchangeable for any security .
 
A security is being purchased or sold by a Fund or a client account from the time a purchase or sale program has been communicated to the person who places buy and sell orders for the Fund or client account until the program has been fully completed or terminated.
 
Tradable Funds are those Funds that are designed for active trading and do not impose limits on shareholder transactions.
 
 
 
 
14

 

 

 
Code of Ethics Certification of Compliance
 

 
 

 
This is to certify that I have reviewed the Code of Ethics ("Code") and that I understand its terms and requirements. I hereby certify that:
 
·   I have complied with the Code during the course of my association with the entities covered by the Code;
·   I will continue to comply with the Code in the future;
·   I will promptly report to a Compliance Officer any violation or possible violation of the Code of which I become aware; and
·   I understand that a violation of the Code may be grounds for disciplinary action or termination of my employment and may also be a violation of federal and/or state securities laws.
 
Name:         ________________________
 
Signature:  ________________________
Date: ________________

Exhibit (r)(ii)
 
 
 
Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC
 
Code of Ethics & Insider Trading Policy
 
 
May 2014
 
 
 
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

 
 
i

 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
II
I.
OBJECTIVES OF THE CODE OF ETHICS & INSIDER TRADING POLICY
1
II.
WHO IS SUBJECT TO THE CODE?
1
III.
WHO ADMINISTERS THE CODE?
2
 
A
Chief Compliance Officer
2
 
B
Financial Tracking Technology, LLC (“FTT”)
3
IV.
FIDUCIARY DUTY TO CLIENTS
3
V.
REPORTING OF PERSONAL TRADING
4
 
A
Which Investment Accounts Do Access Persons Need to Report?
4
 
B
Required Initial Holdings Reports and Certifications
6
 
C
Required Quarterly Transaction Reports
7
 
D
Annual Holdings Reports and Certifications
8
 
E
New Investment Accounts.
9
VI.
PRE-CLEARANCE FOR PERSONAL TRADING
9
 
A
Trades Requiring Pre-Clearance
9
 
B
Trades Not Requiring Pre-Clearance
9
 
C
Pre-Clearance Process
10
VII.
TRADING RESTRICTIONS
11
VIII.
GIFTS & ENTERTAINMENT
12
 
A
No Solicitation:
12
 
B
Quarterly Reporting Required For Gifts and Entertainment Over De Minimis Value
12
 
F
Exceptions to Reporting:
12
IX.
OUTSIDE AFFILIATIONS
13
X.
POLITICAL CONTRIBUTIONS
13
XI.
ANNUAL REVIEW
15
XII.
RETENTION OF RECORDS
15
XIII.
SANCTIONS
15
XIV.
INTERPRETATIONS AND EXCEPTIONS
16
XV.
INSIDER TRADING POLICY
16
SUPPLEMENT #1: TRANSACTING IN CLOSED END FUNDS ADVISED OR SUB-ADVISED BY THE ADVISER
21
SUPPLEMENT #2: TRANSACTIONS IN EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS (“ETF’S”) ADVISED OR SUB-ADVISED BY THE ADVISER AND SECURITIES TRADED BY SUCH FUNDS
22
SUPPLEMENT #3: TRANSACTIONS IN UNIT INVESTMENT TRUST’S (“UIT’S”) FOR WHICH THE ADVISER ASSISTS WITH THE SELECTION OF SECURITIES TRADED BY SUCH TRUSTS
23

 
 
ii

 
 
 
CODE OF ETHICS & INSIDER TRADING POLICY

 
 
I.
OBJECTIVES OF THE CODE OF ETHICS & INSIDER TRADING POLICY
 
Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC (the “Advisor” or “Guggenheim”), its subsidiaries and affiliated investment advisers are committed to conducting our investment advisory business with the highest legal and ethical standards. We aim to uphold our reputation of integrity and professionalism in the furtherance of the interests of our clients and in a manner that is consistent with all applicable laws, rules and regulations. This reputation is a vital business asset and has generated the trust and confidence of Guggenheim’s clients.
 
Accordingly, the Adviser has adopted this Code of Ethics & Insider Trading Policy (the “Code”) to effectuate the purposes and objectives of Rule 204A-1 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”) and in accordance with industry best practices. All persons associated with the Adviser are responsible for knowing and understanding the policies and guidelines contained in the Code. Our conduct should reflect Guggenheim’s values, demonstrate ethical leadership, and promote a work environment that upholds our reputation for integrity, ethical conduct and trust. The Code sets forth the general principles and standards of conduct expected from you. It cannot and is not intended to cover every scenario or circumstances under which you may face business and personal conflicts. Technical compliance is not enough and you are expected to comply with the spirit of the Code. If you have any questions, please speak to a member of the GPIM Compliance Department. A Compliance Team Directory is available on OneGuggenheim under Employee Sites/Guggenheim Investments Compliance/Team Directory.
 
II.
WHO IS SUBJECT TO THE CODE?
 
A.  
As a condition of employment, all employees, officers and directors (generally referred to as “Employees”) are required to comply with the Code. In addition, the following categories of persons are considered to be Access Persons and are required to comply with the Code together with Employees.
 
1.  
“Access Person” includes any:
 
a)  
Employees;
 
b)  
Director, officer, manager, principal and partner of the Adviser (or other persons occupying a similar status or performing similar functions);
 
c)  
Other person who provides advice on behalf of the Adviser or is subject to the Adviser’s supervision and control;
 
d)  
Any person who:
 
i.  
Has access to nonpublic information regarding any of the Adviser’s client’s purchase or sale of securities, or nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any client account the Adviser or
 
 
 
1

 
 
 
their affiliates manage, or any fund which is advised or sub-advised by the Adviser (or certain affiliates, where applicable);
 
ii.  
Makes recommendations or investment decisions on behalf of the Adviser;
 
iii.  
Has the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management and policies of the Adviser, or over investment decisions 1 , who obtains information concerning recommendations made to a client account with regard to the purchase or sale of a security;
 
iv.  
The CCO shall determine on a case-by-case basis whether a temporary employee (e.g., consultant or intern) should be considered an Access Person. Such determination shall be made based upon an application of the criteria provided above, whether an appropriate confidentiality agreement is in place, and such other information as may be necessary to ensure that proprietary information is protected. As such, temporary employees may only be subject to certain sections of the Code, such as certifying to it, or may be exempt from certain reporting requirements such as not having to hold their reportable accounts at the permitted broker-dealers; or
 
v.  
Any person deemed to be an Access Person by the CCO.
 
III.
WHO ADMINISTERS THE CODE?
 
A.  
Chief Compliance Officer
 
1.  
Responsibilities: The CCO is responsible for administering the Code of Ethics under the auspices of the Adviser’s Compliance Department (the “GPIM Compliance Department”) and the Adviser’s senior management. The CCO will delegate appropriate responsibilities to designated members of the GPIM Compliance Department.
 
2.  
Reporting of Violations: If an Access Person becomes aware of a violation of this Code or a violation of applicable law, the Access Person has an obligation to report the matter promptly to the CCO.
 
3.  
Review of Violations: The GPIM Compliance Department will review all violations of the Code and oversee any appropriate investigation and subsequent response. As the designee of senior management, the CCO shall have the right to make final and binding interpretations of the Code and may grant, using his/her discretion, exceptions to certain of the above restrictions.
 
 

1 This includes any arrangement where the Access Person serves as an agent, executor, trustee or in another similar capacity.

 
 
2

 
 
 
(a)  
No employee, who in good faith reports a violation of this Code, shall suffer harassment, retaliation or adverse employment consequences.
 
(b)  
An employee who retaliates against someone who has reported a violation in good faith is subject to disciplinary action. Alternatively, the Adviser will treat any malicious or knowingly false report of a violation to be a serious offence and may discipline the employee making such a report.
 
4.  
Review of CCO Compliance with Code: A member of senior management of the Adviser or any other person designated (e.g., a member of the Legal Department), who may or may not be an employee of the Adviser, is responsible for reviewing the CCO’s personal trading reports and annual Code certifications required under the Code. If the CCO is in violation of the Code, senior management will impose the appropriate sanction(s).
 
5.  
Employee Cooperation: Employees are encouraged to share questions, concerns, suggestions or complaints with the GPIM Compliance Department. Reports of violations or suspected violations will be kept confidential to the extent possible, but consistent with the need to conduct an adequate investigation.
 
B.  
Financial Tracking Technology, LLC (“FTT”)
 
1.  
Use of FTT: The Adviser utilizes an electronic compliance platform, FTT, to manage the Code’s reporting and certification obligations. All Access Persons are required to use FTT.
 
(a)  
All required Code reporting requirements are to be completed through FTT (including certifications, personal securities transactions covered by the Code, disciplinary disclosures, outside business affiliations, private transactions, board memberships, and gifts and entertainment).
 
(b)  
At the time of hire, the GPIM Compliance Department shall provide all Access Persons with login information and instructions for using FTT.
 
2.  
Electronic Reporting: All quarterly personal securities transaction reporting and annual holdings reporting will be completed electronically. In order for duplicate brokerage statements to be sent directly to FTT or for electronic feeds to be established, Access Persons may need to provide appropriate authorization to their brokers.
 
3.  
Exceptions to Electronic Reporting: On a case by case basis and at the discretion of the GPIM Compliance Department, paper reports and certifications may be accepted in lieu of electronic reporting on FTT.
 
IV.
FIDUCIARY DUTY TO CLIENTS
 
A.  
Avoiding Conflicts: As a fiduciary, Access Persons have an obligation to act in its clients’ best interests. Access Persons must scrupulously avoid serving their personal interests ahead of the interest of clients. That includes making sure that client interests

 
 
3

 
 
 
 
come first and avoiding any potential or actual conflicts of interest. That fiduciary duty extends to all aspects of the business. Conflicts and potential conflicts can arise in a variety of situations. This obligation extends to avoiding potential conflicts between client accounts as well. One client’s interests may not be favored over the interests of another.
 
B.  
Confidentiality and Safeguarding Information: Unless otherwise permitted, information regarding clients or their accounts may not be shared with persons outside of the Adviser, such as vendors, family members, or market participants. In particular, information regarding the trading intentions of clients or the Adviser on behalf of its clients may not be shared. Access Persons may have information regarding clients, their investment strategies, strategic plans, assets, holdings, transactions, personnel matters and other information. This information may not be communicated in any manner to benefit the Access Persons or other persons.
 
C.  
Avoiding Front-running: Front-running, or engaging in conduct that may be construed as front-running, is strictly prohibited under this Code. Such conduct generally involves an Access Person purchasing or selling a Covered Security for his/her own account(s) on the basis of trading plans or actual trading positions of the Adviser’s client account(s) over which the Access Person has Investment Control when the Access Person knows that such order is likely to materially change a price received by a client or move a market to the benefit of the Access Person and detriment of the client. Proprietary, Access Persons’, and discretionary accounts will be monitored for front-running.
 
D.  
Compliance with the Code of Ethics: A current copy of this Code of Ethics is available via OneGuggenheim under Employee Sites/Guggenheim Investments Compliance. On an annual basis, Access Persons are required to acknowledge that they have received, reviewed, understand and agree to comply with the Code of Ethics.
 
V.
REPORTING OF PERSONAL TRADING
 
It is the sole responsibility of the Access Person to ensure that all reporting requirements are completed by the timeframes set forth by this Code and the CCO. This may mean that the Access Person may have to enter information manually, provide statements or follow up with his/her broker-dealer or bank.
 
A.  
Which Investment Accounts Do Access Persons Need to Report?
 
 
Generally, any account which is in the name of the Access Person and his/her Immediate Family 2 , which can, even if the account does not currently, hold Covered Securities (as defined in herein) will need to be reported.
 
1.  
Report any of the following investment accounts:
 
 

2 Immediate Family includes, but is not limited to, a spouse, child, grandchild, stepchild, parent, grandparent, sibling, mother or father-in-law, son or daughter-in-law, or brother or sister-in-law. Access Persons may rebut this presumption if they are able to provide the Adviser with satisfactory assurances that they have no material interest in the account and exercise no control over investment decisions made regarding the account. Access Persons should consult with the CCO or CCO’s delegate for guidance regarding this process.

 
 
4

 
 
 
(a)  
The Access Person has Beneficial Ownership 3 over an investment account.
 
(b)  
Any investment account with a broker-dealer or bank over which the Access Person has investment decision-making authority (including accounts that the Access Person is named on, such as being a guardian, executor or trustee, as well as accounts that Access Person is not named on such as an account owned by another person but for which the Access Person has been granted trading authority).
 
(c)  
Any investment account with a broker-dealer or bank established by partnership, corporation, or other entity in which the Access Person has a direct or indirect interest through any formal or informal understanding or agreement.
 
(d)  
Any college savings account in which the Access Person holds securities issued under Section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code and in which the Access Person has a direct or indirect interest.
 
(e)  
Any other account that the CCO deems appropriate in light of the Access Person’s interest or involvement.
 
(f)  
Any account in which the Access Person’s Immediate Family is the owner. Access Persons are presumed to have investment decision-making authority for, and therefore must report, any investment account of a member of their Immediate Family if they live in the same household. Access Persons may rebut this presumption if they are able to provide the Adviser with satisfactory assurances that they have no material interest in the account and exercise no control over investment decisions made regarding the account. Access Persons should consult with the GPIM Compliance Department for guidance regarding this process.
 
(g)  
Any 401(k) accounts from a previous employer which can, or offer the ability to, hold Covered Securities.
 
2.  
Independently managed third party account reporting:
 
(a)  
Accounts over which the Access Person retains no Investment Control and that are managed by an independent third party must be reported but are not subject to the trading restrictions of the Code, if:
 
(i)  
A copy of the discretionary account management agreement is provided to the GPIM Compliance Department promptly upon establishment of the account;
 
(ii)  
The GPIM Compliance Department finds no exceptions after his/her review of the discretionary account management agreement; and
 
 

3 A person has Beneficial Ownership if he or she, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares a direct or indirect pecuniary (financial) interest in a (i) security or (ii) accounts which can hold securities, including but not limited to: individual, joint, partnership, custodial, trust, IRA, UGMA and KEOGH accounts. The determination of Beneficial Ownership is the responsibility of each Access Person; it is a fact-based decision.

 
 
5

 
 
 
(iii)  
The GPIM Compliance Department is provided with an attestation from the Access Person’s discretionary money manager that such Access Person has no ability to exercise Investment Control or to place unsolicited trades with such manager unless, in the view of the GPIM Compliance Department, the discretionary account management agreement (described in (i.) above) contains language to such effect.
 
(iv)  
Any trades which are placed at the discretion of the Access Person or his/her Immediate Family in a non-discretionary account will be required to be pre-cleared pursuant to the requirements set forth in Section VI.
 
B.  
Required Initial Holdings Reports and Certifications
 
1.  
Information that is required when you initially become subject to the Adviser’s Code:
 
(a)  
Access Persons must report all of their investment accounts. (See Section V.A for more detail for which accounts must be reported.)
 
(b)  
The report must either include copies of statements which include the name of the broker/dealer or bank, title on the account, security names, and the number of shares and principal amount of all holdings.
 
(i)  
If the Access Person’s brokerage firm provides automatic feeds to FTT, the Adviser will obtain account information electronically, after the Access Person has completed the appropriate authorizations as required by the brokerage firm.
 
(ii)  
If the brokerage firm does not provide automatic feeds to FTT, the GPIM Compliance Department will arrange with the broker to send duplicate confirmations and statements directly to FTT, but the Access Person’s assistance may be required.
 
(c)  
All required account information must be reported within 10 calendar days from the date of hire, or the date on which the Access Person becomes an employee of the Adviser, and the information must be current as of a date no more than 45 calendar days prior to the date the person becomes an Access Person.
 
(d)  
Access Persons must report any Outside Business Activities, in addition to completing a Personal Disciplinary History Form which covers the last ten (10) years from being designated as an Access Person.
 
(e)  
Access Persons must complete a form certifying receipt and acknowledgement of this Code.
 
(f)  
All new Access Persons and any new accounts of current Access Persons must maintain their personal brokerage accounts with one of the following brokerage firms: Bank of America, Charles Schwab, E*Trade, Fidelity, Goldman Sachs, Interactive Brokers, JP Morgan, Merrill Lynch, Morgan Stanley, OptionExpress, Scottrade, Smith Barney, TD Ameritrade, ThinkorSwim or UBS.
 
(g)  
Existing accounts by new Access Persons which are not held at the permitted broker-dealers as listed in Section V.B(f) must be transferred within 60 calendar days from the date the Access Person is so designated; the failure to transfer

 
 
6

 
 
 
 
within this time will be considered a violation of this Code. Any request to extend the 60 days transfer deadline must be accompanied by a written explanation by the current broker-dealer as to the reason for delay. The GPIM Compliance Department may grant specific exceptions in writing.
 
C.  
Required Quarterly Transaction Reports
 
1.  
Information required on a quarterly basis:
 
(a)  
Access Persons must report all their quarterly transactions in Covered Securities in which they have a direct or indirect beneficial interest, within at least 30 calendar days after quarter end.
 
(i)  
“Covered Securities,” as defined by the Acts, are any financial instrument related to a security, including:
 
1.  
Stock;
 
2.  
Note;
 
3.  
Treasury stock;
 
4.  
Security future;
 
5.  
Bond;
 
6.  
Debenture;
 
7.  
Evidence of indebtedness;
 
8.  
Investment contract;
 
9.  
Voting trust certificate;
 
10.  
Certificate of deposit for a security;
 
11.  
Option on any security or on any group or index of securities (e.g., put, call or straddle);
 
12.  
Exchange traded fund (ETF);
 
13.  
Limited partnership;
 
14.  
Certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement;
 
15.  
Collateral-RIC certificate;
 
16.  
Fractional undivided interest in oil, gas or other mineral right;
 
17.  
Pre-organizational certificate or subscription;
 
18.  
Transferable shares;
 
19.  
Foreign unit trust (i.e., UCIT) and foreign mutual fund;
 
20.  
Private investment fund, hedge fund (i.e., any offering that is exempt from registration under Section 4(2) or 4(6), Rules 504, 505 or 506 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended)
 
21.  
Investment club;

 
 
7

 
 
 
22.  
Unit investment trusts (UIT);
 
23.  
Closed-end mutual funds;
 
24.  
Any 529 college savings plans or open-end mutual funds managed, advised or sub-advised by the Adviser or an affiliate as applicable; and
 
25.  
Any other instrument that is considered a “security” under the applicable securities laws.
 
(ii)  
The term “Covered Securities” does not include obligations of the US government, futures on obligations of the US government, commodity futures, bank loans, bankers acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short term debt instruments such as repurchase agreements, shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more open end funds, none of which are reportable funds, or open-end mutual funds which the Adviser or its affiliates, as applicable, do not manage, advise or sub-advise (Access Persons should be aware that investments in Guggenheim Funds through its 401(k) or Employee Investment Program are reportable as covered securities).
 
(b)  
From time to time, FTT may not receive all duplicate statements from brokers or may not receive them on a timely basis. In those cases, Access Persons will be notified by the GPIM Compliance Department and must provide copies of the statements to the GPIM Compliance Department who will forward the information to FTT.
 
(c)  
Access Persons must report gifts and entertainment from clients and business contacts received or given during the quarter. The de minimis value for reporting gifts or entertainment is $50 4 for each individual gift or entertainment.
 
D.  
Annual Holdings Reports and Certifications
 
1.  
Information required on an annual basis
 
(a)  
Access Persons must provide a list of all Covered Securities in which they or their Immediate Family have a direct or indirect interest, including those not held in an account at a broker-dealer or bank. The list must include the title, number of shares and principal amount of each covered security. Access Persons must report the account number, account name and financial institution for each investment account with a broker-dealer or bank for which they are required to report.
 
(b)  
Access Persons must report all accounts and holdings as of December 31 within 30 calendar days via FTT, or as otherwise permitted by the GPIM Compliance Department.
 
 

4 Gifts and entertainment must be a reasonable estimate by the Access Person if the exact value of the gift of entertainment is not known.

 
 
8

 
 
 
(c)  
Access Persons must also certify annually that they have complied with the requirements and have disclosed all holdings required to be disclosed pursuant to the requirements of this Code.
 
(d)  
Access Persons must report all Outside Business Activities in which the Access Person was engaged as of December 31, in addition to responding to personal disciplinary history questions.
 
E.  
New Investment Accounts: Upon opening a reportable account or obtaining an interest in an account that requires reporting, the account must be reported within 30 calendar days after the end of the quarter in which the investment account was opened. The account must be reported to the GPIM Compliance Department via FTT or as otherwise permitted by the GPIM Compliance Department, along with the title of the account, the name of the financial institution for the account, the date the account was established (or the date on which interest or authority that requires the account to be reported was gained) and the date reported.
 
If the brokerage firm does not provide automatic feeds to FTT, the GPIM Compliance Department may, on a case-by-case basis, arrange with the brokerage firm to send duplicate confirmations and statements directly to FTT and the Access Person’s assistance may be required.
 
VI.
PRE-CLEARANCE FOR PERSONAL TRADING
 
Before executing a personal trade, the trade may need to be pre-cleared to verify that there is no conflict with the Adviser’s current activities. All trades must be pre-cleared through FTT except as provided below.
 
A.  
Trades Requiring Pre-Clearance
 
1.  
Covered Securities: Unless excluded below, Access Persons must pre-clear trades in Covered Securities. Pre-clearance serves to verify the trade does not conflict with any securities included on the Adviser’s Restricted List. See Section V.C(1)(a)(i) above for the full list of covered securities.
 
2.  
Initial Public Offerings: Trades in IPO’s must be pre-cleared. After obtaining pre-approval from the CCO, participation is limited to the scope permitted for “Restricted Persons” under FINRA Conduct Rule 5130.
 
B.  
Trades Not Requiring Pre-Clearance
 
1.  
Government Securities: Trades in any direct obligations of the U.S. Government, bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments including repurchase agreements are not required to be pre-cleared.
 
2.  
Market Funds: Trades in any investment company or fund that is a money market fund are not required to be pre-cleared.

 
 
9

 
 
3.  
Open-End Registered Funds: Trades  in open-end mutual funds that are not advised or sub-advised by the Adviser or affiliates are not required to be pre-cleared.
 
4.  
No Knowledge: Securities transactions where no knowledge of the transaction exists before it is completed are not required to be pre-cleared. For example, a transaction effected by a trustee of a blind trust or discretionary trades involving an investment partnership or investment club, when the Access Person is neither consulted nor advised of the trade before it is executed, are not required to be pre-cleared. If an option is exercised, the underlying transaction need not be pre-cleared though the option itself must be pre-cleared.
 
5.  
Certain Corporate Actions: Any acquisition of securities through stock dividends, dividend reinvestments, stock splits, reverse stock splits, mergers, consolidations, spin-offs, exercise of rights or other similar corporate reorganizations or distributions generally applicable to all holders of the same class of securities is not required to be pre-cleared.
 
6.  
529 College Savings Plans Not Advised or Sub-Advised by the Adviser: Any transaction in units of a college savings plan established under Section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code, unless the underlying investment includes open-end Registered Funds advised or sub-advised by the Adviser, are not required to be pre-cleared.
 
7.  
Miscellaneous: Any transaction in any other securities as the GPIM Compliance Department may designate.
 
C.  
Pre-Clearance Process
 
1.  
Pre-Clearance Request Form: Log on to FTT, complete the online pre-clearance form, and electronically submit the request. On a case by case basis, the GPIM Compliance Department may permit the Access Person to submit an electronic email request for pre-clearance. The Access Person should maintain all records of such electronic mail approvals.
 
2.  
Approval or Denial: Approval of the proposed trade may automatically be generated so long as the trade is not currently listed on applicable restricted lists or does not require additional review or authorization by the GPIM Compliance Department or senior management.
 
3.  
Approval Timeframe: Generally, approval is only good for the remainder of the day upon which approval is granted. On a case-by-case basis, and at the sole discretion of the GPIM Compliance Department, approval may be extended.
 
4.  
Good ‘Til Cancelled (“GTC”) Orders: Pre-clearance for GTC Orders is valid for 3 business days (which includes the date of approval). GTC Orders which are not amended from the time that approval was provided to the Access Person will not be considered violations of the Code if such execution is of a security that within the

 
 
10

 
 
 
 
three day period is added to the restricted list(s) However, if the Access Person has actual knowledge of material, nonpublic information about the issuer after the GTC Order is entered, the Access Person must cancel the order.
 
VII.
TRADING RESTRICTIONS
 
A.  
For All Trading: In addition to reporting and pre-clearance obligations, the Code also includes restrictions regarding the manner in which Covered Securities may be traded and held in any reportable investment accounts. (Section VII.A of this Code describes which accounts must be reported.)
 
Regardless of whether a transaction is specifically prohibited in this Code, no person subject to this Code may engage in any personal securities transactions that (i) impact their ability to carry out their assigned duties or (ii) increase the possibility of an actual or apparent conflict of interest. Access Persons are prohibited from the following under any circumstances:
 
1.  
Market Manipulation: Securities transactions may not be executed with the intent to raise, lower, or maintain the price of any security or to falsely create the appearance of trading activity.
 
2.  
Trading on Inside Information: Transactions (e.g, purchases or sales) of any security cannot be made if in possession of material non-public information about the security or the issuer of the security. (Please also refer to Section XV on Insider Trading.)
 
3.  
Front-running: No Access Person may trade ahead of a client transaction
 
4.  
Regardless of whether a transaction is specifically prohibited in this Code of Ethics, no persons subject to its requirements may engage in any personal securities transactions that (i) impact their ability to carry out their assigned duties or (ii) increase the possibility of an actual or apparent conflict of interest.
 
B.  
Excessive Trading in Reportable Accounts: Access Persons may not engage in excessive personal trading. Access Persons shall not make more than 60 covered securities trades in any reporting quarter. Transactions that do not require pre-clearance are not included in the total, and buy or sell transactions respectively, executed in the same security on the same day, are considered to be one transaction (i.e. an approved transaction executed in lots throughout the day is considered one transaction).
 
C.  
Holding Periods
 
1.  
Registered Funds: Holding periods apply for any funds advised or sub-advised by the Adviser. A list of applicable funds subject to additional personal trading policies is included as Supplements 1, 2 and 3
 
(a)  
     After purchase in an account of a closed-end mutual fund advised or sub- advised by the Adviser, Access Persons must hold that security in that account for at least 60 calendar days from the date of purchase.
 

 
11

 
 
 
(b)  
      Note that this limitation also applies to any purchase or sale in an Access Person’s individual retirement account, 401(k), deferred compensation plan, or any similar retirement plan or investment account for their or their Immediate Family.
 
VIII.
GIFTS & ENTERTAINMENT
 
A.  
No Solicitation: Access Persons may be offered or may receive gifts and entertainment such as hosted dinners or other events from persons who are personally in a position to do, or potentially to do, business with the Adviser such as clients, consultants, vendors or other business contacts (generally known as “business contacts”). Access Persons may not solicit gifts or entertainment or anything of value from a business contact.
 
B.  
Quarterly Reporting Required For Gifts and Entertainment Over De Minimis Value: To monitor that Access Persons are not beholden to a business contact and that their judgment remains objective, Access Persons may only accept and give appropriate and reasonable gifts and entertainment to and from business contacts. The de minimis value for reporting gifts or entertainment is $50 5 for each individual gift or entertainment. Access Persons are required to report all given or received gifts and entertainment above the de minimis amount on a quarterly basis via FTT.
 
C.  
No Cash or Cash Equivalents: Gifts may not be in the form of cash or cash equivalents (e.g., gift certificates and gift cards). (Donations made to charitable/non-profit 501(c)(3) organizations that are not clients are exempted from the prohibition against cash or cash equivalents, but must still be reported as gifts under the provisions provided within the Code.)
 
D.  
Offering Gifts or Entertainment to Public Officials or Employees: Federal, state and local laws restrict the offering of gifts, meals or entertainment to public officials or employees. Improper gifts may result in the Adviser being disqualified or unable to enter into contracts with governmental entities. Employees are, therefore, generally prohibited from offering anything of value to government officials or employees. Employees must seek prior approval from the GPIM Compliance Department before offering or agreeing to provide anything of value to any public official or employee.
 
E.  
Lobbying Activities: In certain federal, state and local jurisdictions, lobbying or engaging in outreach with public officials, including attempts to influence legislation, rulemakings, the awarding of government contracts, or efforts to influence investment decisions by a public retirement system or public pension fund, may require lobbying registration. As a result, Employees may not engage in lobbying or outreach efforts to public officials on behalf of the Adviser without prior approval from the GPIM Compliance Department.
 
F.  
Exceptions to Reporting: Reporting of food gift baskets that are meant to be shared with multiple employees do not require reporting.
 
 

5 Gifts and entertainment must be a reasonable estimate by the Access Person if the exact value of the gift of entertainment is not known.

 
 
12

 
 
 
IX.
OUTSIDE AFFILIATIONS
 
A.  
Any Access Person who is employed by, accepts any remuneration from, or performs any services for any person or entity, including serving as a director of a public or private company, trustee or general partner of a partnership, other than the Adviser or any affiliate of the Adviser (or in these capacities, e.g., director or partner, in a non­profit corporation), must complete the Pre-Clearance of Outside Business Activity Questionnaire posted on FTT or as otherwise permitted by the GPIM Compliance Department. Any board of director roles must be pre-cleared with Guggenheim Capital’s Conflicts Committee. It is the responsibility of the GPIM Compliance Department to submit and receive such approval prior to approving the Access Person’s request.
 
B.  
From time to time, in the course of the employee’s responsibilities, employees may be requested to serve on the board of directors of a company in which the Adviser’s clients or their affiliates have an interest. While such service as a director does not require pre­clearance, it does require notification to the GPIM Compliance Department on the Annual Certification of Outside Business Activities Form via FTT, or as otherwise permitted by the GPIM Compliance Department.
 
C.  
The GPIM Compliance Department may require specific information to verify no conflict of interest exists between the outside affiliation and the Adviser’s activities and the Access Person’s role at the Adviser. If authorized to engage in the outside affiliation or business activity, appropriate safeguards and procedures may be implemented to prevent potential conflicts of interest.
 
D.  
In no event should any Access Person have any outside employment that might cause embarrassment to, or jeopardize the interests of the Adviser, interfere with its operations, or adversely affect his or her productivity or that of other employees.
 
X.
POLITICAL CONTRIBUTIONS
 
A.  
Neither the Adviser nor any Access Person is allowed to make political contributions that intentionally or unintentionally have the perceived effect of influencing whether a government entity, official or candidate hires or retains the Adviser or its affiliates as investment Adviser or invests or maintains an investment in any fund advised or sub-advised by the Adviser or its affiliate.
 
B.  
All political activities of employees must be kept separate from employment, and expenses may not be charged to the Adviser. Employees may not use Adviser’s facilities for political campaign purposes.
 
Employees are prohibited from making such political contributions on behalf of the Adviser or individually in their capacity as an employee. However, employees may make their own individual contributions to candidates for federal, state, and local offices, as permitted by law and subject to provisions of this Code and the Compliance Program, as long as the purpose of the contribution is not to “pay to play” and such political contribution is pre-cleared by Guggenheim Central Compliance through the
 

 
13

 
 
 
 
politicalcontributions@guggenheimpartners.com email address. After receipt of the request, Guggenheim Central Compliance will notify the CCO for approval of the political contribution.
 
After the request has been reviewed, the employee will receive an electronic confirmation from Guggenheim Central Compliance that such request has been approved or denied. In certain situations the employee will be asked to provide additional information before a determination can be made regarding the request.
 
Except as permitted below, employees are prohibited from contributing to, or soliciting contributions for, state and local office and state and local political action committees. Contributions and solicitations to state and local political party committees also fall under this ban. Subject to federal contribution limits and the pre-clearance process, an employee may contribute to federal candidates (that are not currently state or local officeholders), federal political party committees and federal political action committees (that are accompanied by a letter confirming that the contribution will not be used for state or local candidates).
 
Subject to the pre-clearance process above, in certain limited situations, de minimis contributions for state and local candidates are permitted subject to the restrictions below:
 
 
a.      Contributions to state and local candidates are prohibited if the employee is not entitled to vote for the candidate.
 
 
b.      Contributions to and solicitations for state and local candidates where an employee is entitled to vote are subject to restrictions. Generally, contributions to state candidates are limited to $250 per election where the employee is entitled to vote for such candidate. Contributions to certain states such as California, Connecticut, Florida, Illinois, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maryland, Missouri, New Mexico, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Texas, Vermont and Virginia may be prohibited or significantly limited.
 
 
c.      Spouses and dependent children may make contributions subject to the restrictions below as long as the decision to contribute is made independently of the employee. Where permitted by this policy, all contributions must be in compliance with applicable contribution limits.
 
 
d.      All requests by Access Persons, including spouses and dependent children, to make a contribution to any state or local candidate must be submitted to Guggenheim Central Compliance for prior approval. Pre-approval requests must be made via email to politicalcontributions@guggenheimpartners.com, and include the name of the candidate, office for which candidate is running, amount contributed, date of contribution, and name of the person making the contribution. After receipt of the request, Guggenheim Central Compliance will notify the CCO for approval of the political contribution. The employee will be provided an electronic confirmation that such request has been approved or denied. In certain situations the employee will be asked to provide additional information before a determination can be made regarding the request.

 
 
14

 
 
 
XI.
ANNUAL REVIEW
 
 
The GPIM Compliance Department will review the adequacy of the policies and procedures contained in this Code and the effectiveness of its implementation on an annual basis. This review will consider any changes in the business activity of the Adviser and any changes to the Advisers Act or applicable regulations that might suggest a need to revise the policies and procedures contained herein. In addition, the GPIM Compliance Department will consider the need for interim reviews in response to significant compliance events, changes in business arrangements or regulatory developments.
 
XII.
RETENTION OF RECORDS
 
 
This Code, as updated from time to time, acknowledgements of receipt of a copy of this Code by each Access Person, a list of all persons required to make reports hereunder from time to time, a copy of each report made by an Access Person and a record of any violation hereof and any action taken as a result of such violation, shall be maintained by the Adviser as required under the Advisers Act for a period of not less than 5 years.
 
The GPIM Compliance Department will use best efforts to assure that all requests for pre-clearance, all personal securities transaction reports and all reports of securities holdings are treated as "Personal and Confidential." However, such documents will be available for inspection by appropriate regulatory agencies, and by other parties within the Adviser and its affiliates as are necessary to evaluate compliance with, or sanctions under, this Code.
 
XIII.
SANCTIONS
 
 
This Code is designed to facilitate compliance with applicable laws and to reinforce the Adviser’s reputation for integrity in the conduct of their businesses. For violations of this Code, sanctions may be imposed as deemed appropriate by the GPIM Compliance Department and as applicable in coordination with senior management. Escalation will depend on the severity and frequency of the infraction considering the facts and circumstances such as potential or actual harm or reputational risk to clients, prospects or the Advisor. A pattern of violations that individually do not violate the law, but which taken together demonstrate a pattern of lack of respect for the Code, may result in disciplinary action, including termination of employment.
 
Specifically, the Access Person shall be subject to remedial actions which may include, but are not limited to, any one or more of the following: (1) verbal warning and/or letter of instruction; (2) written memo or letter of caution (including requirement for additional training) or other measures; (3) enhanced supervision or management plan; (4) decrease in compensation, performance measure or other penalty; (5) termination of employment; or (6) referral to civil or governmental authorities for possible civil or criminal
 

 
15

 
 
 
 
prosecution. If the Access Person is normally eligible for a discretionary bonus, violations of the Code may also reduce or eliminate the discretionary portion of his/her bonus.
 
XIV.
INTERPRETATIONS AND EXCEPTIONS
 
 
The GPIM Compliance Department shall have the right to make final and binding interpretations of the Code and may grant, at its discretion, exceptions to certain of the prohibited transactions as described in this Code. Any memorandum created regarding the granting of any such exceptions will be retained. Each Access Person must obtain approval from the GPIM Compliance Department before taking any action regarding such an exception.
 
XV.
INSIDER TRADING POLICY
 
A.  
Policy Statement on Insider Trading: Section 204A of the Advisers Act requires the Adviser to establish, maintain, and enforce written procedures reasonably designed to prevent the wrongful use of “inside” information (as defined below).
 
The Adviser shall prohibit any Employee from trading, either personally or on behalf of others, or recommending securities, while in possession of material, non-public information in violation of applicable laws and regulations. This unlawful conduct is frequently referred to as "insider trading."
 
The Adviser’s policy extends to external activities and outside duties related to employees’ association with the Adviser. Any questions regarding the Adviser’s insider trading policy and procedures should be referred to the GPIM Compliance Department.
 
Adherence to this Insider Trading Policy and Procedures is a basic condition of employment or association with the Adviser. Failure to comply with these policies and
 
procedures is ground for disciplinary action, including discharge, of such employee.
 
B.  
In General – “Inside” Information: “Inside” information is material, nonpublic information. The courts and regulatory authorities have broadly construed what constitutes “inside” information. Generally speaking, information is “material” if it has “market significance” in the sense that it is likely to influence reasonable investors, including reasonable speculative investors, in determining whether to trade the securities to which the information relates. For example, information is likely to be “material” if it relates to significant changes affecting such matters as dividends; earnings estimates; write downs of assets or additions to reserves for bad debts or contingent liabilities; the expansion or curtailment of operations; proposals or agreements involving a merger, acquisition, divestiture or leveraged buy-out; new products or discoveries; major litigation; liquidity problems; extraordinary management developments; public offerings; changes of debt ratings; issuer tender offers; and recapitalizations. Given the potentially severe consequences to the Adviser and its personnel of a wrong decision, any person who is uncertain as to whether any information he or she possesses is “inside” information must contact the GPIM Compliance Department for guidance, rather than

 
 
16

 
 
 
 
solely relying on his or her own judgment or interpretation.
 
Federal and state securities laws make it unlawful for any person to trade or recommend trading in securities on the basis of material and nonpublic, or “inside,” information. The Adviser’s policy requires stringent avoidance of the misuse of inside information.
 
The misuse of material, nonpublic or “inside” information constitutes fraud; a term broadly defined under the securities laws.
 
Fraudulent misuse of “inside” information includes purchasing or selling securities on the basis of such information for the account of the firm, an employee, a client, or anyone else. Fraudulent misuse also includes “tipping” such information to anyone, or using it as a basis for recommending, by way of a research report or otherwise, the purchase or sale of a security.
 
Persons guilty of fraudulently misusing “inside” information are subject to civil and criminal penalties (including imprisonment), SEC administrative actions, and dismissal by the Adviser.
 
C.  
Prohibiting Misuse of “Inside” Information: Those in possession of “inside” information must preserve the confidentiality of such information and abstain from trading until the inside information is disclosed and made public. It is fundamental policy of the Adviser that:
 
o   
No Adviser’s employee, while in possession of “inside” information relevant to a security, shall purchase or sell, or recommend or direct the purchase or sale of, such security for the account of the Adviser, an employee, a client, or anyone else.
 
o   
No employee shall use inside information to purchase or sell securities for his or her own account, any account in which he or she has a direct or indirect beneficial interest (including accounts for family members), or any other account over which the employee has discretionary authority or a power of attorney.
 
o   
No employee shall disclose “inside” information to any person outside the firm without the authorization of the CCO or senior management.
 
o   
Any employee who, in the course of his or her employment, obtains “inside” information that is later disclosed to the general public must allow sufficient time to elapse for the investing public to assimilate and evaluate the information before taking any action for his or her personal account on the basis of the disclosed facts.
 
D.  
General Guidelines: To ensure that material, non-public information is not misused, it is imperative that the flow of such information be limited so that only those people within the Adviser with a “need to know” are given such information.
 
Routine communications between departments which are not transaction or issuer specific, such as general observations about industries and issuers within those industries, and which would not affect a person’s investment decision about a specific security, are
 

 
17

 
 
 
 
not prohibited. If you have any question as to whether information is routine, however, please contact the GPIM Compliance Department.
 
E.  
Maintenance of Restricted List(s): The Restricted List(s) is a list of issuers in which an Adviser’s employees are restricted from trading. Issuers may be added to the Restricted List(s) in the event that the Adviser or certain of its employees have actual possession of material non-public information about a company or transaction. Securities will be added to the list(s) in the following circumstances:
 
o   
Where there is a concentration of ownership in a security and the Adviser’s clients already own a substantial portion of the publicly held outstanding shares; or
 
o   
When the Adviser comes into possession of material, non-public information about a public company, such as business plans, earnings projections, or merger and acquisition plans.
 
o   
When the Adviser or any of the Adviser’s employees recommends an equity security, or has access to information relating to such a recommendation, for any UIT sponsored by the Adviser or an affiliate of the Adviser or any ETF advised or sub-advised by the Adviser or an affiliate of the Adviser.
 
 
On a regular basis, the GPIM Compliance Department will consult with senior members of the Adviser to determine whether an issuer should be added or removed from the restricted list as necessary.
 
In the event an employee of the Adviser determines that a security should be added to the Restricted List, such employee will notify the GPIM Compliance Department. If, after consultation with the employee, the GPIM Compliance Department determines that the issuer should be added, the GPIM Compliance Department will update the Restricted List(s) and send it to the GPIM Compliance Department who will take appropriate action as it pertains to restricting the security for trading in client accounts managed by the Adviser.
 
Securities will be removed from the Restricted List(s) when the transaction, event or situation that caused the security to be placed on the list has been completed, is finished or no longer exists.
 
The Adviser will maintain all records relating to the Restricted List(s). A written record must be kept indicating the date a security was added to or deleted from the Restricted List(s).
 
In the event the Adviser, or its employees, is not in possession of material non-public information, then the Adviser will not be required to maintain a Restricted List.
 
F.  
Review of Trading: The GPIM Compliance Department will review, at least quarterly, the trading activity of the Adviser’s Access Persons. A record of such review will be maintained by the GPIM Compliance Department.
 
G.  
Investigations: The GPIM Compliance Department will investigate questionable, anomalous, or suspicious trades, whether discovered through scheduled reviews of
 
 
 
18

 
 
 
 
exception reports or any other way. The scope and extent of any particular inquiry will be determined by the nature of the trade in question. The relevant employee or client may be contacted by the GPIM Compliance Department for an explanation as to the trade in question. An investigation record will be kept by the GPIM Compliance Department.
 
The record will contain, at a minimum, the following:
 
(i)  
The name of the security;
 
(ii)  
The date the investigation commenced;
 
(iii)  
An identification of the accounts involved; and
 
(iv)  
A summary of the disposition of the investigation.
 
H.   
Procedures for the Adviser’s Policy Against Insider Trading: The following procedures have been established to aid the employees of the Adviser in avoiding insider trading, and to aid the Adviser in preventing, detecting, and imposing sanctions against insider trading. Each employee of the Adviser must follow these procedures or risk serious sanctions, including dismissal, substantial personal liability, and criminal penalties. If you have any questions about these procedures you should consult with the GPIM Compliance Department.
 
1.  
Identifying “Inside” Information
 
 
Before trading for yourself, or others, in the securities of a company about which you may have potential “inside” information, ask yourself the following questions:
 
Is the information material? Is this something an investor would consider important in making his or her investment decision? Will the market price of the securities be substantially affected if the information was generally disclosed?
 
Is the information nonpublic? To whom has it been provided? Has it been effectively communicated to the marketplace by being published in Reuters, The Wall Street Journal, or other publications of general circulation?
 
If, after consideration of the above, you believe that the information is material and nonpublic, or if you have any questions as to whether the information is material and nonpublic, you should take the following steps.
 
(i)  
Do not purchase or sell the securities on behalf of yourself or others;
 
(ii)  
Report the matter immediately to the GPIM Compliance Department: and
 
(iii)  
Do not communicate the information inside or outside the Adviser, other than to the GPIM Compliance Department.
 
 
After the GPIM Compliance Department has reviewed the issue, you either will be instructed to continue the prohibitions against trading and communications, or you will be allowed to trade or communicate the information.
 
2.  
Restricting Access to Material Nonpublic Information

 
 
19

 
 
 
 
Information in your possession that you identify as material and nonpublic may not be communicated to anyone, including associates, except as referred to above. In addition, take care that such information is secure by sealing files and restricting access to computer files containing nonpublic information.
 
3.  
Resolving Issues Concerning Insider Trading
 
 
If doubt remains as to whether information is material or nonpublic, or if there is any unresolved question as to the applicability or interpretation of the procedures, or as to the propriety of any action, it must be discussed with the GPIM Compliance Department before trading or communicating the information to anyone.

 
 
20

 
 
 
THE ADVISER’S CODE OF ETHICS
 
SUPPLEMENT #1:
 
TRANSACTING IN CLOSED END FUNDS
ADVISED OR SUB-ADVISED BY THE ADVISER
 
With respect to transactions in closed end funds (“CEF’s”) advised or sub-advised by the Adviser, the following requirements are in addition to, or supplement, the requirements of the Adviser’s Code of Ethics (“Code”).
 
1.         
Pre-Approval: Access Persons are required to obtain prior approval through Financial Tracking (“FTT”) before undertaking any transaction (e.g., purchase or sale) in CEF’s advised or sub-advised by the Adviser. Pre-approval is in addition to, not a substitute, for other restrictions discussed below.
 
2.        
Blackouts: Dividend: Access Persons are prohibited from trading in CEF’s advised or sub-advised by the Adviser seven (7) days before and seven (7) days after the initial dividend of such CEF is declared. Access Persons are also prohibited from trading in CEF’s advised or sub-advised by the Adviser seven (7) days before the dividend of such CEF is declared. Dividends that are automatically reinvested are not subject to the pre-approval requirement.
 
3.        
Blackouts – Fund Securities: Access Persons with knowledge about or access to information about CEF equity transactions (“Equity Access Persons”) may not engage in personal transactions in equity securities to be traded in CEF’s advised or sub-advised by the Adviser seven (7) days before and seven (7) days after such transaction.
 
4.        
Holding Period: Access Persons are required to hold any purchase of CEF’s advised or sub-advised by the Adviser for sixty (60) calendar days. Additional holding period requirements exist for persons deemed to be insiders of a closed-end fund for the purposes of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Such persons should contact Compliance prior to effecting trading in the close end fund(s) for which they are an insider.
 
5.        
Requests for Exceptions from Blackouts: Requests for exceptions from the blackout restriction should be submitted in writing to the CCO. The CCO shall respond to all such requests in writing. The CCO will maintain records of all exception requests and records of all responses.
 
6.        
Review of Trading: The CCO will review trading activity of Access Persons and in other client accounts, at least quarterly, to ensure compliance with the above procedures. A record of such reviews will be maintained by the CCO.
 
7.        
Reporting of Transactions: Access Persons must email the CEF’s Adviser at: Section16Filings@guggenheimfunds.com , but in no event more than 24 hours, after any transaction in CEF’s advised or sub-advised by the Adviser. Such reporting is required to make mandatory regulatory filings within the required time period.
 
Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Code.

 
 
21

 
 
 
SUPPLEMENT #2:
TRANSACTIONS IN EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS (“ETF’S”)
ADVISED OR SUB-ADVISED BY THE ADVISER
AND SECURITIES TRADED BY SUCH FUNDS
 
With respect to transactions in an ETF advised or sub-advised by the Adviser and equity securities traded by such Funds, the Adviser’s Access Persons are required to comply with the following requirements which are in addition to, or supplement, the requirements of the Adviser’s Code of Ethics (“Code”).
 
1.        
Pre-Approval: Access Persons are required to obtain prior approval through Financial Tracking (“FTT”) before undertaking any transaction (e.g., purchase or sale) in an ETF advised or sub-advised by the Adviser and the securities held by such ETFs. Pre-approval is in addition to, not a substitute for, other guidelines discussed below.
 
2.        
Blackouts – Fund Securities: With respect to the Adviser role as the adviser or sub- adviser to an ETF, no Access Person with knowledge about or access to information about ETF equity transactions (“Equity Access Persons”) shall engage in a securities transaction in an equity security recommended for inclusion or exclusion for the ETF from the time a final recommendation concerning such security is communicated, either to the Adviser’s investment decision-maker or to the ETF’s Adviser, until the security is purchased or sold by the ETF.
 
3.        
Re-investment of Dividends: Dividends that are automatically reinvested are not subject to the pre-approval requirement.
 
4.        
Requests for Exceptions from Blackouts: Requests for exceptions from the blackout restriction should be submitted in writing to the CCO. The CCO shall respond to all such requests in writing. The CCO will maintain records of all exception requests and records of all responses.
 
4.         
Review of Trading: The CCO will review trading activity of Access Persons and in other client accounts, at least quarterly, to ensure compliance with the above procedures. A record of such reviews will be maintained by the CCO.
 
Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Code.

 
 
22

 
 
 
SUPPLEMENT #3:
 
TRANSACTIONS IN UNIT INVESTMENT TRUST’S (“UIT’S”)
FOR WHICH THE ADVISER ASSISTS WITH THE SELECTION
OF SECURITIES TRADED BY SUCH TRUSTS
 
With respect to transactions in a UIT for which the Adviser assists with the selection of securities traded by such Trusts, and with respect to securities selected for inclusion for any such UIT, the Adviser’s Access Persons are required to comply with the following requirements which are in addition to, or supplement, the requirements of the Adviser’s Code of Ethics (“Code”).
 
1.        
Blackouts: With respect to the Adviser’s role in security selection for UITs, no Access Person with knowledge about or access to information about UIT equity transactions (“Equity Access Persons”) shall engage in a securities transaction in an equity security recommended for inclusion or exclusion for the UIT from the time a final recommendation concerning such security is communicated to the UIT Sponsor until the time such security is deposited into the UIT.
 
2.        
Requests for Exceptions from Blackouts: Requests for exceptions from the blackout restriction should be submitted in writing to the CCO. The CCO shall respond to all such requests in writing. The CCO will maintain records of all exception requests and records of all responses.
 
3.        
Review of Trading: The CCO will review trading activity of Access Persons and in other client accounts, at least quarterly, to ensure compliance with the above procedures. A record of such reviews will be maintained by the CCO.
 
Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Code.
 
 
23

 
Exhibit (s)
GUGGENHEIM CREDIT ALLOCATION FUND

POWER OF ATTORNEY

That each of the undersigned officers and trustees of Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund, a statutory trust formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Trust”), do constitute and appoint Amy J. Lee, Mark E. Mathiasen and Michael P. Megaris as true and lawful attorneys and agents, with full power and authority (acting alone and without the other) to execute in the name and on behalf of each of the undersigned as such officer or trustee, a Registration Statement on Form N-2, including any pre-effective amendments and/or any post-effective amendments thereto and any subsequent Registration Statement of the Trust pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and any other filings in connection therewith, and to file the same under the 1933 Act or the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or otherwise, with respect to the registration of the Trust, the registration or offering of the Trust's common shares of beneficial interest, par value $.01 per share; granting to such attorney and agent full power of substitution and revocation in the premises; and ratifying and confirming all that such attorney and agent may do or cause to be done by virtue of these presents.

This Power of Attorney may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but which taken together shall constitute one instrument.
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney as of this 20 th day of August 2014


 
/s/ Donald C. Cacciapaglia                                                                      
Donald C. Cacciapaglia, Trustee and
Chief Executive Officer
 
/s/ Randall C. Barnes                                                                 
Randall C. Barnes, Trustee                                                                         
 
/s/ Donald A. Chubb, Jr.                                                                 
Donald A. Chubb, Jr., Trustee                                                                      
 
/s/ Jerry B. Farley                                                                 
Jerry B. Farley, Trustee
 
/s/ Roman Friedrich III                                                                 
Roman Friedrich III, Trustee
 
/s/ Robert B. Karn III                                                                 
Robert B. Karn III, Trustee
/s/ Ronald A. Nyberg
Ronald A. Nyberg, Trustee
 
/s/ Maynard F. Oliverius
Maynard F. Oliverius, Trustee
 
/s/ Ronald E. Toupin, Jr.
Ronald E. Toupin, Jr., Trustee
 
/s/ John L. Sullivan
John L. Sullivan, Chief Financial Officer
and Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit (z)
Subject to Completion, dated [●], 2014
 
FORM OF PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(to Prospectus dated            , 2014)
 
Shares
 
Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund
 
Common Shares
$    per Share
 

 
Investment Objective . Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund (the “Fund”) is a diversified, closed-end management investment company. The Fund’s investment objective is to seek total return through a combination of current income and capital appreciation. The Fund cannot assure investors that it will achieve its investment objective or be able to structure its investments as anticipated, and you could lose some or all of your investment.
 
Investment Strategy . Under normal market conditions, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in fixed-income securities, debt securities and loans and investments with economic characteristics similar to fixed-income securities, debt securities and loans (collectively, “credit securities”). Credit securities in which the Fund may invest consist of corporate bonds, loans and loan participations, asset-backed securities (all or a portion of which may consist of collateralized loan obligations), mortgage-backed securities (both residential mortgage-backed securities and commercial mortgage-backed securities), U.S. Government and agency securities, mezzanine and preferred securities, convertible securities, commercial paper, municipal securities and sovereign government and supranational debt securities. The Fund will seek to achieve its investment objective by investing in a portfolio of credit securities selected from a variety of sectors and credit qualities. The Fund may invest in credit securities that are rated below investment grade, or, if unrated, determined to be of comparable quality (also known as “high yield securities” or “junk bonds”). The Fund may invest in credit securities of any duration or maturity. Credit securities in which the Fund may invest may pay fixed or variable rates of interest. The Fund may invest without limitation in securities of non-U.S. issuers, including issuers in emerging markets.
 
The Fund’s currently outstanding Common Shares are and the          Common Shares offered by this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus will be, subject to notice of issuance, listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “GGM.” As of                , the last reported sale price for the Fund’s Common Shares on the NYSE was $       per share. The net asset value (“NAV”) per share of the Fund’s Common Shares as of the close of business on            , was $      .
 
(continued on following page)
 

 
Investing in the Fund’s Common Shares involves certain risks.  See “Risks” on page of the accompanying Prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this Prospectus Supplement or the accompanying Prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 


 
Per Share
Total (1)
Public offering price 
$
$
Underwriting discount                                                                    
$
$
Proceeds, before expenses, to the Fund (2)
$
$
 
                              (notes on following page)
 
The underwriters expect to deliver the common shares to purchasers on or about              .
 

 
This Prospectus Supplement is dated             .
 
 
The information in this Prospectus Supplement is not complete and may be changed. A Registration Statement relating to these securities has been filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission. This Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
 
S-1

 
 
(notes from previous page)
______________________

(1)
[The Fund has granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional                common shares at the public offering price, less the sales load, within     days of the date of this prospectus solely to cover overallotments, if any.  If such option is exercised in full, the public offering price, sales load, estimated offering expenses and proceeds, before expenses, to the Trust will be $     , $      and $      , respectively.  See “Underwriting.”]
 
(2)
Offering expenses payable by the Fund will be deducted from the Proceeds, before expenses, to the Fund.  Total offering expenses (other than sales load) are estimated to be $        , which will be paid by the Fund.

(continued from previous page)
 
This Prospectus Supplement, together with the accompanying Prospectus, dated , 2014, sets forth concisely the information that you should know before investing in the Fund’s Common Shares. You should read this Prospectus, which contains important information about the Fund, together with any Prospectus Supplement, before deciding whether to invest, and retain it for future reference. A Statement of Additional Information, dated, 2014, containing additional information about the Fund, has been filed with the SEC and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into this Prospectus. You may request a free copy of the Statement of Additional Information, the table of contents of which is on pageof this Prospectus, or request other information about the Fund (including the Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports) or make shareholder inquiries by calling (800) 345-7999 or by writing the Fund, or you may obtain a copy (and other information regarding the Fund) from the SEC’s website (www.sec.gov). Free copies of the Fund’s reports and the SAI will also be available from the Fund’s website at www.guggenheiminvestments.com.

The Fund’s common shares do not represent a deposit or obligation of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.
 
Capitalized terms used herein that are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the accompanying Prospectus.
 
 
S-2

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
  Page
Prospectus Supplement
 
Prospectus Supplement Summary
S-5
Summary of Fund Expenses
S-7
Capitalization
S-8
Use of Proceeds
S-8
Recent Developments
S-8
Underwriters
S-9
Legal Matters
S-9
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
S-9
Additional Information
S-9
   
Prospectus
 
   
Prospectus Summary
    1
Summary of Fund Expenses
  36
Senior Securities and Other Financial Leverage
  39
The Fund
  40
Use of Proceeds
  40
Market and Net Asset Value Information
  40
Investment Objective and Policies
  41
The Fund’s Investments
  43
Use of Financial Leverage
  62
Risks
  66
Management of the Fund
  92
Net Asset Value
  95
Distributions
  96
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
  97
Description of Capital Structure
  98
Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Fund’s Governing Documents
100
Closed-End Fund Structure
101
Repurchase of Common Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund
101
Tax Matters
102
Plan of Distribution
106
Custodian, Administrator, Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent
108
Legal Matters
108
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
108
Additional Information
109
Privacy Principles of the Fund
109
Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information
110
                                                                                                                     

 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains or incorporates by reference forward-looking statements, within the meaning of the federal securities laws, that involve risks and uncertainties.  These statements describe the Fund’s plans, strategies, and goals and our beliefs and assumptions concerning future economic and other conditions and the outlook for the Fund, based on currently available information.  In this prospectus, words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “expects,” “objectives,” “goals,” “future,” “intends,” “seeks,” “will,” “may,” “could,” “should,” and similar expressions are used in an effort to identify forward-looking statements, although some forward-looking statements may be expressed differently. The Fund is not entitled to the safe harbor for forward-looking statements pursuant to Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
 
S-3

 
 
 
This page intentionally left blank.
 
 
 
S-4

 

 
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT SUMMARY
 
This is only a summary of information contained elsewhere in this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in the Fund’s Common Shares. You should carefully read the more detailed information contained in this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information, dated           , 2014 (the “SAI”), especially the information set forth under the headings “Investment Objective and Policies” and “Risks.”
 
The Fund                           
Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund (the “Fund”) is a diversified, closed-end management investment company.
 
Management of the Fund
Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (the “Investment Adviser”) serves as the Fund’s investment adviser and is responsible for the management of the Fund. Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC (the “Sub-Adviser”) serves as the Fund’s investment sub-adviser and is responsible for the management of the Fund’s portfolio of securities. Each of the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser is an indirect subsidiary of Guggenheim Partners, LLC (“Guggenheim Partners”). The Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser are referred to herein collectively as the “Adviser.”
 
Listing and Symbol
The Fund’s currently outstanding Common Shares are, and the Common Shares offered by this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus, will be, subject to notice of issuance, listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “GGM.” As of            , the last reported sale price for the Fund’s Common Shares was $          . The net asset value (“NAV”) per share of the Fund’s Common Shares at the close of business on            , was $            .
 
Distributions
The Fund has paid distributions to Common Shareholders monthly since inception. Payment of future distributions is subject to approval by the Fund’s Board of Trustees, as well as meeting the covenants of any outstanding borrowings and the asset coverage requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Fund’s next regularly scheduled distribution will be for the month ending                                       and, if approved by the Board of Trustees, is expected to be paid to common shareholders on or about           .
 
The Offering
Common Shares Offered by the Fund
 
Common Shares Outstanding after the Offering
 
The number of Common Shares offered and outstanding after the offering assumes the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised. If the over-allotment option is exercised in full, the Fund will issue an additional       Common Shares and will have                 Common Shares outstanding after the Offering.
 
The Fund’s Common Shares have recently traded at a premium to net asset value (“NAV”) per share and the price of the Common Shares is expected to be above net asset value per share. Therefore, investors in this offering are likely to experience immediate dilution of their investment. Furthermore, shares of closed-end investment companies, such as the Fund, frequently trade at a price below their NAV. The Fund
 
 
S-5

 
 

 
cannot predict whether its Common Shares will trade at a premium or a discount to NAV.
 
Risks
See “Risks” beginning on page      of the accompanying Prospectus for a discussion of factors you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in the Fund’s Common Shares.
 
Use of Proceeds
The Fund intends to invest the net proceeds of the offering in accordance with its investment objective and policies as stated in the accompanying Prospectus. It is currently anticipated that the Fund will be able to invest substantially all of the net proceeds of the offering in accordance with its investment objective and policies within            months after the completion of the offering. Pending such investment, it is anticipated that the proceeds will be invested in U.S. government securities or high quality, short-term money market securities. The Fund may also use the proceeds for working capital purposes, including the payment of distributions, interest and operating expenses, although the Fund currently has no intent to issue Common Shares primarily for this purpose.

 
 
 
S-6

 

 
SUMMARY OF FUND EXPENSES
 
The following table contains information about the costs and expenses that Common Shareholders will bear directly or indirectly. The table is based on the capital structure of the Fund as of              (except as noted below) after giving effect to the anticipated net proceeds of the Common Shares offered by this Prospectus Supplement and assuming the Fund incurs the estimated offering expenses. The purpose of the table and the example below is to help you understand the fees and expenses that you, as a holder of Common Shares, would bear directly or indirectly.
 
Shareholder Transaction Expenses
 
   Sales load (as a percentage of offering price)      %
   Offering expenses borne by the Fund (as a percentage of offering price)
 % (1)
   Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan fees (2)        None
 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    
 
Annual Expenses
Percentage of Net Assets
Attributable to Common Shares (3)
Management fees (4)  
%
Interest expense (5)  
%
Other expenses (6)  
%
Total annual expenses
%

 

(1)
The Adviser has incurred on behalf of the Fund all costs associated with the Fund’s registration statement and any offerings pursuant to such registration statement. The Fund has agreed, in connection with any offering, to reimburse the Adviser for offering expenses incurred by the Adviser on the Fund’s behalf in an amount up to the lesser of the Fund’s actual offering costs or          % of the total offering price of the Common Shares sold in such offering.
 
(2)
Common Shareholders will pay brokerage charges if they direct the Plan Agent to sell Common Shares held in a dividend reinvestment account. See “Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
 
(3)
Based upon average net assets applicable to Common Shares during the period ended            .
 
(4)
The Fund pays the Adviser an annual fee, payable monthly, in an amount equal to 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets (net assets plus any assets attributable to Financial Leverage). The fee shown above is based upon outstanding Financial Leverage of       % of the Fund’s Managed Assets. If Financial Leverage of more than % of the Fund’s Managed Assets is used, the management fees shown would be higher. Management fees calculated based on management fees earned for the year ended        divided by average net assets attributable to Common Shareholders for the period ended         .
 
(5)
Interest expense is based on the Fund’s outstanding reverse repurchase agreements as of , and assumes the use of leverage in the form of reverse repurchase agreements representing           % of the Fund’s Managed Assets at an annual interest rate cost to the Fund of         %. The actual interest expense will vary over time in accordance with the amount of reverse repurchase agreement transactions and variations in market interest rates.
 
(6)
Other expenses are estimated based upon those incurred during the fiscal year ended              .
 
Example
 
As required by relevant SEC regulations, the following Example illustrates the expenses that you would pay on a $1,000 investment in Common Shares, assuming (1) “Total annual expenses” of % of net assets attributable to Common Shares, (2) the sales load of $and estimated offering expenses of $, and (3) a 5% annual return*:
 
 
1 Year
3 Years
5 Years
10 Years
Total Expenses Incurred
$
$
$
$
___________
*
The Example should not be considered a representation of future expenses or returns. Actual expenses may be higher or lower than those assumed . Moreover, the Fund’s actual rate of return may be higher or lower than the hypothetical 5% return shown in the Example. The Example assumes that all dividends and distributions are reinvested at net asset value.
 
 
S-7

 
 
 
CAPITALIZATION
 
The following table sets forth the Fund’s capitalization at             :
 
 
(i)
on a historical basis;
 
 
(ii)
on an as adjusted basis to reflect the issuance of an aggregate of          Common Shares pursuant to the Fund’s Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan, and the application of the net proceeds from such issuances of Common Shares; and
 
 
(iii)
on an as further adjusted basis to reflect the assumed sale of                    of Common Shares at a price of $                 per share in an offering under this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus less the aggregate underwriting discount of $                  and estimated offering expenses payable by the Fund of $         (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option).
 
 
Actual
As Adjusted
(unaudited)
As Further
Adjusted
(unaudited)
Short-Term Debt:
     
Borrowings
$
$
$
Common Shareholder’s Equity:
     
Common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share; unlimited shares authorized,           shares issued and outstanding (actual),              shares issued and outstanding (as adjusted), and              shares issued and outstanding (as further adjusted)
     
Additional paid-in capital
     
Net unrealized appreciation on investments, net of tax
     
Accumulated net realized gain on investments, net of tax
     
Accumulated net investment loss, net of tax
     
Net assets
     
 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
The Fund estimates that the net proceeds to the Fund from this offering will be approximately $            million (or $              million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option to purchase additional Common Shares in full), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses borne by the Fund.
 
The Fund intends to invest the net proceeds of the offering in accordance with its investment objective and policies as stated in the accompanying Prospectus. It is currently anticipated that the Fund will be able to invest substantially all of the net proceeds of the offering in accordance with its investment objective and policies within              months after the completion of the offering. Pending such investment, it is anticipated that the proceeds will be invested in U.S. government securities or high quality, short-term money market securities. The Fund may also use the proceeds for working capital purposes, including the payment of distributions, interest and operating expenses, although the Fund currently has no intent to issue Common Shares primarily for this purpose.
 
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
 
[TO COME, IF ANY]
 
 
S-8

 
 
UNDERWRITERS
 
[TO COME]
 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
Certain legal matters will be passed on by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York, as special counsel to the Fund in connection with the offering of Common Shares. Certain legal matters will be passed on by                ,          ,             , as special counsel to the underwriters in connection with the offering of Common Shares.
 
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
Ernst & Young LLP, MacLean, Virginia, serves as the independent registered public accounting firm of the Fund and will annually render an opinion on the financial statements of the Fund.
 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
This Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus constitute part of a Registration Statement filed by the Fund with the SEC under the Securities Act and the 1940 Act. This Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus omit certain of the information contained in the Registration Statement, and reference is hereby made to the Registration Statement and related exhibits for further information with respect to the Fund and the Common Shares offered hereby. Any statements contained herein concerning the provisions of any document are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement or otherwise filed with the SEC. Each such statement is qualified in its entirety by such reference. The complete Registration Statement may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the fee prescribed by its rules and regulations or free of charge through the SEC’s web site (http://www.sec.gov).
 
 
S-9

 
 
 
 
This page intentionally left blank.
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
 
  
                                                                                            
 
                                                                                                                                 
 

 

 

 
 
$
 
Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund
 



Common Shares



_____________

FORM OF
PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT
_____________